| 7e> sich vi" | eve eee | | \ ;
Mids tt eebaibesbba a
VUrecuaetuiersencrecece: :
hax es: “| Dr SEAS é. ae a : Joe =
oh ad
rate Ree
wo ey.
aries soa a shame fai
ont ao = me ee
PE oe AAA a.
| tte ™
hit st
atthe itt
+ Nae “wu : nat i — am ‘| ae
i = Panes FN Me ar
iia ree ala
d di 4 mat 3 {,
SEO VAAN
] +P NE aM ae
Sade ry i
Cahn & nin. a
. An ¥ in eet: a ~
4 nei | as
20) "aa
i
aes gt le any
XE. ann \+ ‘ ’ {
paces ie al
| |
eaathe
ee ppemonret
Eee na RNa | || anima Rann
r Ci ea ton |
sn a
] i, eo Nema EYNG Yue sh meeps P
a a ‘i , _ . anc) ei
. [: e a be 5 |
ee PimiAee °F at ar
7 / RAS AB . a R HiPr ae ‘a
~ PY * as \ re is ENE aM Ne Bs { piabuacre i i Pp
as ~ \3 ‘i ven oe :
a ae 4 } |
i MEN wg § } |
q 4 Ss Fat: > pp) ; :
' ‘ Bo
Fs 4 sitet OMA
A {
f | t A
) q i ' h
hy Aas
H a im,
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCLETY
OF LONDON.
1915, pp. 1-298,
with 10 Puates and 70 TEx-FIGURES.
—< .
: Tae if —N
Zecsunian stag.
He) 5 ao
Notional Museu
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK.
LONDON: .
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND Co.,
PATERNOSTER ROW.
Dp IE ts ie
OF THE
COUNCIL
AND OFFICERS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL
SOCIETY OF LONDON.
IGS,
——
Patron.
His Masesty Tue Kine.
COUNCIL.
His Grace Tae DuKe or Beprorp, K.G., F.R.S., President.
Ricuarp H. Burne, Esq.,M.A.,
Vice-President.
Aurrep H. Cocks, Esq., M.A.
‘ae Rr. Hon. THE EArt or
Cromer, G.C.B., F.B.S.
F. G. Dawrrey Drewirr, Esq.,
M.:A., M.D.
CHARLES DRUMMOND,
Treasurer.
THe Kart or Dunmore, V.C.,
M.YV.O.
AurreD Ezra, Esq.
Srpney Freperic Harmer, HsqQ.,
WE JNs5 ISCIDs, JBJS, eee
President.
Sir Epmunp Gries Loprr, Bt.,
Vice-President.
Prof. Ernest W. MacBripe,
NGAP Scan ekuvS.0e /ece=
President.
Ksq.,
pur me -
: Py
Grove. Ng AS
Esq.
E. G. B. Mpape-WaAtpo,
Ksq.
P. CHatmers MircHeny, EKsq.,
MeAC ID Ses) (ils) rE Ss
Secretary.
W. R. Oarnvie-Grant, Esq.
Apert Pam, Ese.
Tue Karu or PortsMoutrH.
THe MAarQueEss OF SLIGO,
F.S.A., Vice-President.
Ausyn TrRevor-Batryg, Esq.,
M.A.
AntHony H.
Ksq.
Arraur Smita Woopwarp,
Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-
President.
MARSHALL,
WINGFIELD,
PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.
P. Cuatmers Mircnent, M.A., D.Sc, LL.D., F.RS.,
Secretary.
Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Prosector.
R. I. Pococn, F.R.S., F.L.8., Curator of Mammals and
Resident Superintendent of the Gardens.
D. Sera-Surru, Curator of Birds and Inspector of Works.
Epwarp G. Boutencer, Curator of Reptiles.
Prof. H. Maxwetn Lerroy, Curator of Insects.
Henry G. Purmer, F.R.8., M.R.C.8., Pathologist.
Henry G. J. Peavor, Librarian and Clerk of Publications.
Joun Barrow, Accountant.
W. H. Coun, Chief Clerk.
LIST OF CONTENTS.
1915, pp. 1-298.
EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.
Page
The Secrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie during the months of November, December,
mmch dara, INDIES Gaccduncbhédboesdcotoodbesevovonsog 151
Mr. E. Heron-Auten, F.L.S., F.Z.8. Exhibition of Skia-
graphs of Foraminifera, illustrating the application
of X-rays to Microscopical Research .............+.--- 152
Dr. P. Coatmers Mrrcueit, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Secretary to
the Society. Exhibition of the Stomach and Intes-
HONS Cit Wns Ojoeinelonlll Gonosassceoanense chavo oncouboasuccoaded 153
Sir Epmunp G. Lover, Bt., F.Z.S. Exhibition of the
tanned skin of a large Capybara (Hydrocherus
iy OCI CETUS) Meas Mean ate aera tade See ee a, eee 154
Mr. Guy Avumer, F.Z.S. Exhibition of skins of mammals
DUGONA Jevi@idehd UiCOMMNeNs stnaene iccuction se copCeAneanponceen Spencer 154
Dr. P. Caatmers Mircuett, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Secretary to
the Society. Exhibition of Cockroaches from the
SIGHS S Ganeleimsiak uae canons cseese~enb Sendo onbbdoocconsuasaeE 154
Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.L8., F.Z.8., Curator of
Mammals. Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. Edward
Gerrard, of the mounted head of a male Sitatunga
JUGIBIIO] OY abe ckdoky ie Adenddeen sec dpb AdasG deoodebesebodd ac ddceAsos 154
1V
Mr. D. Seru-Smiru, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds. Exhibition,
on behalf of Mr. Edward Gerrard, of a pair of Daurian
or Bearded Partridges (Perdix dauricd).....-.-+++0+100+
Miss Annie C. Jackson. Exhibition of living male speci-
mens of the Indian Stick-Insect, Carausiws morosus .
The SecrETARY. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie during the month of February 1915 ......
Dr. R. Broom, M.D., C.M.Z.S. Exhibition of a Skull of
ORTYSOChIOTIS ASUGUICH ©... 0.2. .0ecene sce e. ee ee ee ene ee teens
Mr. W. R. Ocitvin-Grant. Notice of Reports on the
Coleoptera, Diptera, Odonata, and Vermes collected
by the British Ornithologists’ Union and Wollaston
Expeditions in Dutch New Guinea ...........-.-.2-0++
Dr. Pa. Lenrs. Correction to his “ Description of a new
Mizardeinomebne Canary Wclandsi @....0s.-nssce meee aee
Mr. W. R. Oetivie-Grant, F.Z.S. Exhibition of Colour-
\Warenticm iim IPRWAWECISES) ogcacsouscosonropncaspoeon0s0ec0500
ir Epmunp G. Loprr, Bt., F.Z.8. Exhibition of tanned
skins of a Pig and of a Capybara. (Text-figures
I Ge By) ee cconabousebanesssocuseoousdesdocosdonsoSenoadadodsgades
RQ
Prof. H. Maxweut Lerroy, M.A., F.Z.S., Curator of Insects.
Notes on Insects bred in the Caird Insect House......
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie during the month of March 1915 .........
Dr. A. Smita Woopwarp, F.R.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of an
anterior horn of a Woolly ‘Rhinoceros (hinoceros
CUNO PIUEHEIS)), cocohacesodbgns 5sos0us04cauouuosededusegoroTs4b0 unt
Mr. D. Seru-Smiru, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds. Exhibition
of photographs of the nuptial display of the male
Greateoustandn (Ocisiand a) i. neenpes acc... eee eee a
Mr. E. Heron-Auuen, F.L.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of a
lantern-slide of Miliolina circularis (VOrb.)............
156
286
287
293
293
293
Vv
The Srcretary. Exhibition of lantern-slides of young
Grey Seals (Halicheerus grypus) ....00.de.percceceseceees
Mr. H. J. Exiwes, F.R.S., F.Z.S. Extract from a letter on
the possible existence of a large Ape in Sikkim ......
Prof. Wituram Barsson, .F.R.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of
drawings illustrating the heredity of “‘hen-feathering”
ig OWES ncanccco- es Nee eee tars daa ictus era ctade aanesisetaets
Messrs. E. Heron-Auuten, F.L.S., F.Z.8., and Artur
Earranp, F.R.M.S. Notice of Memoir on the Fora-
minifera of the Kerimba Archipelago, Portuguese
Mas te Auta. lar bee ve cen nether seein cetera o. cks
PAPERS.
1. On the Ciliation of Asterids, and on the Question of
Ciliary Nutrition in Certain Species. By Jamus F.
Gemuiin, M.A., M.D., D.Sc., F.Z.S8. (Plates I-III,
pyavdl dMebxij-aietthies) IL (4 748) | ap aonbadesoeoubeoceesedccccocaponce
bo
. Abnormal Gills in the Starfish Porania pulvillus
O, F.M. By James F. Gemuitt, M.A., M.D., D.Sc.,
IAs {(CINeesuetne mgs) 15) shoe Shongesccadcesucs poasacaeasacor
3. Contributions to a Study of the Dragonfly Fauna of
Borneo.—Part III. A Collection made on Mount
Kina Balu by Mr. J. C. Moulton in September and
October 1913. By F. F. Larpuaw, M.A.(Camb.),
H.Z.S. (Gext-figures 1-5.) ..-.....02. 0222s ee ceeeee scence
4, Descriptions of New Fossorial Wasps from Australia.
By Rowzanp E. Turner, ¥.Z.8., F.E.8. (Plate 1)...
5. On a Freshwater Medusa from the Limpopo River
System, with a Note on a Parasitic Infusorian. By
G. Arnoup, M.Sc., A.R.C.S., Curator of the Rhodesia
Museum, Bulawayo, and C. L. Bounencur, M.A.,
D.Se., F.Z.8., Zoological Department, The University
of Birmingham. (Plate I., and Text-figures 1 & 2.).
Page
294
294
294
21
bo
Ov
71
KO:
11.
13.
14.
15.
al
. On the Methods of Feeding and the Mouth-parts of
the Larva of the Glow-worm (Lampyris noctiluca).
By Karuteen Happon, Zoological Laboratory, Cam-
bridgenii(CBlatedl sects Ses se ee os ctnaks es: «aan enemas
. On a Colubrid Snake (Xenodon) with a vertically
movable Maxillary Bone. By E. G. BouLEencEr,
F.Z.8., Curator of Reptiles. (Text-figure 1.) .........
. A New Liver-Fluke (Platynosomum acuminatum) from
the Kestrel. By Wituiam Nico, M.A., D.Sc., M.D.,
EEZSS We G@Lextatietmenl: i) Mele 2 2 St, Se
\
. Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by Mr. W.
Feather in British East Africa, 1911-12. By
Et: Cold aAwcErr, "(Plates ly 6b) 2222s...
On some new Pentastomids from the Zoological Society’s
Gardens, London. By Mary L. Hurt, B.8c., F.Z.S.,
Demonstrator of Zoology at Bedford College for
Women, University of London. (Text-figures 1—4.).
Report on the Deaths which occurred in the Zoological
Gardens during 1914, together with a List of the
Blood-Parasites found during the year. By H. G.
Primer, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Pathologist to the Society...
. On the Feet and Glands and other External Characters
of the Viverrinz, with the description of a New Genus.
By R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.8., Curator of
Mommnaalls: ga(lhextatioumes! l=7.\y nln...) eee
On the Organ of Jacobson and its Relations in the
“ Tnsectivora.”—Part I. Tupaia and Gymnura. By
R. Broom, ‘D.Se., M.D., C.M.Z.S. (Plates I. & II.).
On some new Carnivorous Therapsids in the Collection
of the British Museum. By R. Broom, D.Sc., M.D.,
CAVIEZAS am (Bextatreumes ll =8.)\ essa sea 0-2. cee eee
Contributions to the Anatomy and Systematic Arrange-
ment of the Cestoidea.—X VI. On Certain Points in
the Anatomy of the Genus Amabilia and of Dasyuro-
tema. By Frank EK. Bepparp, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.,
F.Z.S., Prosector to the Society. (Text-figures 1-8.).
Page
Me
83
9]
131
157
163
175
Vil
16. A List of the Snakes of the Belgian and Portuguese
Congo, Northern Rhodesia, and Angola. By G. A.
Bovutencer, F.R.S., F.Z.S. (Text-figures 1&2.) ... 193
17. The Artificial Formation from Paraftiin Wax of Struc-
tures resembling Molluscan Shells. IBaveid igs ke
Cunnineuam, M.A., F.Z.S. (Text-figures 1-5.) ...... 225
18. The True Coracoid. By the late R. LypEKxKer, F.R.S.,
WyAgs ((Mssxt=itiemmes Ics 24.) cosocubcosssocsousescauntauder 235
19. A Note on the Urostyle (Os coceygewm) of the Anurous
Amphibia. By Gro. E. Nicnouts, D.Sc., F.LS., late
Professor of Biolog , Agra College, Agra, India.
(MDGS ATEIRS) M5) )ocoposceyopoucsonboccuduasAGanbdeuned>asdsusedcc 239
20. On Two New Tree-Frogs from Sierra Leone, recently
living in the Society’s Gardens. By Epwarp G.
Boutencer, F.Z.S., Curator of Reptiles .............. , 243
21. On Two New Species of Polyplax (Anoplura) from
Egypt. By Bruce F. Cummines, British Museum
(Natural History). (Text-figures 1-16.) ............... 245
22. Some Notes on the Niata Breed of Cattle (Bos taurus).
By Ernest Gipson, F.Z.8. (Text-figures 1 & 2.)...... 273
23. White Collar Mendelising in Hybrid Pheasants. By
Rosz Hare Tuomas, F.L.8., F.Z.S. (Text-figure 1.). 279
t
Alphabetical bist ob Comtrilbttorsn geen aseeeaac case eecese eee 1X
TERRVCNeSSE GASPS FPR ih, Aree tne vel meme Tian er HOB IR ERR Pyaceen Dyes ce SOE XV
ALPHABETICAL LIST
OF TUE
CONTRIBUTORS,
With References to the several Articles contributed by each.
(1915, pp. 1-298.)
Page
AwuEN, E. Heron-. See Heron-Aren, E. ‘
ARNOLD, G., M.Sc., A.R.C.S., and Boutencrer, Cuar.es L.,
WE es IDESIGs, TBCATS).
On a Freshwater Medusa from the Limpopo River
System, witha Note ona Parasitic Infusorian. (Plate I.,
anduDextatlounresil did ans ics ces teeeweer ce asgsceses 71
AyiMeEr, Guy, F.Z.8.
Exhibition of skins of mammals from Sierra Leone ... 154
Bareson, Prof. WitttaM, F.R.8., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of drawings illustrating the heredity of
(Chen -teaphertmec 7s ima © ocksy oi. emseaee 1) gat saiesie sere teos 294
BeEppArD, Franx E., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.8., Prosector
to the Society.
Contributions to the Anatomy and Systematic Arrange-
XVI. On Certain Points in the
Anatomy of the Genus Amabilia and of Dasywrotenia.
(extstioumes, WES e wide tg echt heer ec coedok Hater weti ound cue 175
ment of the Cestoidea.
xX
Boutencer, CHartes L. See ARNOLD, G.
Boutencer, Epwarp G., F.Z.S., Curator of Reptiles.
On a Colubrid Snake (Xenodon) with a vertically
movable Maxillary Bone. (Text-figure 1.) ...............
On Two New Tree-Frogs from Sierra Leone, recently
Ines yoy Uleve) Stocilenny 4s (Cewaclerics 15. sos .4euesbcdaondoncsse52655e
Bovutencer, Georce A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
A List of the Snakes of the Belgian and Portuguese
Congo, Northern Rhodesia, and Angola. (Text-figures
WMS PAS irae Sele aoe see acts icin yoo <b Hrednige ance eee
Broom, Ropert, D.Sc., M.D., C.M.Z.S.
Exhibition of a skull of Chrysochloris asiatica
On the Organ of Jacobson and its Relations in the
*“‘Tnsectivora.”—Part I. Tupaia and Gymnura. (Plates
ee eeccececesescescor ees ess eesces ses corer eceseereceseeeteeeeeeee
On some new Carnivorous Therapsids in the Collection
of the British Museum. (Text-figures 1-8.)
eee cece eee ccc
Cummines, Bruce F.
On Two New Species of Polyplaa (Anoplura) from
Egypt. (Text-figures 1-16.)
Cee eee see eee wei ces eres es ern ssones
CUNNINGHAM, JosEPH T., M.A., ¥.Z.8.
The Artificial Formation from Paraffin Wax of
Structures resembling Molluscan Shells. (Text-figures
1-5.)
Peete ence eee oe. ce . eee eer esecere sere meses etvenennresesessseves
Ear“AnnD, AnrHur. See Heron-Auuen, E.
Etwes, Henry J., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
Extract from a letter on the possible existence of a
Ie aitevy JAN OVS) TH Meat ESI Up eee gear A eM eR 3 ge
835
243
163
245
xi
Fawcertr, Lt.-Col. J. Manco.
Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by Mr. W.
Feather in British East Africa, 1911-12. (Plates I. &
IT.)
Se ee i ie i i ee er ie a ir eae
GrmMitt, James F., M.A., M.D., D.Sc., F.Z.S.
On the Ciliation of Asterids, and on the Question of
Ciliary Nutrition in Certain Species. (Plates I.-IIL.,
and Text-figures 1 & 2.)
Beta Pee eee eer ease eer ee eesesesessesere
Abnormal Gills in the Starfish Porania pulvillus
OH Mery CRext-tioume am i oscctaccinauessceeeceas soaseaerce Sas
GERRARD, EpwArpb. See Pococx, R. I., and Sera-Surru, D.
Gipson, Ernest, F.Z.S.
Some Notes on the Niata Breed of Cattle (Bos taurus).
(Text-figures 1 & 2.)
Grant, W. R. Oariviz-. See Ocitvim-Grant, W. R.
Happon, Miss KaTHuren.
On the Methods of Feeding and the Mouth-parts of
the Glow-worm (Lampyris noctiluca). (Plate I.)
Heron-Aien, Epwarp, F.L.S., F.Z.8.
Exhibition of Skiagraphs of Foraminifera, illustrating
the application of X-rays to Microscopical Research
eesece
Exhibition of a lantern-slide of J/iliolina circularis
(CHO Tel oe aeccias Soda aotint ose en aoe tence ann denna ApRcaon eododaeaee
Heron-ALLen, Epwarp, F.L.S., F.Z.S., and Earnann,
Arruur, F.R.M.S.
Notice of Memoir on the Foraminifera of the Kerimba
Archipelago, Portuguese East Africa: Part IT.
Page
91
293
X1L
Page
Hert, Miss Mary L., B.Sc., F.Z.S.
On some new Pentastomids from the Zoological
Society’s Gardens, London. (Text-figures 1-4.) ......... 115
JAcKson, Miss ANNIE C.
Exhibition of living male specimens of the Indian
Streck-Imsect sGaraustus Monrosus ssseeccceees ce ccecensceeeeee 155
Laipiaw, Franx F., M.A. (Camb.), F.Z.8.
Contributions to a Study of the Dragonfly Fauna of
Borneo.—Part III. A Collection made on Mount Kina
Balu by Mr. J. C. Moulton in September and October
EONS) a (Lextati guns (15..)i ewisce tick cients eee eertcc te Ceeeeeee 25
Lerroy, Prof. H. Maxwett, M.A., F.Z.8., Curator of
Insects.
Notes on Insects bred in the Caird Insect House ...... 287
Leurs, Dr. Pu.
Correction to his ‘ Description of a new Lizard from
tine @amarayelsland S.-i acct octects pac eee ene eR eee eee ae eee ae 156
Lover, Sir Epmunp G., Bt., F.Z.8.
Exhibition of the tanned skin of a large Capybara
(CAG drocharius yadnochoertis) cn veesseeen: feo .e ed eeeee eters 154
Exhibition of tanned skins of a Pig and of a Capybara.
(ier stones (r02.) ket... aire aude te eee 286
LYDEKKER, RicHARD, F.R.S., F.Z.8.
The True Coracoid. (Text-figures 1 & 2.) ;.............. 230
Xill
MircHevt, P. Coaumers, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8.,
Secretary to the Society.
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie
during the months of November, December, and January,
PROTA 1S) vate tine ene aR Me erica bieheine et cies nuecure tec Rta abemm pace tials
Exhibition of the Stomach and Intestines of the
Ojoeri= bill essa sates Pin toda nce Sone ca nuask ag thdemmeoeunees
Exhibition of Cockroaches from the Society’s Gardens.
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie
during the month of February 1915
eeeeeocorsereeesrescesesesee
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie
ducmestaemmontlvote anche QUO wa sccosasacesceeeetecee
Exhibition of Jlantern-slides of young Grey Seals
(LER LISOUCARONS GPO OCIS) Benth Be SORE ORT = ape npeRe Robert eb aa anOnHOr SEED
Nicuotus, Grorce E., D.Sc., F.L.S.
A Note on the Urostyle (Os coccygewm) of the Anurous
AoA OM ove MN Uss-qicitveringey ls) sca sdecduaccn soodee soceocoseacoucoe
Nicott, Witiiam, M.A., D.Sc., M.D., F.Z:S.
A New Liver-Fluke (Platynosomum acuminatum) from
threw kestrel Glexct towne) 1B) ie nemmceen eer cna. ceases setae
OaiLy1e-Grant, WinuiAM R.
Notice of Reports on the Coleoptera, Diptera, Odonata,
and Vermes collected by the British Ornithologists’
Union and Wollaston Expeditions in Dutch New
Guinea
ee cece seneseesesesccceceseseoesceseose sees ene eaeeeeessee se eesoeD
eeeeesese
Purmer, Henry G., F.RS., F.Z.8., Pathologist to the
Society.
Report on the deaths which occurred in the Zoological
Gardens during 1914, together with a List of the Blood-
Parasites found during the year
Boe eer eseeseeeseoeoereses00008
Page
151
153
154
155
293
294
239
87
156
285
X1V
Pococs, Recrnautp I., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.8., Curator of
Mammals.
On the Feet and Glands and other External Characters
of the Viverrine, with the description of a New Genus.
(Text-figures 1-7.) ......ccccseccececccseeeeceenseecenecesenesecees
Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. Edward Gerrard, of the
mounted head of a male Sitatunga Antelope ...............
Ssru-Smira, Davin, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds.
Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. Edward Gerrard, of a
pair of Daurian or Bearded Partridges (Perdix daurica).
Exhibition of photographs of the nuptial display of
the male Great Bustard (Otis tard@) ...........scesesenecens
Tuomas, Mrs. Rosz Hate, F.LS., F.Z.8.
White Collar Mendelising in Hybrid Pheasants. (Text-
eTUTReY, NS) Goa cute soo sonedaouoncnanedode: nedsosSagoseIoossoa se aScD0
Turner, Rowiann E., F.Z.S., FES.
Descriptions of New Fossorial Wasps from Australia.
(CRE ser Ey Mouensdbosce ste Teen Bone oT ena nesonnerdcos sc ADobsons0¢
Woopwarp, A. Smirn, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8.
Exhibition of an anterior horn of a Woolly Rhinoceros
(Lihinoceros antiquitatis)
sere oe ese ee erereeceseesesesevesesseoseseseve
Page
131
154
154
293
279
4]
INDEX.
1915.—Pages 1-298.
[| New names in clarendon type. Systematic references in italics,
(4.8.1) indicates additions to the Society's Menagerie. |
Achea algiva, form properans, 96.
— catella, 90.
— dasyhasis, 96.
—— lienardi, 96.
—— prestans, 96.
Aconophlebia triangulifera, 08.
Acontias punctatus, 196.
Aigocera obliquisigna, 9+.
ANTTIOLORY.
Ruvritra ; Xenodon, 83.
Agriomyia suspiciosa, O9,
Ahetulla emini, 204.
—— heterolepidota, 205.
hoplogaster, 205.
Alectroenas pulcherrima (4,8. u.), 151.
Alopecion fasciatum, 202.
Amabilia: structure (Figs. 1-6), 175.
Ameruipia. See Barracuta.
Amphiophis angolensis, 213.
Amplorhinus nototenia, 211.
Amsacta evadne, sp. n.
fig. 4), 93.
Anaphe panda, LO5,
Anastomus oscitans: structure, 153.
Anatomy. See Strucrurn.
Anthia sexguttata (z 8. L.), 292.
Anthobosca elypeata, 64.
—— fastuosa, 69.
Anua mejanest, 90.
Aparallactus bocagit, 216.
(Pl. 1.
—— capensis, 216.
—— congicus, 217.
——— dotlo2, 216.
Aparallactus flavitorques, 217.
guentheri, 216,
lunulatus, 216,
——- punctatolineatus, 217.
—=- ubangensis, 217.
Apostolepis gerardi, 214,
ARACIINIDA :
Pentastomida (Reptilian) from the
Society’s Gdns.:; systematic, 11.
Argema besanti, 102.
Argina erilraria, 93.
Aroa discalis, 98.
libyra, 98.
Aspidelaps lichtensteinti, 221.
Aspidothynnus fossulatus, sp. n.
55.
Asterias rubens: ciliation (PI. IT. fig. 1), -
15.
Asthenothynnus lilliputianus,
sp. n., 57.
-—- pleuralis, sp. n., 58.
vicarius, sp. n., 56.
Astropecten irregularis :
(Pl. I. fig. 2), 14.
Atheris nitschei, 222.
—— squamiger, 22
22.
woosnami, 222,
?
ciliation
Atractaspis bibronti, 223.
coarti, 225,
—— congica, 223.
corpulenta, 223.
heterochilus, 228,
wrregularis, 225.
XV1
Atractaspis katange, 225.
microlepidota, 223.
Attacus antinori, 102.
Aulonium trisulcum: ethology (z. s..),
291.
AVES:
Anastomus oscitans: structure, 153;
Caccabis. Perdix: colour-variation,
285; Otis tarda; nuptial display :
photographs exhibited, 295; Pbhas-
janus colechicus x P. torquatus,
variation heredity, 279.
Bamra marmorifera, 96.
BaTRACHIA :
Two new Tree-Frogs from Sierra
Leone, 243 ; Urostyle of the Anura,
239.
Belothynnus novellus, sp. n., 48.
Biston maturnaria, 112.
Bitis arietans, 221,
caudalis, 221.
gabonica, 221.
nasicornis, 222.
peringueyt, 221.
Boodon lineatus, 202.
olivaceus, 202.
Bos taurus: variation (Figs. 1, 2), 273.
Bothrophthalimus linectus, 201.
Boulengerina annulata, 217.
christyi, 218.
stormsi, 218.
Brachycranium corpulentum, 223.
Brahmea maculata, 14.
Bucephalus capensis, 213.
- typus, 213.
Caccabis rufa: colour-variation, 285.
Calabaria reinhardti, 199.
Calamelaps mellandi, sp. n., 214.
polylepis, 214.
Callioratis hellatrix, 112.
Callyna monoleuca, 96.
Calopompilus auropilosellus,
sp. n., 67.
—— connectens, sp. n., 66.
—— protervus, sp. n., 67.
—— xanthochrous, sp. n., 65.
INDEX.
Campylothynnus lundye, sp. n.
(PL. I. figs. 17, 18), 46.
Canis azarica (2.8. L.), 155.
mesomelas (4. 8. L.), 293.
Carausius morosus: development, 15d ;
ethology, (Z. Ss. L.), 288.
Causus defilippit, 221.
lichtensteinti, 221.
resimus, 220.
rhombeatus (Fig. 1), 220.
Caviria flavifrons, 98.
Cephonodes hylas virescens, 107.
Ceratopacha decora, sp. n. (PI. Il.
fig, 32), 110.
gemmata, 110.
Cerdodon tenuidens, gen. et sp. n.
(Fig. 3), 166.
Cerdognathus greyi, gen. et sp. n.
(Fig. 5), 168.
Ceriagrion sp., 38.
Ceridia mira, 107.
Chilena continua, 110.
Chlorophis angolensis, 205.
carinatus, 205.
emint, 204,
heterodermus, 205.
heterolepidotus, 205.
hoplogaster, 205.
trregularis, 205.
neglectus, 205.
ornatus, 205.
Chrysochloris asiatica: variation, 156.
namaquensis: variation, 156.
Civettictis, gen. n., 134.
civetta: (feet, vibrisse, etc.)
(Figs. 2, 4, 7), 184, 140, 147.
Cobus defassa (z. s. u.), 151.
CG@LENTERATA :
Limnocnida
71.
Celiccia nemoricola, 37.
Coluber canus, 204.
irreqularis, 205.
—— lutrix, 208.
—— nasicornis, 222.
rhodesiz: structure,
— rhombeatus, 211,
— scaler, 209.
—— sthilans, 218.
— smythii, 207.
INDEX.
Coracoid in Vertebrates (Figs. 1, 2),
235,
Coronella fuliginoides, 201.
hotambeia, 210.
nototenia, 211.
olivacea, 201.
semtornata, 207.
Crotaphopeltis rufescens, 210.
semiannulatus, 210.
Ctenomys mendocinus (z. s. L.), 293.
Cusiala maculatissima, 112.
Cyligrammea latona, 97.
—— lilacina, 97.
Cyniscodon lydekkeri, gen. et
sp. n. (Fig. 4), 167.
Cynodontophis emulans, 215.
Dasychira obliquilinea, sp. n.
(Pl. I. fig. 18), 100.
Dasypeltis scabra, 209.
Dasyurotenia: structure (Figs. 7, 8),
187.
Deilemera leuconoé, 94.
Dendraspis angusticeps, 220.
jJamesonti, 220.
neglectus, 220.
Dendrophis flavigularis, 206.
smaragdina, 206.
Dermestes frischi: ethology (z. s. L.),
290.
Devadetta argyroides, 33.
DEVELOPMENT:
Insecta: Anoplura: Polyplax, 245;
Carausius morosus, 155.
Diacrisia epicaste, sp. n. (Pl. L
fig. 5), 93.
jacksont, 93.
maculosa, form macularia, 93.
Dimorphoptera clypeata, 64.
—— fastuosa, 68.
Dipsadoboa wnicolor, 211.
Dipsadomorphus blandingti (Fig. 2),
211.
— pulverulentus, 211.
Dipsas blandingti, 211.
pulverulentus, 211.
Dispholidus typus, 213.
Dorcatoma punctulata (z. s. L.), 290.
XV11
Dovania circe, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 1),
106.
Dromophis lineatus, 212.
Drytophis kirtlandii, 214.
Dryophylax lineatus, 212.
Dulichia fasciata, 101.
plana, subsp. n., 101.
Duomitus kilimanjarensis, 112.
Echidna gahonica, 221.
HcuInopDERMA:
Asturips: (Ciliation): physiology, 1.
Echis squamigera, 222.
Hgybolis vailantina, 111.
Eirone alboclypeata, sp. n., 63.
JSerrugineicornis, 64.
rufodorsata, sp. n., 64.
Elapechis duttoni, 218.
guentheri, 218.
hessit, 218.
multifasciatus, 219.
niger, 218.
Hlaphis (Bothrophthalivus)
201.
Elapomorphus gabonensis, 215.
Elapops modestus, 217.
Elaps irregularis, 223.
Jamesonit, 220.
Hlapsoidea gquenthert, 218.
—— hessei, 218.
nigra, 218.
Elidothynnus fumatipennis,
sp. u., 47.
Enceladus gigas (z. s. L.), 292.
Encopothynnus' spinulosus,
gen. et sp. n. (Pl. I. figs. 9, 10), 52.
Enmonodia capensis, 96.
Epiphora tugardi, 102.
Hriceta sobria, 96.
Eryx fairmairei: ethology: (z. s. 1.),
290.
reinhardti, 199.
ErnoLuogy:
Insecta: Species bred in the Society’s
Gardens, 287; Lampyris noctiluca
(larva), 77.
Kcurnopurma: Asterids, 1.
Protozoa: Trichodina pediculus,
79.
lineatus,
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1915, No. LX XIII. 2)
Xvi
Eupagia tullia, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 11),
112:
—= == form viridescens, noyv.,
112.
Felis capensis, 154.
servalina, 154,
Gastropyxis smaragdina (Fig. 2), 206.
Genetta dongolana: (feet, glands, ete.),
138, 142.
—— felina: (glands, etc.) (Fig. 5),
144.
pardina: (feet, vibrissze, etc.)
(Fig. 5), 138, 142.
—— rubiginosa: (feet, vibrisse, etc.)
(Figs. 3, 4), 188, 140, 142.
senegalensis (z. 8. L.), 152.
GEOGRAPHICAL.
Mammatia: Niata cattle, Argentine,
273.
Reprinta: Ophidia from the Congo,
N. Rhodesia, and Angola, 193.
Barracuia: Rappia aylmeri: R. |
chlorostea: Sierra Leone, 243.
Insecra: Fossorial Wasps, Australia:
41; Lepidoptera Heterocera: B. E.
Africa, 91; Odonata: Borneo, 25;
Polyplax: Egypt, 245.
Ca@penterata: Limnoenida rhodesiz: «
Africa, 71. -
Geotrupes sylvaticus (z. s. u.), 292. |
Glauconia emini (Fig. 1), 198.
latirostris, 198.
lepezi, 198.
longicauda, 198.
— nigricans, 198.
rostrata, 198.
—— scutifrons, 198.
Glypholycus bicolor, 201.
Gonionotophis brussawxt, 203.
vossit, 203.
Gonionotus brussauxt, 203.
vossit, 203.
Gonometa postica, 111].
Goodia oriens heptapora, subsp.
n. (Pl. I. fig. 13), 104.
Granumodes geametrica, 98. |
Grayia caesar, 208.
INDEX,
Grayia giardi, 201.
—— ornata, 207.
—-— smythii, 207.
—— thollomi, 208.
—— triangularis, 207.
Gymnothynnus carissimus,sp.n.,
55.
—— (?)mucronatus, sp. n. (Pl. L.
figs. 15, 16), 54.
Gymnura: Structure (Organ of Jacob-
son) (Pl. IL.), 160.
Gynanisa maia, 102.
—— westwood, 102.
Hzemonia appendiculata (z. s. u.), 292.
Halicherus grypus: photographs ex-
hibited, 294.
Hapsidophrys lineata, 206.
smaragdina, 206.
FHelicops bicolor, 201.
Helogale undulata (4. s. t.), 151.
Hetcrodon defilippii, 221.
Fleterolepis guirali, 203.
poensis, 203.
Heterophis resimus, 220.
Hippotion celerio, 109.
—— dexippus, sp. n. (PI. II. fig. 25),
108.
— diyllus, sp. nu. (PI. Il. fig.
109.
eson, 109.
—— exclamationis, sp. n. (Pl. II.
fig. 24), 109.
roseipennis, 109.
Holuropholis olivaceus, 202.
Homalosoma lutrize, 208.
Hormonotus modestus, 204.
23),
| Hydrethiops melanogaster, 201.
Hydrocherus hydrocherus: skin
(Fig. 1), 154, 286.
Hyla arborea :
242,
Hypoptophis wilsonti, 216.
structure (urestyle),
Icticephalus polycynodon, gen.
et sp. n. (Fig. 2), 164.
INSECTA :
Insects bred in
House, 287.
the Caird Insect
INDEX.
Insncra (com.):
Coleoptera: Lampyris noctiluca
(larva): structure: ethology, 77.
Hymenoptera: Australia: system-
atic: structure, 41.
Lepidoptera: Heterocera from B. E.
Africa: systematic, 91.
Anoplura: Polyplax brachyrrhyn-
chus, P. oxyrrhynchus: structure :
systematic, 245.
Odonata: from Borneo: systematic,
25,
Orthoptera: Blattide in the Society’s
Gardens, 154; Carausiws morosus:
development, 145.
Lacerta cesaris (correction), 156.
Lelia testacea, 98.
Lagonosticta niveiguttata (zs. u.), 152.
Lampropeltis modestus, 204.
Lampyris noctiluca: structure: etho-
logy (Pl. 1.), 77.
Leptodira duchesnit, 210.
hotambeia, 210.
Leptophis dorsalis, 206.
kirtlandi, 214.
Limnocnida rhodesiz : structure: geo-
graphical (Pl. L. figs. 1, 2), 71.
Limnophis bicolor, 201.
Limnotragus sp., variation, 154.
Lophocheilus leviceps, 50.
mamillutus, 40.
rubrocaudatus, sp. n. (P1. I.
figs. 7, 8), 51.
Lophostethus demolint, 107.
Ludia crenulata, sp. n. (Pl. II.
fig. 27), 103.
Lycodon capensis, 202.
Lycophidiun capense, 202.
fasciatun, 202.
laterale, 202,
—— meleagris, 202.
Lymantria arete, sp. n. (Pl. I.
fig. 19); 99:
melete, sp. n.
(Pl. I. fig. 9),
98.
—— melia, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 10), 99.
—— melissa, sp. n. (Pl. Il. fig. 29),
100.
X1x
Lymantria menecles, sp. n.(P1. IT.
fig. 28), 99.
—— metella, sp. n. (Pl. Il. fig. 31),
99:
Macaria wnbrata, 112.
Macromia euterpe, sp. n. (Figs. 1,
2), 26.
Macrcmidia fulva, sp. n. (Fig. 3),
29).
Macrophis ornatus, 207.
Macropus rulus (zs. u.), 156.
MawMatta :
Chrysochloris: variation, 156; Hali-
cherus grypus: photographs ex-
hibited, 294; Limnotragus: (al-
bino), 154; Niata breed of Cattle,
Argentina, 273; Possible existence
ofan Ape in Sikkim, 294; Rhino-
ceros antiquitatis: horn, 293;
Skins of Pig and Capybara, 286 ;
Vrichechus rosmarus: tusks, 154;
Tupaia, structure
(Organ of Jacobson), 157; Viver-
(teet, glands,
Gyimnura :
rine; structure :
ete.), systematic, 131.
Matronoides cyaneipennis, 30.
Mehelya lumant, 203.
Metarctia flavicineta, 92.
lateritéa, 92.
—— nezra, sp. n. (PI. I. fis. 6); 92.
Michellia katange, 216.
Microsoma collare, 215.
notutum, 215.
Miliolina circularis: development, 293.
Miodon acanthias, 210.
collaris, 210.
—— gabonensis, 215,
notatus, 215.
Mizodon fuliginoides, 201.
olivaceus, 201.
Mocis repanda, 96.
Mouuusea :
Wax simulacra of Shells (Figs. 1-5),
Dy,
Morrnonoay. See Srrvcrurn.
Naia anchiete, 219.
angusticeps, 220.
xX INDEX.
Naia annulata, 217.
goldii, 219.
—— guentheri, 219.
haie, var. melanoleuca, 219.
-——— melanoleuca, 219.
— multifasciata, 219.
——- nigricollis, 219.
Neozeleboria alexandri, sp. n.,
5g),
Nephele accentifera, 107.
—— didyma, form hespera, 107.
rectangulata, 108.
vau, 108.
—— vespera, sp. n. (Pl. II. fig. 26),
108.
Nothabraxas rudicornis, 112.
Nudaurelia belina, 101.
~—— jacksont, 101.
nereis, 101.
—— tyrrhea, 101.
—— vau, sp. n. (Pl. II. fig. 30), 101.
zaddachii, 102.
Nyctipao macrops, 96.
Onychocephalus anomalus, 197.
cecus, 197.
mucruso, 197.
Ophideres materna, 97.
Orthetrum clelia, 26.
—— glaucum, 25.
pruinosum, 26,
testaceum, 26.
Otis tarda: nuptial display: photo-
graphs exhibited, 293.
Ovios nealces, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 8),
95.
Pachymeta flavia, sp. n. (PI. I.
fig. 14), 110.
-——— roxana, sp. n. (PI. II. fig. 33),
111.
Paregocera confluens, 94.
Parallelia angularis, 96.
portia, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 20), 97.
—— rectifascia, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 21),
97.
Parasa vivida, 111.
Paratuerta argentifascia, sp. n.
(Pl. I. fig. 7 a), 94.
Paratuerta featheri, sp. n. (Pl. I.
fig. 7), O4.
marshalli, 94+.
Parusta thelxinoé, sp. n. (Pl. I.
fig. 16), 103.
Pasipeda roseiventris, 95.
ParnoLoey.
Animals in the Society’s Gardens,
123.
Perdix daurica: exhibited, 154 ; colour-
variation, 285.
montana: colour-variation, 285.
perdix: colour-variation, 285.
Periplaneta americana, ethology, 154.
—— orientalis, ethology, 1d4.
Petovia dichroaria, 112.
Petrodava olivata, 112.
Phalera leydenburgi, 110.
Phasianus colchicus xX P. torquatus :
variation : heredity (Fig. 1), 279.
Philothamnus angolensis, 20d.
dorsalis, 206.
heterodermus, 205.
heterolepidotus, 205.
trregularis, 20d.
— neglectus, 205.
ornatus, 205.
senivariegatus, 206-
Phyllodromia
154.
Phymatothynnus pygidiopho-
rus, sp. n. (Pl. I. figs. 13, 14), 62.
—— tonsorius, sp. n. (Pl. I. figs. 11,
12), 61.
germanica, ethology,
Pirystooey.
Kehinoderma: Asterids, 1.
Platynosomum acuminatum,
sp. n. (Fig. 1), 87.
Plusia orichalcea, 97.
Pogonothynnus fulvohirtus,
sp. n. (Pl. I. figs. 5, 6), 45.
Poliana marmorata, sp. n. (Pl. II.
fig. 22), 105.
Polyplax brachyrrhynchus,
sp. n.: structure,
(Figs. 1-3, 14), 246.
—— oxyrrhynchus, sp. n.: struc-
ture, development (Figs. 4-6, 8-13),
251.
development
INDEX.
Polyplax spinulosa : structure, develop-
ment (Figs. 7, 15, 16), 256.
Polyptychus fumosus pelops,
subsp. n. (PI. I. fig. 3), 107.
Porania pulvillus: ciliation, ethology
(Pl. I fig. 1: Fig. 1), 10; variation
(Fig. 1), 21.
Potos caudivolvulus (z. s. t.), 152.
Predora marshalli, 106.
Procephalus bifurcatus (Fig. 4), 119.
mediterraneus, var. n.
(Qa fear an oF) ee 22 I
orientalis, var. n. (Fig.
4c, p), 120.
—— globicephalus, sp. n. (Fig. 3),
118.
grandis, sp. n. (Figs. 1, 2), 115.
Prodenia littoralis, 98.
Prosymna ambigua, 208.
angolensis, sp. n., 208.
bocagii, 208.
—— frontalis, 208.
Protosticta kinabaluensis, sp. n.
(Fig. 58), 37.
Provozoa :
Parasites in the Society’s Gardens,
128% skiagraphs,
152, ethology, developmeat, 295;
Foraminifera :
Infusoria: Trichodina pediculus, |
ethology, 75.
Psalis securis, 98.
Psammophis acutus, 212.
angolensis, 218.
ansorgit, 213.
bocagti, 213.
brevirostris, 213.
notostictus, 213.
oxyrhynchus, 212.
sibilans, 2138.
Psammophylax nototenta, 211.
Psammothynnus rubricans,
sp. n., 60.
Pseudagrion ? dubium, 39.
Pseudaphelia apollinaris, 103.
Pseudaspis cana, 204.
Pseudoclanis postica, 107.
Pseudophea basalis, sp. n., 32.
subcestalis, 32.
—— subnodalis, sp. n., 31.
XX1
Pteredoa telesilla, 98.
Ptilotis chrysotis (z.s.u.), L51.
Pulchriphyllium erurifvlium (z. s. 1),
289.
Python anchiete, 199.
natalensis, 199.
sebeé, 199.
Rana tigrina:
(Fig. 1), 239.
Rappia aylmeri, sp. n., 243.
chlorostea, sp. n., 243.
Repricia:
structure (urostyle)
Carnivorous Therapsids: systematic,
163 ; Mammal-like Reptiles : struc-
ture (coracoid), 235; Ophidia from
the Congo, N. Rhodesia, and An-
gola: systematic, 193; Xenodon
merremi: structure, etiology, 83.
Rhagerhis acuta, 212.
tritentata, 212,
Rhamnophis ethiops, 207.
—— jacksonti, 207.
Rhamphiophis acutus, 212.
oxyrhynchus, 212.
Rhanidophora albigutta, sp. n.
(Pl. I. fig. 12), 98.
Rhineceros antiquitatis: horn, 293,
Rhinecypha biseriata?, 37.
—— moultoni, sp. n., 35.
Rhinoneura villosipes, gen. et
sp. n. (Figs. 4, 5a), 33.
Rhodogastria bubo, 93.
Rhopatopsyche kirundo, 108.
Sabalia euterpe, sp. n.
fig. 15), 104.
thalia, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 17), 105.
Saimiris sciurea (z. 8. u.), 152.
Saturnia bioculata, 1038.
Scaphiophis albopunctatus, 209.
Scymnognathus parvus, sp. n.
(Hig. 7), 171.
Scymnosaurus watsoni, sp. n
(Fig. 6), 169.
Sepedon rhombeatus, 220.
Setoctena patricola, 95,
Ga, I,
Xxil
Setola pulchra, 95.
Sierola leeuwinensis, sp. n., 68.
Simocephalus baumanni, 203.
—_ guirali, 203.
—— lamani, 203.
poensis, 203.
Simorhinella baini, gen. et sp. n.
(Fig. 1), 163.
Solaster papposus : ciliation, 15.
Sphingomorpha chlorea, 96.
Sphodromantis
(Zz. 8. L.), 289.
Sphodrus leucophthalmus (z. 8. u.), 292.
Stauropus dasychirioides, 110.
Stenagrion, gen. n., 39.
dubium, 39.
Stenostoma longicauda, 198.
rostratum, 198.
scutifrons, 198.
SrRvucTuRE.
Coracoid in Vertebrates, 235.
Mammatia: Viverrine : (feet, glands,
Gie,)}, list s Gymunura
(Organ of Jacobson), 157.
Aves: Anastomus oscitans, 153.
Rerrinia : Xenodon merremi, 83.
Barracuia: Urostyle of the Anura,
239.
Insecra: Hymenoptera 41: Lampyris
noctiluca (imouth-parts of larva),
77: Anoplura; Polyplax, 245.
Ecurnopmrma: Asterids (ciliation), 1.
Vermipea: Amabilia: Dasyurotenia,
179.
Ca@imntrrara: Lininocnida rhodesia:
Tk
Sus domesticus: skin (Fig. 2), 286.
guttata: ethology
Vupaia,
Tachynomyia maculiventris,
sp. n., 63.
Tarbophis semiannulatus, 210.
Taurotragus oryx (Zz. s. L.), 151.
Telescopus semiannulatus, 210.
Temmnora erato, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 2),
108.
Teracotona rhodophea, 93.
Tetraneura argyroides, 33.
Thelotornis kirtlandti, 213.
INDEX.
Thrasops flavigularis, 206.
-— gacksonit, 207.
Thynnoides fuscocostalis, 48.
Thynnus leviceps, 50.
mamillatus, 49.
suspiciosus, 59.
—— teniolatus, 59.
Thyretes nequs, 92.
Trichechus rosmarus: variation, 154.
Trichodina pediculus: ethology, 75.
Trigonodes hyppasia, 97.
Trimerorhinus rhombeatus, 211.
— triteniatus, 212.
Trirachodon browni, sp. un.
(Fig. 8), 172.
Trithemis aurora, 26.
Jestiva, 26.
Tropidonotus fuliginoides, 201.
olivaceus, 201.
Tuerta triment, 94.
Tupaia: structure (Organ of Jacobson),
(WRU, 1), 1avet.
Typhtops anchiete, 197.
——— anomalus, 197.
—— boulengeri, 196.
—— ceéecus, 197.
—— congicus, 197.
grauert, 197.
—— hottentotus, 197.
—— humbo, 197.
mucruso, 197.
nigricans, 198.
petersii, 197.
preocularis, 197.
punctutus (Fig. 1), 196,
——- schlegelii, 197.
viridiflavus, 197.
Uriechis lunulatus, 216.
Urobelus acanthias, 215.
Urotu stnope, 103.
Usia angulata, 103. at
VARIATION.
Manmauta: Bos taurus (Niata breed),
273; Chrysochloris (teeth), 156;
Limnotragus (albino), 154; 'Tri-
chechus rosmarus (tusks), 154,
INDEX.
VARIATION (con.):
Aves: Caccabis, Perdix (colour),
285; Phasianus colchicus xX P.
torquatus, 279.
ECHuINODERMA :
(gills), 21.
VERMIDEA :
Trematoda: Platynosomum acumi-
natum : systematic, 87; Cestoda :
Amabilia,
ture, systematic, 175.
Vestalis amena, 30.
Vipera arietans, 221.
caudalis, 221.
heraldica, 221.
peringucyt, 221.
rhinoceros, 222.
Porania pulvillus
Dasyuroteenia: struc-
Viverra zibetha: (feet, vibrisse, etc.)
(Figs. 1, 4, 6), 132, 140, 145.
Viverricula malaccensis: (feet, etc.),
136.
XXU1
Viverrieula rasse: (feet, glands, ete.)
(Higs. 3, 6), 136, 147.
Wax simulacra of Shells (Figs. 1-5),
225.
Aanthospilopteryx superba, 94.
thruppi, 94.
Xenocalamus mechovii, 214.
michelli, 214.
Xenodon merremi: structure (Fig. 1),
83.
Xenurophis cesar, 208.
Xestobium tessellatum (z. s. u.), 290.
Zaspilothynnus dilatatus spicu-
lifer, subsp. n., 43.
—— rugicollis, sp. n. (Pl. I. figs. 3,
4), 43.
— unipunctatus, sp. n. (Pl. I.
figs. 1, 2), 41.
Zygonyx tris, 20.
PRINTED BY TAYLGR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLERT STREET.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
: OF LONDON.
Tea 3.
CONTAINING Paces 1 to 156, witu 8 Puarus
AND 23 TExt-FIGURES.
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CoO.,,
| : PATERNOSTER ROW.
(4 ‘ON
‘ea RN Oe : aN
MARCH 1915.84!) 1916 j
ie 7
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK,
| LONDON: |
[Price Twelve Shillings. | ral By
le Set O i COIN EN is:
1915, Part I. (pp. 1-156).
EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES,
The Sucrnrary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the months
of November! December, and! January, LOL4—5s wom ee ee ee wre ale waitin min els velele
Mr. E. Huron-Auten, F.LS., F.Z.8. Exhibition of Skiagraphs of Foraminifera,
illustrating the application of X-rays to Micrescopical Research
Dr. P. Cratmers Mircaett, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Secretary to the Society. Exhibition of the
Stomach and Intestines of the Open-bill
ec ee PFC ee ee OGer seer see BFF oereesseeeseee BO
Sir Epmunp G. Lopmr, Bt., F.Z.S. Exhibition of the tanned skin of a large Capybara
. (Hydrocherus hydrocherus)
ee Oe ee ee oe sere cose se OPH eee et seetesesesese seve es tees
Mr. Guy Ayumer, F.Z.8. Exhibition of skins of mammals from Sierra Leone
eeeoe ee ce se
Dr. P. Casumers Mircwenn, F.R.S8., F.Z.8., Secretary to the Society. Exhibition of
Cockroaches from the Society's Gardens .........+.
eeeececeoe tone
Mr. R. I. Pococx, F.R.8., F.L.S., ¥.Z.8., Curator of Mammals. Exhibition, on behalf of
Mr, Edward Gerrard, of the mounted head of a male Sitatunga Antelope
eeececevrece
Mr. D. Sern-Smitn, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds. Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. Edward
Gerrard, of a pair of Daurian or Bearded Partridges (Perdix dawrica) ......0+..0.
Miss Anniz C. Jackson. Exhibition of living male specimens of the Indian Stick-Insect,
Caransius morosus
ee ee se oer s ee cee eee ose ew POF Pee oe ee esreeee Knee se eeseseeeeoeeneos
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month
PME CHoTUATAVaTNG Maret aya veswle a teselbee'eia\(sin! ine als svasnpers eia-deysts evetans! cis ejatol ate a ener ane seen
Dr. R. Broom, M.D., C.M.Z.8. Exhibition of a skull of Chrysochloris asiatica
Mr. W. BR. Ocitvie-Grant. Notice of Reports on the Coleoptera, Diptera, Odonata, and
Vermes collected by the British Ornithologists’ Union and Wollaston Expeditions in
IDG Nene, EMME. dons COS BOON Goss OOOO SR DOMe Mas COCaba Aon oS oon noMouud oe
Dr. Pa. Leurs. Correction to his “ Description of a new Lizard from the Canary
SACs weaneteiaieietere ware cjestee tess DO COO DAN UeBo SnIeR MenO OO c OdISoOH Ondo HEP eOUnACS
Page
151
152
153
154 |
154
154
154
154
155
155 |
156
156
156
Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper,
ar A
ae,
f a eh
aiheticey :
ata
%
P.Z.S.1915. GEMMILL.P1.I.
et
LED,
SES
VEC ER EP)
z=
——
ae)
J.F.Gemmill.del. Huth, Lith London.
CHIE IZAIIOING “OU ANS) 0a IRVIN) Sy,
et.
a
fees
P.Z.S.1915. GEMMILL.PLIL
J.F. Gemmill. del. Huth, Lith. London.
CHET AMGOIN (Olt ASU Eye) Ss.
eeenrais
ei e
A
P.Z.8.1915,GEMMILL.PLIO.
Dy
mc
J.EF.Gemmill, del. Huth. Lith. London
CILIATION OF ASTERIDS.
PROCEEDINGS.
OF THE olf | Wi pee
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OV THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
PAPERS.
1. On the Ciliation of Asterids, and on the Question of
Ciliary Nutrition in Certain Be By James F.
GremMitt, M.A., M.D., D.Sc., F.Z.S8.
[Received October 80, 1914: Read February 23, 1915. |
(Plates I.—ITI.* and Text-figures 1 & 2.)
INDEX. Page
J. CrLt1aRy CURRENTS.
Hl, ANIGidayorsls eunvel Obeieraenitere, Fae eosnny onoopocobanveatonocseeeen: nace
Py, (Criibenp tora: Ose LOpcHrsae| PSII o-5 4. sncceaysosnnoenacnotnoopseconeeea B!
3. Ciliation of Perivisceral Cavity: (a) Somatopleure (p. 4) ;
(0) "Syellenavelvavoyalleyaotey (DD) crocs condooosonnacncsonotmorancccosses ES
4. Ciliation of Endoderm.. Balt: BASEN ESA EN RAEI YAU tT Whe
5. Ciliation of Minor Catton ' rE RSS AE ite ae Ie alin te)
6. Relation of Larval to Adult Gilravone ARO CEE DEA RDC erohe a crane
II. Crnration Anp FEEDING,
Porania pulvillus (Adaptations in Structure, ete.; Aquarium
HE RPELIM NUS) ee ersrce te cakes a rere tee eect sey ee LO
Astropecten irregularis .......... mati toe Clete also sector CLA
Solaster papposus, and other Stents. Say emBatcnstecateaitanseeh alo
BeaninsronvehwWoseny eee saree. tesserae eeeek eee eee
SUMMARY ee Setecsacaracccs MBE Sieceereceeoameaee oe LG
In studying the development of the common Crossfish, Asterias
rubens 1. (4), I was struck by the constancy and functional im-
portance of the ciliation on the various surfaces (epidermal,
endodermal, and enteroceelic) of the larva. The larval ciliation
being continued at metamorphosis into that of the starfish, it
* For explanation of the Plates see pp. 1£-19,
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1915, No. I. 1
2, DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE
4)
seemed of interest to investigate the ciliary activities of the
adult, especially as considerable attention has been paid of late to
the role of ciliation* in other animals, with results of much
importance alike as regards physiology and structure.
Of the species available in the Firth of Clyde, Asterias
rubens L., Solaster papposus L., Porania pulvillus O. F. M., and
Astropecten irregularis (Pennant), were selected for particular
examination, as belonging to families showing very great diver-
gence in form or larval history.
In the course of the investigation, data were obtained indicating
that Porania secures a portion of its food-supply by ciliary
activity. This fact is of the greatest significance as showing
how nutritional continuity could have been maintained in the
progress of Asterid evolution, during the transition from a_bi-
lateral, ciliary-feeding, pelagic ancestor, through an attached
stage allowing the gradual acquirement of radial symmetry, to
present-day starfishes which obtain their food-supply wholly or
mainly by capture through the agency of the sucker-feet.
J. Ciliary Currents.
1. Meruops AND ORIENTATION.
The direction of ciliary action on the different surfaces was
studied by pinning out fresh living preparations from healthy
specimens, in sea-water with fine carmine particles in suspension,
and then examining under strong reflected light with the help
of a Swift-Stevenson binocular microscope. Occasionally, lamp-
black or dead Hehinus sperm was used instead of carmine. In
the case of the ampulle and sucker-feet the corpuscles of the
water-vascular fluid served, under bright illumination, to demon-
strate the currents, but the results thus obtained were confirmed
by the use of carmine injections.
As regards orientation, the specimens are to be considered as
lying on a horizontal surface with the aboral side uppermost. In
the text :-—
Superior, upwards, etc., refer to the aboral, and iferior, down-
wards, ete., to the oral aspect or direction.
Centripetal means horizontally towards, and centrifugal horizon-
tally away trom, the vertical or mouth-anal axis.
Laterally inwards and laterally outwards indicate currents at
right angles to the vertical mid-radial plane of an arm.
Perpendicular refers to currents rising directly from, 7. e. per-
pendicular to, a surface or margin.
Opposite currents starting along a line and passing directly out-
wards from it are described as shedding away from the line in
question.
* Of. CaARLGREN, O., Biol. Centralblatt, vol. xxv. 1905, pp. 308-322 (Actinians,
Madreporarians). Orron, J. H., Jour. Mar. Biol. Assn. U.K. vol. ix. 1912, pp. 444—
478 (Ascidians, Molluses); yol, x. 1913, pp. 19-49 (Amphioxus, Ascidians, Mol-
luses); vol. x. 1914, pp. 283-311 (Brachiopods, Polychietes, etc.).
CILIATION OF ASTERIDS. 33
2. EXTERNAL SURFACE.
Area.
Bottom of ambulacral grooves
Margins of ambulacral grooves on
and between the bases of the
ambulacral spines.
Lateral aspect of rays
Aboral aspect of rays
Interradial surfaces (oral aspect) .
Interradial surfaces (lateral as-
pect).
Interradial surfaces
pect).
(aboral as-
Actinal intermediate areas
Aboral aspect of dise ...............
Buccal membrane
Madreporite
Spines
Description of Current.
Centripetal in all; strongest in Porania and
Astropecten, weakest in Asterias.
Laterally outwards in Asterias and Solaster ;
laterally inwards and with marked centri-
petal tendency in Porania; laterally inwards
in Astropecten, especially in the grooves
between the groups of spines.
On the whole aboralwards in Asterias and
Solaster; perpendicular * at marginal edee
in Porania, and sometimes also in Solaster:
in Astropecten running strongly downwards,
z. e. towards oral aspect of the ray, in the
grooves between the large marginal plates.
Shedding faintly away from mid-radial line in
Asterias*; aboralwards with centripetal
tendency in Solaster and Porania; in Astro-
pecten centrifugal along middle line and
slanting laterally outwards to either side.
Centrifugal, 7. e. away from mouth, in Asterias
and Solaster; centripetal, 7. e. towards
mouth, in Porania and Astropecten. Some-
times in young specimens of the former, and
usually in old specimens, there is a small
area near the oral angle of each interradius
with centrifugal ciliation.
Aboralwards in Asterias and Solaster; oral-
wards in Astropecten.
Confused in Asterias; centripetal towards anus
im Solaster and Porania; centrifugal in
Astropecten.
These areas are well marked only in Porania
and there the ciliation is centripetal, 7. e.
towards the mouth.
Confused in Asterias ; centripetal towards ana
opening in Porania; somewhat confused in
Solaster, but with slight centripetal tendency
towards anal opening ; centrifugal in Astro
pecten.
Entirely centripetal in Astropecten; centri-
petal except for narrow centrifugal zone at
margin of mouth in Porania, as also in
Solaster, but with weaker centripetal ciliation
in the latter; centrifugal all over in
Asterias.
Centrifugal in Astropecten; from periphery
towards centre of madreporic surface in
Asterias and contrariwise in Solaster and
Porania.
From base to summit somewhat spirally.
From attached to free ends often spirally. The
large spines (denticles) projecting oralwards
from the interradial angles of Solaster are
ciliated towards the base on the lower, and
towards the apex on the upper aspect. In
* Currents somewhat variable.
4 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE
Area. Description of Current.
Porania and Astropecten the entire ciliation
on these spines is from base towards apex.
As a rule, gills and spines set on any surface
which causes a definite current are ciliated
so as to promote this current for some dis-
tance up from their bases.
Sucker-feet............................. From attached to free ends spirally, but showing
irregularitiesin Asterias ; ciliation absent or
extremely weak in Solaster, Porania, and
Astropecten.
Pedicellariz .......................... Irregular, but, on the whole, from attached to
free ends.
Paxillary spinelets of Astropecten. | Weak from base to apex.
General.—There can be little doubt but that all over the surface
of the body the ciliary currents subserve local respiratory purposes,
a function of much importance in connection with the great
superficial nerve-tracts, inasmuch as these tracts cannot readily
receive adequate oxygenation from the perihemal fluid bathing
their deep surfaces.
Since the currents along the ambulacral grooves are centripetal
(p. 2) fresh water is always being brought along them towards
the nerve-ring and centre of the dise. This circumstance may
well be of importance during periods when the starfish is
stationary, as in feeding, or is wholly or partly buried in sand
(Astropecten).
Text-figure 1.
Diagram illustrating the arrangement of the aboral ciliary currents in Porania,
An., anus; Mad7., madreporite.
We may note that occasionally a number of the papules, in-
stead of showing the usual everted or protruding condition, are
found to be introverted (Porania). At such times, the spiral
ciation of their epidermal surface keeps this surface bathed
CILIATION OF ASTERIDS. 5
with changing water, so that the respiratory function does not
completely cease.
The ciliation on all attached or projecting parts (spines and
spinelets, pedicellariz, sucker-feet, gills) is, on the whole, from
the attached to the free extremities, an arrangement promoting
the removal of débris. In Porania and Solaster, particularly in
the smaller-sized specimens, the skin on the aboral aspect between
the gills and spines is ciliated so as to collect particles towards the
anus, and throw them up therefrom in a perpendicular stream,
from under which the starfish is continually walking away in the
ordinary course of its movements. This somewhat remarkable
arrangement is illustrated for Porania in the accompanying
text-figure. In Asterias, the skin is too thickly covered with
gills, spines, and pedicellariz to exhibit such an arrangement of
currents, but the various structures named serye as the starting-
cones of minor ascending currents everywhere on the aboral
surface of the disc.
The aboral ciliation of Astropecten follows entirely different
lines, and is possibly related to ciliary feeding (p. 14). ‘The
ciliation on the oral aspect of Porania is of direct importance in
connection with the last-named function (p. 10).
3 (a). Lintne or PERIVISCERAL Cavity: SOMATOPLEURE.
Area. Description of Current.
Floor of rays in middle line ...... In Asterias centrifugal with irregularities ; in
Solaster centripetal with irregularities: in
Porania centripetal*; in Astropecten very
faintly centripetal *,
Floor of rays close to either side lLaterally inwards or outwards to or from
ot middle line. - middle line*; in Porania chiefly inwards ;
in Astropecten chiefly outwards.
Floor of rays over ampullie of | From base to summit of ampull with centri-
sucker-feet. petal tendency, except in Astropecten where
the tendency is centrifugal.
Infero-lateral angles of rays ...... Strongly centripetal, providing the chief oral-
ward streams.
Buccal membrane......................Centripetal.
Interbrachial septa .................. Centripetal along inferior angles; centrifugal
along superior angles; mixed on sides;
tendency * towards circular movement, over
the free edges of the septa, in a dextral or
watch-hand direction as viewed aborally.
Aboral wall of ray (median Strongly centrifugal.
portion between the radial
ceca).
Aboral wall of ray (portions Strongly centrifugal and slanting laterally
lateral to radial ceca). outwards, and then oralwards.
Aboral wall of ray (portions Centripetal in Asterias and Porania*; mixed
looking into the epigastric cm- in Solaster and Astropecten.
lomic pockets).
WGrmuerenll sy OETA? “Soskegoseconeencen Oymallinsenaclsy
* Currents somewhat variable.
4 a
EVE
Ahboral wall of dise
Aboral gastric ligaments............
Oral gastric ligaments
0 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE
Description of Current.
Centrifugal interradially, and for the most part
radiaily as well, but sometimes, especially im
Asterias, centripetal or mixed along the
continuations of the epigastric cvelomic
pockets.
Aboralwards.
Mixed, chiefly centrifugal.
3 (6). Lining or PERIvIscERAL Cavity : SPLANCHNOPLEURE,
Pharyngeal portion of stomach ...
Gastric portion of stomach
IP OIG NG aconsasodoashadsscouddes cedgee
Stalks of radial ceca (except sur-
faces looking mto epigastric
ccelomic pockets).
Surfaces of radial ceca looking
into epigastric ccelomic pockets.
Oral edges of radial ceca
NCIS Ore TAKEN C2282) coo 500 cap gence coe
Aboral edges of radial ceca and
outer aspects of epigastric
mesenteries.
tectal ceca
Region of separation between
stomachal and pyloric regions of
eastric cavity.
Gonads and Polian vesicles
Aboralwards in all.
Aboralwards in all.
Aboralwards in all,
Centrifugal in all.
In Asterias and Porania centripetal*; in
Solaster mixed centrifugal and centripetal.
Centrifugal in all.
Aboralwards in all.
Centrifugal in all.
Centrifugal with spiral currents and mixing, and
im some cases a tendency towards circulation
in a dextral direction as viewed aborally.
* Sheht tendency towards circulation in a
dextral direction as viewed aborally.
In general from attached to free extremities,
but sometimes spiral or mixed.
General.—Here the primary fact is that the ciliation produces
constant and complete mixing of the ccelomiec fluid in the interior
of the dise and arms.
Great centripetal currents flow along the
inferc-lateral angles of the arms and, reaching the splanclno-
pleure of the eut-wall, are swept aboralwards and are next driven
centrifugally outwards towards the arm-tips by the cilia on the
akoral body-wall and on the radial and rectal ceca, ‘There appeais
to be a certain amount of circular movement on the part of the
celomic fluid in the dextral or watch-hand direction as viewed
aborally. Continual changing of the fluid inside the gills also
OCCULS.
4, KNDODERMAL Lininc.
Area. Description of Current.
Pharyngeal portion of gastric Aboralwards in all; in Asterias a slight oral-
cavity. ward current could sometimes be made out
in the middle line of one or other of the
interradii, particularly of the anal inter-
radius.
* Currents somey hat variable.
CILIATION OF ASTERIDS. if
Area. Description of Current.
Stomachal portion of gastric cavity. Chiefly aboralwards, and strongest along the
major radial furrows, but many of the inter-
radial furrows and some of the minor radial
furrows show oralward ciliation.
Circular groove between stomachal Slight tendency to cirenlar movement * in a
and pyloric-sac portions of siuistral direction as viewed aborally.
gastric cavity.
Pyloric sac, radial grooves ......... Strongly aboralward or centripetal, 7. e., to-
wards the intestinal opening uear centre of
root of sac. Note that in Solaster each of
these grooves (probably through secondary
sealing of its edges) forms a canal which
opens centrally near the commencement of
the intestine, and peripherally near the place
of origin of a pair of radial ceca.
Pyloric sac, interradial areas ...... Diffusely centrifugal, z. e., away from intestinal
opening.
Pyloric sac, rosette of minor Centripetal, z.e., towards entrance to intestine.
grooves round opening of in-
testine.
Stalks of pyloric czeeca ............... Entrance to each pair of ceca is centripetally
ciliated all round *.
Roof-grooves of pyloric ceca ...... Strongly centripetal.
Floor-grooves of pyloric ceca ...... Strongly centrifugal.
Folded sides of pyloric ceca ...... Aboralwards, i. e., from floor-groove to roof-
groove.
Intestines /ssyceesces-e sees) Liromipyloric sac towards ectalisac:
TRGTGIE IL GHGs membnonua ce cboR ou btmcecose Centrifugal, 7. e., into recesses of caca.
JROCHBNT coy scesssanooooosesoonoonsncowns NIG BiTo@AEMEG|,
General.—The major result of the endodermal ciliation is to
effect sweeping from mouth to anus, but we have also to recognise
certain secondary results ensuring: (@) mixing and delay within
the main gastric cavity, and (0) circulation within the cecal out-
growths. As factors under (a), note the oralward ciliation of
many of the folds and grooves in the stomachal portion of the
gastric cavity, the oralward ciliation of the large interradial areas
in the roof of the pyloric sac, and the circular movement (clock-
wise as viewed from the oral aspect) recognisable near the groove
separating the stomachal and pyloric-sac portions of the gastric
cavity. The aboralward ciliation of the pharyngeal portion of
the gastric cavity will prevent particles from passing out of the
gastric cavity during the mixing process. As regards the radial
cxeca, experiment shows that carmine grains are swept with great
rapidity centrifugally outwards from the gastric cavity along
their floor-grooves, the streams getting gradually smaller as the
apices are neared, since numerous sinall side-currents pass aboral-
wards along the walls of the cecal folds. The last-named
currents join the great centripetal stream which passes along the
roof-groove of the cecum and then along the corresponding radial
* Currents somewhat variable.
8 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE
groove on the roof of the pyloric sac. The circulation within
the pyloric czeca seems to depend entirely on ciliary action,
contractions of the walls of the ceca either not occurring or
being exceedingly slight and irregular.
As regards the rectal ceca, all the ciliary currents appear to
be centrifugal, that is, outwards into the lobules. The return
currents from the ceca must therefore be passive so far as
ciliation is concerned. However, as is indicated below (p. 12),
the rectal ceca of Porania show rhythmic contractility, while
those of Solaster and Asterias, and probably of other starfishes,
are also contractile. The rectal ceca may therefore be emptied
or the fluid within them kept from stagnation by the muscular
action of their walls.
5. Minor Cayirizs.
Area. Description of Current.
Dorsal sac ...........0.0002.-e0e02s.sse Definitely, but not stronely ciliated. In a
particular case (Solaster papposus) the
curent passed sinistrally across the roof,
and dextrally * across the floor of the sac.
Axial sinus (general lining)......... On the whole aboralwards, and therefore tending
to sweep particles towards the madreporite
(see 4, p. 246).
Pore-canal system of madreporite. | Weakly aboralwards.
Interior of stone-canal ............... Strongly oralwards (see 4, p. 269).
Snrface of stone-canal looking into Somewhat indefinite, strongest on the grooves
axial sinus. between the calcareous plates of the canal-
wall, and following the lines of these grooves,
but on the whole with an aboral tendency.
Perihemal spaces (aboral, oral, Ciliation feeble, flickering, strongest on surface
circular, and radial sinuses). of hemal tissue; no definite direction of
resulting currents noted.
Lining of sucker-feet ................ Upwards into arm alone inner side, 7. e., side
nearest middle line of arm; downwards to-
wards sucker along outer side, 7. e., side
furthest away from middle line of arm.
Similar currents are found within the am-
pull, 7. e., upwards on inner aspect of am-
pullary wall, laterally outwards within dome
of ampulla, and downwards towards sucker
on outer wall of ampulla.
Peribranchial spaces and spaces of | No ciliary activity made out.
body-wall.
General.—The aboralward ciliation of the lining of the axial
sinus is of importance, since by its means particles may be swept
from the axial sinus into the stone-canal or the pore-canals (see
4, p. 270). The fact that the perihzmal spaces are ciliated does
not seem to have been previously ascertained. The absence of
ciliation from the lining of the peribranchial spaces is a point of
considerable interest.
* Clockwise as viewed aborally.
CILIATION OF ASTERIDS. 9
6. RELATION oF LARVAL TO ADULT CILIATION.
While it is true that the larval ciliation passes into that of
the adult, the changes in shape and structure which take place
at metamorphosis are so profound that in the end only a few
details of correspondence between the two systems can be made
out. Taking Asterias rubens as the type, we note that the
oralward ciliation of the circumoral field (food-gathering area, 4,
p. 240) in the larva is probably related to the oralward ciliation
of the ambulacral grooves in starfish generally and in Crinoids.
In further correspondence, we find that the whole or greater part
of the buccal membrane in Astropecten, Porania, and Solaster is
ciliated towards the mouth. Perhaps the outwardly lashing cilia
of the peristomal band (4, p. 239) on the lower lip of the larva
may have supplied the basis of the similarly acting cilia at the
actino-stomial margin of Porania.
Text-figure 2.
rpe.(epg)
Ipc. (hyp)
Illustrating the circular movement of the ccclomic fluid in the late larva
and in the perivisceral cavity of the adult.
ac.l., ac.r., left and right anterior coeloms ; me./., me.r., left and right middle cceloms ;
dh., vh., dorsal and ventral horns of the left posterior celom; hy., hy.’, hydro-
cele, and richt hydroccelic region; Upc. (hyp.), left posterior or hypogastric
celom; rpe. (epy.), right posterior or epigastric coelom.
Within the perivisceral cavity of the adult, the slight circular
dextral movement of the contained fluid appears to be represented
in the late larva by a cireuit which includes the left posterior
10 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE
ccelom, as well as the left and right anterior and middle coelomic
regions (see 4, p. 245). The left posterior ceelom gives rise to
the main part of the adult perivisceral cavity, and in the late
larva the circulation of the fluid is from the ventral round to the
dorsal horn of the ccelom in question, then through the left and
right middle and anterior ccelomic regions back to the ventral
horn. At metamorphosis, the dorsal and ventral horns become
united and are closed off from the other coelomic regions named,
which for the most part become obliterated, the left middle one,
however, giving rise to the hydrocele. The circuit thus becomes
limited to the perivisceral ceelom and the flow is naturally dextral
as viewed from the aboral aspect. These points are illustrated
in the appended text-figure.
The ciliation of the perihemal sinuses in the adult is in agree-
ment with the fact of their direct enterocelic origin.
As regards endoderm, the greater part of the esophagus of
he larva is retained at metamorphosis, and gives rise to the
pharyngeal portion of the adult gastric cavity. The larval
cesophagus is ciliated towards the stomach, and we note that the
pharyngeal portion of the adult gastric cavity is similarly ciliated.
Within the stomach of the early larva, food-particles are churned
round dextrally as viewed from its anterior extremity (4, p. 240).
Something similar occurs within the gastric cavity of the adult
(p. 7). In late larve, when the stomach has reached full size,
oralward currents appear over a large part of its fundus. These
are probably represented in the adult by the oralward and centri-
fugal currents, which one finds on the interradial portions of the
stomachal and pyloric sac-regions of the gastric cavity.
II. Ciliation and Feeding.
In Asterids a large part of the actinal epiderm is derived
phylogenetically and also in many cases ontogenetically (Solaster 2,
Asterias 4) from the preoral lobe and from the region which
in the feeding types of larvee (Asterias) surrounds the larval
mouth and includes the circumoral or food-gathering area (4,
p. 240). No doubt the bilateral ancestor of Echinoderms obtained
its nutriment through ciliary action, as is still done by all feeding
Echinoderm larvee and by the Crinoids. The oral or centripetal
currents which one finds in the ambulacral grooves of stazfishes
ave probably of ancestral origin. Recently, certain observations
raised the question in my mind whether particular starfishes do
not still obtain a portion of their nutriment through ciliary
action.
PoRaNiA PULvitLUS. (Pl. I. fig. 1.)
The observations in question were concerned in the first place
with the pin-cushion starfish, Porania pulvillus (O. F. M.), their
starting-point being the fact that in investigating the actinal
ciliation in this starfish with the help of suspended carmine
CILIATION OF ASTERIDS. Wi
particles, I found that there were periods during which extremeiy
active ingestion of the particles through the mouth into the
stomach occurred. The following structural or functional peculi-
arities in Porania next claimed attention. Taken as a complex
they seem direct adaptations for ciliary nutrition :
1. The cilia all over the actinal surface (in ambulacral grooves,
round bases of spines bordering these grooves, on actinal inter-
mediate areas, on buccal membrane, and on denticles) act in such
a way that streams of particles are continually converging on the
ee -opening.
The general shape of the starfish with its large flat inter-
ae areas, ensures that there is an extensive circumoral
ciliated field, adapted for food-gathering purposes.
3. ‘The endodermal ciliation sweeps particles which have entered
the mouth into the recesses of the digestive system. We note, in
this connection, the aboralward ciliation of the pharyngeal and
radial stonneuell regions, the centrifugal ciliaticn of the floor-
grooves of the radial caeca, the centripetal ciliation of the roof-
grooves of these ceca and of the radial grooves in the roof of the
pylorie sac, the aboralward ciliation of the intestine, and the
centrifugal ciliation within the interradial ceca.
4. Every specimen of Porainia that I have watched long enough
has shown periods, sometimes lasting several hours, during which
at sub-regular intervals the anus opens and a considerable
quantity of clear fluid (two to four grammes) is forcibly expelled
therefrom. Ina particular specimen this occurred, on an average,
at intervals of eleven, in another of twenty-five, and in another
of forty minutes. Simultaneous observation by means of a
suitably adjusted microscope showed that shortly after each
expulsion of water from the anus there began a period of active
ingestion of carmine particles by the mouth and that this period
censed just prior to the next expulsion.
Mucus is secreted by the epiderm of the oral surface and
es by the gastric endoderm. ‘To judge by what happens with
carmine particles, this mucus is capable of entangling small
food-particles, and of so causing the formation of ra afts or ropes
of nutritive material which travel slowly into the recesses of the
digestive cavity.
6. On killing a specimen which had lived for some time in
water with an admixture of carmine particles and had exhibited
the phenomena described under 5 above, I found carmine particles
in the gastric cavity and in the radial ceca. Again, in the care
of living specimens which had been “‘ fed ” on carmine, abundance
of the particles appeared in the fluid expelled from time to time
by the anus. In preparations of the living tissues one can
demonstrate the readiness with which particles are swept inte
and out of the radial ceca, collected round the entrance to the
intestine, and even (though this occurs less easily) carried along
the intestine into the rectal czeca.
The interradial or rectal cxeca of Porania are exceptionally
ee, DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE
large, and are present uniformly in all the interradii. They
have distinctly muscular walls which contract and expand
rhythmically at short intervals, sometimes with such activity as
to suggest the systole of the auricular portion of a heart. As
observed in living preparations, the contractions do not usually
affect all the ceca, or indeed the whole of a single cecum, at one
time, but probably in nature minor contractions of the czca or of
parts of them are continually occurring, serving to cause changing
of the contained fluid. It will be remembered from pp. 7-8
that there is no ciliary provision for outgoing currents from the
rectal ceca. Presumably, it is the more or less simultaneous
contraction of the whole set that produces the periodical ex-
pulsion of water through the anus, which was referred to under 4
(p. 11). Turgidity may provide the stimulus to this act. At
any rate, simple pressure by the fingers on the aboral aspect of a
distended Porania will often, after the lapse of a few seconds,
induce a perfectly typical expulsion of fluid by the anus. The
body-wall in Porania is unusually thick and elastic, and when
the anus closes these properties may be of use in causing negative
pressure within the different parts of the digestive cavity, and
thereby aiding the parts to become filled again with fluid entering
by the mouth and loaded with particles collected by the actinal
ciliation. The interradial or rectal ceca of Asterias rubens and
of the majority of starfishes are much smaller and less uniform
than those of Porania. However, alike in Asterias rubens,
A. glacialis, Solaster papposus*, and S. endeca, these ceca show
contractility, and probably have to do with the passage of material
along the food-canal and with the evacuation of feces.
8. After specimens have been deprived of solid food for a time,
the addition to the aquarium of finely-divided nutritive material,
e.g., debris from the ovary of a sea-urchin, spermatozoa, etic.,
is almost invariably followed in the course of a few hours by
an increase in the weight of the specimen. This increase is
lost a day or two after replacement in clean water, and is, I
think, to be explained by the taking for the time being of
extra fluid into the digestive cavity along with the suspended
food-particles. Specimens kept ina glass vessel, through the wall
of which their oral surfaces can be observed with the help of a
microscope, will often be found to respond to agitation of the
water near them by opening the mouth, partially protr uding the
pharynx, and actively swallowing food- -particles. One ‘must
exercise much caution in attempting to feed Porania with sperm.
Individuals, if left too long (24 hours) in a mixture showing only
slight miikiness, may distend themselves with water to an ex-
treme degree, sometimes reaching more than twice their former
weight. “This is usuall y followed, in my experience, by loss of
vitality leading to death within a week or ten days, the sperm or
* See footnote on p. 15,
CILIATION OF ASTERIDS, ils}
its products, or simply the great distention, having a markedly
injurious effect.
9. If the oral surface of a Porania be sharply irritated, the
spines at the interradial angles of the mouth will close in and
by interdigitating with each other will cover up the mouth-
opening completely. In the same way the whole or any part of
an ambulacral groove (see Pl. I. fig. 1 Amb. Gr.') can be entirely
shut in by the spines on opposite sides of the groove. We seem
to have here a ready means of protecting the mouth from exposure
to streams of inacceptable or injurious particles.
10. It may be said that all the details given above are to be
explained in terms of endodermal respiration. Probably this kind
of respivation occurs in our species, as, indeed, 1t does in other
aquatic animals (7). Certainly in captivity Porania exhibits
remarkable power of healing after injuries to the body-wali. But
were internal respiration the only or the principal function, one
would expect this function to be cared for in other starfishes, and
particularly in such a starfish as Asterias rubens, which feeds in
the ordinary way far more greedily and must accordingly exhibit
far greater tissue change than Porania. Yet inward currents
of water through the mouth cannot be observed in A. rubens,
nor does rhythmic expulsion of water through the anus occur.
However, for final evidence on the relation of ciliary action
to nutrition we must have recourse to observations on the
behaviour of Porania and other starfishes under cireumstances
which preclude them from obtaining food by any other means
than the action of ciliary currents. Accordingly the following
and similar experiments were instituted.
A starfish after being carefully weighed was placed in a bell-
jar, the wide end of which was covered by hair-cloth of fine
mesh, while the narrow end was connected to a siphoning tube.
Next, the bell-jar was immersed in one of a series of tanks with
continuous sea- water circulation, and outward siphon action was
started by means of the tube from the bell-jar into another tank
set lower in the series. Constant change of water within the
bell-jar was thereby assured, and at the same time the entrance
into the bell-jar of all objects of any size was effectually pre-
vented. At intervals the starfish was taken out and weighed
and the interior of the bell-jar cleaned. The first specimen of
Porania was put in on Feb. 28,1914. At the end of four and
a half months, the mean of several weighings done within the
last week of this period was practically the same as the mean of
the weighings done in the first week of the period. Thus
nothing at all was lost between the end of February and the
middle of July, that is, during the period when microscopic food-
particles are most abundant in the tanks. Since July there has
been some loss of weight, but the specimen is still healthy
(October 18). Several other Porania similarly treated have:
remained healthy for almost as long a period, and the smallest
14 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE
of these increased slightly in weight during the months of May,
June, and July. In control experiments, specimens of the
common Crossfish, Asterias rubens, kept under like conditions, lost
weight steadily and died, as a rule, in less than eight weeks. We
may note in this connection that the sucker-feet of Porania are
arranged only biserially, and that they are neither particularly
strong nor are they kept actively in use. Atthe Millport Marine
Station the Poranta are never seen feeding on shell-fish ete., or
on their neighbours as other species readily do. Yet for several
seasons the Porania have remained healthy in the tanks as long
(nine months or thereby) as circumstances made it convenient
to keep them.
In view of the data given under 1-10 above, it is, I think,
impossible to escape from the conclusion that ciliary feeding
plays a part in the nutritional economy of Porania.
ASTROPECTEN IRREGULARIS (PI. I. fig. 2).
It will be seen from the details given on pp. 6-7 that the
general arrangement of the cilia in Aséropecten is suggestive of
cilary nutrition. Strong oralward currents run in the ambu-
lacral furrows, being fed by lateral streams coming from the
roof and sides of the disc and rays along the grooves between
the transverse rows of ambulacral spines. The interradii are
powerfully ciliated towards the mouth along avenues bordered
by short, thickly clustered spimes. ‘The whole aboral surface
underneath the great paxillary umbrella has its ciliation so
arranged that particles which manage to get through between
the tips of the spinelets into the subpaxillary space can hardly
fail to be swept ultimately to the muouth-opening, by way of the
interradial or the ambulacral grooves. The denticles, or large
spines of the interradial angles, are ciliated from base to apex,
and frequently project right into the mouth. If a specimen,
after removal of the aboral body-wall and the roof of the stomach,
be placed mouth downward in a shallow dish of water with
suspended carmine particles, a very active upward eddy of
particles through the mouth will soon be found to occur. The
tube-feet of A {str opecten are pointed, and the animal habitually
crawls on or burrows in sand. It will, of course, find shell-fish
and other animals to feed on there, and, asa matter of fact, I
have taken out relatively large shells from the stomachs of dis-
sected specimens. But the sand will also contain abundance of
microscopic food-particles. The tiny spinelets which make up the
paxille are weakly ciliated from the base to apex. The conjecture
may be hazarded that this ciliation, while keeping out debris,
will not prevent the more active microscopic organisms from
getting past the spinelets into the subpaxillary space. Once
there they will of necessity be swept towards the mouth, and
get the chance of passing into the stomach and being entangled
in mucus. An anus being absent, waste water would have to
CILIATION OF ASTERIDS. 15
escape through the mouth, as occurs in the feeding starfish-larva
(4, p. 240). However, I have not yet kept Astropecten alive for
long periods under the experimental conditions described above
in connection with Porania; and as regards the ciliation 1t must
be remembered that, in a burrowing starfish, general and local
respiration will best be promoted by currents drawn from the
aboral surface and the arm-tips.
SOLASTER PAPPOSUS, and OTHER STARFISHES.
S. papposus has powerful sucker-feet, the bi-serial setting of
which is more than compensated for by the increased number
of the rays. It feeds readily on almost any kind of animal food,
and in general the ciliation on the oral aspect, except in the ambu-
lacral grooves, is away from the mouth. However, these grooves
are numerous: an oralward current sets in strongly along each ;
active ingestion of carmine particles may occasionally be observed
to take place; opening of the anus and expulsion of fluid occur
repeatedly * at certain times; carmine particles may be present
in the fluid expelled, if the specimen has been previously kept in
water with this substance in suspension; and, finally, particles of
carmine may be found after death in the stomach of a similarly
treated specimen. Small Solasters kept under the experimental
conditions described in connection with Porania lose weight
and die off, but not so quickly as similarly-treated specimens of
Asterias rubens. On the whole, I should judge that while ciliary
feeding may, and probably does, occur to some slight extent in
the Solasters, it is a-side result of other processes which subse1ve
endodermal respiration and emptying of the food-canal.
As regards other starfishes, I have had the opportunity of
investigating the ciliation on the oral surfaces of Asterias rubens,
A. glacialis, A. miilleri, Henricia sanguinolenta, Asterina gibbosa,
and Palmipes placenta. In none of these, however, are there
currents towards the mouth except along the ambulacral grooves,
and, so far as my experiments have gone, none has approached
Porania in ability to survive after deprivation of solid food.
Bearing on Phylogeny.
It is generally agreed that the ancestor of Echinoderms was
a bilaterally-symmetrical ciliary-feeding pelagic organism, and
that radial symmetry was acquired during a stage of fixation.
* In the tanks at the Millport Marine Station, where the Solasters feed freely,
the fluid expelled is dark green in colour, and is thrown out with considerable force.
In a particular specimen of large size, expulsions were observed to occur at intervals
averaging eight minutes during a period of an hour and a quarter, the anus remain-
‘ing open for from 4 to 6 seconds on each occasion. The first two or three expulsions
were powerful, the stream of coloured matter emitted into the water reaching a
length of nine inches. Hjection became weaker thereafter, and ceased at the end of
the period named. I am indebted for these data to Mr. R. Eimhirst, Superin-
tendent of the Millport Station, and to the Rev. W. Steven, B.A.
16 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE
The view put forward by Semon (6) that the first Hchino-
derms were Pentactula-like forms (whose nearest representatives
are now to be found among the Synaptide) has proved unsatis-
factory on many grounds. If we follow the Pelmatozoon theory,
of which Bather (1) is a foremost supporter, we must figure the
Proto-echinoderm as a Cystid-like animal. But from the em-
bryological point of view, as was first brought out by MacBride,
there are strong objections to deriving the Asterids from any
form which was or had been attached by the (larval) right or
the (adult) aboral aspect, and in his memoir on the development
of Asterina, MacBvride (5, p. 398) put forward the view that the
_ Asteroids and Crinoids separated off from each other as early as
the fixed stage of the ancestor.
It seems to me that recent embryological evidence and, in
particular, the data from Asterias rubens L., strongly support
this view, or, at any rate, that part of it which derives the
Asterids directly from the fixed ancestor. The larva of A. rwbens
is a feeding bipinnaria, and conforms almost exactly to the con-
ventional Dipleurula. It has, as I believe, a primitive circulatory
centre (4, p. 273) resembling that found in the Enteropneusts
and Pterobranchs, the phyla most nearly allied to the Hchino-
derms. It develops an attaching organ in the middle line
anteriorly, fixes itself, bends leftwards, and gradually acquires
yadial symmetry. During this process, the larval cesophagus,
stomach, and intestine are retained, while the changes undergone
by the ccelomic cavities are perfectly simple and direct. The
attaching stalk, now connected with the oral side of the disc,
becomes separated off after the sucker-feet have acquired
adhesive and locomotor functions. On the other hand, the only
Crinoid larva we are acquainted with (that of Antedon) is quite
unlike a Diplewrula. It does not feed for itself, and the
ontogenetic development of its alimentary canal and ccelomic
cavities is very different from any course that could have been
followed in evolution. In view of these facts, it seems to me
that we are compelled to derive the Asterids from the fixed
ancestor directly and not through the intermediary of a Pelma-
tozoic form. But the acquirement of radial symmetry could
only take place during an evolutionary period of great, if un-
known, duration, and throughout the later portion of this period
the attaching stalk must have been connected with the oral
aspect, and this aspect must have been turned towards the sea-
bottom or the surface of attachment. The difficulty now presents
itself that the characteristic Asterid mode of obtaining food
seems incompatible with this kind of fixation. MacBride’s
suggestion (5, p. 394) that the evolutionary change took place
at parts of the sea-bottom, where currents were continually
bringing along objects which might be seized upon by the
adhesive tentacles, is of too ‘“‘ad hoc” a nature to be entirely
satisfactory without supplemental data. But if we find that
CILIATION OF ASTERIDS. 17
ciliary feeding still occurs in an adult starfish, we have a hint
of the manner in which nutritional continuity was maintained.
The fixed ancestor fed by ciliary activity during the time
when it was becoming, and at first after it had become, an
Asterid. It is not necessary that an attached ciliary-feeding
organism should have its food-collecting area looking away from
the surface of attachment. Given an aboral skeleton, the
advantage will be the other way so far as protection from enemies
is concerned. The softer oral field could be closely appressed
when necessary to the surface of attachment through the agency
of the adhesive tentacles, which became evolved into the sucker-
foot system. “Easing up” from the surface (cf. Crania) would
allow ciliary feeding at any time. The tentacles might also
begin to capture drifted or moving prey, as MacBride suggested.
But in any case gradual perfection of the adhesive function of
the tentacles would allow atrophy and separation of the attaching
stalk, and, with freedom of movement now possible, opportunities
for the capture of the larger kinds of food would be vastly
increased and would be utilised sooner or later. Ciliary nutrition
would thus be first supplemented and afterwards completely
(most Starfish), or partially (Porania), replaced. It is worthy of
note in this connection that the larval history of Porania, so
far as it is known, exhibits all the primitive characters referred
to above in connection with the development of Asterias rubens.
SUMMARY.
A. Ciliary Action.—The arrangement of the ciliary currents on
the various surfaces of four widely different species of Starfishes
has been described in detail. This arrangement is constant for
all individuals in each of the species, and, except as regards
external surfaces, is practically the same in all the species.
Everywhere the arrangement has been shown to be explicable
by physiological needs. Ciliation in the perihzmal spaces has
been demonstrated.
B. Ciliary Feeding.—In the case of Porania pulvillus a
mechanism for ciliary feeding has been shown to exist, and the
results of experiment demonstrate that this kind of feeding
actually takes place. As regards Astropecten, it is only shown,
so far, that the arrangement of the actinal and abactinal cilia
makes ciliary feeding possible. In Solaster papposus ciliary
feeding probably takes place, but in an entirely minor degree.
The other Starfishes examined gave negative results. The
important bearing of theeabove results on questions of phylo-
geny is briefly discussed.
REFERENCES.
1. Barner, F. A.—Art. ‘‘ Echinederma,” Encycl. Brit, 11th ed.
vol. vill. p. 875.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1915, No. II. 2)
18 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE
2. Gemuitt, J. F.—The Development of the Starfish Solaster
endeca Forbes. Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. xx. pp. 1-71,
pls. 1.—v. (1912).
3. Gemini, J. F.—The Larva of the Starfish Porania pulvillus
(O.F. M.). Report Brit. Assoc. 1913, Section D, p. 511.
4, GemmiLt, J. F.—The Development and Certain Points in the
Adult Structure of the Starfish Asterias rubens L. Phil.
Trans. Roy. Soe. London, 1914, B, pp. 213-294.
5. MacBrips, E. W.—The Development of Asterina grbbosa.
Q. J. M.8. London, vol. xxxviil. pp. 339-411.
6. Semon, R.—Die Entwickelung der Synapta digitata und die
Stammesgeschichte der Kchinodermen. Jen. Zeitschr. Natw.
vol. xxii. pp. 175-302 (1885).
7. STEPHENSON, J.—On Intestinal Respiration in Annelids.
Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb, vol. xlix. pt.3 (no. 14), pp. 735-829.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Lettering and Signs.
Amb.Gr. Ambulacral groove. Inf. A. ... Infero-lateral angle of arm.
Amb.Gyr.’ In fig. 1, portion of an am- | Jnt. ...... Intestine.
bulacral groove covered in | Jr.S....... Interradial septum.
by interlocking of spines | Phar. ..... Pharyngeal portion of gastric
(see p. 18). | cavity.
Amp....... Ampulla of sucker-foot. P.V....... Polian vesicle.
Cel. ...... Perivisceral coelomic cavity. | Py.C....... Pyloric cecum.
rs scoosoune (Gnilll, Py.Mes. Space between the two dorsal
GAGS te Three inframarginal gills | mesenteries of a pyloric
(abnormal) in the Porania cecum.
shown in fig. 1 (see p. 21). R.C. ...... Rectal cecum.
Gon. ...... Gonad. Rad.C, ... Radial canal of water-vascu-
Gre Groove separating stomachal lar system.
from pyloric-sac portions | Stom....... Stomachal region of gastric
of gastric cavity. cavity.
@® Current centripetal and at right angles to plane of drawing.
+ Current centrifugal and at right angles to plane of drawing.
——> Current as arrow points and in plane of drawing.
@®—> Current as arrow points and in plane of drawing, but with centripetal
tendency.
CG) Current as arrow points and in plane of drawing, but. with spiral
ai tendency.
Prate I.
Fig. 1. A specimen of Porania pulvillus from the oral aspect, with arrows indi-
cating the direction of the ciliary currents. See description on p. 3
and, in connection with feeding, p.10. This specimen showed three
inframarginal gills (G.’), and is therefore so far an exception to the rule
that in phanerozonate Starfishes the gills should be confined to the supra-
marginal surface (see p. 21).
12. Astropecten irregularis, with arrows indicating the direction of the sub-
paxillary ciliary currents on the aboral aspect, and also of the currents in
the marginal, interradial, and ambulacral grooves. See description on
pp. 3, 14. Pet
CILIATION OF ASTERIDS. 19
Prate II.
Fig. 3. Transverse sectiun (diagrammatic) of arm of Asterias rubens L., showing
direction of ciliary currents on the various ectodermal, enteroccelic, and
endodermal surfaces, and also within the cavities of the sucker-feet and
ampulla. For the sake of simplicity, only one sucker-foot is shown on
either side of the middle line. Centripetal (p. 2) currents are marked
by dots and centrifugal currents by crosses. Ordinary arrows show cur-
rents running in the plane of the paper, that is, transversely to the axis
of the arms; while arrows with a dot on the shaft indicate that there
is in addition a centripetal tendency. Arrows enclosed in an ellipse
indicate currents flowing in the direction to which the arrow points, but
tending to take a spiral course.
4. Transverse section (diagrammatic) of arm of Porania, showing direction of
ciliary currents. he same general explanation applies to this figure as
to fig. 3.
Puate III.
Fig. 5. Vertical section of Porania passing along one of the arms, and somewhat
obliquely across another arm to show body-wall after removal of stomach.
As in figs. 3 and 4 the arrows indicate currents approximately in the
plane of the paper, while the dots show centrifugal and the crosses centri-
petal currents. The tendency to dextral movement is indicated by the
curved arrows on the edge of the interbrachial septa (pp. 6, 9).
6. Vertical section (diagrammatic) through stomach etc. of Porania to show
direction of ciliary currents on the endodermal and splanchnopleural
surfaces. At the actino-stomial margin the ring of buccal membrane
with outward ciliation should be noted.
ON ABNORMAL GILLS IN A STARFISH. 21
2. Abnormal Gills in the Starfish Porania pulvillus O. F. M.
By James I. Gemini, M.A., M.D., D.Se., F.Z.8.
[ Received October 1, 1914: Read February 23, 1915.]
(Text-figure 1.)
The genus Porania belongs to the Gymnasteriide, a family of
the Phanerozonia (Sladen, 6, pp. xxxiil, 360). In P. pulvillus
the dise is large and the arms short, and the actinal and actinal-
intermediate areas are flattened, so that they rest more or less
closely against any surface to which the starfish is adherent. The
margin or boundary between the actinal and abactinal areas forms
a sharp angle and is exceptionally well defined owing to (a) the
contrast in colour between the white actinal and the crimson
abactinal surfaces, and (4) the presence of spines which project
horizontally Subeends from the margin and are set on the
marginal plates. Theactinal intermediate plates are very regular
and are arranged in short rows, standing out more or less at right
angles to the rays, but sloping slightly towards the mouth. Super-
ficially on the actinal epiderm, ciliated grooves overlie the inter-
spaces between the rows of plates. On the abactinal surface near
the margin, the papule or gills come close down to the supero-
marginal plates.
Apart from the superficial grooves above mentioned, the actinal
intermediate areas, as a rule, are smooth and destitute of gills,
spines, or other growths, except along the margins of the
ambulacra, which are bordered by double or triple rows of spines.
However, in a preserved specimen from the Millport Marine
Station, which I examined for other purposes, there appeared on
the actinal surface a set of opaque papille arranged with no little
regularity, one in each of the grooves above mentioned, a short
distance inwards from (7. e. to the oral side of) the margin. These
papillz, being soft, were obviously not spinous in character, but,
owing to the thickness and opacity of the body-wall, the question
whether they were gills could not be satisfactorily decided by
inspection, even after the coelomic cavity was laid open and viewed
from inside. Serial sections were accordingly made, and the
structures referred to were then found to be perfectly typical
papulee or gills. The accompanying figure illustrates somewhat
diagrammatically a section, vertical to the marginal edge, show-
ing one of the infra-marginal and three of the supra-marginal
gills.
As Joh. Miller first noted (5, p. 163) and as was emphasised
later by Sladen (6, p. xxiv), starfish which possess well-developed
marginal plates have their papulz or gills limited to that part of
the abactinal surface which is bounded by the supero-marginal
plates. This provides one of the important distinctions between
29 : DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON
the Orders Phanerozonia and Cryptozonia, these Orders being
called by Sladen, in consequence, the Stenopneusia and Adeto-
pheusia respectively.
That the division in question is not an altogether natural one
has been pointed out by various authorities (e.g. Jeffrey Bell, 1,
and MacBride, 4). Further, as I have recently proved (2), the
larval history of the phanerozonate Porania resembles in its
essentials that of the typically eryptozonate Asterias rubens L. (3),
both species having a feeding bipinnarial larva which changes
into a brachiolaria and becomes attached at metamorphosis. Pro-
bably the occasional presence of infra-marginal gills in Porania is
Text-figure 1.
ae
Porania pulvillus.
Vertical section through interradial marginal edge, showing
the abnormal distribution of gills.
ab.b.w., abactinal body-wall; ab.g., abactinal gills; act.b.w., actinal body-wall ;
acé.g., actinal gill; pl., part of a marginal plate; mg., marginal edge, with
spine.
not due directly to atavistic or ancestral causes, but is a parallel
manifestation, in an individual belonging to a particular asterid
Family, of a tendency or potency which has been fully realised
in the various members of numerous other Families.
In any ease, the specimen of Porania here described * deserves
notice, because, although, as is well known, the Linckide (6,
p- 397) include genera some of which have, and others have not,
actinal gills, no instance of abnormal gill-distribution within a
particular phanerozonate species appears te have hitherto been
recorded.
* Three other specimens of Porania with actinal gills have recently been obtained
at Millport. Several such gills are present in the specimen illustrated in fig. 1,
Pl. I. of the preceding paper.
bo
a)
ABNORMAL GILLS IN A STARFISH.
References.
1. Brew, F. Jerrrey—Naitional Aniarctic Expedition Resulis:
Natural History. Vol. iv. Echinoderma, i, p. 8.
2. Gewait, J. F—The Larva of the Siariish Porania pulrilus
(O.F.M.). Report Brit. Assoc. 1913, Section D. p. 511.
3. Gewoni1, J. F—The Development and Certain Points in the
Adult Structure of the Starfish Asierias rubens L. Phil.
Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 1914, B, pp. 213-294.
4. MacBeimpe, E. W.—Cambridge Natural History, vol. i.
~ p. 461.
5. Mtiize, Jon— Ueber den Bau der Echimodermen. Abh.
Akad. Wiss. Berlm, 1853 (1854), p. 163.
6. Stapexn, W. P.—Report on the Scientific Resulis of the
Voyage ot H.M-S _ ‘Challenger’ Zoology, vol. xxx.
bo
Or
ON BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES.
3. Contributions to a Study of the Dragonfly Fauna of
Borneo.—Part III. A Collection made on Mount Kina
Balu by Mr. J. C. Moulton in September and October
1913. By F. F. Lamnaw, M.A.(Camb.), F.Z.8.
[Received October 1, 1914: Read March 9, 1915.)
(Text-figures 1-5.)
INDEX. Dace
iSO LAG NeRS DECLES Mee ta re taste secen anne maunnce semen meer ems tee neo
Systematic :
JHE ROMDUET CRUE ey IOS We oes sao aodnbenaleccormacasnpenssaonesees 210)
DWGKETONDOGIIG fH BT, 30 WS aorsa9s woe o2ecas0ee sen eeeanace 2s
ESEUdOPNEG SUDNOUALIS) SP. Mesees- 2 yess steeessecesatss seen) OL
OGSAGESS SDA ILE OA a Perec co AER Se SEE ROS
Rhinonewra villosipes, gen. et SP. N. .......-..cceeeeee-ee ss 8D
JEP HONGO YG) ANCOMUC ODE, [S06 Weoscnonnrsadex an eeoreasoacncecneA ose | 2k)
Protosticta kinabaluensis, sp. 0...... 37
Stenagrion, gen. n. for Pseudagrion(?) dubium Laidlaw 39
List of the Species.
AWISOPTERA. ZYGOPTERA.
LIBELLULIDA. | AGRIONID®.
LipeLLuLing. AGRIONINE (=CALOPTERYGIN®
1. Orthetrum glaucum (Brauer) *. sensu Selys).
2. O. testaceum (Burm.). 9. Matronoides cyaneipennis Foerster.
3. O. clelia Selys. 10. Vestalis amoena Selys.
4. Trithemis aurora (Burm.). | 11. Pseudophea subnodalis, sp. n.
5. T. festiva (Ramb.). 12. P. basalis, sp. n.
6. Zygonyx iris Selys. 13. P. suhcostalis Selys.
| 14. Devadetta argyroides (Selys).
CoRDULIIN#. 15. Rhinoneuwra villosipes, gen. et sp. n.
7. Macromia euterpe, sp. n. _ 16. Rhinoeypha moultoni, sp. n.
8. Macromidia fulva, sp. n. | 17. Rhinocypha sp.
C@NAGRIONINE (=AGRIONIN”
sensu Selys).
| 18. Celiccia nemoricola Laidlaw.
19. Protosticta kinabaluensis, sp. un.
20. Ceriagrion sp.
21. Stenagrion dubium (Laidlaw).
ANISOPTERA
LIBELLULIDAG.
LIBELLULINA.
1. OrtHErRUM GLAuCcUM (Brauer).
Orthetrum glaucwm Ris, Cat. Coll. Selys, x. pp. 233-234
(1909).
* |The parentheses around the names of authors placed after scientific names
in this paper are used in accordance with Article 23 of the International Rules on
Nomenclature (Proc. 7th Int. Cong. Boston, 1907, p. 44 (1912)).—Epriror. |
26 MR. F. F. LAIDLAW ON
yh Gh VON SOI (Asie) PS (8G), IID AS ak i is 16.9.13:
(Nom ol. 1A le 4.9.13, circ. 3000 ft. (No. 73, 1914).
4 OD. IG. sO Sis CGNs, 3, B55 1914).
This species has been captured previously on Kina Balu by
Everett.
2, ORTHETRUM TESTACEUM (Burm.).
Orthetrum testaceum testacewm Ris, Cat. Coll. Selys, x. p. 235
(1909).
Orthetrum testaceum, id. Ann. Soc. Entom. Belg. lv. 1911,
p. 252.
Biddy 30-0 513)(Nos. 26,27, 28, 30,381) son son meatal):
. ORTHETRUM CLELIA Selys.
ee ‘um pruinosum clelia Ris, Cat. Coll. Selys, x. pp. 239,
242 (1909).
36 651 Qo BS0.O18 (Nos. 9, 34, 40, 67, 1914).
These specimens must, I believe, be referred here. I note,
however, that the adult ee has fhe third abdominal segment
dusted over with a bluish bloom, as well as the first and second
segments.
4. TrirHEmis AuRoRA (Burm.).
Trithemas aurora Ris, Cat. Coll. Selys, xiv. pp. 775-778,
fig. 442 (1912); id. Ann. Soc. Entom. Beles aval OIE apes 2a
Laidlaw, Records Indian Mus. viii. (iv.) p. 338 (1914).
Ws IOUS) GNos Sy IQIED) ILO), POY Go, 8, 1914).
5. 'TRITHEMIS Festiva (Ramb.).
Trithemis festiva Ris, Cat. Coll. Selys, xiv. pp. 796, 798,
figs. 456, 457 (1912).
436. 16.9.13 (No. 18, 1914). 1 3S. 16.9,13 (No. 50, 1914),
immature,
This species has been taken previously on Kina Balu by
Everett.
6. ZyGonyx tris Selys.
Zygonyx iris Ris, Cat. Coll. Selys, xiv. pp. 820, 623, fig. 478
(1912).
Id. 20.9.13 (No. 64,1914). 1 3. 1.10.13 (No. 10, 1914).
CoRDULIIN 2.
7, Macromia EuTERPE, sp.n. (Text-figs. 1 & 2.)
B Ss 21D Oe Bahislio’, On OARS) as} (Noss aloaoo soos
(1914).
Length of abdomen: ¢ 40+3 mm., 9 44mm.
Length of hind wing. g 43 mm., 2 46 mm.
Length of pterostigma: 2°5 mm. or a trifle less.
Lo
“Il
BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES.
Venation formula:— Ann. Pnm. Suprat. M.
14 9 3 5
9 ial 2 4,
\—— (7—10) (2—38) —}
Extremes — :
(810) @0=12) @—2) (455)
Text-figure 1.
ee ene ne Se ee ane Ber ee
Ed
\ al j
ak oe | |
Macromia euterpe.
Wings of type male (A) and female (B).
28 MR. F. F. LAIDLAW ON
3. Wings without any trace of colouring, even at the extreme
base. Pterostigmata black.
Head: Lower and anterior surfaces entirely russet-brown.
Vertex a rich metallic blue.
Prothorax brown.
Thorax: Dorsal surface brown, its upper third with a metallic
green reflex. Sides also metallic green, with a brown band of
moderate width enclosing the stigma, continuous above with the
brown interalar sinus, and below with the brown colouring of the
under surface.
Abdomen: Segments 1, 2, 3 a little dilated, as are 7, 8, 9, the
three latter each with a marked dorsal longitudinal keel; 10 with
a similar keel, which is raised to form a well-marked projection
at the base of the segment. The abdomen is black, save for a
square yellow mark at the base of 7 on its dorsal side; this
yellow mark covers roughly the first quarter of the segment.
1, 2, 3 have a distinct metallic-green lustre, which fades
gradually and disappears almost entirely on 4.
The legs are long and entirely black.
Anal appendages (text-fig. 2) black, the lower one longer than
the upper pair and distinctly bituberculate at its extremity, and
Text-figure 2.
Anal appendages of Macromia euterpe.
with a slight upward curve. The upper pair each carry a very
small tooth on their outer margin at the middle cf their length.
This tooth is so small that it may be spoken of as ‘“ obsolescent.”
The female in colouring scarcely differs from the male; tle
bases of the wings have a very faint smoky-yellow tinge.
The abdomen is, on the whole, stouter than in the male, and
consequently segments 2, 3 and 7, 8, 9 not so markedly dilated.
The types ¢ 2 will be deposited in the British Museum.
Co-types ¢ 2 in Sarawak Museum and ¢ in my collection.
In general, this species approaches J/. westwoodi Selys. 1
have some doubt as to whether the male from Banka described
by Selys in the 2™° Addit. au Synops. Cord. is really co-specific
with the female which is the type of the species. In any case
the male of J. euterpe differs from that male in details of
venation, in the position of the boss on segment 10, and in the
BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES. 29
character of the upper anal appendage, which in Selys’s specimen
is said to possess ‘une forte dent externe,” a description which
scarcely applies to the three males of J/. euterpe now before me.
The females for thei part differ in their lesser stature, as well
as in venation, from the type of J. westwoodi, which appears
to have been lost.
8. MAcROMIDIA FULYA, sp.n. (Text-fig. 3.)
1 g. 11.9.18 (No. 20, 1914), fully adult.
Hind wing 35 mm., abdomen 37 mm., pterostigma 3 mm.
Venation formula :—
Ann. Bnin Ou
21—22 12—11 3—
1a. Suprat. A.A.
3 3-3
= 92) BE
HOU SAG
oo
Text-figure 3.
ee
See
Seas sears
— a o
Wings of Macromidia fulva, 3.
Anal angle rather more acute, and anal margin of hind wing
rather more deeply convex than in the example of J. rapida
figured by Martin.
Wings with a marked smoky-brown tinge, deeper in costal and
postcostal spaces and at extreme base. Pterostigmata grey-
brown.
Head: Kyes dark brown ; upper lip yellow-brown ; the rest of
the head entirely dull brown, with a slight metallic violet reflex
on the frons.
Prothorax dull brown.
Thorax: Dorsal surface dull metallic greenish brown, with an
30 MR. F. F. LAIDLAW ON
ill-defined antehumeral band of yellow-brown. Sides of the same
colour as the antehumeral band, with a broad metallic green-
brown band under each wing.
Abdomen generally very dark brown ; segments 2—7 each with
a ring of lighter brown distally, in 2-4 occupying nearly the
hinder half of the segment, and in 2 extending forward laterally
nearly to the anterior end. In each case the extreme apex of
the segment has a darker ring; 8-10 are uniformly very dark
brown.
Legs veddish brown, darker at the articulations and terminal
extremities.
Anal appendages uniform dark brown in colour, similar in
form to those of Jf. rapida, but the lower appendage is nearly
equal in length to the upper pair. The lower margin of each of
the latter is more regularly curved than in that species, and
there is a small projecting median ventral tooth on each.
Very closely allied to M. rapida Martin, the type of the genus,
which was captured in Tonkin.
The type-specimen of M, fulva is deposited in the British
Museum.
ZYGOPTERA.
AGRIONIDZ.
AGRIONINE (=CALOPTERYGINE sensu Selys).
9. MATRONOIDES CYANEIPENNIS Foerster.
Matronoides cyaneipennis Foerster, Wiener Entom. Zeitung,
1897, iii.; id. Ann. Soc. Entom. Belg. xli. 1897 (sep.), pp. 1-5,
fig. ii.; Laidlaw, Journ. Roy. Asiatic Soc. Straits Branch,
no. 63, Dec. 1912, p. 95.
149 46,5 22 (Nos. 78-89, 1914), taken between Sept. 4th
and Sept. 19th, 1913, mostly on Sept. 11th. Two males were
captured at about 3000 ft. above sea-level.
10. VESTALIS AMENA Selys.
Vestalis amena Kirby, Cat. Odon. p. 103 (1890); Karsch,
Entom. Nachr. xvii. 1891, no. 16, p. 243; Kruger, Stett.
Entom. Zeit. 1898, p. 75; Laidlaw, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.
1902, i. p. 87; Williamson, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxviii. p. 183
(1904); Ris, Ann. Soc. Entom. Belg. lv. 1911, p. 234.
1196,52@Q. One 6, 3000 ft., 4.9.13; the other specimens
10-11.9.13, no data (Nos. 91-100, 1914).
De Selys has commented on the considerable differences in
size existing in a number of specimens he examined from Labuan
(3™° Addit. Synops. Calopt. p. 475). The extremes noted by him
were as follows :—
Abdomen: ¢ 38-50 mm., 2 35-34 mm.
Lower wing: ¢ 31-36 mm., 9 32-35 mm.
BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES. Sil
Measurements of the hind wings of Mr. Moulton’s specimens
indicate possibly that the species presents an example of dis-
continuous variation. In eight of the males the wing-length is
about 37° mm., with an extreme range between 37 mm. and
38°5 mm. In all these specimens the length of the abdomen lies
somewhere about 48-52 mm.
In the rest of the males the length of the hind wing is
decidedly less, about 34 mm., and al the abdomen roughly
44mm. |
Three of the females are large (length of hind wing 37-5 mm.,
37:5 mm., 39 mm. respectively); the other two smaller, with a
measurement of 35 mm. apiece. The length of abdomen varies
broadly as the length of the hind wing. The figures are, of
course, too small to admit of any certainty, but suggest a dis-
continuous variation in both sexes.
The more mature specimens of both sexes, whether large or
small, show the smoky shading of the wings, especially” near the
margins. The younger tidividnials have the body of an intense
emerald-green, in the older a more golden tone prevails.
1], PsEUDOPH#A SUBNODALIS, sp. n.
Us) Bip lo MGsgalle, SWshieh WMO RSs (sos J wel aby Wey
24, 52, 60, 70, 72, 75, 1914).
Hind wing: ¢ 27-28 mm., 9 27 mm. About 26 An.n.
Abdomen: ¢ 33-35 mm., 9 27 mm. About 28 Pn.n.
This species is, I believe, in all probability identical with the
“ larger examples ” spoken of by Selys in his original description
of iD subcostalis. From examples of both species that I have
been able to examine from several localities they differ in certain
well-marked and constant characters.
P. subnodalis is distinctly larger. In none of the series is
there a black ray in the subcostal space of the fore wing, and on
the hind wing the space between R and Mj)49 is always un-
coloured up to the level of the nodus. Theauricles on the second
abdominal segment are relatively and actually larger than in the
allied species,
In the fully adult male the whole body is a rich velvety black,
excepting the upper lip and gene, which are blue in colour and
have a porcellanous texture.
Younger males show traces of pale yellow dorsal and lateral
markings on the thorax. Both pairs of wings have a distinct
brownish tinge, deepest in the costal spaces. The lower wing
has its basal third, roughly speaking, hyaline; but the subcostal
Space in several specimens has a dark ray, its middle third is
metallic blue or green, and its distal third is black. As already
remarked, the space hounded by BR and Mj42 1s always hyaline
up to the ‘nodus ; for the rest the inner margin of the metallic-
blue colouring is irregular, but advances most nearly to the base
of the wing in the space between M3 and My, The outer margin
3} MR. F. F. LAIDLAW ON
of the colouring isa straight line approximately at right angles
to the long axis of the wing.
(2) 1Q. 1.10.13 (No. 75, 1914).
Probably belongs to this species, which appears to be the most
abundant in the district where the present specimen was captured.
Wings with smoky tinge. Head as in the male, but with a small
pair of orange spots, one on either side of the ocelli.
Prothorax black, with two small orange spots lying one over
the other on either side.
Thorax black, pulverulent below, marked with yellow as
follows :—A dorsal band and a band running along either side of
the humeral and lateral sutures, the sutures themselves marked
with a black line. ;
Abdomen black, sides of segment 1 yellow, 2, 3, 4 with a yellow
lateral band, which is continued on 5, 6, and 7 as a very fine
line. Appendages black.
Legs black, the femora marked on their outer sides with
yellow.
The type-maleand the female described above will be deposited
in the British Museum.
12. PsrUDOPH#A BASALIS, sp. n.
2 $4. Kina Balu, 11-18.9.13 (Nos. 49, 65, 1914).
Hind wing 27 mm., abdomen 35 mm. An.n. 22. Pn. 29.
Distinguished from its allies especially by the colour-pattern
of the hind wings, by the relatively small size of the auricles on
the second abdominal segment, and by the well-rounded vesicle
of the penis.
In both specimens the whole body and its appendages are of a
rich velvety black, excepting the upper lip, the gene, and a space
on either side of the eyes in front, which is porcellanous in
texture and dull grey-blue in colour. The thorax is pulverulent
below.
The upper pair of wings have a smoky tinge, especially evident
on the antenodal costal and subcostal spaces and at the apex
of the wings.
The basal four-sevenths of the hinder wing is of a rich metallic
green or blue, excepting the antenodal costal and subcostal spaces,
the median space, the quadrilateral and the submedian space.
These are all very deeply tinged with black. The apical three-
sevenths of the wing is entirely black, with metallic reflex. The
boundary between the two colours is a straight line at right
angles to the long axis of the wing, lying some 10 cells beyond
the nodus. The type-male is deposited in the British Museum.
13. PsbUDOPHA SUBCOSTALIS Selys.
1 g. 20.9.13 (No. 62, 1914).
Hind wing: length 24 mm.
A typical example of the species. The presence or absence of
BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES. 33:
a dark line in the subcostal space of the fore wing seems to be a
character dependent on the maturity or otherwise of the indi-
vidual. I have seen several examples from Baram and from
Saribas, and except in this particular their characters are constant.
The auricles are relatively a little smaller and less prominent than
in P. swbnodalis, and the space between Rand M, ,, before the
nodus is occupied by opaque metallic-green colour in all the
specimens | have seen.
14, DEVADETTA ARGYROIDES (Selys).
Devadetta argyroides Kirby, Cat. Odon. p. 111.
Tetraneura argyroides Martin, Mission Pavie (sep.), p. 17.
Devadetia argyroides Laidlaw, Fascic. Malay. Zool. pt. I,
ps 99:
536,692 Q, taken during September. Two femaies are
noted as having been one ene at 2800 ft., the other at
3000 ft. altitude. (Nos. 1, 2, 5, 6, 12, 19, 42, 46, 53, 66, 1914.)
RHINONEURA, gen. nov.
A genus belonging to the legion Libellago, and closely allied
to Rhinocypha, to which genus the general characters of the
venation indicate near relationship. The wings are long and
narrow, both pairs of equal length, pterostigmata large and
inflated. Abdomen long and fairly slender, surpassing the
wings considerably in length. Segments 3-7 (in the male) each
about four times as long as segment 2. Legs long and slender,
bat not reaching to the end of : segment 4 when adpressed.
15. RHINONEURA VILLOSIPES, sp. n. (‘Text-figs. 4, 5 A.)
1 Ss. 6.9.13 (No. 59, 1914). Kina Balu.
Length of abdomen 35 mm., of hind wing 27 mm., of ptero-
stigma 2°5 mm.; breadth of hind wing 4°5 mm.
The insect resembles in its proportions a Diphlebia, but is, of
course, smaller than the species of that genus.
Wings (text-fig. 5 A) very narrow, tr: ansparent, with a very faint
yellow tinge, except for the extremity of the hind wing, which
becomes smoky brown at its apex from the level of the middle of
the pterostigma. The latter is large, brownish black, with its
costal and anal borders convex. Quadrilateral long and narrow,
in the fore wing divided by 3 cross-nerves, in the hind wing by 4.
“Sectors of the arculus” separated at their origin. 13- 14
antenodal costal nerves; of these only two, viz. the first and third,
are continuous with the nerves of the postcostal space, and the
third lies at the level of the arculus, except in the right hind
wing, where an extra ( ’) Bop. continuous antenodal lies before the
level of the arculus ; ee postnodals. The cells of the wings
show none of the antero-posterior elongation characteristic of
certain species of Rhinocypha. The nodus is distinctly proximal
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1915, No. III. 3
34 MR. F. F, LAIDLAW ON
to a point midway between the base of the wing and the ptero-
stigma.
Head: Lower surface black, extremities of lower lip yellow.
Upper lip yellow with a fine vertical median black line; gen
yellow ; the rest of the upper surface black.
Prothoraz black, a pair of minute yellow dots on the anterior
lobe, and on either side three irregular yellow marks.
Thorax dorsally black, with a narrow irregular antehumeral
band of an orange-yellow colour, broken up into three parts on
either side: of these the uppermost part curves outwards and
downwards to join the yellow of the lateral surface. There isa
small black mark at the top of the second suture. Under surface
black.
Text-figure 4.
Wings of Rhinoneura villosipes, 3.
Legs black, anterior surface of trochanters brown. The legs
are long and slender. The third pair of femora carries on the
dorsal surface of each a remarkable “fur” composed of very
numerous short hairs, the longest of which are scarcely equal in
length to the normal cilia of the anterior margins (text-fig. 5 A).
The tibie are not dilated. The femora of the second pair of legs
show a trace of “fur” similar to that of the third pair, but by
no means so well developed.
The abdomen is entirely black, save for the dorsal surfaces of
seoments 1, 2, 3, 4, which are marked with brick-red, with black
terminal rings. Segment 2 has a small black L-shaped mark
running back from its anterior margin. In 3 the narrow black
apical ring encloses a pair of small, circular, red points. The red
colour of 4 extends about four-fifths of the length of the segment,
running to a fine point apically as it disappears.
Anal appendages black, the upper pair longer than segment 10,
cylindrical, sharply incurved at their middles, crossing each other
BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES. 39
near their apices where their inner sides are a little flattened.
Lower pair very short, conical, parallel, and slightly curved
upwards.
Text-figure 5.
A. Femur of Rhinoneura villosipes, 8, showing hairs.
B. Anal appendages of Protosticta kinabaluensis, ¢.
This very remarkable insect suggests several interesting
problems. Its wings, as will be seen from text-figure 4, have
all the characters which mark the small group of genera to
which it belongs, and these characters in all the other genera
are associated with a short depressed abdomen. The wings
show a specialization approaching the condition found in the
Ceenagrionine, unexcelled in any other group of Agrionine,
and the question arises as to whether the specialization of the
wings preceded the development of a depressed short abdomen,
or whether this latter condition came into existence earlier. Or,
put differently, is the long and comparatively slender abdomen of
Rhinoneura a primitive condition lost in allied genera ; or does
it mark a departure in the evolution of the form whieh will
approximate physically still nearer to the slender-bodied
Coenagrioninee ?
One would like to know something of the meaning of the
“fur” on the hindermost pair of femora, but unfortunately
speculation on this point is useless.
16. RurNocyPHA MOULTONT, sp. n.
Pyne Se Eo Se Gpon 3.) LOS. (Nios: 1G, 22.25.
57, 68, 1914).
Length of abdomen, ¢ 18 mm., @ 17°5 mm.; of hind wing,
6 22 mm., ¢ 24:5 mm.
De
ao
36 MR. F. F, LAIDLAW ON
Male. Wings without markings, with a faint yellow tinge over
the whole. Pterostigma black, a little inflated, covering 4+ cells,
2mm.long. Ann. 14, Pn.n. 20, on fore wing. Quadrilateral
on all wings divided into 3 cells. One row of cells only between
Cu, and anal margin of wing. Cu, begins to be irregular 3 cells
beyond level of quadrilateral.
Head: Uabium yellow, mandibles black; labrum black, with a
pair of large yellow spots. Anteclypeus black ; postelypeus black,
with a large yellow mark at its summit. Frons black, with a pair
of large yellow spots between the antenne. Base of antenne and
a minute spot on either side of the ocelli, gene, and margin of
frons along the eye up to the level of the ocelli yellow, as 1s a
pair of small spots on the occiput.
Prothorax black, its anterior margin yellow; a lateral spot
and a mark at the base of the first pair of legs of the same
colour.
Thorav black, a tawny orange antehumeral stripe, incomplete
above, and the spots at the base of both pairs of wings of the
same colour, as is a broad lateral band extending from the base
of the second pair of legs to the metepimeron. In addition there
is a pale yellow line covering the upper half of the humeral
suture. Under surface black, with yellow at the base of the
limbs.
Abdomen *: The dorsal markings are brick-red, the lateral
yellow. Ground-colour black.
1 has a basal antero-lateral spot, dorsal surface entirely black.
2-9 have antero-dorsal marks, broader towards the bases of the
segments, separated by the mid-dorsal carina, diminishing pro-
gressively in size from 3 to 9—in 2 and 9 occupying about one-
half of the total length of the segment, in 3 to 8 more than
one-half.
2-8 have antero-lateral marks, confluent with the dorsal marks,
but diminishing more rapidly in size.
2-6 have postero-lateral spots, in 2 confluent with the antero-
lateral, in the remainder distinct.
Legs black, coxee, trochanters, and a mark on the anterior
surface of the femur yellow. a
Anal appendages black, the upper pair twice as long as segment
10, curved inwards to meet at their extremities ; lower pair about
as long as 10, conical and straight.
Female. Colouring of the head, prothorax, thorax, and legs as
in the male, but the yellow or orange is less vivid. Abdomen
entirely without the dorsal series of marks; antero-lateral marks
extend from segments 2 to 7; postero-lateral spots from | to 9,
but very small on the last three. Wings with a deeper tinge
of yellow than in the male.
This species is very nearly allied to an unnamed species noted
* In describing the colouring of the abdomen I employ a modification of the
terms suggested recently by Mr. Kennedy (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvi. p. 114,
1913).
BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES. 37
by me as occurring on Mt. Batu Lawi (Journ. R. Asiat. Soc. Str.
Br. no. 63, p. 95). It is distinguished from the latter readily by
the yellow mark on the summit of the postclypeus and by its
broader pterostigma, as well as by other characters.
17. RuINOCYPHA sp.
1 fg juv. 20.9.13 (No. 41, 1914).
Probably a young example of Lhinocypha biseriata Selys, a
well-known Bornean insect.
Foerster has described (Ann. Soc. Entom. Belge, xli. 1897,
p. 210) Rhinocypha stygia from Kina Balu. This is the only
species not included in Mr. Moulton’s collection of which I can
find a record.
C@NAGRIONINE (= AGRIONINE sensu Selys).
18. Ca@Liccia NEMORICOLA Laidlaw.
Celiccia nemoricola Laidlaw, Journ. R. Asiat. Soc. Str. Br.
no. 63, p. 95 (Dec. 1912).
2= 0. membranipes (Ramb.).
63d, 2 2 G, Sept. 1913 (48, 45, 48, 54, 55, 1914). One ¢
from 3000 ft.
T have carefully compared this series with the co-type of my
O. nemoricola and cannot distinguish them. Dr. Ris has also
kindly examined an example of each series with the same result.
All the Kina Balu specimens show a very distinct antehumeral
band of a blue colour which is evidently much faded in the Batu
Lawi individuals, and, moreover, the last two abdominal segments
in the present series are blue above, whilst in the types of
C’. nemoricola no blue colour was evident.
The two female specimens I cannot distinguish from the
description of the female of C. membranipes (Ramb.), to which
CO. nemoricola is certainly very closely allied. In the latter
species the upper anal appendages are black and not blue. The
measurements given for it (doc. cit.) are incorrect, and should read :
Abdomen 46 mm., hind wing 28 mm. ‘These are the proportions
of the specimens from Kina Balu, all of which appear to be less
fully mature and less completely dried up than are the types.
The type of C. nemoricola and examples of both sexes of the
present series are to be deposited in the British Museum.
19. PRorostIcTA KINABALUENSIS, sp. n. (Text-fig. 5 B.)
1 g. 5.9.13 (1914, 38) (No. 17).
Length of abdomen 34 mm., of hind wing 22 mm.
13 antenodals in fore wing. CuN lies halfway between base
of wing and level of An,. The rudiment of Cu, lies rather nearer
to An, than to An,. Pterostigma rather long, covering more
than one complete cell, its costal margin shorter than the anal,
its proximal side more oblique than the distal. The veins sur-
rounding it thickened. Venation generally that characteristic
38 MR. F. F. LAIDLAW ON
of the genus. Wings hyaline with green and lilac iridescence,
R, rises from nodus, M, distal.
‘Head: Upper surface entirely black witha feeble bronze reflex,
except for a pale band on the anteclypeus and for the third joint
of the antenne which is light brownish yellow.
Prothorav: Middle lobe primrose-yellow, anterior and posterior
lobes green-bronze.
Thorax: Dorsal surface entirely green-bronze ; lateral surface
of the same colour with a fairly broad primrose-yellow band ; the
metepimeron likewise primrose-yellow, as are the under surfaces.
Abdomen dull bronze-black, the under surface paler, and seg-
ments 3-8 each with a primrose-yellow apical triangular mark
on the ventral side.
Legs yellow, posterior surface of tibia dark brown as is the
tibio-femoral articulation. Tarsi becoming darker.
Anai appendages longer than segment 10. Upper pair bronze-
black, lower pair rather paler. ‘The upper appendages are each
curved strongly downwards, ending in a flattened leaf-shaped
lobe, its apex ‘directed downwards, carrying well-developed spines
on its margin.
The lower pair are each stout and club-shaped, with a strong
internal tooth near the base. Towards their outer extremities
each carries a curious slender projection curving at first down-
wards and then backwards, flattened laterally at its apex (text-
fig. 5 B). These appendages present a very striking appearance,
and are quite unlike those of the only other male of the genus in
which the appendages have been figured (P. foerstert Laidlaw, in
Fascic. Malayensis, Odonata, pt. 2, sep., p. 9, fig. 2 A, B).
It seems to me perfectly reasonable to suppose that this speci-
men belongs to a species distinct from P. versicolor Laidlaw, a
species of which only the female is known.
At present five species belonging to the genus have been
described. Two of these are recorded from the Celebes, 1. e.
P. simplicinervis Selys and P. gracilis Kirby. These are both
large species and each has a wing-measurement of about 30 mm.
The three remaining species (P. foersteri, P. versicolor, and
P. kinabaluensis) described by me are smaller, with a wing-
measurement of less than 25 mm,
P. foersteri, from the Malay Peninsula, has its anal appendages
quite different in appearance from the present species. P. versi-
color is distinguishable by its remarkable colouring.
20. CERIAGRION sp.
1 g, segments 6-10 of abdomen missing (No. 70, 1914).
Belongs probably to an undescribed species.
At first sight it would pass for C. erwbescens Selys. However,
the origin of A* is distinctly proximal to CuN; the dorsum of
the thorax is of a rich, warm, brown colour, with a coppery
reflex.
BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES. 39
STENAGRION, gen. nov.
Wings petiolated to the level of A*. Quadrilateral long.
M, rises from subnodus, Rs a little distal. Tarsal claws toothed.
Body very slender; male with simple upper anal appendages,
female with simple posterior prothoracic margin, no ventral spine
on eighth abdominal segment. Postocular spots present.
This genus would appear to be in series with Pseudagrion,
Stenobasis (= Archibasis), and Teinobasis. It differs from them
all by the simple character of the anal appendages of the male
and in the relative length of the upper margin of its quadri-
lateral, in which respect it resembles Amphicnenris.
21. Srenacrion DuBIUM (Laidlaw).
Pseudagrion? dubiwm Laidlaw, Journ. R. Asiat. Soc. Str. Br.
MOMO SOMA ees plates Ds.
ci On Or ON OmlG ear Noss lie Liao, LOA)
These specimens undoubtedly belong to: the species described
by me as Pseudagrion ? dubiwmi (loc. cit.).
They show that there is a well-defined pair of postocular
spots, nearly obliterated in the type-specimen ; and in addition,
on the dorsum of the thorax on either side of the middle line
lies a broad blue band, interrupted at its middle by a transverse
black tine. These markings are present in both sexes, but
in the type-specimen, which is a very mature individual, they
can scarcely be distinguished.
ca Sits Hale rays :
ht Ni air rhe seed’
an wie Fiat AO CS CA
stan pir ‘dont
i ) oatiaap ll hearts ae ithe Mil viceidiun ¥ 4
are iif Viegipiy cea ei ee
P| tad , ieee aA Peay Are
mes ibaa RN a ule
Ae eR iG, ig ata te wine
ae FED ae a oe Pa gts a F,
ie: Ai i ‘ee iV *
ig iy ie
ty vag 0. (oes
a ;
ai 4 : Fal ta Reha Fy tia a
ai we ie hte’ ul
aay a mit Warne ei |
t
“~
ch:
+40 hak Rhy oh eB
a te nye ag OD BE oe
Ny ee Bey, iDira ink
y ub sri uh i a hsy
es pee, ‘Wins ne
OH MRA i iyee
ia oa ‘ oc, Ash wise
OO wy,
eh sc le een oe Ce
De ihe sik dai: os yi a
iat marys: i: seis Le Riles i" i
. ¥ rus eh ta bs ui Mal At a
pity Laan
RAS WO, Wim, IPL, 1,
Horace Knight, del. London Stereoscopic Co., imp.
EXOSKELETAL STRUCTURE OF AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS.
ON AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. 4]
4, Descriptions of New Fossorial Wasps from Australia.
By Rowianp EH. Turner, F.Z.8., F.E.S.
[Received November 20, 1914: Read February 23, 1915.)
Plate I.*)
INDEX.
SYSTEMATIC :— Page
Aspidothynnus fossulatus, sp. 0. MALE eee OO
Asthenothynnus lilliputianus, Sp. i. .......0. 06.11.20... OT
5 (UGHTROVOG, IDs 16 cop ade ceonnansoodoccabsauseaca, | BIS
PF MECCHPUUSs So WS cdghascd soc vesodosehacesodees GAS)
Belothynnus movetirts, Sp. Wee. -s22.2-2---0se sere seeeescssscees 48
Calopompilus auropilosellus, sp. n. 67
Ks COMMUCTHOS IDs 10S eda.cas aguekeroccenoncodmaaanes Oe
a protervus, Sp. ll. 67
33 wanthochrous, sp. 0. ERO eRe Ea ui OSD
Campylothynnus lumdye, Sp: We... 00. .000eseeeee sees sees... AB
JEROUE: CMNOCMN NATUTalp, HDs Why sdsodsoeraceoresceorssesadeccoseceac |S
S91 PAGOCMIPTOUT, SDo Ws aon coe skuacbeunceasasnon-sevdosnoscacen. OL
Hlidothynnus fumatipennis, Sp. 0. ..........00-0.0. oe ve. AT
Encopothynnus spinulosus, gen, et sp. 0. ............ ..... 52
Gymnothynnus carisstmus, SP. Nd. ...... 0.006. eee eevee eee. DO
f (P)) GAMCROMGIELIS, Tg Wacosensoosds-sescsesocan Beh
Lophocheilus rubrocaudatus, Sp. M. .....-2.000--.000--ss-. DI
Neozeleboria alexandri, sp. ni. RCO ReB eeoticoeerobece nh OL,
Phymatothynnus Peiorion (HSS AS) Oa 00\ dab eee dosenescardanse, iO
3 (OMSOROUS, So M6 cagcat. vaacecnodssopdesaos (all
Pogonothynnus fulwohirtus, Sp. VW... 2.0.0.2. 20eeee-s. 22... AD
Psammothynnus rubricans, sp. 0D. ......... Ese 2. 100)
Sierola leeuwinensis, sp. n. (Family Bethylide) We eeeo ce 68
Tachynomyia maculiventris, sp. n. 4 dette) 63
Zaspilothynnus dilatatus Sm., sah Spiele 3 nov... 43
5 TOUTICOMOS:, Bi Ilo counnosnasat ondecuossveseeyoce 2B}
aS ADO OONVATCRUIS BID5 TDG coc acy scacceeccsbesoeecn — Aell
The species described in this paper were mostly collected by
me on a recent expedition to Australia; afew have been received
from the Queensland and West Australian Museums.
Family THYNNID2.
ZASPILOTHYNNUS UNIPUNCTATUS, sp. n. (PI. I. figs. 1, 2.)
3. Niger; clypeo linea angusta apicali utrinque, maculaque
mediana albo-flavidulis ; alis subhyalinis, venis fuscis ; mandibulis
macula basali flava; femoribus anticis intermediisque apice,
posticis omnino, tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis.
2. Nigra; mandibulis pygidioque fusco-ferrugineis ; segmento
dorsali primo oblique striato, secundo circa decies transverse
striato; pygidio elongato-ovato, longitudinaliter striato.
ones) @ 15> mm. > 2 10mm;
* For explanation of the Plate see p. 69.
42 MR. R. E. TURNER ON
3. Clypeus strongly convex at the base, obliquely depressed
towards the apex, closely punctured, the apical margin broadly
truncate. Head closely punctured, the interantennal prominence
very broad, feebly rounded at the apex, divided by a longitudinal
carina which is continued to the base of the clypeus. Thorax
closely punctured; the anterior angles of the pronotum not
produced ; median segment as long as broad, rounded, with two
parallel longitudinal grooves on the posterior slope. Abdomen
elongate, closely and shallowly punctured, the segments very
slightly constricted at the base; seventh dorsal segment longi-
tudinally striated, produced at the apex into a flat subtriangular
lamella. Hypopygium linguiform, without an apical spine,
obliquely striated above, the basal angles produced into blunt
teeth. Sixth ventral segment with a spine on each side at the
apical angles. Claspers truncate at the apex, with a fringe of
long hairs. Second abscissa of the radius a little shorter than
the third, second recurrent nervure received just beyond one-
third from the base of the third cubital cell. _Pubescence on the
head and dorsulum pale fulvous, whitish elsewhere.
@. Clypeus punctured - rugose, without a carina. Head
shining, with a few scattered punctures, subrectangular, nearly
half as broad again as long, rounded at the posterior angles, the
front coarsely punctured. Pronotum broader than the head,
nearly twice as broad as long, opaque and shallowly punctured ;
the anterior margin very shallowly emarginate, W ith a few lar ge
setigerous punctures. Scutellum and median segment: shining,
sparsely and finely punctured; the scutellum br oader than long,
broadly rounded at the apex, dorsal surface of the median
segment shorter than the scutellum. Abdomen shining, sparsely
punctured ; first dorsal segment closely obliquely striated ; second
with about ten transverse carine gradually decreasing in height
from the apex to the base, the basal ones low and not very
distinct. Fifth ventral segment longitudinally striated ; pygidial
area elongate-ovate, longitudinally striated, the strize conver ging
at the bares Intermediate tibiz dilated, basal joint of inter-
mediate tarsi moderately broadened,
Hab. Yallingup, S$.W. Australia; October to December. d¢ 2
in cop.
This is nearest to 7. dilatatus Sm., from which the male differs
in the sculpture and colour of the clypeus, in the distinctly
coarser puncturation, and in the position of the second recurrent
nervure, which is received further from the base of the cell than
in dilatatus. The female differs conspicuously from dilatatus in
the sculpture of the first dorsal segment and in the shape of the
pygidium ; in the former character it approaches carbonarius Sm.,
but the pygidium is not constricted at the base in either this
species or dilatatus. It is remarkable that although dilatatus is
one of the commonest species about Perth in December, I did
not take it at Yallingup, whereas I secured a good series of males
of the present species, though not many females. This species
AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. 43
has not yet been taken at Perth. Mr. Giles took dilatatus on
Leptospermum blossom, which the present species does not seem
to frequent, most of my specimens having been taken on the
wing, or resting on Eucalyptus leaves.
There is no tubercle at the base of the second ventral segment
of the male as there is in dilatatus, and the mesopleure of the
female do not show a small dorsal surface as in that species.
ZASPILOTHYNNUS DILATATUS Sm., subsp. SPICULIFER, nov.
A pair received by me from Southern Cross, W. Australia.
The male differs from Perth specimens in having a short but
distinct apical spine on the hypopygium, and black legs.
@. Nigra, mandibulis fusco-ferrugineis; segmento dorsali
primo punctato, secundo transverse circa 12-carinato; tibiis
intermedius inerassatis.
Long. 12 mm,
@. Head subrectangular, more than half as broad again as
long; shining, sparsely punctured. Pronotum broader than the
head, sparsely and finely punctured, the anterior margin very
shallowly emarginate, with a row of large punctures, from each
of which springs a long hai. Mesopleurz showing a very small
dorsal surface on each side at the basal angles of the scutellum.
First dorsal segment punctured, with a transverse groove before
the recurved apical margin; second dorsal segment with about
twelve transverse carine, all low, except the two nearest the
apex, the basal carinze very low andl indistinct. Pygidium not
constricted at the base, obliquely truncate posteriorly, with
arched carine at the base and on the basal portion of the surface
of the truncation which is broadly ovate. Fifth ventral segment
obliquely striated.
Hab. Southern Cross, W. Australia. o¢ Q in cop.
This is in both sexes very near Z. dilatatus Sm., but the male
differs in the presence of an apical spine on the hypopygium and
in the colour of the legs; the female in the sculpture of the basal
dorsal segment and of the fifth ventral segment, in dilatatus the
former is finely transversely striated, with punctures between
the striz, the latter longitudinally striated instead of obliquely
as in the present form, in which also the striz on the first dorsal
segment are obsolete leaving only the punctures.
This species is remarkable in showing a small dorsal surface of
the mesopleure on each side at the base of the scutellum. This
point is one of the chief characters of the subfamily Rhagi-
gasterine, in which, however, it is much more strongly developed.
ZASPILOTHYNNUS RUGICOLLIS, sp. n. (PI. I. figs. 3, 4.)
3. Niger; rugosus; albopilosus ; abdomine punctato ; pronoto
angulis anticis acute producto: alis subhyalinis, venis nigris.
Ke) . Rufo-ferruginea ; abdomine nigro ; segmento fons primo
transverse rugoso, apice transverse cavlinet. segmento dorsali
44 MR. R. E. TURNER ON
secundo transverse decem carinato, area pygidiali longitudinaliter
striato; antennis nigris.
Long., ¢ 18mm.; 2 11 mm.
3. Head broad, distinctly broader than the pronotum ; clypeus
convex, narrowly truncate at the apex. Eyes separated at the
base of the antennz by a distance equal to nearly three times
the length of the scape; the interantennal prominence very
broad, strongly recurved at the sides, almost transverse at the
apex and divided by a low longitudinal carina. Head and thorax
coarsely rugose; the anterior angles of the pronotum acutely
produced ; scutellum almost flat. Median segment broader than
long, strongly sloped, and closely punctured, the sides clothed
with long white pubescence. Abdomen elongate, shallowly
punctured, the segments slightly constricted at the base ; sixth
ventral segment with a spine on each side at the apical angles ;
seventh dorsal segment not produced into a lamella, coarsely
striated, the striae rounded towards the apex. Hypopygium
triangular, with a strong apical spine, the basal angles produced
into broad rounded teeth. Second abscissa of the radius about
equal to the third, second recurrent nervure received at two-fifths
from the base of the third cubital cell. Hind tibiz spinose.
2. Clypeus convex, without a carina; head subrectangular,
rounded at the posterior angles, nearly half as broad again as
long, distinctly convex, with fine scattered punctures. Pronotum
twice as broad as long, sparsely punctured, the anterior margin
straight, with a transverse row of large punctures each bearing a
long hair. Seutellam much broader than long; median segment
broad, no lenger than the scutellum, the two combined no longer
than the pronotum. Abdomen finely and closely punctured ;
first dorsal segment transversely rugose, with an apical transverse
carina; second dorsal segment with ten transverse carine, the
two apical carine stronger and further apart than the others.
Sixth dorsal segment about twice as long as broad, the sides
parallel till near the apex, when they converge sharply, the apex
produced into a point, the ventral plate extending beyond the
dorsal and broadly rounded. Fifth ventral segment coarsely
longitudinally striated. The pygidium is not constricted at the
base.
Hab. Yallingup, S.W. Australia; November. Capel River,
S.W. Australia. ¢ 2 in cop.
This species differs from most of the genus, in the male sex by
the absence of the flat lamella on the seventh dorsal segment,
and in the female by the shape of the pygidium which is not
narrowed at the base. The hind and intermediate tibie of the
female are much broadened and strongly spinose, but the basal
joint of the intermediate tarsi is not broadened. In both sexes
the species is closely related to 7. nigripes Guér., differing in the
male by the larger head, coarser sculpture, and acute angles
of the pronotum; in the female by the colour of the median
segment and the different shape of the pygidium.
AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. 45
PoGONOTHYNNUS FULVOHIRTUS, sp.n. (PI. I. figs. 5, 6.)
3. Niger, albopilosus; thorace supra fulvohirto; mandibulis,
clypeo, lineaque pone oculos flavis ; alis hyalinis, leviter infuscatis,
venis fuscis.
Q. Nigra; mandibulis fusco-ferrugineis; flagello fusco ; pedi-
bus obscure fusco-ferrugineis; segmento dorsali secundo trans-
verse Sex-carinato ; segmento sexto contracto, apice late truncato.
Long., 6 20mm.; 2 12mm.
3. Clypeus moderately convex, very broadly truncate at the
apex ; antenne as long as the head, thorax, and median segment
combined, the interantennal prominence rounded at the apex
and connected by a carina with the base of the clypeus. Head
rugosely punctured, thinly covered above with fulvous pubescence ;
thorax closely and more finely punctured, the dorsal surface
thickly covered with long fulvous pubescence. Median segment
covered with long whitish pubescence, rounded, broader than
long. Abdomen shallowly punctured, the sides almost parallel,
except at the extremities; sixth ventral segment with a short
spine on each side at the apical angles; hypopygium broad at
the base, with a strong tooth on each side at the basal angles,
thence the sides converge sharply and are produced into a
process longer than broad, the sides of which diverge slightly
towards the apex, which is truncate at the base of the long and
slightly recurved apical spine. Second and third abscisse of the
radius almost equal, second recurrent nervure received at one-
fourth from the base of the third cubital cell.
@. Clypeus without a carina; head shining, with scattered
punctures, nearly twice as broad as long, very strongly rounded
posteriorly. Thorax shining, with scattered punctures; the
pronotum nearly twice as broad as long, widely emarginate
anteriorly, with a row of punctures on the anterior margin, from
each of which springs a long hair; seutellum broader than long.
Median segment very short, not more than half as long as the
scutellum. First dorsal segment strongly punctured at the base,
with one or two indistinct transverse strie before the strongly
raised apical margin; second dorsal segment with six strong
transverse carine, third and fourth segments very sparsely
punctured. Pygidium contracted at the base, then obliquely
truncate, the surface of the truncation ovate, the dorsal plate
covering only two-thirds of the surface of the truncation and
broadly truncate at the apex, two arched carine at the base of
the truncation. Fifth ventral segment coarsely obliquely striated.
Intermediate tibiz very stout; basal joint of intermediate tarsi
moderately broadened.
Hab. Yallingup, 8. W. Australia; October to December.
This is near P. morosus Sm., from which the male differs in the
colour of the pubescence on the head and thorax and the shghtly
narrower process of the hypopygium. In both species the seventh
dorsal segment is produced into a flat rugulose lamella. The
female of morosws 1s unknown, but the female of the closely
46 MR. R. E. TURNER ON
allied walkeri Turn. differs in the deeply emarginate apex of the
dorsal plate of the pygidium. These three species are very
closely allied and probably do not occur together. The only
other species of Pogonothynnus which I took at Yallingup was
fenestratus Sm., of which I obtained two males and a female. In
one male the process of the hypopygium is narrower than in
Perth specimens, in the other much broader, showing that too
much importance must not be attached to small variations in the
shape of the hypopygium.
CAMPYLOTHYNNUS LUNDY, sp.n. (Pl. I. figs. 17, 18.)
3. Flavus; mandibulis apice, antennis, vertice fascia lata inter
oculos, antice per ocellos posticos ad basin antennarum producta,
fascia sub-ocello antico, pronoto fascia angusta transversa, meso-
noto fasciis tribus longitudinalibus, scutello segmentoque mediano
fascia angusta longitudinali, mesosterno, segmentis dorsalibus
ventralibusque linea longitudinali mediana, tibus supra, tarsisque
intermediis posticisque nigris ; alis hyalinis, venis nigris.
Q. Flava; mandibulis, fronte inter oculos ; segmentis dorsal-
ibus primo secundoque fascia transversa apicali, tertio, quarto
quintoque linea apicali in media dilatata, maculaque basali
utrinque, pygidio, femoribus supra, tarsisque posticis nigris.
Long., ¢ 23mm.; 2 14 mm.
3. Closely punctured, more finely on the abdomen than on
the thorax. Interantennal prominence very broadly rounded at
the apex, connected by a short carina with the base of the
clypeus, which is very broadly truncate at the apex. Pronotuin
vather strongly produced at the anterior angles but not forming
tubercles. Apex of the scutellum raised above the level of the
postscutellum. Abdomen elongate, the sides nearly parallel ;
seventh dorsal segment not flattened or produced into a lamella ;
hypopygium with a spine on each side at the basal angles, thence
narrowly produced with converging sides and ending in a long
apical spine. The second transverse cubital nervure is nearer
to the second than to the first recurrent nervure.
2. Head shining, broader than long, very sparsely punctured,
with a short longitudinal frontal sulcus, three large punctures
apparently indicating the position of the ocelli. Thorax very
sparsely punctured ; pronotum twice as broad as long, with a
row of deep punctures along the anterior margin ; dorsal surface
of the median segment no longer than the scutellum, First
dorsal segment with a transverse carinaat the apex, with a broad
groove before the carina; second dorsal segment with three
strong carine, which are separated by a very broad furrow from
the apical carina. Pygidium shining at the base, constricted
and marked with several arched carine atthe base of the oblique
osterior truncation, the surface of which is elongate ovate; the
ventral plate slightly broadened and rounded beyond the apex of
the dorsal plate. Fifth ventral segment coarsely longitudinally
AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. 47
striated. Intermediate tibiz swollen, basal joint of intermediate
tarsi not broadened. A tuft of golden hairs on each side of the
pygidium.
Hab. Cunderdin, W. Australia, 80 miles east of Perth
(Urs. Lundy). December to January. ¢ @ in cop.
Closely allied to C. assimilis Sm., from which the male differs
in the shape of the interantennal prominence, which is pointed in
assimilis, in the more prominent angles of the pronotum and in
the narrower hypopygium, as well as in the much greater extent
of the yellow colour. On the abdomen the colour is light orange
rather than yellow.
The female differs from assimilis (described by Smith as flavo-
fasciatus) in the greater extent of the yellow colour, in the much
greater width of the furrow before the apical carina of the
second dorsal segment, and in the same difference on the first
dorsal segment. The form of the pygidium is almost identical in
the two species. C. assimilis occurs at Perth and also at Southern
Cross, Cunderdin being about halfway between the two localities,
so that this is not likely to be merely a subspecies.
ELIDOTHYNNUS FUMATIPENNIS, sp. n.
3d. Niger; mandibulis, apice excepto, clypeo, margine in-
teriore oculorum angustissime usque ad _ basin antennar mn,
lineaque pone oculos flavis ; alis fuscis, apice subhyalinis.
2. Nigra, albopilosa; ¢ capite nitido, pygidio pilis longissimis
instructo ; -jnamelilelig fusco-ferruginels.
Long., ¢ 26mm.; 2 12 mm.
3. Clypeus broadly truncate at the apex; interantennal pro-
minence almost poited at the apex, connected by a carina with
the base of the clypeus; head and thorax closely punctured,
scutellum and abdomen rather more sparsely punctured, median
segment very closely and finely punctured. Prothorax produced
into acute angles at the sides; median segment short and broad,
thinly clothed with white pubescence; sides of the abdomen
almost parallel. Seventh dorsal segment with curved strie, not
produced into a lamella; hypopygium triangular, with, an
apical spine, the basal angles produced into strong blunt teeth.
Second abscissa of the radius as long as the third, second and
first recurrent nervures received at almost equal distances from
the second transverse cubital nervure.
2. Head fully half as broad again as long, very slightly con-
vex, with a few large punctures on the front, the remainder of
the head shining, with “a few scattered punctures. Thorax and
median segment sparsely punctured and thinly clothed with long
white hairs; the pronotum nearly twice as broad as long, very
slightly narrowed posteriorly ; scutellum broad, no longer than
the dorsal surface of the median segment. Basal half of the
first abdominal segment raised above the apical portion and
deeply emarginate in the middle posteriorly, sparsely punctured
48 MR. R. E. TURNER ON
at the base and thinly clothed with long white hairs, delicately
transversely aciculate on the depressed apical portion. Second
dorsal segment with three strong transverse carine at the base,
the apical half transversely striated; third and fourth dorsal
segments closely punctured and clothed with long pubescence at
the base, smooth at the apex; fifth dorsal segment closely pune-
tured. Fifth ventral segment coarsely longitudinally striated,
Pygidium strongly compressed at the base, She surface of the
apical truncation narrowly elongate ovate, a dense tuft of pale
fulvous hairs springing from each side near the base.
Hab. Cunderdin, W. Australia (i/rs. Lundy). December and
January. & Q in cop.
This is very near Z. tuberculifrons Sm., but may be distinguished
in the male by the large size, the fuscous wings, the acute angles
on the sides of the prothorax, and the broader hypopygium ; in
the female by the much sparser puncturation of the head and
thorax, and the straight instead of arched division between the
punctured and smooth areas on the third dorsal segment.
THYNNOIDES FUSCOCOSTALIS Turn.
Thynnoides fuscocostalis Turn. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) x.
p. 540 (1912), ¢ @.
Further specimens of this species show that the female often
has the legs ferruginous.
BELOTHYNNUS NOVELLUS, sp. n.
3. Niger; mandibulis basi, clypeo margine apicali, maculaque
utringue, lineaque obliqua utrinque inter antennas flavis ; femori-
bus, tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis; alis subhyalinis, venis fuscis ;
segmento ventrali primo apice tuberculato.
Q. Ferruginea; abdomine nigro; segmento dorsali primo
transverse sex-carinato ; pygidio contracto, longitudinaliter
striato, basi utrinque fasciculato,
Long., d 18mm.; 2 14 mm.
3. Clypeus obliquely depressed from near the base, broadly
truncate at the apex; the interantennal prominence broadly
rounded at the apex ; antenne slightly narrowed at the apex, a
little longer than the thorax and median segment combined.
Head, thorax, and median segment very finely and closely punc-
tured; anterior margin of the pronotum very shallowly and
widely emarginate. Abdomen elongate, the sides nearly parallel,
more ‘sparsely punctured than the thorax, the segments slightly
constricted at the base; seventh dorsal segment rugose at the
apex ; first ventral segment with a strong longitudinal carina,
produced into a tubercle at the apex ; hypopygium with a blunt
tooth on each side at the base, thence produced in an elongate
triangular form to the base of the apical spine. Third abscissa
of the radius a little longer than the second, first recurrent
nervure received nearer to the second transverse cubital nervure
AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. 49
than the second, which is received beyond one-third from the
base of the third cubital cell.
2. Clypeus very short, transverse, without a carina. Head
rather large, more than half as broad again as long, with a dis-
tinct frontal suleus, subopaque, with a few scattered punctures,
strongly rounded at the posterior angles. Thorax and median
segment sparsely punctured; the pronotnm nearly twice as broad
as long, rectangular, with a row of large punctures along the
anterior margin; scutellum very broad, as long as the dorsal
surface of the median segment. Abdomen very finely and closely
punctured ; the first dorsal segment with a shallow transverse
groove before the apical margin; second dorsal segment with
six strong transverse carinze ; fifth ventral segment longitudinally
rugose. Pygidium elongate, nearly four times as long as broad,
the sides nearly parallel, rounded at the apex, finely longi-
tudinally striated, smooth at the apex. Intermediate tibize
moderately swollen ; basal joint of intermediate tarsi spinose, but
not broadened.
Hab. Brisbane (Hacker). September. From the Queensland
Museum.
This is nearer to B. binghami Turn, than to any other species,
but is quite distinct. The hypopygium is broader than in
impetuosus Syn.
LoPHOCHEILUS MAMILLATUS Turn,
Thynnus (Lophochetlus) mamillatus Turn. Proc, Linn, Soe.
N.S.W. xxxiil. p. 171 (1908), ¢.
2. Nigra: mandibulis, pedibus, segmento ventrali quinto,
pygidioque ferrugineis ; antennis fuscis ; segmento dorsali secundo
transverse sex-carinato.
Long. 9-11 mm.
2. Clypeus without a carina, transverse at the apex; head
twice as broad as long, rounded at the posterior angles, smooth
and shining, with a short but distinct frontal sulcus, a few
scattered punctures on the front. Thorax shining, with a few
small scattered punctures; pronotum half as broad again as long,
with a row of deep punctures along the anterior margin; dorsal
surface of the median segment shorter than the scutellum, with
large scattered punctures. First dorsal segment very sparsely
punctured, with a deep transverse groove before the raised apical
margin; second segment with six transverse carine, a deep,
broad, transverse groove before the apical carina ; third and
fourth segments very minutely punctured, with sparse large
punctures intermingled; fifth dorsal segment more coarsely
punctured in the middle, almost smooth at the base and apex.
Fifth ventral segment on gitudinally rugose-striate. Sixth dorsal
segment longitudinally striated, smooth at the extreme apex,
about three times as long as the basal and twice as long as the
_ Proc. Zoou, Soc.—i915, No. IV. 4
5) : MR. R. E. TURNER ON
apical brealth, broadly rounded at the apex, the sides divergent
from the base.
Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia; November and December.
3 2 incop. Fremantle (type d).
The nearest species to this is L. leviceps Sm., the male of
which has a similar tubercle at the base of the second ventral
segment, but in that species the apical segments are black in
both sexes and the hypopygium of the male ‘and pygidiuim of the
female are different in shape.
LopHOCHEILUS L&VICEPS Sm.
Thynnus leviceps Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. vii. p. 44 (1859), 2.
3. Niger, albopilosus; alis hyalinis, venis nigris, segmento
veatrali secundo basi tuberculato, clypeo apice transverse albo-
lineato.
2. Nigra; mandibulis pygidioque apice fusco-ferrugineis ;
segmento dorsali secundo irregulariter septem-carinato,
Iboins, AO) wm, § QIN tranny,
Clypeus closely. punctured, with a longitudinal carina at
the base, truncate rather narrowly at the apex; interantennal
prominence broad, bilobed at the apex. Head and thorax closely
and rather finely punctured. Median segment very minutely
punctured with large sparse punctures intermixed, thinly clothed
with long white hairs. Abdomen finely and shallowly punctured,
the segments slightly constricted at the base; seventh dorsal
segment broadly subtruncate at the apex, irregularly longitu-
dinally rugose-striate. First ventral segment with a strong
longitudinal carina, deeply separated from the second, which has
a strong tubercle at the base. Hypopygium strongly prominent
at the basal angles, thence triangular to the base of the strong
apical spine. Second abscissa of the radius nearly half as long
again as the third; first and second recurrent nervures received
at about the same distance from the second transverse cubital
nervure.
@. Head about half as broad again as long, very strongly
rounded at the posterior angles, smooth and shining, with a dis-
tinct frontal suleus. Thorax shining ; a row of large punctures
along the anterior margin of the pronotum, which is nearly twice
as broad as long. Median segment coar sely punctured, nearly as
long as the scutellum. Abdomen shining, with a few scattered
punctures ; first dorsal segment with a ‘deep transverse groove
before the raised apical margin; second dorsal segment with
about seven transverse carine, the two at the apex and the basal
one high and regular, those intermediate lower and broken.
Fifth ventral segment rugose. Pygidium more than twice as long
as broad, the sides parallel, rounded at the apex, longitudinally
striated, ‘smooth at the apex.
Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia; December. ¢ Q in cop.
This is nearest to L. mamillatus Turn., as noticed under that
AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. 5]
species. Smith described the female only from a specimen
collected on the west coast of Australia.
LOPHOCHEILUS RUBROCAUDATUS, sp. n. (PI. I. figs. 7, 8.)
3. Niger, fulvopilosus; mandibulis, clypeo margine apicali,
maculaque parva utrinque inter antennas flavis ; segmentis
abdominalibus sexto septimoque, femoribus intermediis apice,
posticis dimidio apicali, tiblis tarsisque rufo-ferrugineis; alis
hyalinis, venis fuscis, stigmate ferrugineo.
Q. Nigra; segmentis quinto sextoque rufo-ferrugineis ; man-
dibulis, antennis, tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis ; segmento dorsali
secundo transverse septem-carinato.
Long., d 14-16 mm.; 92 10-12 mm.
3. Clypeus closely punctured, with a distinct longitudinal
carina, rather narrowly truncate at the apex; interantennal
carina almost transverse, not very strongly developed. Head,
thorax, and median segment finely and closely punctured; the
pubescence on the head and dorsal surface of the thorax fulvous,
on the pleure and median segment whitish. Abdomen shining
and more sparsely punctured, feebly fusiform, the segments con-
stricted at the base, seventh dorsal segment with strong curved
strie. Hypopygium elongate triangular, produced into an apical
spine, the basal angles produced, forming rounded teeth. Second
abscissa of the radius a little longer than the third; first and
second recurrent nervures received at an almost equal distance
from the second transverse cubital nervure.
@. Clypeus without a carina, transverse at the apex. Head
nearly twice as broad as long, very strongly rounded at the pos-
terior angles, shining, with a few scattered punctures and a short
shallow frontal sulcus. Pronotum much narrower than the head,
nearly twice as broad as long, very finely and closely punctured,
with a row of large setigerous punctures along the anterior margin.
Median segment sparsely punctured, the dorsal surface as long as
the scutellum. First dorsal segment coarsely but sparsely punc-
tured, with a deep transverse groove before the raised apical
margin ; second dorsal segment with seven transverse carine,
the two apical carine higher than the rest and with a broader
and deeper groove between them; third and fourth dorsal seg-
ments microscopically punctured, with larger punctures inter-
mingled; fifth dorsal segment smooth at the base, punctured at
the apex. Fifth ventral segment longitudinally rugose-striate.
Sixth dorsal segment oblique, the sides parallel, rounded at the
apex, nearly three times as long as broad, longitudinally striated,
smooth at the apex.
Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia; September to November.
3S 2 in cop.
The fore coxee of the male are slightly concave.
This may be distinguished from /. mamillatus Turn., which
occurs In the same district, and is very similar in size and colour
4®
D2 MR. R. E. TURNER ON
of the abdomen, by the absence of a tubercle at the base of the
second ventral segment, by the yellow clypeus and mandibles
and ferruginous legs in the male, and by the red colour of the
fifth dorsal seginent, the presence of seven (instead of six) carine
on the second “dorsal segment, the longer and narrower pygidium,
and the puncturation of the thorax in the female.
ENCOPOTHYNNUS, gen. Nov.
3. Pronotum widely emarginate anteriorly ; abdominal seg-
ments strongly constricted at the base ; ventral segments 3—6 with
a spine on each side at the apical angles, dorsal segments 2-5
with a spine on each side at the apical angles ; ; hypopygium very
broad, broader than long, the sides sere! the apical margin
narrowly emarginate near the middle on each side of the short
apical spine; maxille strongly bearded. .
2. Clypeus convex, without a carina; pronotum much longer
than broad, with a median sulcus; second abdominal segment
without carine, the sculpture not differing from the other seg-
ments; fifth dorsal segment with a longitudinal carina; sixth
segment compressed laterally, the dorsal plate obliquely depressed,
very narrow, slightly broadened to the apex.
This genus is somewhat allied to Doratithynnus, but may be
distinguished by the spines on the dorsal segments of the male,
and by the undifferentiated second dorsal segment of the female.
In most of the allied genera, such as Zmesothynnus and —
Acanthothynnus, the maxille of the male are strongly bearded.
Type of the genus, #4. spimulosus.
ENCOPOTHYNNUS SPINULOSUS, sp. n. (PI. I. figs. 9, 10.)
3. Rufo-ferruginea ; sterno, postscutello, segmento mediano,
coxis, trochanter ibus, demmoniions. tarsis intermediis et posticis,
tibiis intermediis supra posticisque totis, mandibulis macula
basali alba, antennisque nigris ; clypeo margine anteriore, pronoto
linea angusta transversa antice, tegulis basi, postscutelloque linea
angusta transversa albis ; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis.
2. Nigra; capite, prothorace, scutello pygidioque rufo-
ferrugineis ; tibiis tarsisque fusco-ferrugineis.
Long., 3 8-10mm.; 9 3-/mm.
3. Clypeus broad, very slightly convex, not much produced,
and narrowly truncate at the apex. Antenne of almost even
thickness throughout, short, shorter than the thorax and median
segment combined ; interantennal prominence obsolete. Head
and thorax sparsely but not finely punctured; pronotum as
broad as the head, widely emarginate anteriorly ; median segment
rounded, finely and closely punctured. Abdomen narrower than
the thorax, the segments strongly constricted at the base, the
sides not parallel, the third segment the broadest ; dorsal segments
2-5 with a small spine on each side at the apical angles, those on
AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. a5
segments 2-4 white; ventral segments 3-6 with a spine on each
side at the apical angles; all the segments coarsely punctured ;
seventh dorsal segment rather broadly truncate at the apex.
Hypopygium much broader than long, the sides parallel, rounded
at the apical angles, the apical margin strongly but rather
narrowly emarginate on each side of the short apical spine.
Second abscissa of the radius about twice as long as the third ;
second recurrent nervure received at about one-tenth from the
base of the third cubital cell.
2. Head smooth and shining, as long as the greatest breadth,
nearly twice as broad in front as on the hind margin; mandibles
faleate. Pronotum nearly half as long again as broad, the sides
almost parallel, a sulcus from the anterior margin rea ching beyond
the middle, smooth and shining, with a row of large punctures
on the anterior margin, from each of which springs a long hair.
Scutellum small, strongly narrowed to the apex; dorsal surface
_of the median segment twice as long as the scutellum, sparsely
punctured. Abdominal segments very minutely and _ closely
punctured ; a small, narrow, raised area on each side at the base
of the five basal dorsal segments; fifth segment longitudinally
carinated in the middle; Shit segment compressed laterally,
the dorsal surface oblique, very narrow, slightly broadened
towards the apex. Fifth ventral segment sparsely punctured.
Hab, Kalamunda, Darling Ranges, 8.W. Australia, 850 ft. ;
February to April. 2 in cop.
Taken in considerable numbers on Eucalyptus blossom.
GYMNOTHYNNUS CARISSIMUS, Sp. n.
3. Niger; mandibulis, apice excepto, clypeo linea longitudinali
nigra, linea obliqua utrinque inter antennas, pronoto margine
-anteriore et posteriore, mesoplenris maculis duabus, mesonoto
linea longitudinali, scutello macula mediana, maculaque utrinque
angulis anticis, postscutello linea transversa, segmentisque
dorsalibus 1—6, ventralibusque 2—5 fascia interrupta apicali albido-
flavis ; seman 7. tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis ; alis hyalinis, venis
nigris, stigmate pailide ferrugineo.
2. Nigra; tibiis tarsisque bruneo-testaceis ; segmentis abdomi-
nalibus apice lateribusque luteo-testaceis, pygidio pallide ferru-
gineo; pronoto plano; segmento dorsali secundo basi transverse
bicarinato.
Long., ¢ 9-llmm.; 9 46mm.
¢. Clypeus produced and rather narrowly truncate at the
apex ; interantennal prominence broad ; antenne scarcely as long
as the thorax and median segment combined, tapering slightly
towards the apex. Pronotum short, the anterior margin almost
straight; head and thorax finely and closely punctured, opaque
seutellum shining and very strongly convex ; median segment
rounded, finely and closely punctured. Abdominal segments
moderately constricted at the base, shining and very sparsely
‘gyal ME. R. BE. TURNER ON
punctured ; seventh dorsal segment very broadly truncate at the
apex; hypopygium truncate at the apex, with a strong apical
sue. Second abscissa of the radius more than half as long
again as the third ; first recurrent nervure received beyond two-
hate from the base of the second cubital cell, second at about
one-eighth from the base of the third cubital cell.
2°. Head as long as the greatest breadth, strongly narrowed
posteriorly ; a broad, shallow depression on each side, with a
shallow frontal suleus, smooth. Pronotum smooth, opaque,
a little longer than broad, slightly narrowed posteriorly ;
scutellum transverse, broader than long; dorsal surface of the
median segment no longer than the scutellum, shining, with a few
scattered punctures. First dorsal segment broadly depressed at
the apex, the raised basal portion strongly bilobed ; second dorsal
segment with two strong transverse carine near the base, the
apical margin also raised; third and fourth segments narrowly
depressed at the apex. Pygidium very narrow, the dorsal plate
sharply narrowed into a point at the apex, the ventral plate
notched at the apex; a tuft of pale golden hairs on each side.
Hab. Kalamunda, Darling Ranges, S.W. Australia; March
and April. Perth; February. o¢ 2 in cop.
This is related 4 G. lesogufi Turn., especially in the male sex,
but the shape of the head and thorax and the seulpture of the
abdomen of the female are very different. The flattened pronotum
of the female seems to be characteristic of this genus.
GYMNOTHYNNUS (?) MUCRONATUS, sp.n. (PI. I. figs. 15, 16.)
3. Niger: mandibulis, clypeo margine apicali, pronoto margine
anteriore, * tegulis basi, scutello macula mediana, postscutelloque
linea transversa pallide flavis ; alis hyalinis, venis nigris, stigmate
fusco-ferrugineo ; hypopygio trilobato, loba apicali elongata,
mucronata.
2. Fusco-nigra ; segmentis abdominalibus apice late luteo-
testacels; pyg gidio pallide ferrugineo, crinito ; segmento dorsali
secundo haud transverse car inato, dimidio apicali valde depresso.
Long... 6 7mm.; 9 5mm.
3. Clypeus produced and narrowly truneate at the apex:
interantennal prominence obsolete; antenne shorter than the
thorax and median segment combined, of almost even thickness
throughout; head closely punctured, the clypeus smooth and
flattened. Thorax rather closely punctured; median segment
smooth and shining at the base. Abdomen fusiform, the segments
strongly constricted at the base, smooth and shining, the two
apical segments closely punctured. The head, sides of the abdo-
men and thorax clothed with long whitish hairs. Hypopygium
trilobed, the lateral lobes not very strongly developed, the median
lobe much longer than the lateral, nearly twice as long as broad
and rounded at the apex, without an apical spine. Second
abscissa of the radius more than half as long again as the third ;
Mt
v5)
ey
AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS.
first recurrent nervure received just beyond two-thirds from the
base of the second cubital cell, second at about one-tenth from the
base of the third cubital cell.
2. Head shining, very sparsely punctured, a little longer than
the greatest breadth, narrowed posteriorly, not convex, without
a frontal suleus. Thorax much narrower than the head; the
pronotum longer than broad, slightly narrowed posteriorly, with
a median sulcus on the anterior half, slightly raised posteriorly
and subtuberculate ; scutellum very small, subtriangular ; dorsal
surface of the median segment shorter than the scutellum.
Dorsal segments of the abdomen very broadly depressed at the
apex, the raised basal portion bilobed, second segment without
transverse carine. Pygidium arched, narrow, lanceolate, tle
sides densely clothed with long pale fulvous hairs, which also
cover the fifth ventral segment.
Hab. Cunderdin, W. Australia; February to March (/rs.
Lundy). 3 @ in cop.
This little species is not very near typical Gymnothynnus, and
ean only be placed provisionally in the genus. The form of the
male hypopygium is singular; aud though the sculpture of the
abdomen and form of the pygidium of the female are very near
G. trianguliceps Turn., the form of the head and pronotum differ
very greatly. That species and Jesogufi Turn. are most nearly
related to the present species, and none of them is very near
typical Gymnothynnus. G. carissimus, described above, seems to
form a link connecting them with the typical species.
ASPIDOTHYNNUS FOSSULATUS, sp. .
3. Niger; mandibulis, apice excepto, clypeo linea marginali
utrinque, macula minuta utrinque inter basin antennarum, pronoto
margine anteriore in medio interrupto, tegulis, scutello linea
abbreviata Jongitudinali, postscutello linea transversa, meso-
pleuris macula parva sub alis, segmentisque dorsalibus 2-4 macula
transversa utrinque flavidulis ; pronoto margine posteriore late
luteo ; femoribus anticis dimidio apicali, tibiis anticis tarsisque
ferrugineis ; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis.
9. Fusco-ferruginea ; thorace, segmentisque dorsalibus tertio
quartoque dimidio apicali nigris ; capite utrinque concave
depresso; segmento dorsali secundo transverse quadricarinato,
pronoto angulis anticis tuberculatis.
lbome, 6 MO mms 2 rman,
3. Clypeus convex, longer than broad, with a longitudinal
carina, rather broadly truncate at the apex, the anterior angles
rounded ; interantennal prominence very feebly developed ;
antenne about as long as the thorax and median segment com-
bined, of almost even thickness throughout. Head long and
narrow, closely and finely punctured, thorax more finely and
sparsely punctured ; anterior margin of the pronotum straight ;
seutellum strongly convex. Abdomen elongate fusiform, the
56 MR. R. E. TURNER ON
segments strongly constricted at the base; seventh dorsal
segment broadly truncate at the apex; hypopygium short, very
broadly rounded at the apex, with a slender apical spine.
Second abscissa of the radius a little longer than the third ;
second recurrent nervure received by the third cubital cell at a
distance from the base equal to one-quarter of the length of the
second transverse cubital nervure.
2. Clypeus convex, but not carinate. Head a little longer than
broad, subrectangular, shining, with a few scattered punctures,
with a strong longitudinal median ridge, on each side of which
is a large concave depression. Pronotum broader than long, very
slightly narrowed posteriorly, sparsely and finely punctured, the
anterior angles distinctly tuberculate ; scutellum broader than
long, br oadly rounded at the apex ; dorsal surface of the median
Seoment very short, not so long as the scutellum, the posterior
slope oblique. First dorsal segment with the apical half depressed,
the apex of the raised basal half strongly emarginate ; second
dorsal Segments with four well marked transverse carine ;
seoments 3-5) smooth at the base, sparsely but rather deeply
punctured at ve apex. Pygidium very narrowly elongate ovate,
compressed into a narrow carina at the base. Tibi ‘thickened,
the basal joint of the intermediate tarsi slender, not broadened.
Tarsal ungues simple, not bidentate.
fab. Yalling up, S.W. Australia; ¢ 2 in cop., January 6th,
1914. Busselton, S.W. Australia ; 11 oo, January 24-27, 1914.
This is the first female of the group to be described.
The male is very near 4. combustus Sm., but in that species
the abdomen is ferruginous. I am inclined to think that
Jossulatus may prove to be only a local form of combustus, but it +
1s quite possible that the female may show stronger differences.
A. combustus is from Adelaide, though the type appears to have
been taken on the west coast.
ASTHENOTHYNNUS VICARIUS, Sp. li.
3. Niger; mandibulis basi, macula obliqua utrinque inter
antennas, linea late interrupta pone oculos, vertice macula
utringue, pronoto margine anteriore et posteriore, tegulis basi,
mesopleuris maculis duabus parvis, mesonoto macula quadrata,
scutello macula mediana, postscutello linea transversa, seg-
mentisque dorsalibus 2-6 macula obliqua utrinque flavis ;
femoribus, tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis ; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis,
stigmate bruneo-testaceo ; hypopygio linguiforme.
@. Fusca; pedibus bruneis, tarsis testaceis ; segmentis dorsal-
ibus primo, tertio quartoque apice testaceis ; segmento secundo
bruneo-testaceo, sexto ferrugineo.
Long., ¢ 5-7mm.; 9 3-4mm.
3. Clypeus convex, with a low carina from the base not
reaching the apex, strongly produced in the middle and narrowly
truncate at the apex. Antenne shorter than the thorax and
——
AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. vi
median segment combined, of almost even thickness throughout,
the interantennal prominence pointed at the apex. Head closely
punctured; thorax shining, very sparsely punctured. Median
segment rounded, shining, very minutely punctured, smooth at
the base. Abdomen fusiform, flattened, the third segment the
broadest ; hypopygium narrowly linguiform, without an apical
spine. Second abscissa of the radius equal to the third ; first
recurrent nervure received at two-thirds from the base of the
second cubital cell second just before one-quarter from the base
of the third cubital cell.
@. Head shining, with a few scattered punctures, without a
frontal suleus, nearly twice as broad anteriorly as long, narrowed
posteriorly and rounded at the posterior angles, much broader
than the thorax. Pronotum narrow, without a median sulcus, a
little broader anteriorly than long, slightly narrowed posteriorly,
finely punctured ; scutellum very small and narrow; dorsal
surface of the median segment scarcely as long as the scutellum,
shining and sparsely punctured, the posterior truncation oblique.
First dorsal segment broadly depressed at the apex, the raised
portion broadly emarginate posteriorly ; second segment with two
strongly raised transverse carine in addition to the less strongly
raised apical margin; segments 3-5 with a raised area on each
side strongly curved. Pygidium lanceolate. Basal joint of
intermediate tarsi slender, not spinose.
Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia; November. ¢ 2 in cop.
Allied to A. pygmeus Turn. both in the shape of the clypeus and
hypopygium. ‘These species are not very near typical Astheno-
thynnus, but seem to form a link between that genus and
Zeleboria. The female of pygmeus is unknown. The male of
the present species is less strongly punctured than pygmeus, has
a longer clypeus and a shorter third cubital cell, in addition to
colour differences. A. deductor Turn. 1s also closely allied.
ASTHENOTHYNNUS LILLIPUTIANUS, Sp. n.
6. Niger; mandibulis basi, clypeo margine apicali angus-
tissime, linea obliqua utrinque inter antennas, pronoto marginibus
late interruptis, postscutello linea transversa, segmentisque
dorsalibus secundo, tertio quartoque macula utringue albido-
flavis ; alis hyalinis, venis nigris, stigmate bruneo-ferrugineo ;
hypopyzio anguste linguiforme.
2. Nigra ; segmento dorsali secundo ferrugineo, transverse
bicarinato, margine apicali insuper reflexo; pygidio pallide
ferrugineo ; ee dorsalibus apice anguste testaceis.
Long., ¢ 4-0 mm.; 9 3mm.
3. Clypeus produced and narrowly truncate at the apex;
interantennal prominence not much developed, almost transverse
at the apex; antenne scarcely as long as the thorax and median
segment combined, the apical joints very feebly arcuate beneath.
Head and thorax very finely and closely punctured. Median
58 MR. R. EH. LURNER ON
segment rounded, shining, very minutely punctured. Abdomen
flattened. fusiform, shining; the dorsal segments very narrowly
depressed at the apex. Hypopygium narrowly linguiform, with-
out an apical spine. Second abscissa of the radius a little longer
than the third; first recurrent nervure received at about two-
thirds from the base of the second cubital cell, second at about
one-quarter from the base of the third cubital cell.
2. Head smooth and shining, much broader anteriorly than
long, narrowed posteriorly, slightly convex ; thorax much
narrower than the head ; the pronotum a little broader anteriorly
than long, slightly narrowed posteriorly, with a longitudinal de-
pression on each side reaching from near the anterior angles to
more than halfway to the posterior margin; scuteilum narrow ;
dorsal surface of the median segment a little longer than the
seutellum, sparsely punctured. First dorsal segment broadly
depressed at the apex, the raised basal portion widely emarginate
posteriorly ; second dorsal segment with two strong transverse
carine near the base, the apical margin also raised ; third and
fourth segments narrowly depressed on the apical margin.
Pygidium narrow, the sides almost parallel.
Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia; November. ¢ 9 in cop.
Allied to A. vicarius described above, but may easily be dis-
tinguished by the black legs of the male and the lateral depres-
sions on the pronotum of the female.
ASTHENOTHYNNUS PLEURALIS, Sp. n.
gd. Niger; mandibulis macula basali, clypeo margine apicali,
linea obliqua utrinque inter antennas, pronoto margine anteriore
et posteriore, mesonoto macula apicali, seutello linea longitudinali,
pestscutello linea transversa, mesopleuris maculis duabus, seg-
mento mediano macula apicali utrinque, segmentisque dorsalibus
1-5 macula transversa laterali utrinque albido-flavis; vertice
macula utrinque fusco-ferruginea ; alis hyalinis, venis nigris ;
hypopygio rotundato, spina minuta apical.
2. Fusea: segmento dorsali seeundo, pygidio, tarsisque bruneo-
ferrugineis ; pronoto late longitudinaliter sulcato, segmento
dorsali secundo transverse quadri-carinato.
Long., ¢ 9-10 mm.; @ 4-5 mm.
3d. Clypeus produced and narrowly truncate at the apex ;
interantennal prominence very feebly developed; antenne
scarcely longer than the thorax and median segment combined,
tapering slightly towards the apex; head and thorax finely and
very closely punctured; scutellum strongly convex, subcarinate
longitudinally in the middle; median segment short, much
broader than long, Abdomen flattened, shining and almost
smooth, the two apical segments rather coarsely punctured.
Hypopygium broadly rounded, as broad at the base as long, with
a short apical spine. Second abscissa of the radius longer than
the third; first recurrent nervure received at two-thirds from
AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. 59
the base of the second cubital cell, second at about one-sixth
from the base of the third cubital cell.
2. Head smooth and shining, slightly convex, a little longer
than the greatest breadth, slightly narrowed posteriorly, with a
short frontal sulcus. Thorax much narrower than the head; the
A ea nearly as long as broad, the sides almost parallel, with
a very broad and deep longitudinal groove dividing the segment ;
seoneaiiheiey narrow, longer hem broad, pointed at the base ; dorsal
surface of median segment as long as the scutellum. Dorsal seg-
ments of the abdomen narrowly depressed at the apex, second
segment with four transverse cavinee. Pygidium lanceolate, very
narrow.
Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia ; November. Kalamunda,
S.W. Australia; February to April. ¢g Q incop. ‘The female
is the type.
The male is extremely near 4. beatriz Turn., and is only dis-
tinguished from that species by the rather shorter antenne, the
more convex and subcarinate scutellum, and by the somewhat
different yellow markings, which however are subject to con-
siderable variation. The female, on the other hand, is easily
distinguished from that of beatriz by the broad groove on the
pronofum and the longer and narrower head.
The males in this genus and in Zeleboria are often extremely
near each other, and the species are not always easy to divide in
that sex.
AGRIOMYIA SUSPICIOSA Sm.
Thynnus suspiciosus Sm. Descr. n. sp. Hymen. p. 161 (1879), ¢.
Thynnus teniolatus Frogg. Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Australia, xvi.
artaln (USI) ach.
I have seen the type of teniolatus in the South Australian
Museum.
NEOZELEBORIA ALEXANDRI, sp. nh.
3g. Niger: abdomine ferrugineo, segmento primo dimidio
basali nigro; femoribus, tibiis, tarsisque ferrugineis ; vertice
macula utrinque fusco-ferruginea ; mandibulis, clypeo margine
apicali late, tegulis, scutello macula magna mediana, postscutel-
loque fascia transversa flavis ; alis hyalinis, venis nigris.
2. Nigra; pedibus ferrugineis, coxis nigris ; mandibulis basi,
clypeo, antennisque subtus fusco-ferrugineis ; capite utrinque
late excavato; segmento dorsali secundo transverse quadri-
carinato.
Long., ¢ 13-16 mm.; 9 7 mm.
3. Clypeus produced and rather broadly truncate at the apex ;
interantennal prominence bilobed ; antenne as long as the head,
thorax and median segment combined, the apical joints slightly
arcuate beneath. Head and mesonotum finely granulate and
clothed sparsely with long fulvous pubescence, pleure thickly
60 MR. R. E. TURNER ON
clothed with grey pubescence; scutellum and median segment
very closely punctured. Abdomen elongate, shallowly punctured ;
seventh dorsal segment truncate at the apex. Hypopygium
gradually narrowed to the apex, where it is narrowly truncate,
with a strong apical spine. Second abscissa of the radius longer
than the third; first recurrent nervure received at two-thirds
from the base of the second cubital cell, second at one-fifth from
the base of the third cubital cell. A tuft of pale hairs on each
side at the base of the hypopygium.
@. Clypeus without a carina. Head shining, sparsely punc-
tured, broader anteriorly than long, narrowed posteriorly, the
hind margin not as broad as the head is long; a rather deep and
large depression on each side of the head between the eyes and
the base of the antenne ; the head somewhat compressed at the
sides. Thorax much narrower than the head; pronotum closely
punctured, half as broad again anteriorly as long, narrowed
posteriorly, with a longitudinal suleus; scutellum sparsely punc-
tured, narrowed towards the apex. Median segment very finely
and closely punctured, the dorsal surface a little longer than the
seutellam. First dorsal segment with a broad transverse groove
before the apex, second with four strong transverse carine ; the
other segments shining, very sparsely punctured. Pygidium con-
stricted at the base, the surface of the posterior truncation ovate.
Tarsi slender.
Hab. Cunderdin, W. Australia (Mrs. Lundy); July and
August.
The male is rather near volatilis Sm., but the sculpture is
coarser, the details of neuration rather different, and the
scutellum has a yellow spot. The females of the two species are
very distinct.
PSAMMOTHYNNUS RUBRICANS, Sp. Nn.
3. Niger; clypeo margine apicali, mandibulis basi, pronoto
margine anteriore linea transversa utrinque, scutello postscutel-
logue macula parva mediana flavis; pronoto margine posteriore
late tegulisque luteis; segmentis abdominalibus primo apice
secundoque fusco-ferrugineis, secundo tertiogue macula obliqua
laterali flavidula ; femoribus, tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis.
Long. 8°) mm.
sg. Clypeus convex, broadly rounded at the apex, with a
earina from the base not reaching the apex. Head, thorax, and
median segment closely punctured, the head more coarsely, the
median secment very finely; interantennal prominence almost
pointed at the apex; the five apical joints of the flagellum arcuate
beneath. Abdomen fusiform, shining, sparsely and very shallowly
punctured ; hypopygium small, emarginate at the apex, with a
small spine on each side at the angles of the emargination ; some
Jong curved hairs springing from beneath the ‘seventh dorsal
segment. Third abscissa of the radius slightly longer than the
AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. 61
second; the third cubital cell receiving the second recurrent
nervure at a distance from the base equal to about one-fourth of
the length of the second transverse cubital nervure.
Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia; September.
In addition to colour, the rounded apex of the clypeus
separates this from other species of the genus.
PHYMATOTHYNNUS TONSORIUS, sp. n. (Pl. I. figs. 11, 12.)
3. Niger, fulvopilosus ; mandibulis, apice excepto, clypeo
margine anteriore, pronoto fascia arcuata et margine anteriore
anguste, tegulis, postscutelloqgue macula parva flavis; femoribus,
tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis; clypeo apice bidentato; hypopygio
lingwiforme.
2. Fusco-ferruginea: mandibulis, flagello, femoribus, tibiis
tarsisque bruneo-testaceis ; scutello compresso, subtuberculato ;
segmento mediano obliquo, angulis anticis subtuberculatis.
Long., ¢ 13-17 mm.; 2 8-9 mm.
6. Clypeus not much produced, strongly bidentate on the
middle of the apical margin; the interantennal prominence only
represented by tubercles at the base of the antenne ; apical joints
of the antennz strongly arcuate beneath. Head, thorax, and
median segment opaque, closely and rather finely punctured ;
pubescence fulvous on the head and thorax, aie on the
median segment and sides of the abdomen. First abdominal
segment slender, broadened from the base, longer than the
second, with a sulcus from the base reaching beyond the middle ;
abdomen shining, sparsely and very shallowly punctured, flattened,
elongate; the seventh dorsal segment and the apex of the sixth
rugose. Hypopygium linguiform, without spines. Wings hyaline,
faintly tinged with yellow; second and third abscisse of the
radius about equal; second recurrent nervure further than the
first from the second transverse cubital nervure.
2. Clypeus with a carina; the front deeply emarginate
anteriorly and subtuberculate at the base of the antenne, with a
short frontal sulcus. Head shining, with scattered punctures,
nearly twice as broad as long, strongly rounded posteriorly.
Thorax and median segment very finely punctured ; the pro-
notum more than half as broad again as long, depressed at the
anterior angles, the anterior margin distinctly carinate between
the depressions; scutellum strongly compressed and subtubercu-
late. Median segment oblique, the anterior angles subtuberculate.
Abdomen finely and closely punctured ; first dorsal segment
narrowly depressed at the apex ; second transversely rugulose
between two transverse carine, the apical margin raised, with a
deep groove before it. Pygidium entire, almost vertical, broadly
ovate, longitudinally rugulose. Fifth ventral segment punctured
rugose.
Hab. Yallingup, 5.W. Australia; September to November.
d 2 in cop.
62 MR. R. E. TURNER ON
This is related to P. nitidus Sm., but the male may be easily
distinguished by the colouring and the bidentate clypeus; the
female by the compressed and subtuberculate scutellum, the
somewhat similar tubercle in nitidus being on the base of
the median segment. These two species form a group rather
distinct from P. monilicornis, the type of the genus.
The male of this species was attracted at Yallingup in large
numbers to hair lotion, the chief ingredient of which was oil of
bergamot.
PHYMATOTHYNNUS PYGIDIOPHORUS, sp. n. (PI. I. figs. 13, 14.)
. Niger, albopilosus; alis hyalinis, venis nigris; hypopygio
tr a angulis apicalibus brevissime dentatis, spina apicali
magna, limoranaserho
®, Nigra, antennis pygidioque fusco-ferrugineis ; capite
thoraceque nonnunquam ferrugineis ; segmento dorsali sexto
basi constricto, lateribus mareinato: .
Long., ¢ 10 mm.; 2 5-6 mm.
3g. Clypeus with a carina, produced and narrowly truncate
at the apex; interantennal prominence strongly developed,
broadly rounded at the apex; antenne with the apical joints
strongly arcuate beneath. Head rather broad, coarsely rugose.
Thorax deeply but not very closely punctured; the pronotum
with the anterior angles slightly prominent ; median segment
rounded, finely and closely punctured. Abdomen canines the
punctures almost obsolete, subfusiform, the first segment slender
at the base; seventh dorsal segment punctured-rugose. Hypo-
pygium broad, with parallel sides, short, broadly truncate at the
apex, the apical angles produced into short, delicate spines, the
apical spine very stout and long. Second abscissa of the radius
distinctly longer than the third; first recurrent nervure received
nearly half as far again as the second from the second transverse
cubital nervure, the second recurrent received at about one-fifth
from the base of the third cubital cell.
Q. Head subrectangular, half as broad again as long, rounded
at the posterior angles, rather closely punctured, the clypeus
without a carina, the front with a short sulcus and produced into
small tubercles at the base of the antennz. Pronotum a little
longer than broad, sparsely punctured. Scutellum broader than
long, no longer than the dorsal surface of the median segment.
Abdomen closely and finely punctured ; first dorsal segment with
a transverse groove before the apical margin; second transversely
rugulose between two transverse carine, a broad transverse
groove before the raised apical margin. Pygidium narrowed at
the base, the sides margined from the base by divergent carine,
broadly rounded at the apex.
Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia; September to November.
3 2 in cop.
The male is rather near 7. monilicornis Sm., but the hypopygium
AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. 63
is much larger and broader; the female, however, differs in the
shape of the head and most notably i in the shape of the pygidium,
which, unlike typical Phymatothynnus, is narrowed at the base
and margined.
TTACHYNOMYIA MACULIVENTRIS, Sp. 0.
3. Niger, albopilosus; mandibulis, apice excepto, clypeo
margine apicali et in medio, macula parva utrinque inter
antennas, pronoto fascia arcuata, scutello postscutelloque macula
parva mediana, segmentis dorsalibus 2-6 macula magna. laterali
utrinque, ventralibusque 2-6 fascia lata vix interrupta flavis ;
femoribus, tibiis, tarsis, segmentoque ventrali septimo ferru-
ginels ; alis hyalinis, venis nigris; segmento ventrali primo
acute tuberculato.
3g. Head finely rugose; thorax and median segment very
closely punctured ; abdomen shining, shallowly punctured.
Clypeus without a carina; interantennal prominence bilobed ;
anterior margin of the pronotum broadly arched. First ventral
segment with an acute tubercle at the apex, deeply separated
from the second segment. Sides of the hypopygium parallel
on the basal half, then strongly convergent to the base of the
apical spine. The three apical joints of the maxillary palpi are
longer than the others, but not very elongate. Second recurrent
nervure received at about one-seventh from the base of the third
cubital cell.
Hab. Cunderdin, W. Australia; September to October
(Mrs, Lundy).
This species is easily distinguished from all others of the
genus by the yellow markings of the abdomen, and the tubercle
on the first ventral segment. The form of the hypopygium is
very similar to that of 7. abdominalis Guer.
EIRONE ALBOCLYPEATA, sp. n.
d. Niger; clypeo macula apicali triangulari lineaque mar-
ginali wtringue, pronotoque margine anteriore linea transversa
utrinque albis ; alis hyalinis, iridescentibus, venis nigris.
2. Rufo-ferruginea, nitida ; abdomine nigro, segmento sexto
ferrugineo ; scutello latitudine duplo latiore.
Long., ¢ 85 mm.; 2 5°5 mm.
3. Clypeus with a depressed, oblique, triangular truncation
at the apex. Head rather broad, not convex, closely and rather
strongly punctured; the four apical joints of the flagellum
arcuate beneath. ‘Thorax more finely punctured than the head ;
median segment rounded. Abdomen shining, closely and finely
punctured ; seventh dorsal segment with larger punctures,
broadly rounded at the apex. Hypopygium rounded, ciliated.
9. Head subrectangular, as broad as long, smooth and
64 MR. R. E. TURNER ON
shining. Pronotum longer than broad, emarginate posteriorly ;
scutellum about twice as long as broad, more ‘than half as long
as the pronotum; thorax band median segment smooth and
shining, with a few scattered punctures. Median segment
longer than the pronotum, much longer than broad, gradually
broadened from the base. Abdomen elongate, subcylindrical,
shining, sparsely and finely punccured, with a few larger
elongate punctures. Pygidium with a broad median carina.
Hab. Yallingup, S.W. Australia; November. <¢ 2 in cop.
The male is nearest to #. vitripennis Sm., but im that species the
head is rather strongly convex posteriorly and much less strongly
punctured. The female has the head broader than in vitr-
pennis, the seutellum longer, and the whole insect more polished
‘and less strongly punctured; there is also no longitudinal
impressed mark on the dorsal segments.
EIRONE RUFODORSATA, sp. n.
3. Niger; clypeo postscutelloque luteis ; pronoto, mesonoto,
scutello ime eulisque ferrugineis; alis hy ates venls nigris.
Long. 9 mm,
3g. Clypeus almost flat, with a carina, the apical margin
transverse; head and thorax finely and closely punctured ; the
front between the antenne widely emarginate. Pronotum less
closely punctured than the mesonotum, narrower than the head,
the anterior margin transverse and slightly raised; scutellum
narrowly rounded at the apex; median segment rounded, very
finely punctured. Abdomen shining, shallowly punctur ed ;
hypopygium rounded and ciliated. Third abscissa of the radius
a little longer than the second ; first recurrent nervure received
at the middle of the second cubital cell, second at about one-
third from the base of the third cubital cell.
Hab. Herberton, N. Queensland (Dodd).
The colouring is quite different from that of any other species
of the genus.
KIRONE FERRUGINEICORNIS Turn.
Hirone ferrugineicornis Turn, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 265
(iGO), ee
The type came from Hermannsburg in Central Australia.
I took five males at Kalamunda, in the hills behind Perth,
in February.
Family SCOLIID &.
Subfamily ANTHOBOSCINA.
ANTHOBOSCA CLYPEATA Sim.
Dimorphoptera elypeata Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 240
(1868), @.
AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. 65
Anthobosca clypeata Turn. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. xxxii.
p. 922 (1907).
This appears to be a most variable species as to colour. The
type, said by Smith to come from Champion Bay, though it is
labelled ‘Swan River,” has the second, third, and fourth dorsal
and second and third ventral segments broadly banded with
ferruginous ; specimens from the Warren River, 8.W. Australia,
are without the bands on the fourth dorsal and third ventral
segments, but are undoubtedly of the same species. In the
Australian Museum are specimens from Albany, W. A., collected
by Masters, in which the thorax is richly variegated with yellow,
and a form from Cunderdin in the West Australian Museum has
the markings on the abdomen also yellow. Not having been
able to compare these last two forms, I cannot be sure that they
belong to the same species, though the neuration agrees, both
recurrent nervures being received by the second cubital cell.
With the Warren River females in the South Australian Museum
is a male closely resembling A, crassicornis Sm., but differing in
having the abdomen black, with the two apical segments ferru-
ginous, and the antennte distinctly shorter and stouter than in
the type. The latter difference must, I think, be specific, so
that crassicornis cannot be the male of clypeata, though it must
belong to a nearly related species,
ANTHOBOSCA FASTUOSA Sm.
Dimorphoptera fastuosa Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1868,
p. 240, 2.
Anthobosca fastuosa Turn. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. xxxii.
puozl(LIOs) ore
The type from Champion Bay has the three apical segments of
the abdomen black. A specimen in Mr, Froggatt’s collection
from Southern Cross, W.A., has these segments ochraceous, so
that the abdomen is all of one colour, giving the specimen a very
strong resemblance to the female of Scolia (Trielis) flavidula Sm.
This is probably only a colour variety, though it may possibly
prove to be distinct.
Family PSAMMOCHARIDS®,
CALOPOMPILUS XANTHOCHROUS, Sp. Ni.
@. Niger; mandibulis apice, femoribus, tibus tarsisque ferru-
gineis; alis flavis, fusco bivittatis, margine apicali imsuper
infuscatis.
Long. 7-10 mm.
@. Mandibles bidentate; clypeus short, very broadly truncate
at the apex; antenne slender, second joint of the flagellum
a little longer than the third, shorter than the third and first
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1915, No. V, )
66 MR. R. E. TURNER ON
combined ; ocelli very close together, the posterior pair more
than twice as far from the eyes as from each other. Scutellum
a little longer than the length of the transverse groove at the
base, broadly subtruncate at the apex. Median segment as
long as broad, with a longitudinal suleus from the base to the
apex. Head opaque, thorax subopaque, abdomen shining ; hind
tibie feebly serrate, not spmose. Second abscissa of the radius
shorter than the third, second cubital cell narrow ; first recurrent
nervure received close to the middle of the second cubital cell,
second at one-third from the base of the third cubital cell.
Cubitus of the hind wing originating just beyond the transverse
median nervure.
Hab. Mt. Wellington, Tasmania, 2300 ft.; January to March.
Nearly allied to C. alicie Turn. from the same locality, the
colouring of the wings and the position of the cubitus of the
hind wing being the same in both species. In alicie the antenne
are much shorter and stouter, the scutellum shorter and broader,
the two basal abdominal segments more or less ferruginous,.the
third abscissa of the radius much shorter, being only about balf
as long as the second, and the hind tibiz more distinetly serrate
and slightly spinose.
From the position of the cubitus of the hind wing these two
species would, according to Ashmead’s table, fall stathoy the genus
Hemipogonius Sauss.; but this character is certainly not of
generic importance, and I am inclined to think that Ashmead’s
name Calopompilus should sink, The comb of the fore tarsi is
entirely absent in alicia and xanthochrous, though a few very
minute spines are visible with the lens. But among Australian
species many intermediate forms are to be found, and I doubt
if Calopompilus ov Hemipogonius can be clearly separated from
Cryptocheilus.
CALOPOMPILUS CONNECTENS, Sp. 71.
Q. Nigra; mandibulis, clypeo apice, antennis, articulis duobus
apicalibus exceptis, femoribus, tibiis, tarsisque ferrugineis ; alis
flavo-hyalinis, fusco-bivittatis, margine apicali insuper infuscatis.
Long. 8 min.
2. Antenne slender, the proportion of the joints as in
awanthocnrous, from which the species differs in the shorter
seutellum, the absence of a sulcus on the median segment,
the position of the first recurrent nervure, which is received
distinetly before the middle of the second cubital cell, the
shorter third abscissa of the radius, which is only equal to
the second, and the colour of the antenne, mandibles, and
clypeus.
Hab. Mt. Wellington, Tasmania, 2300 ft.; January.
The hind tibie in this species are almost smooth, the serration
being very feeble.
AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. b/
CALOPOMPILUS AUROPILOSELLUS, Sp. Nn.
Q. Nigra, aureo-sericea; mandibulis, clypeo apice, scapo
subtus, flagello basi, tegulis, ano, pedibusque ferrugineis; alis
flavis, nigro-trifasciatis.
3d. Femine similis; flagello nigro.
Rone. 2 id mnie lemma,
@. Clypeus broad and short, broadly subtruncate at the
apex; labrum slightly exposed, subtruncate at the apex.
Antenne rather short and stout; second joimt of the flagellum
about as long as the first and third combined, third a little
longer than the fourth. Kyes almost parallel on the inner
margin; ocelli in a small triangle, the posterior pair twice
as far from the eyes as from each other. Scutellum broadly
subtruncate at the apex; median segment with a deep median
sulens. Abdomen subopaque, the second ventral segment with
a distinct transverse groove near the base; pygidium broad.
The whole insect more or less densely clothed with golden
pubescence, most closely on the posterior margin of the pro-
notum, the pleure, the median segment, and the apical angles
of the dorsal segments. Hind tibiz spinose, distinctly serrate
on the outer side. Second abscissa of the radius about equal
to the third; first recurrent nervure received at two-fifths
from the base of the second cubital cell, second at three-fifths
from the base of the third cubital cell. Cubitus of the hind wing
interstitial with the transverse median nervure. The black
bands on the fore wing are broad and completely cross the
wing, the first on the basal nervure, the second from the base
of the radial cell, the third is apical; the two latter converge
towards the lower margin.
Hab. Mt. Wellington, Tasmania, 2200 ft.; January to March.
The male differs in having the flagellum wholly black, the
margins of the abdominal segments pale ferruginous; the second
joint of the flagellum a little shorter than the third.
The colour of the wings is similar to that of C. molestus Sm.,
but the antenne are shorter and stouter, the hind tibize more
distinetly serrate, the position of the recurrent nervures very
different, also the colour of the pubescence. The antenne are
not quite so stout and short as in pictipennis Sm.
CALOPOMPILUS PROTERVUS, Sp. Nn.
2. Nigra, albopubescens ; segmentis dorsalibus fascia apicali
interrupta albopilosa ; alis fuscis, cellula radiali macula apieali,
cellulaque discoidali secunda striga basali flavis; segmentis
analibus lateribus valde compressis; tibiis posticis basi albo-
maculatis.
Long. 19 mm.
@. Clypeus broadly subtruncate at the apex; the labrum
exposed, narrowly and shallowly emarginate at the apex, a loug
seta springing from each of the angles of the emargination.
HK
5
68 MR. R. E. TURNER ON
Antenne fairly stout, but not short ; second joint of the flagellum
as long as the first and third combined, the third fully half as
long again as the fourth. Eyes slightly diverging towards the
elypeus ; posterior ocelli a little further from the eyes than from
each other. Thorax subopaque, finely aciculate ; scutellum tri-
angular, very narrowly rounded at the apex. Median segment
short, opaque, with a deep median sulcus. Abdomen sub-
opaque ; first dorsal segment as broad as the second, the three
apical segments strongly compressed laterally, the dorsal surface
of the sixth segment almost linear ; second ventral segment
with a distinct, but not very strong, transverse groove neat the
base. Hind tibie spinose, the spines short; calcaria white,
black at the extreme apex. Second abscissa of the radius
distinctly longer than the third; first recurrent nervure
received at three-fifths from the base of the second cubital
cell, second at two-fifths from the base of the third cubital
cell. Cubitus of the hind wing originating just before the
transverse median nervure, almost interstitial.
Hab. Kalamunda, 8.W. Australia, April.
This ig somewhat allied to OC. lunatus Sm., but is easily
distinguished by the different proportions of the joints of the
flagellum, by the difference in the yellow marks on the fore
wings, by the more triangular scutellum, and most conspicuously
by the strongly compressed anal segments.
Family BETH YLID4.
SIEROLA LEEUWINENSIS, Sp. 0.
@. Nigra, antennis pedibusque testaceo -ferrugineis ; alis
hyalinis; venis ferrugineis, basi testaceis; capite magno,
latitudine duplo latiore.
Long. 3 mm.
9. Head very large, flat, twice as long as broad, longer than
the antenne. Eyes large, oval, separated from the posterior
margin of the head by a distance at least equal to their own
length ; ocelli situated close to the posterior margin of the head,
far behind the eyes. Head, thorax, and median segment coria-
ceous, abdomen smooth and shining; the pronotum broader than
long, a little narrowed anteriorly ; mesonotum short, with a
distinct longitudinal furrow on each side; a distinct transverse
groove at the base of the scutellum ; median segment margined
at the sides, with an obscure median carina. Fore wing with a
prostigma and a closed discoidal and radial cell as in other species
of the genus.
Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia; December.
This is distinct from the two Australian species described by
Ashmead, having a carina on the median segment and a furrow
on each side of the mesonotum.
gg
AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE.
69
1. Zaspilothynnus unipunctatus Turn. ¢. Apex of abdomen. Dorsal view.
2. bb} e ” e = 39 U by) 39 39
3. Zaspilothynnus rugicollis Turn. ¢. a 3 le
4. bb) ib) P 39 u bP] ” 33
5. Pogonothynnus fulvohirtus Turn. ¢. 5 ss x
6. 3” 33 seh) 2 2 33 39 39
7. Lophocheilus rubrocaudatus AW, go - ns
8. bb) ” 3° 2 39 Es o” 5 Se
9. Encopothynnus spinulosus Turn. g. Abdomen. Dorsal view.
10. 9 ” oy) 2 0
ee :
11. Phymatothynnus tonsorius Turn, §. Apex of abdomen. Dereal view.
12. 0 99 bb) ah - ” 39 ”
13. Phymatothynnus pygidiophorus (Nim, Bo ep au a
14. 33 39 an 33 Y 33 99 29
15. Gymnothynnus (2) mucronatus Turn. Gis 3s oe Fo
=
16. +b) 3” me 3° 2 WO tL) 33 33
17. Campylothynnus lundye Turn. ¢. a 3 .
18. 33 33 3) 2 Y thT 29 ”
ah ae haat ry 4 ee,
oa fit +, ct wh seen aa!
i ueeg i aan Spihes pias pines
i ; c at
‘ ; ee an ;
Nes Ly Sa men Aes s Roe en ae
ata Prati! , ny seis Neves! nee ve mornin a 5 a
Taleo. Wek Ain, Perens A
Au ie HLS :
Patel hy Cs ete
SE om. at res ie
i M, 7 goth Bk ve en ts Bp opel a , . ‘
gi esencs Pai NS ho bans pe
Ae ah oe ees tapes
ae
ny a BLO ee eg Ye ea ean: ;
yas ry 7 } de esa Pay
ie ce j een try fy rye gem ta eS bh ie ety
22 seen hae NA Kev SL ae
ip
Li) Oar Ea
u ee a esi,
as ; i ; ye ’ ; tid rates ie HS ae
ath} ) ey , “ : : I ‘
yk | a dt
wea.
ae aa
fe; SS aa
hk te ee
son, itd imp
els
e & Dani
Bal
EI
er
OLED
aaa
nner
Sie
ses
LIMNOCNIDA RHODESIAE, x about 8.
=
=
A,
.
eal
Oo
ZA
a
‘S)
O
aa
of
fa)
|
O
(Za
4
<
re}
o
wn)
N
ay
del.
’
rere: nthe
Arnold
‘es
~T
=
ON AN AFRICAN MEDUSA.
5. On a Freshwater Medusa from the Limpopo River
System, with a Note on a Parasitic Infusorian. By
G. Arnotp, M.S8c., A.R.C.S., Curator of the Rhodesia
Museum, Balayay ir dui Ore ere een ies M.A.,
D.Sc., F.Z.8., Zoological Department, The Univer ns
of Birmingham.
[ Received December 1, 1914; Read March 9, 1915. ]
(Plate I.* and Text-figures 1 & 2.)
INDEX.
Page
Anatomy of Limnocwida rhodesia@ 0... ..0:cscssersesiseeterenserseee 18
Trichodina parasitic on Limnocnida spp. oc. cccece cove eeee cence 75
Limpopo kh. system, occurrence of Limnocnida rhodesia ...... 71
The meduse which form the subject of this communication
were obtained by one of the authors during January 1913 in
the Norquane River, a minor tributary flowing through the
Inziza and Umzingwane Rivers to the Limpopo. They were
identified as belonging to the genus Limnocnida, and the new
fact in the. distribution of this form was recorded in a letter to
‘Nature’ in April of the same year (17).
A number of specimens were sent to England, and proved to
belong to the same species, Limnocinida odesice Boulenger, as
those collected during 1908 by Mr. R. H. Thomas in the
Hunyani River, a southern tributary of the Middle Zambesi.
Limnocnida phodesice was described in 1912 (14) from some-
what scanty and poorly preserved material, so that, in addition
to their interest from the zoo-geographical point of view. the
Norquane River specimens afford an opportunity of adding to
our knowledge of this species.
Species of the genus Limnocnida have now been recorded from
the five principal river-systems of Africa, as well as from India.
The type species, L. tanganice, discovered by Bohm (1) in Lake
Tanganyika in 1883 and described by Giinther ten years Jater
(2, 3), has been found to occur also in the Victoria Nyanza (6-8)
as well as in the River Niger (9,10). JZ. rhodesiw is now known
to inhabit Rhodesia both in the Zambesi and Limpopo river-
systems ; and the Indian species has been described under the
name of L. indica (15) from tributaries of the Kistna River in
the Satara district of the Bombay Presidency.
The Norquane River is situated in the Bembesi district of
Southern Rhodesia, about 30 miles W.N.W. of Bulawayo. This
stream usually contains water throughout the year, but the
visible fiow is interrupted during the “dry season by sandy bars,
whereby the course is broken up into a succession of pools.
* Por explanation of the Plate see p. 76.
12 MR. G. ARNOLD AND DR. C. L. BOULENGER ON
About a mile above its junction with another small stream, the
Nongqua or Noonka, the Norquane River is broken by a large
granite bar which during the rains forms a small waterfall. No
jellyfishes were seen above this bar, but down to the junction
of the two streams all the pools contained them. The vegetation
of the latter consists of water-lilies and Potamogetons together
with a submerged plant (not identified) which forms thick carpets
on the bottom. The remainder of the fauna comprises the
usual aquatic insect larvee, freshwater crabs, mussels, and two
small species of fish.
The jelly-fish in the living state vary in size from about
6-16 mm. in diameter, the depth of the umbrella varying corres-
pondingly from 3-6°5mm. when in the uncontracted condition.
They are very transparent; the tentacles are, however, of a milky
white colour and more opaque, whilst the umbrella-edge and the
base of the manubrium are of a pale yellowish- omhiie and also
slightly opaque. When, therefore, the animal is viewed from
above, at a distance of two feet or so, only a central patch
is seen separated by a transparent area from an external
opaque ring.
The meduse move fairly rapidly, at 5 rate of 12-14 inches
per minute; the tentacles usually take part in the wave of con-
traction whereby locomotion is effected, but are sometimes kept
extended during the whole phase. The manubrium, or stomach,
appears to aid in locomotion, being emptied and refilled with
water at each contraction.
The deeper and larger pools contained far greater numbers of
these creatures than the shallow ones: this is no doubt largely
due to the difference in temperature between these bodies of
water, the temperature being of course higher in the smaller and
shallower pools. Careful observation made it clear that the jelly-
fish prefer the cooler waters. This was especially seen in the fact
that during the hotter hours of the day, 7. e. from about 11 A.M.
to 4 p.M., very few meduse were to be seen near the surface; they
remained at a level of about two feet below the same, where the
water was appreciably cooler. In the early morning and in the
evening they were as plentiful at the surface as at deeper levels.
It was noticed that the fish in the stream did not attempt to
feed on the medusee—indeed, some of the smaller fish were seen
to swim out of the way of an advancing medusa; it is probable,
therefore, that their stinging powers render them unpalatable.
Although carefully sought for, no traces of a hydroid stage
were found. .
Plate 1, shows the appearance of the living animal; after
fixation the natural shape of the medusa is not easily appreciated,
preserved specimens presenting the flattened umbrella and widely
open mouth so generally associated with the genus Limnocnida.
The specimens received in England had been fixed with various
reagents, chiefly corrosive sublimate and osmic acid: all, unfor-
tunately, had the umbrella-edge, the tentacles, and the manubrium
AN AFRICAN MEDUSA. is
much contracted, so that the largest specimens measured no more
than 6°5 mm. in diameter, exclusive of the tentacles.
Umbrella.—tIn all the preserved specimens from the Norquane
River, the umbrella is disk-shaped and considerably flattened at
the top; itis about 34 times as broad as high.
Manubrium and Mouth—The manubrium is also much con-
tracted in all the individuals, and the mouth appears as a wide
circular aperture. Observations on the living animal showed,
however, that the mouth could be completely closed. In this
connection it will be recalled that one of the Zambesi specimens
of L. rhodesie was described as possessing an almost conical
manubrium and a nearly completely closed mouth. Gravely and
Agharkar (16) have shown that ZL. indica is also capable of
closing the mouth, small specimens doing so more frequently
than large ones.
Gonads.—The gonads are poorly developed in all the indi-
viduals ; so far as could be ascertained the majority belong to
the male sex. The Norquane specimens were collected about the
same time of the year as the originally described specimens of
L. rhodesie ; these also had the gonads poorly developed except
in One instance, where a fairly well-formed ovary occurred.
Text-figure 1.
Longitudinal horizontal section through part of the nettle-ring of Limnocnida
rhodesie, X about 150.
e.c., circular canal; end., endoderm; 7.r., nettle-ring; Tr., parasitic
Trichodina.
Tentacles.—In structure and arrangement the tentacles are
precisely similar to those of the Zambesi specimens. The number
of these organs varied in the different individuals from about 85
to 110; owing to the state of contraction of the umbrella-edge
they appear very closely crowded together, and are therefore
somewhat difficult to count with any accuracy. As in the other
Species the tentacles are arranged in series, according to size—
the perradial, interradial, and adradial being the largest. The
larger tentacles have long narrow bases attached to the exumbrella
surface of the bell and devoid of nematocyst batteries; the
smaller ones are more cylindrical in shape and are only attached
74. MR. G. ARNOLD AND DR. C. L. BOULENGER ON
to the umbrella for a short distance. The nematocysts are similar
to those of L. tanganice.
Nettle-Ring.—As in the type specimens of ZL. rhodesice, the
nettle-ring is comparatively narrow and thickened and folded
round the bases of the tentacles in such a-way as to form
structures resembling the tentacle-bulbs which occur in so many
craspedote medusxe. These “tentacle-bulbs” are particularly
conspicuous in the specimens from the Norquane River: this is
probably due, in part, to the great contraction of the umbrella-
margin, which is thus thrown into folds.
As the structure of the nettle-ring and other organs of the
umbrella-edge forms the chief distinguishing character between
L. rhodesie and L. tanganice, it seemed important to ascertain by
means of sections whether the peculiar appearance of the tentacle-
bases in the former species is due entirely to this folding of the
nettle-ring whilst the medusa is in a contracted condition. A
series of sections was cut in a longitudinal horizontal direction
through the umbrella-margin, and such sections show quite clearly
that, although the nettle-ring is a continuous structure, it is con-
siderably thickened at the base of each tentacle, these thickenings
forming the characteristic basal swellings which resemble the
tentacle-bulbs of other meduse.
In its histological structure the nettle-ring of Z. rhodesie is
precisely similar to that of Z. tanganice as described by one of
the authors in a previous communication (12).
Text-figure 2.
Seuse-organs of Limnocenida rhodesie (A) and L. tanganice (B) viewed
under the same magnification. XX 170.
Sense-Organs.—The sense-organs are only slightly less numerous
than the tentacles: for instance, in the case of an individual with
96 tentacles, 84 of these organs were counted. This is due to
the very definite relation between the arrangement of the sense-
organs and that of the tentacles in this species: a pair of the
former being situated at the base of each of the larger tentacles
near the velar margin of the nettle-ring, whilst a single sense-
organ occurs in a sunilar position at the base of each of the other
tentacles with the exception of the smallest, which are without
these organs.
In the description of the Hunyani River specimens of ZL. rho-
desiw (14), mention was made of the fact that the sense-organs
AN AFRICAN MEDUSA. 75
of this species appeared to be somewhat larger than those of
L. tanganice. This statement is correct also with regard to the
specimens from the Norquane River. A number of the sense-
organs from different individuals of ZL. rhodesiw were measured
with care, and the average diameter found to be 135 w; exami-
nation of preparations of LZ. tanganice showed the diameter of
the sense-organs of this species to average 70 x and not to
exceed 90 yx (at least in the few specimens at our disposal). The
latter measurements were taken from some medusze collected by
Dr. Cunnington in Lake Tanganyika in 1905.
There seems to be no definite statement as to the size of the
sense-organs in any of the numerous descriptions of the Tangan-
yika medusa. Giinther (3), however, figures two of these organs
x 1000, which by calculation gives the diameter as 60 p, this
agrees fairly well with the measurements given above.
Parasitic Infusorians.—A nnandale (15) recorded the occurrence
of numerous examples of 7’richodina pediculus Khrenberg on the
manubrium of specimens of L. indica.
A peritrichous infusorian belonging to the same genus was
found in great abundance on many of the specimens of L. rhodesicee
from the Norquane River, occurring not only on the manubrium
but also on the velum, the tentacles, and the surface of the
umbrella, sometimes in such numbers as to give the whole medusa
a spotted appearance when viewed under a lens or a low power of
the microscope. Sections of a medusa showed a number of these
infusorians inside the circular canal which runs peripherally along
the umbrella-margin; they showed no signs of having been acted
on by digestive juices, and were as well preserved and stained in
the same way as those occurring on the umbrella surface: this
suggests that 77ichodina is able to lead an endoparasitic existence
within the gastrovascular system of the meduse.
The occurrence of Z’richodina on both the Indian and Rhodesian
species of Limnocnida led us to examine some preparations of
LL. tanganice. These revealed the fact that this species also is
infested with this infusorian, which in warmer countries therefore
turns out to be a fairly constant associate of freshwater jellyfish,
and must play much the same réle with regard to these organisms
as it does in the case of the species of Hydra in this country.
Bibliography.
1. Marrens, E. von, and Boum, R.—‘‘ Ueber eine Qualle im
Tanganyika See, mit Bemerkungen.” Sitzgsb. naturf. Fr.
Berlin, 1885, p. 179.
2. Gtnruer, R. 'T.—‘ Preliminary Account of the Fresh-water
Medusa of Lake Tanganyika.” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
ser. 6, vol. xi, 1893p. 269:
3. . “A farther Contribution to the Anatomy of Limno-
enida tanganyice.’ Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xxxvi.
1894, p. 271.
76
10.
Ad:
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
TR
ON AN AFRICAN MEDUSA.
GuERNE, J. DE.—“‘ A propos d’une Méduse observée par le
Dr. Tautain dans le Niger 4 Bamakou (Soudan frangais).”
Bull. Soe. Zool. de France, vol. xvii. 1893, p. 225. Trans-
lation in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xiv. 1894, p. 29.
Moors, J. E. 8. 2ST AS Tanganyika Problem. London, 1903,
p. 298.
Lankesrer, E. R.—‘‘ Exhibition of Specimens of Medusee
from the Victoria Nyanza.” Proc. Zool. Soe. 1908, ii,
p. 340.
GraviER, C.—“ Sur la Méduse du Victoria Nyanza et faune
des grands lacs africains.” Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris,
vol. ix. 1903, p. 347.
. “Sur la Méduse du Victoria Nyanza.” CR. Acad.
Sci. Paris, vol. exxxvil. 1903, p. 867.
Browne, E. T.—-“ On the Freshwater Medusa, Limnocnida
tanganice, and its Occurrence in the River Niger.” Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xvii. 1906, p. 304.
—. ‘On the Freshwater Medusa, Limnocnida tanganice.
discovered in the River Niger by the late J. S. Budgett.”
The Work of John Samuel Budgett, Cambridge, 1907,
p. 471.
Gtnrner, R. T.—“ Zoological Results of the Third Tanga-
nyika Expedition, conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington,
1904-5: Report on Limnocnida tanganiee, with a Note
on the Sub-species from the Victoria Nyanza.” Proc.
Zool. Soe. London, 1907, p. 643.
Boutencer, C. L.—*On some Points in the Anatomy and
Bud-Formation of Zimnocnida tanganice.” Quart. Journ.
Mier. Sei. vol. lvii. 1911, p. 83.
ANNANDALE, N.—‘“ The Occurrence of a Freshwater Medusa
(Limnocnida) in Indian Streams.” Nature, vol. Ixxxvii.
1911, p. 144.
Boutencer, C. L.—‘*On a Freshwater Medusa from Rho-
desia.” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. lvia. 1912, p. 427.
ANNANDALE, N.—‘ Preliminary Description of a Freshwater
Medusa from the Bombay Presidency.” Ree. Indian Mus.
vol. vii. 1912, p. 253.
GravELy, F. H., and AqgHarxkar, 8. P.—“ Notes on the
Habits and Distribution of Zimnoenida indica Annan-
dale.” Ree. Indian Mus. vol. vii. 1912, p. 399.
AnnoubD, G.—‘“‘ Jellyfish of the Norquane River.” Nature,
wolwaxci.) 1OMS.jos Me
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE.
Limnocnida rhodesie. Specimen trom the Norquane River, Southern
Rhodesia. X about 8
P.Z.S. 1915. Haddon. Pl. I.
K. Haddon. del. University Press Cambridge.
STRUCTURE OF LAMPYRIS NOCTILUCA.
ON THE LARVA OF THE GLOW-WORM,
“I
“I
On the Methods of Feeding and the Mouth-parts of the
Larva of the Glow-worm (Lampyris noctiluca). By
Karaneen Happon, Zoological Laboratory, Cam-
bridge *
[Received June 26, 1914: Read February 23, 1915.)
(Plate ot)
Inprx. Page
Ethology Pr Er Ah PE an REGRET nen AeD
SHUG HUMAN sama macserceei enema wenennaheatenadac wabwol io
In many insects of widely separated groups digestion takes
place partly outside the body, digestive fluids being exuded from
the mouth upon or into the food, which is then sucked up in a
liquid form. The mouth-parts are in some cases specially formed
in connection with this habit, while in other cases there appear to
be no peculiar modifications.
One type of modification seen in a few forms is that in which
the mandibles are either grooved or pierced by a fine tube, and
in which the groove or “tube is the channel of egress for the
digestive fluid, although there seems to be no Gleait evidence of
this, except perhaps in the vase of the Dytiscid larvee: such modi-
fication is apparently found only in insects which feed chiefly
or entirely upon the juices of their prey.
The glow-worm larva is one of those forms in which the man-
dibles are pierced by a fine tube, and as it feeds upon snails and
slugs and leaves no residue, excepting the slime of its prey,
Mr. F. Balfour-Browne su oeested that I should study the mouth-
parts to ascertain whether the food was eaten or sucked up.
A certain amount of spirit-material was available for dissection,
but we were fortunate in obtaining a number of nearly full-grown
living specimens at Wicken Fen in May.
Specimens required for section-cutting were first softened for
about forty-eight hours in Perenyi’s fluid, dehydrated, cleared in
cedar-wood Bil; and embedded in pai vatin i in the usual’ way. The
sections were cut 8m thick and stained on the slide, first with
eosin in ninety per cent. alcohol, then with picro-nigrosin in
water.
Keternal Features and Habits.
The larvee were kept in an inverted bell-jar nearly filled with
moist earth, and supplied with some moss. They were caught on
May 14th, and for about a week were fairly active and ready to
eat; but subsequently they became torpid, refused their food, and
finally began to pupate—by June Ist all had pupated.
* Communicated by Frank Batrour-Brownn, M.A. (Oxon. et Cantab.),
F.R.S.1., ¥.Z.S.
+ For explanation of the Plate see p. 82.
78 MISS K. HADDON ON TITE
The habits of these larvee have already been described by
Newport * and later writers, but their accounts do not entirely
agree. Newport describes the bite of the larva as causing great
pain to the snails on which they feed; whereas Fabrevy, in a
popular article on the subject, says that the snail is aneesthetised
by the bite. It may be of interest, therefore, to record my own
observations, which were carried out with a Zeiss binocular, the
larvee being placed with some moss in a shallow glass dish and
suppled with small snails,
The larvee crawl about, feeling their way with their maxillary
palps, which are kept constantly in motion, the head being fully
extended, so that the whole of it protrudes beyond the prothorax ;
whereas when the animal is at rest only the mouth-parts are
visible. The snail apparently is found quite by chance, and if
hungry the larva at once fastens on its prey. ‘The mandibles are
worked laterally, and bending its head down it cuts its way into
the snail, which promptly withdraws into its shell, the larva
following. If left undisturbed the larva feeds continuously, and
is frequently joined by others, until the snail is finished; but if
it is pulled off at once, the snail pursues its way apparently un-
injured. Wishing to see more clearly the method of procedure,
I supplied small slugs as food instead of snails, so that there could
be no retreat into a shell. The larva bit the slug on the visceral
hump, but apparently could not get a sufficient hold, as the slug
with a twist of its body slipped away leaving a mass of mucus over
the head of its enemy. The larva at once desisted from its attack
and tried to free itself from the slime by working its jaws and
rubbing them with its front legs. These methods failing, it
curled up and cleaned itself with the adhesive organs in the
terminal portion of its abdomen, repeating the process long after
there were any signs of slime on the head, probably to cleanse the
hairy bases of the mouth-parts.
In the next attempt to feed the larve with slugs the attack was
more fortunate, the larva striking right into the pulmonary cavity
of its victim; but either the food was not to its taste or else it
was not hungry, as it shortly let go, and the slug, which had
previously been lethargic, glided off apparently undisturbed.
These observations show that—in these cases, at any rate —
there was no aneesthetising.
When feeding, the larve keep their jaws constantly moving,
and thus their mouth is bathed in the juices from the snail.
Newport { also observed some dark-coloured liquid, which flowed
from the mouth of the larva at the time of its attack and appar-
ently acted as a poison, for the snail was much more affected by
the bite of a larva than by a mechanical injury, such as piercing
with a needle. He apparently failed to notice that the mandibles
* G. Newport, “On the Natural History of the Glow-worm,” Journal of the
Proc. of the Linnean Society, Zoology, vol. i. 1857, p. 40.
7 Fabre, “‘ The Glow-worm,”’ Century Magazine, November 1913.
{ Loe. cit. p. 58.
LARVA OF THE GLOW-WORM. 79
of the larve are pierced by canals which communicate with the
mouth, a fact described by Meinert* some time later. This
observer suggested that the juices of the snail were sucked up
through these tubes, the thick hairs which surround the mouth
acting as a kind of absorbing sponge. More recently R. Vogel t
has described these tubular mandibles, and he further asserts that
he bas seen the dark-coloured liquid mentioned by Newport
flowing from them. As no salivary glands are to be found in
this animal, he believes that the secretion originates in the mid-
gut, as is said to be the case with the larva of Dytiscus and in
Carabus.
Mouth-parts.
As stated above, the head of the Zampyris larva can be re-
tracted within the prothorax, and in this position only the tips
of the mouth-parts are visible. As the preserved specimens are
usually in this position, the dorsal portion of the prothorax has
to be cut away to expose the head (PI. I. fig. 1). Only the man-
dibles are strongly chitinised; the first and second maxille are
fleshy, their basal parts being distinguishable only by the sclerites
(figs. 4&5). The labrum and hypopharynx are strengthened by
chitin and covered with hairs.
Mandibles.
The mandibles (figs. 2, 3) are strong and much curved, and
except at the distal end are covered with small hairs. There
is a secondary tooth (¢.) on the inner margin, which is sharply
pointed on the right mandible and as a rule stouter and blunt on
the left ; in some cases, however, the left resembles the right.
The base of each mandible on the dorsal side is occupied by a
thick brush of hairs, pointing towards the tip of the mandible.
Along the inner edge, between the secondary tooth and the basal
brush, there are longer and stiffer hairs than over the rest of the
surface.
Along the outer border, and near the base, is a condyle (c.) for
articulation with the labrum. Just inside this on the dorsal side
is the posterior opening (p.op.) of the canal which pierces the
mandibles; the anterior opening (a.op.) of this canal is on the
outer margin of the mandible slightly to the side of the apex.
Directly in front of the condyle is a group of short stout bristles.
Masxillee and Labium.
These appendages (figs. 4 & 5) are fused posteriorly into a
fleshy pad, and it is only ventrally that their component parts
can be distinguished by means of the sclerites. Distally, how-
ever, the various parts of the appendages may easily be identified.
* HW. Meinert, “Gjennemborede Kindbakke hos Lampyris og Dribus-Laverne,”
Ent. Tidskritt, vii. 1886.
+ R. Vogel, “ Beitrage zur Anatomie und Biologie der Larve von Lampyris
noctiluca,” Zool, Anz. xxxix, 1912, p. 518,
80 MISS K. HADDON ON THE
The maxille have on their ventral aspect a small square plate
(cd.) representing the cardo, and a larger more elongated stipes
(st.), which bears a few long bristles and some short flattened hairs.
Externally is a stout four-jointed palp (mx.p.) with a few hairs,
and internally a two-jointed palp-like galea (ga.) and a flat
lacinia (Ja.), both covered profusely with hairs, the inner margin
of the lacinia bearing a row of stiff bristles. Dorsally, the
maxille have much the same appearance, except that the cardo is
not represented and the stipes is small. At the base of the palp
along the external border is a tuft of hairs pointing forward, as
do all the hairs on these mouth-parts. Posterior to the tuft are
a few more of the short flattened hairs, which are similar to those
described by Packard * as taste-hairs.
The ventral view of the labium shows the transversely placed
submentum (sm.) tapering from each end towards the middle.
The mentum (md.) is in the shape of an elongated triangle, the
apex being anterior; it bears a few bristles and some short
flattened hairs. Distally, there is a pair of short, fat, three-
jointed palps (da.p.), with a few hairs.
Dorsally, there is a clump of hairs at the base of the palps, and
another larger one more posteriorly.
Labrum.
The shape of the upper lip (fig. 6) is roughly trapezoidal, the
anterior margin being the longest, and slightly indented in the
middle. Posteriorly there is a deep bay, formed of a fork of
chitin (¢,f) which protrudes beyond the rest of the labrum ; the
handle, as it were, of the fork forms the main support, or
mid-rib (mr.), of the labrum, and bears two wing-lke lateral
expansions which keep the whole rigid.
Dorsally the surface is slightly rounded, but on the underside
there is a mid-ventral ridge formed by the junction of the two
sides, which slope steeply down towards it. There is on each
antero-lateral corner a socket which receives the condyles on the
mandible.
The whole of the ventral surface of the labrum is covered with
numerous rows of tiny hairs, all of which point forwards. The
rows themselves are arranged across the labrum, but slope forward
from the sides towards the mid-ventral ridge. The anterior
margin is beset with stiff bristles which bend slightly towards
the middle. ;
The Hypopharyna.
The tongue, or hypopharynx (fig. 7), is in the shape of a tri-
angle with the base bulged out; the apex is directed forwards,
while at each end of the base is a chitinous knob (aré.) articulating
with a strut from the side of the head. With the exception of
these knobs the hypopharynx is completely covered with hairs
pointing forwards, as usual.
* A.S. Packard, ‘Textbook of Entomology,’ 1898, p. 282.
LARVA OF THE GLOW-WORM. 81
Viewed from the side, this organ is slightly curved upwards
at the tip, and ventrally the surface is entire. On the dorsal
side, however, there is a distinct groove (g7.) which fits the cor-
responding ridge on the labrum; the edge of the groove is
strengthened by a thicker band of hairs. The hairs at the apex
of the hypopharynx are longer than the others, and are frequently
forked.
Interrelations of Mouth-parts.
The arrangement of the mouth-parts is such that it prevents
any solid matter from entering the gullet. This is effected by the
enormous number of hairs that surround the mouth, all pointing
outwards, so that although the mouth is always open it is
impossible for any solid particles to enter.
A comparison might be made here between this larva and the
larva of Dytiscws, which also sucks the juices of its prey. The
Dytiscus larva has its mandibles tubular, but the mouth can be
closed by an apparatus which has been described as a ‘‘ mouth
lock,” which automatically closes up the aperture when the man-
dibles shut. The larva pierces its prey with its mandibles, closes
them, and proceeds to suck the juices through the mandible-tubes
by means of the pharyngeal pump. When the mandibles open it
can swallow small particles in the ordinary way ™*.
The Pharynax.
The floor and sides of the anterior end of the pharynx are
strongly chitinised (fig. 8, ph.), and the tongue is a direct con-
tinuation of the floor. The sides at this point receive an
additional support from the chitinous fork which protrudes from
the posterior end of the labrum (fig. 6, ¢,f.). More posteriorly, the
chitinous fork ends and the sides and floor of the pharynx become
membranous, the chitin tapering down to a narrow ventral strip.
The roof of the pharynx up to this point is also membranous, but
here it turns sharply upwards and forms a small vertical chitinous
plate (figs. 1 & 8, ¢.p.), from which muscles (fig. 8, d.m.) run to the
dorsal integument of the head. From the apex of this plate
another larger one slopes downwards (fig. 8, c.p.'), and runs into
the dorsal surface of the esophagus. ‘T'wo strong bands of muscle
(figs. 1 & 8, p.m.) are attached to the posterior surface of this plate,
and run to the back of the larva’s head; while from its edges
bands of muscle (fig. 8, 7m.) run down on either side of the
pharynx and are attached to the posterior end of the plate forming
its floor. This plate is perforated by two pairs of small holes, the
function of which I cannot ascertain at present.
This apparatus evidently forms a suction-pump, and is worked
by contraction of the muscles attached to the two dorsal plates,
which raises them and makes a vacuum into which the liquid
food flows, while contraction of the lateral descending muscles
* TL. C. Miall, ‘The Natural History of Aquatic Insects,’ 1912, p. 44.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1915, No. VI. 6
82 ON THE LARVA OF THE GLOW-WORM.
lowers the roof again. A similar contrivance is found in some
groups of Hemiptera *, only in them there are no ventral muscles,
the roof falling back into its place by the natural elasticity of the
pharynx.
The method of feeding of this larva is obviously different from
that of the Dytiscus larva, for it has no means of shutting its
mouth, and hence cannot suck through the mandible-tubes only.
The mouth, although guarded by an immense number of out-
wardly directed bristles, has sufficient aperture to allow of the
passage of a fine hair; this, if placed on the tip of the hypo-
pharynx and pushed gently along, runs down into the pharynx.
On the other hand, a hair pushed down the mandible-tube bends
forwards and curves out again at the mouth; this is difficult to
understand unless it is due to the forwardly directed hairs that
lie on the base of the mandible. A stiffer bristle might overeome
this resistance, but I could not insert one into the tube; it is
probable that liquid, such as would be sucked up through the
mandible, would trickle through the hairs and be drawn into the
pharynx by the action of the suction-pump.
It is clear, at any rate, that no large particles of food can find
their way through the mass of hairs that surround the mouth ;
they are are all strained off and removed later by the terminal
adhesive organs. It is probably the difficulty of extracting these
particles that causes the larva to continue to cleanse itself long
after the apparent need for it is over.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE.
Lettering.
a.c., articulation for condyle of mandible; ant., antenna; a.op., anterior opening of
canal through mandible; a7¢t., articulation of hypopharynx; 67., brush of hairs on
mandible; ¢., condyle of mandible; cd., cardo; c.f, chitinous fork ; e~p., chitious
plate of pharynx ; c.p.’, posterior chitinous plate; d.m., dorsal pharyngeal muscle ;
ga., galea; gv., groove of hypopharynx; hyp., hypopharynx; J7a., lacinia;
lbr., labrum ; la.p., labial palp; Z.m., lateral pharyngeal muscle; md., mandible;
mr., mid-rib of labrum; mé., mentum; me.p., maxillary palp; cs., cesophagus;
op., opening into gullet; ph., chitinous floor of pharynx; p.m., posterior pharyngeal
muscle ; p.op., posterior opening of canal through mandible; pth., prothorax
sm., Submentum ; s¢., stipes; ¢., tooth on mandible.
The figures, with exception of fig. 8, were all drawn with a camera lucida.
Fig. 1. Dorsal view of the head of a larva (x 16). The prothorax has been cut
away to expose it, and the dorsal integument removed.
2. Dorsal view of right mandible. (X 30.)
3. Dorsal view of left mandible. (x 80.)
4, Dorsal view of first maxille and labium (xX 30). (Note asymmetrical
sclerites.)
5. Ventral view of first maxille and labium. (X 30.)
6. Ventral view of labrum. (XX 30.)
7. Dorsal view of hypopharynx. (X 80.)
8. Diagram of the pharyngeal pump.
* K. Muir and J.C. Kershaw, ‘On the Homologies of the Mouth-parts of
Hemiptera,’ Psyche, vol. xviii. no. 1, 1911, p. 5.
ON A COLUBRID WITH VERTICALLY MOVABLE MAXILLA, 83
7. Ona Colubrid Snake (Yenodon) with a vertically moyable
Maxillary Bone. By E.G. Boutzencer, F.Z.8., Curator
of Reptiles.
[Received November 10, 1914: Read February 9, 1915. |
(Text-figure 1.)
INDEX.
Page
Structure or Morphology. Maxillary bone in Snakes... 83
Physiology. Importance of physiological action of the
venoms of Snakes on classification ..........0006c cee cee eee eee 83
ZKtiology. Evolution of the maxillary bones in Snakes... 85
In Vipers the maxillary bones, to which the poison-fangs are
firmly attached, are movably articulated to the prefrontals and
ectopterygoids, the poison-fangs being, when at rest, folded
against the roof of the mouth and becoming erected, or even
thrust forward, when the animal is about to strike. This ver-
tical mobility of the maxillary bone, which gives these snakes
such a mechanical advantage when they are about to strike, has
always been regarded as essentially characteristic of the members
of the family Viperide. The Society recently received from
Mr. W. A. Smithers, C.M.Z.S.,a generous donor to its collection,
a specimen of Xenodon merremi, an aglyphodont colubrid in-
habiting Brazil and Paraguay, which is characterized by an
extremely short maxillary with only six or seven teeth, followed
after an interspace by a pair of strongly enlarged but likewise
solid, ungrooved fangs. On taking the snake from the box in
which it was packed and catching hold of it behind the head,
I was most surprised to see the creature, on opening its mouth
in an attempt to bite, erect and depress its fangs in a thoroughly
Viperine manner. Further observations showed that the mobility
of its maxilla was so great that the fangs could be not merely
erected, but thrust forward and sideways, revealing the fact that
the mechanism in this snake is more perfect than in a large
number of Vipers of similar size.
This discovery of a solid toothed Colubrid with a vertically
movable maxilla is of special interest, as I think it goes a long
way towards settling the problem, so often discussed, of the
derivation of the Viperine maxillary bone. The Viperide were
formerly believed to have sprung from the Proteroglyph Colu-
brids. In the Catalogue of the British Museum, published in
1893, my father, G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., expressed the opinion
that the poison apparatus of the Vipers was in all probability
derived from the Opisthoglyphs. Later, in a paper published in
the Proceedings of this Society, he pointed out that, from the
Aglyphodont forms in which the teeth increase in size posteriorly,
we are gradually led to the Opisthoglyphs, which can be differ-
entiated only by the presence of more or less deep grooves on the
6*
84 MR. E. G. BOULENGER ON A
posterior fang-like teeth, the series culminating in such forms as
show the maxillary bone much abbreviated, the solid teeth re-
duced to two or three only, and the fangs extremely large and
grooved. The latest contribution to the subject is one by
Mr. John Hewitt *, who attempts to show that the Viperide are
not of Opisthoglyph ancestry, but are more closely related to the
Proteroglyphs. ‘The most important arguments he uses to estab-
lish his point are that, in the first place, in the Opisthoglyphs the
Text-figure 1.
Maxillary (ma.) of Xenodon merremi at rest (A), and erected (B).
ept., ectopterygoid ; orb., orbit; prf., prefrontal; ptf., postfrontal.
fang-bearing portion ot the maxilla is situated far behind the
prefrontal, and consequently that as there appears to be no
tendency amongst Opisthoglyphs for a forward movement of the
fang-bearing portion, it is difficult to conceive how the evolution
of the Viperine character commenced; secondly, that in the
Proteroglyphs the fang-bearing portion of the maxilla is some-
* Ann. Transvaal Mus. ui. 1911.
COLUBRID WITH VERTICALLY MOVABLE MAXILLA. 85
what enlarged, often in a vertical direction, showing a resemblance
to the state of things found in Causus.
The first argument is easily disposed of, as in a number of
Opisthoglyphs the fangs are situated just below the prefrontal
(Miodon, Polemon, Brachyophis). Now in Xenodon the portion
of maxilla bearing the fang-like teeth will be found to be much
enlarged, and in a more or less vertical direction, and it only
remains for the last two teeth to be furnished with grooves to
transtorm Yenodon into an Opisthoglyph with the fangs situated
below the prefrontal. Further, we have only to compare the
maxilla of Yenodon with that of the least specialized of the
Vipers, Causus, to see that merely a slight tilting up of the
maxilla of the former snake, with the loss of the few front
teeth anda very slight modification of the bone, is needed to
bring about a condition similar both in structure and mechanism
to that of Vipers. Thus Yenodon with its vertically movable
maxille enables us to trace the probable evolution of this bone,
and the old view, recently revived, that Vipers are descended
from Proteroglyphs must, in my opinion, be abandoned.
Mr. Hewitt in his papers states that the various experiments
on snake-venom seem to show that there is more in common
between the Proteroglyphs and the Vipers, than between the
Opisthoglyphs and either of the other divisions. That this is so
in the majority of cases has been demonstrated by Phisalix. It
should be borne in mind, however, that, as has recently been
shown by Fitzsimons, the poison of the most highly venomous
Opisthoglyph, Dispholidus typus, in its physiological action is
particularly characteristic of that of the South American Vipers
of the genus Lachesis. The physiological action of the venoms
ean, therefore, have little importance in the settlement of the
broader problem of the classification of Snakes from the pomt of
view of descent.
te adds ae OO
a eh,
= a or ie
A a
nee) wey tae, Fy! n
a a (AM ody an % Reon aly Oy
dete nie in a ie tee SY wel a i
D
” bare Vu
4) wiAY
iit ee
Wha: rary r ‘+ bayit eae vet’ ae rn a irl Paes “
Hyu.l i hy Auaeh K ay Pa te a als sf eae) ; re Yerdeh doe
RAP pimp na Vie egal paca Ney wen Trem wih
Ole Wy tai ales Ceient ARR 1 aed. ibs Wilt Pe
ade ty li MOTD. Diya wo toe, Tani) ewan /
7 dune dt hae GY By panel oie ot) a APB tate yx) ue woe
ea th Yorlioge? el. anew? PEP Tes sheslieiifwuig s fabal owe oe hee
; % etl Pil bind Wir ev hip ely We A ened halter by lives a eee
he , witweny Vihwilie an ae dnbwues ta atl! ae enw iy
rn i, poate se le “Sui. eA hee attic i us Aided ie: ‘ed Al Aly Noise ait
D 7 a PObiiviokeal, ner “oar dealt Lc es iekewt: veel? The walt
an ‘ P ? A
’ a ra 7 A bay ali bo port rr jhe a) Ge Pei) t aN a Y wp abi ¥
7 yeyh ott iniyy oi OTe a? mk ‘erent ata) tot Or gat Vane ‘ot a
, Heine ay Aiwa at oe shy 4 wt oy sy? “fe we (igeags ees
i. ;
mY, a ewe) opt WE P lh tela ait eluatetart eit M
“ eae? iM? dial! rivedal aety savbbe. wlh} Wa) ia iit fate a(Lpehy
tf fj : s
ie rt ‘ eit aai | i LLL piwey Gil ane Wr 2 ‘un ee ‘
a wel. Gio eal ayia hal) biier Be dad ol ah
ee. epodeni” vita edi @ht Fo @obedet MIL) “aii aie *
: a ae yubeiys | Latibobtoly ‘soy in 6 wedi Hig dageit} hey ¥}
ie ‘ viens F nein A Asoo ald” We Gal) hes Sie els ohqailt
Aa ittntvee ae (maha Atel a josh yest vent ol h. « arveqdagys,) Oka Tk
a sid top SAAR alt Wh ¢ Fieebecetcleh” URAL) tusierl: Jace ern ae
wig ' "Wy LT aey ss ‘iol. ener? erie Th sent iene lala ALS. LAL Ld | 4 vat b,
a \ ‘ 4 iitwieal) We is
6
ie
q ire
. d
: 4
i " r ai Te
I 4 ew i i « i et erie? aia q bat 7
ae
P uo
ait ; y ‘a
“i hp ec) S' V ' ' last aed)
ios MB valent. oe 1 elle ae i 7
i) Line Aieg ‘ OG Teak RC
Cat i - io, ; Bl dt! Oks ;
a ee . +s) aie ee la
Praveiriaty viii 1 oF ged iN bom ae)
owe i wa Be
re tin java ARG
‘ My j ~ by
ON A NEW AVIAN LIVER-FLUKE, 87
8. A New Liver-Fluke (Platynosomum acuminatum) from
the Kestrel. By Winuram Nicoun, M.A., D.Sc., M.D.,
EZ
[ Received September 4, 1914: Read February 9, 1915. |
(Text-figure 1.)
INDEX.
GHOGRAPHICAL ZOOLOGY : Page
Scotland, West Coast; Kestrel (Cerchncis tinnunculus).
Niewe lavioratinkel sis... serene An sven saivamanceeneananiey 87
Systematic Zoonoay :
Family Dicroceliide.
Platynosomum acuminatum, sp. i.
TOMMASO LIVER Ot AMMCRUVelim yr isndsninsesestaisrndencveasyanines 87
In January 1912 I received from Mr. J. 5. Dunkerley, of the
Zoological Department, Glasgow University, a single fluke from
the liver of a kestrel (Cerchneis tinnunculus), shot on the west
coast of Scotland. It appears to represent a new species of
the genus Platynosomum Looss, and for it I propose the name
‘Platynosomum acuminatvwn,
Tn a note accompanying the specimen Mr. Dunkerley observed
and that the parasite was found in the gut, but there can be little
question that it must have wandered there from the liver.
The specimen when received had been stained and mounted,
was somewhat twisted in the course of preparation. Its total
length is 6°3mm., and its maximum breadth, just behind the ven-
tral sucker, is 15 mm. ‘The body is broadest at its middle part,
and both the head and tail ends are markedly attenuated.
The oval sucker, which is twisted to the right, is rather deep
and measures ‘45 x "40mm, The globular ventral sucker measures
‘6°75 mm. andis situated 1°97 mm. fromthe anteriorend. The
pharynx is contiguous with the oral sucker and measures ‘17%
15 mm. There is a short csophagus, 25 mm. in length, and
the intestinal diverticula are long and narrow, their ends being
lost in the folds of the uterus.
The genital aperture lies over the pharynx, and, like the oral
sucker, is twisted tothe right. The cirrus-pouch is comparatively
large, measuring -7x'16 mm. It contains a thin convoluted
vesicula seminalis, a pars prostatica of medium length, and a
rather longer ductus. The cirrus was slightly extruded,
The testes lie symmetrically, immediately behind the ventral
sucker and separated from each other by nearly half the width of
the body. They are oblong-oval in outline with their long axes
obliquely transverse. They measure about *25 x °36 mm.
A short distance behind the left testis lies the transversely oval
ovary, which is somewhat smaller than either of the testes. The
88 DR. WILLIAM NICOLL ON
yolk-glands are entirely lateral, forming rather a broad band on
each side from the level of the testes to about 2°3 mm. from the
posterior end of the body. They thus extend over a space equal
to about one-quarter of the body-length. The follicles are rather
small.
Text-figure 1.
Platynosomum acuminatum, sp.n. Ventral view. X 20.
C.B. Cirrus-pouch. P.G. Genital aperture. K.St. Ovary. T. Testes.
The uterus fills up the greater part of the postacetabular space.
Towards the posterior end it tends to form small semicircular
loops, but further forward the convolutions become more decidedly
transverse, without, however, ever actually traversing the whole
space between the intestinal diverticula. The convolutions are
—_—
A NEW AVIAN LIVER-FLUKE. 89
confined entirely behind the ventral sucker, and the terminal
part of the uterus passes forwards as a single narrow tube,
slightly twisted but unconvoluted. The vagina appears to be only
weakly developed. The numerous eggs measure -033—039 x -018—
020 mm.
Amongst the many species of Platynosomum this new form
bears the closest resemblance to P. deflectens (Rud., Braun, 1902)
and P. petiolatum (Raill., Braun, 1902). From both it differs
only in minor details. P. deflectens is a considerably smaller
species with relatively larger suckers. An cesophagus is almost
absent, while the cirrus-pouch is short and plump. The testes
are globular and more closely apposed. P. petrolatum is a larger
species with a shorter neck. The cesophagus is extremely short,
and the cirrus-pouch extends past the anterior border of the
ventral sucker. The yolk-glands, again, are somewhat more
extensive but sparser, while the uterus is not so voluminous.
Apart from these anatomical details, the difference in host indi-
cates. that the present species is distinct from either of the
above mentioned forms.
I have to thank Mr. Dunkerley for his courtesy in submitting
the specimen for examination.
Reference.
Braun, M. “ Die Fascioliden der Vogel,” Zool. Jahrb., Syst.
Abt. xvi., 1902.
iw owe wal iE Aint dncy Wi 0 Pa Ai shivl Neen ode rae iii
PROG ee Ande ’ eee i's * we wersiiets Prins toluncdy wale v"
ati ly th shat ities ret Teun NO rece Seale on a
ar ae ehauttanetis pea pacayitare Hal oe. belnds Siete be
ee tattie al Wea aeste yeah) Wie “Ue ‘ A aiid ATR
i eee) waite RA Din Pryevliti, erin ee hie
eo, Nom ae AE Sa aeiiiicon RNS, ere brit Bia sv
Finds CLadtteyiny phe sv; Fi eal Ra
wilt hs isa fen eee i
picid tt slid Ntae ee ex
an Miny’ oA oad Gee
mee with vice. Piichag em
eT aad Hae Oy
| Pemmer ody “itd. Tit
a Vee ee 6 e ee
SOC fetek i Wid. ee Vidal, a Wale Oe: OK slipate 8 onal si
; a il abs, idan HAT ri
i PA WibiapoR,” Ee FREI
AHN. Ge. Hocit aa Avrada,
ettth joel eh hee pvintily oat
AED Ti ‘auaaine iaeyyy raga is
DENA \ebebaty feiadt 4 Book OP alee
A FP
A a
ry ten tie fema’: i) et
pet iC Pa! iF oes bay ; 4
uss hic iis Shr CVE. iow fey vide ¢, Alia joni fe
: init BiG) Pies cc 4. Geecdy, ta Pye _ oh pong :
ins Rm PORN Dae Ghiwy Fry: | M... svinmpeale i.
i) oa i ye ta ands, Rirasiip ca my TRE ea, ae
LT ens er “ely Tekin ty
—r Oe CU
P.Z.S.1915. Faweett. Pie
J. MF’ del.
West,Newman chr.
Ty
r AFRICA.
HETRROCHRA FROM BRITISH EFAS
Cat ,
A
J,M.F. del.
HETEROCKRA FROM
PZ.3. 1915. Faweett Silene
x \ ; i wr
TAI
West,Newman chr.
BR TS el BANSi ARR ie AG
ON HASY AFRICAN MOTHS. 9]
9. Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by Mr. W.
Feather in British Hast Africa, 1911-12. By Lt -Col.
J. M. Fawcert™.
[Received June 22, 1914: Read February 23, 1915.)
(Plates I. & IT.+)
INDEX.
Page Page
Metarctia neera, sp. u................ 92 | Parusta thelxinoé, sp. n. ..........+ 103
Diacrisia epicaste, sp.n. ............_ 93 | Goodia oriens heptapora, subsp. n. 104
Amsacta evadne, sp.n. ............. 93 | Sabalia euterpe, sp.n. .....-....-.-.. 104,
Paratuerta featheri, sp. n. ......... 94 | Sabalia thalia,sp.n. ............... 105
Paratuerta argentifascia,sp.n.... 94 | Poliana marmorata, sp.n. ......... 105
Ovios nealces, sp. n. .................. 95 | Dovania circe, sp. W. .........-.....-.. 106
Parallelia portia,sp.n. ............. 97 | Polyptychus fumosus pelops,
Paratlelia rectifascia, sp.n. ...... OF) Nn) sulbspmmeaee rete grace onan rel ON
Rhanidophora athigutta, sp.n. ... 98 | Nephele vespera, sp. 0. ......-........ 108
Lymantria melete,sp.n. ............ 98 | TLemnora erato, sp. N................-.. 108
Lymantria melia,sp.n. ........... 99 | Hippotion dexippus, sp. 0. ......... 108
Lymantria metella, sp.n. ......... 99 | Hippotion diyllus, sp.n. ............ 109
Lymantria menecles, sp.n. ........._ 99 | Hippotion exclamationis, sp. un. ... 109
Tiymantria arete, Sp. Ds ...:.....0:... 99 | Ceratopacha decora, Sp.N. ......... 110
Lymantria melissa, sp. n. ............ 100 | Pachymeta flavia, sp.n. ......-..-.. 110
Dasychira obliquilinea, sp. n. ...... 100 | Pachymeta roxana, sp. n. ............ 111
Dulichia fasciata plana, subsp. n. 101 | Eupagia tullia, sp. n. .............. 12
Nudauretia vau, spon. ............... 101 | form viridescens, nov. ... 112
Ludia crenulata, sp.n. ............... 103 |
The literature on British East African Heterocera 1s not
extensive, and a great part of it is contained in recent German
publications mainly dealing with their adjoining territory, and
to which I have not had access. But the district is remarkable
mainly for specially developed forms. The most interesting col-
lection under notice contains a large number of those—many of
which appear to be still undescribed, and also a number of known
forms which have not hitherto been recorded from British East
Africa. The majority of the latter are known through allied
forms from the West Coast districts, from which they present
striking variations in colour; I have not been able to examine
the genitalia. :
Out of a total of 126 species which I have examined, 36 appear
to be still undescribed, which seems a large proportion, considering
that the country where the collection was made is now traversed
by the Uganda Railway, which must offer special facilities to col-
lectors, but this region has never yet been thoroughly worked out.
I believe Mr. Feather has a large number of Heterocera still to
be examined, and I hope to be able to give the result of my
enquiries into them in a future paper. Professor Poulton, of
the Hope Museum at Oxford, has the butterfly portion of the
collection, and I understand that he has discovered several new
Species amongst the specimens.
Great credit is due to Mr. Feather for the exactness with which
* Communicated by the SECRETARY.
+ For explanation of the Plates see p. 113.
92 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCErT ON
he has preserved the locality and date of every specimen, by which
the time of flight of the various forms is recorded, and also for
the excellent condition of the specimens.
My thanks are especially due to the Hon. Walter Rothschild, and
to Sir George Hampson, whose kind assistance was of great value
to me in working out the various species in the British Museum.
The following is a list of the localities given in this memoir :—
(1) Kedai, British East Africa. Altitude 2500 feet, 120 miles
from the coast.
(2) Kibweisi, ditto. Altitude 3000 feet, 114 miles
up Uganda Railway.
(38) Voi, ditto. Altitude 1800 feet, 101 miles
up Uganda Railway.
(4) Masongaleni, ditto. Altitude 3000 feet, 182 miles
up Uganda Railway.
In describing the various new species, | have indicated in each
ease the form in the British Museum which I have found to be
nearest to. it, and stated the points of difference between them.
The figures of new species are drawn to exact size by myself.
From the fact that many of the species were taken in November
and December and again in March and April, it would appear
that they are at least double-brooded.
A few species are added to this paper which were taken by
Lady Colvile at Meru, B. EK. Africa, but unfortunately I have not
got the dates or elevation of the locality.
HETEROCERA.
SYNTOMID4.
1. METARCTIA NERA, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 6.)
Description.— $. Head, body, and wings unicolorous pale
reddish brown, the hind wings almost diaphanous in the centre.
A very indistinct fuscous spot at the apex of cell of fore wing.
Habitat. Kedai, 24th November. Expanse 40 mm.
This species is allied to J. pulverea Hampson, from Ruwenzori,
from which it differs in having a blunter apex to the fore wing,
and in lacking the black spot at the base of interspace 2, and the
irroration of black atoms which covers the fore wing in pulverea.
2. Merarcria FLAVIcINcCrA Aurivillius.
Habitat. Meru, B. E. Africa. Taken by Lady Colvile.
3. Merarcria LareritiA Herr.-Schiff.
Habitat. Meru, B. E. Africa. Taken by Lady Colvile.
4, THYRETES NEGUS Oberthiir.
Habitat. Kedai, 25th November.
Agrees with the description of negus, except that the white
spot in cell of fore wing is quadrilateral and not triangular.
EAST AFRICAN MOTHS. 93
ARCTIADA.
5, DracristA MACULOSA Stoll, Form macutarta Walker.
Habitat. Mombasa, 21st March.
6. Dracrista sAcKsSoNT Rothschild.
Habitat. Kedai, 25th November.
7. DIACRISIA EPICASTE, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 5.)
Description.— 3g. Head and collar grey, the latter witha bright
orange fringe, thorax pale yellow; patagia streaked with grey.
Abdomen orange above, ochreous underneath, with a lateral row
of small black spots. The five middle somites of the abdomen
black dorsally, orange laterall
Fore wing pale cream-yellow ; the interspaces between the veins
with grey streaks; an orange discoidal spot; cilia and inner
margin orange : hind wing pale cream-colour, cilia orange.
This form differs from all other species of Diacri isi which I have
seen in its deep black abdomen.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 18th and 20th April. Expanse 46 mm.
8. AMSACTA EVADNE, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 4.)
Description.— $. Head, thorax, and wings white ; costa of fore
wing cream-coloured. Abdomen, Ist somite and ventral area
white, remaining somites yellow; the five middle somites with
black bands dorsally.
Fore wing with four smal! black spots in interspace 1: one below
median nervure, one below middle of vein 2, and two above
vein 1. A black spot at base of interspace 2, and one at apex of
discoidal cell. Two parallel rows of minute black spots distally,
and a row of marginal black spots between the veins. No black
spots on costa.
Hind wing: a black spot at apex of cell, and another beyond it
submarginally on vein 6. A V-shaped black spot at anal angle
with two minute specks inside it.
This form is nearest to dmsacta flavizonata Hampson, from
North Nigeria, which form has no black spots on the hind wing. |
Habitat. Kedai, 17th November. Expanse 40 mm.
TERACOTONA RHODOPHHA Walker.
Habitat. Kedai, 25th November.
10, ARGINA CRIBRARIA Clerck.
Habitat. Mombasa, 30th October.
11. ReopocastriA BUBO Walker.
Habitat. Kedai, 21st January.
94 LY.-COL. J. M, FAWCETT ON
NYCTEMERID &.
12. DeILemMERA LEUCONOE Hopffer.
Habitat. Kibweisi, 10th February.
AGARISTID!.
13. ANcocERA OBLIQUISIGNA Hampson.
Habitat. Kedai, 5th January.
14. PARMGOCERA CONFLUENS Weymer.
Habitat. Kedai, 9th June.
15. XANTHOSPILOPTERYX THRUPPI Butler.
Habitat. Kedai, 7th November.
16. XANTHOSPILOPTERYX SUPERBA: Butler.
Habitat. Kedai, 27th November.
17. TueRTA TRIMENI Felder.
Habitat. Masongaleni, lst April and 25th June.
NocTuUID.A.
18. PARATUERTA MARSHALLI Hampson.
Habitat. Kedai, 12th March.
19. PARATUERTA FEATHERI, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 7.)
Description —¢. Head and thorax red-brown ; abdomen yellow,
with two black dorsal spots on 2nd and 3rd somites, and four
fuscous dorsal bands on succeeding somites. Fore wing red-brown
suffused with pink; a pale pinkish costal subapical fascia. Outer
margin pale pinkish, with a red-brown tornal spot. A broad
white silver band from the base of costa along vein 1, reaching
two-thirds of the length of the inner margin of the wing, and then
bent up towards the apex, and narrowing to a point between veins
Mand 5. This band is bordered above and outwardly by a dark
sap-green band, which also bends up and reaches the costa before
the apex. Below, the white band is bounded by a pale pinkish
band which gradually merges into an indistinct green band along
the inner margin.
Hind wing dull yellow with a red-brown anal spot, surrounded
by a small patch of red-brown irrorations. Underside dull yellow.
Apex and outer margin of fore wing pale fuscous and a fuscous
spot below apex of cell.
Habitat. Kedai, 8th December. Expanse 46 mm.
920. PARATUERTA ARGENTIFASCIA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 7a.)
Description.— ¢ . Head, thorax, and fore wing red-brown thickly
irrorated with black and grey atoms. Abdomen dull yellow with
EAST AFRICAN MOTHS. 95
a dorsal series of small elongate fuscous spots. <A triangular olive-
brown spot in cell of fore wing, and below it a broad silvery white
band along the median nervure from near its base (where it starts
from a point), extending both above and below it, to the base of
vein 3, where the band joins another broad silvery band bent up
to the costa before the apex The outer margin of these two sil-
very bands is bounded by a narrow waved olive-brown band from
costa to inner margin, A marginal series of black points between
the veins bordered inwardly by spots of grey ivroration.
Hind wing dull yellow, with a broad black submarginal band
with a very irregular inner margin. Underside pale yellow with
broad black submarginal bands; margins grey ; a black spot in
cell of fore wing and a black bar on discocellulars joined to sub-
marginal band.
Habitat. Kedai, 24th November. Expanse 44 mm.
The above two forms are nearest to P. marshalli Hampson,
which differs from them in the white band being broken up into
spots where it bends upwards, and in having a black tooth on the
band on its lower margin.
There seems to be some doubt as to the correct position of the
genus Paratuerta. Sir G. Hampson places it at the end of the
Noctuide Acronyctinee while Dir. Karl Jordan, writing in Seitz,
““ Macrolepidoptera of the World,” places what appears to be
another species of the genus (viz. lewcographa) in the Agavistide.
I have followed the British Museum arrangement here.
21. OvI0S NEALCES, Sp.n. (PI. L. fig. 8.)
Description.— 3 . Head, thorax, and fore wing pale grey-brown
with a violaceous reflection, Abdomen and hind wing pale
ochreous with a broad fuscous marginal band.
Fore wing with a submarginal row of red-brown spots between
the ves, which merges into a submarginal band towards the costa
near the apex. <A short white band from costa to vein 4 where
it surrounds the reniform stigma. An indistinct orbicular spot
in cell. Costa suffused with greyish irroration. In the female
the white band of the fore wing is broader and more diffused.
Habitat. Kedai, 25th November, Expanse 38 mm.
29, PASIPEDA ROSEIVENTRIS Gerstaecker.
Habitat. Kedai, 25th November.
Perhaps a local form of P. sambesita Walker.‘* Recorded pre-
viously from B, E. Africa by Butler (P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 424).
93. SETOLA PULCHRA Bethune-Baker,
Habitat. Kedai, 28th November.
24, SETOCTENA PATRICOLA Hampson.
Habitat. Magongaleni, 9th June.
96 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON
25. CALLYNA MoNOoLEUCA Walker.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 6th April. The African specimens of
this species are indistinguishable from specimens in the British
Museum from India, Ceylon, and N. Guinea, except for their
rather lighter hind wing.
26. Ericera sopria Walker.
Habitat. Kedai, 8th December.
27. Mocts REPANDA Fabricius.
Habitat. Msola, November.
28. BAMRA MARMORIFERA Walker.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 25th May.
29. SPHINGOMORPHA CHLOREA Cramer.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 28th May and 9th June. A common
species here as elsewhere.
30. ENmMonop1A CAPENSIS Herr.-Schiff.
Habitat. Kedai, 2nd December. One 2 specimen.
Perhaps better known as Spirama capensis.
31. Nycrrpao macrops Linneus.
Habitat. Kedai, 21st May, 3 ; Masongaleni, 6th June, 2.
32. ANUA MEJANESI Guén.
Habitat. Kedai, 14th January, 3.
33. ACH#A LIENARDI Boisduval.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 31st March and 7th April. At least
four different forms of this variable species are represented in the
collection.
34. ACH#A CATELLA Guén.
Habitat. Kedai, 9th January.
35. ACH#A DASYBASIS Hampson.
Habitat. Mombasa, 28th May.
36. ACH#A PRESTANS Guén.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 7th June.
37. ACH#HA ALGIRA Linneus, Form pRoPERANS Walker.
" Habitat. Kedai, 4th October. Masongaleni, 9th June. The
form from Kedai is smaller and paler.
38. PARALLELIA ANGULARIS Boisduval.
Habitat. Meru, taken by Lady Colvile.
BAST AFRICAN MOTHS. on
39. PARALLELIA PORTIA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 20.)
Description.— 3. Head and thorax dark red-brown, abdomen
ochreous. Fore wing: the basal area dark red-brown defined out-
wardly by a fine blackish line which is very irregular, being angled
outwardly on median nervure and inwardly on vein 1. A broad
grey median band, and beyond it a dark red-brown band defined
outwardly by a fine postmedial dark line angled outwardly at veins
1, 4, and 6, and inwardly in interspace 2. Beyond this line is a
narrow waved ferruginous band from vein 6 to inner margin
where it ends ina black spot. A red-brown subapical spot defined
inwardly by a whitish line, and continued across the distal area
as a dark submarginal line. Marginal area greyish. Hind wing
pale fuscous, with a fine medial line defined outwardly by a pale
ochreous band: submarginal area fuscous, cilia whitish. In some
specimens the outer edge of the grey median band of fore wing 1s
much diffused and the band consequently broader.
Habitat. Kedai, 22nd December; Voi, 2nd May. Expanse
40 mm.
This form is nearest to P. angularis Boisd.; but differs from it
in the basal line being angled and not straight, in having a fulvous
or ferruginous band behind the postmedial line, and in the hind
wing being banded instead of plain fuscous.
AQ, PARALLELIA RECTIFASCIA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 21.)
Description.— ¢ . Similar to P. portia described above but smaller
and darker. It differs from portia in the line defining the red-
brown basal area of the fore wing being straight and not angled.
The grey median band is narrower and straight on both edges.
The dark red-brown postmedial band is angled outwardly only on
vein | and inwardly only on vein 2. Ferruginous band as in
portia, but apical spot darker and not defined inwardly with a
whitish line. Hind wing: outer distal area black, inner area paler ;
cilia white.
Habitat. Kedai, 9th March and 9th and 14th December.
Expanse 38 mm.
41. 'TRIGONODES HYPPASIA Cramer.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 18th June; Kedai, 7th January.
42. OPHIDERES MATERNA Linnzeus.
Habitat. Voi, 2nd May, 3 ; Kedai, 3rd January, 2.
43, PLUSIA ORICHALCEA Fabricius.
Habitat. Kedai, 5th January.
44, CYLIGRAMMA LATONA Cramer.
Habitat. Kedai, 8th January,
45, CYLIGRAMMA LILACINA Guerin.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 25th May.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1915, No. VII.
“N
98 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON
46. RHANIDOPHORA ALBIGUTTA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 12.)
Description.— 3. Head, thorax, and fore wing pale brown, or
mouse-colour. Abdomen and hind wing dull yellow. Fore
wing with three white circular spots, one in cell and two, one
above the other, on discocellulars.
Differs from R. cinctiguita Walker in the white spots of the
fore wing having no black rings.
Habitat. Kedai, December. Expanse 40 mm.
47, GRAMMODES GEOMETRICA Fabricius.
Habitat. Kedai, 25th November.
48. PRoDENIA LITroRALIS Boisduval.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 8th January and 9th June. Common,
as elsewhere.
LYMANTRIADS,
A9, LLatra resracea Walker.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 23rd June.
50. Cayrria FLAVIFRONS Hampson.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 31st May.
51. PrereDOA TELESILLA Druce.
Habitat. Kedai, 8th December.
52. Psauis securts Hiibner.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 18th June.
53. AROA pDiscALIs Walker.
Habitat. Kedai, 22nd February.
54, ARroa LipyRA Druce.
Habitat. Kedai, 28th December.
55, ACONOPHLEBIA TRIANGULIFERA Hampson.
Habitat. Kedai, 8th December.
Only the type specimen is in the British Museum.
56. LyMANTRIA MELETE, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 9.)
Description. 2. Head and thorax pale fuscous, abdomen pale
red with a dorsal row of black spots. Antenne black. Fore
wing fuscous brown with a medial white fascia from costa to
inner margin, suffused with an irroration of fuscous atoms. In
some specimens this irroration is so dense that the white fascia
becomes very indistinct. A black point at apex of cell. An
indistinct postmedial lunular grey band, beyond which the sub-
marginal area is irrorated with grey. Hind wing pale fuscous.
Habitat. Kedai, 8th June; Masongaleni, 24th March. Ex-
panse 46 mm.
EAST AFRICAN MOTHS. 99
This form is nearest to L. gyondona Swinhoe, but it is a larger
and darker insect with the hind wing fuscous, instead of pale
yellow. The band in gondona is narrow, and lacks the black
point on the discocellulars.
57. LYMANTRIA MELIA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 10.)
Description.— $. Head reddish, thorax and fore wing pale
brown, abdomen and hind wing palered. Antenne black. Fore
wing with a median white fascia from costa to middle of inter-
space 1. A white spot beyond it at base of interspace 3. Cilia
and costa edged with pale red. Underside of wings pale red.
Habitat. Kedai, 24th November, 12th December, and 1st
March. Expanse 46 mm.
This form is nearest to L. albimacula Wallengren, but differs
in the white markings of the fore wing being much more
restricted, and in having a red abdomen and hind wings instead
of yellow as in that species.
58. LYMANTRIA MELELLA, sp.n. (PI. IT. fig. 31.)
Description.— 2°. Head and body red, antenne black. Fore
wing bright fulvous, with a median white band broken up into
spots in the interspaces, and angled outwards in interspace 3.
The spots are situated as follows:—a double spot below the
costa, a double spot at apex of cell, and three round spots in
interspaces 1, 2, and 3. Cilia fulvous. Hind wing pale pinkish
red, darker at the base and near the inner margin.
Underside similarly coloured to upperside, but paler, and the
white spots of the fore wing more indistinct. The scaling of the
wings is very sparse, and they are almost diaphanous on the distal
areas.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 26th December. Expanse 60 mm.
59. LYMANTRIA MENECLES, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 28.)
Description.— 3. Head and tibie red; thorax red-brown. Ab-
domen red. Fore wing grey-brown inclining to fulvous on the
inner margin. A median curved blackish line from costa to vein
1, bordered outwardly by a broad white band, which is profusely
irrorated by black atoms, and divided into two parts by the
median nervure. These white spots are bordered outwardly by
another blackish band which is broadest on the costa. A sub-
marginal waved blackish band. Cilia chequered red and brown.
Hind wing cream-colour, with red marginal line and cilia.
This form is nearest to Lymantria albimaculata Walker, but
is smaller, and has a red abdomen instead of yellow.
Habitat. Kedai, 25th November and 12th December. Expanse
40 mm.
60. LYMANTRIA ARETE, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 19.)
Description.— 6. Head and thorax pale reddish brown. Ab-
domen pale red, with a dorsal row of elongate fuscous spots.
7%
100 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON
Wings testaceous with bands of fuscous and ferruginous irroration.
A round black spot at base of cell, and a similar spot in cell
followed by a curved black bar on discocellulars. ‘Three indistinct
pale lines, one antemedial, one medial on discocellulars angled
inwardly below them, and one postmedial. Margin pale
testaceous. Between the postmedial line and the margin and also
between the medial and postmedial lines is a darker band formed
by fuscous irroration. The veins and interspaces 2, 5 and 6
‘defined with ferruginous ivroration. A marginal row of black
points between the veins of both wings. Cilia reddish. Hind
wing pale testaceous without markings, but rather darker towards
the apex.
Habitat. Kedai, 15th December. Expanse 40 mm.
I was unable to find any species represented in the British
Museum which is at all near to this species.
61. LyMANTRIA MELISSA, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 29.)
Description.— $. Head and thorax orange, abdomen pinkish,
antenne black. Fore wing hair-brown, with a broad chrome-
yellow marginal band, A quadrate spot occupying one-third of
cell, and forher of the same size on the middle of inner margin,
both spots being pale pink. A narrow and indistinct fascia of
the same colour - running up from the inner margin parallel with
the outer edge of the brown part of the wing. An elongate pink
band along the basal part of the Inner margin. Hind wing pink,
with a broad chrome-yellow margin as in the fore wing. Under-
side similar to upperside, but paler.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 15th May. Expanse 50 mm.
IT have not been able to find anything near this species in the
British Museum.
62. DASYCHIRA OBLIQUILINEA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 18.)
Description.— 3. Head, antennex, thorax, and abdomen pale
fuscous brown. Fore wing fuscous brown, the outer margin and
the costa greyish, irrorated with fuscous. Basal area of fore
wing fuscous brown with some greyish irroration. A fine black
oblique medial line from costa to vein 1, where it almost meets a
black line along base of inner margin. Beyond this is a deep
brown whorl coming to a point outwar dly on vein 5, and situated
ina dark fuscous area which occupies the space between the medial
and postmedial lines. A black postmedial line curved outwardly
before the apex and bent inwardly on veins 2 and 3,and finally
outwardly on inner margin. Outer area greyish crossed by two
irregularly waved submarginal lines. Cilia greyish fuscous.
Hind wing greyish fuscous with two lunulate black spots at
anal angle, one at end of cell and one at apex.
Habitat. Kedai, 8th January. Expanse 50 mm.
This form is nearest to Dasychira nubifer @ Holland, from South
Nigeria, of which one specimen is in the British Museum, and
EAST AFRICAN MOTHS. 101
which lacks the fine medial black line and is darker and of a
greenish colour. D. nubifera also has. a complete submarginal
black band on the hind wing.
63. DuLICHIA FASCIATA PLANA, subsp. n.
Description.— 3. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale dull yellow.
Wings pale cream-colour with the following marks :—an indistinct
black spot at middle of inner margin surrounded by some black
marginal hairs. Three small indistinct spots of black irroration
as follows: one on the discocellulars, one distally in interspaces 1
and 5.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 5th February. Expanse 46 mm.
This form is near to Dulichia fasciata Wallengren from Natal,
but all the specimens are without the prominent black median
band of that form. D. fasciata also occurs in the same place, but
the specimens are smaller.
63a. DuLicni1a FasctiaTa Wallengren.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 5th February.
SATURNIADA.
64. NUDAURELIA BELINA Westwood.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 9th December and 9th March; Kedai,
20th January.
There is a green form and a red form and an intermediate form
of this species in this locality, but they occur in the same places
and at the same times. Mr. Feather bred the red form from
larve in January. The specimens I possess from Natal resemble
the intermediate form, and are rather smaller.
65. NUDAURELIA JACKSONI Rothschild.
Habitat. Meru, taken by Lady Colvile.
66. NUDAURELIA TYRRHZA Westwood.
Habitat. Meru, taken by Lady Colvile. Somewhat smaller than
my specimens from Natal.
67. NUDAURELIA NEREIS Rothschild.
(Nov. Zool. 1898, p. 605.)
Habitat. Voi, 2nd May.
Some doubt exists as to this species. It is near to WV. menippe
Westwood, but 1s considerably smaller and lacks the antemedial
white fascia of that species. Mr. Rothschild thinks the specimen
might be referable to another small species, JV. sufferti Weymer
(Berlin. Ent. Zeit. 1896, p. 85, pl. 8. fig. 1).
68. NUDAURELIA VAU, sp.n. (PI. IT. fig. 30.)
Description.— $ . Head, body, and fore wing bright ferruginous,
the latter profusely irrorated with black atoms between the veins,
and pinkish on the costal margin. A white antemedial line
102 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON U
margined basally with black, and angled outwardly above vein 1,
from subcostal nervure to inner margin. A round hyaline spot
on discocellulars surrounded by an ocellus which is brown with a
black and then a white ring round it. This ocellus is large, being
of equal size to that on “the hind wing. A submarginal white
line defined outwardly by a black line from the cesta before apex
(where it curves outwardly towards the outer margin) to the
inner margin.
Hind wing pink with an indistinct V-shaped whitish mark on
the inner margin. A somewhat similar ocellus to that on the
fore wing on the discocellulars, but the hyaline spot is smaller,
and it has in addition a crimson ring between the black one and
the outer white one. A submarginal white line defined outwardly
by a black line asin the fore wing. The marginal area beyond
this line is concolorous with the fore wing. Underside marked
similarly, but pink. Antenne highly pectinated and ferruginous.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 30th November. Expanse 116 mm.
This form is nearest to Vudaurelia macrophthalma Kirby, but
differs in having a full-sized ocellus on the fore wing, and a
prominent white V-shaped antemedial line which is obsolete in
macrophthalma, the latter is recorded from Chari and Lake Tchad
in West Africa. Owing to this peculiar character I have named
this form *‘ vaw.”
69. NUDAURELIA ZADDACHIT De Witz.
FHlabitat. Lake Albert, 9th June.
70. GYNANISA MAIA Klug.
Habitat. Kedai, 25th November.
71. GyNANISA WESTWOOD! Rothschild.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 14th November.
72. Arracus ANTINORI Oberthiir.
Habitat. Meru, taken by Lady Colvile.
73. Eprpnora tucarpi Kirby.
(Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xii. p. 165.)
Habitat. Masongaleni, 20th April, ¢ ; Kedai, 14th AMOI, @
Also taken at Mer u by Lady Colvile.
Not in the British Museum Collection.
74, ARGEMA BESANTI Rebel.
(Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1895, p. 69.)
Habitat. Kedai, 25th November.
Mr. Feather writes of this very rare form, of which I under-
stand only four specimens are known to hare been taken, as
follows :—‘ I took besanti on one of those abnormal nights when
insects were flying about in millions. It had star ted raining
about 2.30 in the 2. Menmnaeutt quite a gentle rain, which continued
EAST AFRICAN MOTHS. 103
until the afternoon of the following day. TI stayed up till about
3 AM., taking insects at light, and besanti was the last insect
I took before turning in.”
75, SATURNTA BIOCcULATA Aurivillius.
Habitat. Kedai, 25th November.
76. Urora stnopE Westwood.
Habitat. Kedai, 25th November.
77. Usta ANGULATA Rothschild.
Habitat. Kedai, 27th November, ?.
78. PSEUDAPHELIA APOLLINARIS Westwood.
Habitat. Kedai, 31st December, ¢.
79. LupIA CRENULATA, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 27.)
Description.— 3. Head, thorax, and both wings brick-red.
Antenne bright fulvous. Abdomen greyish with five orange
bands at the intersection of the somites. An elongate black spot
on the discocellulars of the fore wing, and two other black spots
above it, one in interspace 5, and one subcostally in interspace 6.
Hind wing with nine yellow spots on the distal area—two in the
middle of interspace 1, one at the base of interspaces 2 and 3;
two near the apex of the cell, two in interspace 5 and one in
interspace 6. Cilia yellow, and highly crenulated. Between
vein 6 and the apex of the fore wing this crenulation gives the
appearance of a portion of the wing having been cut out.
Underside of fore wing similar to upperside: hind wing with
an antemedial and a postmedial grey crenulate line, between
which the area is red-brown thickly irrorated with greyish atoms,
which also extend to the margin. The yellow spots of the upper-
side are much more distinct on the underside.
Habitat. Kedai, 4th December, 5. Expanse 60 mm.
This is a very remarkabie form, and the nearest I could find to
it in the British Museum is the figure of “ Heniocha grimmia”
Hibner, of which only Htbner’s figure is known. But that
figure shows a quite differently coloured insect.
80. PARUSfA THELXINOE, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 16.)
Description.— 3. Head dark fuscous, antenne reddish ochreous,
thorax ochreous; abdomen, Ist somite dark brown, remaining
somites bright ochreous above, fuscous beneath. Wings pale
fuscous with a reddish tinge. Fore wing with an antemedial
whitish fascia curved basally at costa and inner margin. A small
oval orange spot with white centre and ringed outwardly by a fine
black line on discocellulars. A postmedial whitish lunulate fascia
from inner margin near tornal angle to before apex, where it
forks, and becomes two subapical white spots. The medial space
between the two fasci darker.
104 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCErT ON
Hind wing almost diaphanous in cell and inner margin, but
covered with fine yellowish hair. A postmedial fascia, as in the
fore wing, bordered internally by a darker band. An oval orange
black-ringed spot on discocellulars similar to that on the fore
wing.
Habitat. Kedai, 12th and 24th November. Expanse 70 mm.
This form is allied to Parusta mxanthops Rothschild (Nov.
Zool. vol. xv. 1908, p. 256, pl. ix. fig. 2), but differs in being larger
and darker, and in the fore wing being much more acute. The
figure referred to is that of a worn specimen, almost diaphanous,
but the colour is described as cream-buff.
81. GoOoDIA ORIENS HEPTAPORA, subsp. n. (PI. I. fig. 13.)
Description.— $. Head and palpi dark chocolate-brown, collar
greyish with a dark fringe; thorax pale brown. Fore wing
ochreous with a pinkish tinge at base; a fine black antemedial
line from costa to inner margin, bent in basally on median
nervure, and outwards again on vein 1. A dark line on disco-
cellulars, and a black postmedial lunular line beyond it, bent in
on costa, Between these two lines there is a red-brown patch,
and a darker one on the outer margin below the apex which is
faleate. Hind wing pale ochreous with a pinkish tinge, un-
marked, but rather darker towards the margins.
Q@. Larger; pale ochreous and very sparsely scaled. The ante-
and postmedial lines of the fore wing obsolete.
Habitat. Kedai, 9th and 25th November. Expanse, ¢ 46 mm.,
2 50 mm.
This form is nearest to Goodia oriens WHampson, from
Ruwenzori, but differs in coloration. In oriens the thorax is
covered with black hairs, the distal area is blackish, especially
towards the inner margin, and the cilia are black.
Goodia hollandi Butler (P. Z.S8. 1898, pl. xxxii. fig. 1) isa much
larger insect, is without the antemedial and discocellular black
lines, and the postmedial line only reaches from costa to vein 5;
while, on the other hand, it has a submarginal line on the hind
wing, which is absent from this form.
BRAHM XID,
82. BRAHM#A MACULATA Conte.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 11th November.
This species is not in the British Museum collection. The
specimen was identified for me as maculata by Sir George
Hampson.
BoMBYCID&H CERATOCAMPIDA.
83. SABALIA EUTERPE, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 15.)
Description.— $ . Head black with two orange spots at base of
the antennee, which are black and bipectinated. Thorax covered
EAST AFRICAN MOTHS, 105
with long black hairs; patagia greyish. Abdomen black with five
orange rings, and an orange spot at its extremity. Wings white,
the veins fuscous. Fore wing: an antemedial fuscous fascia which
fills nearly the whole cell; a black line on discocellulars; post-
medial and submarginal fuscous fascie ; a black marginal line ;
cilia fuscous. Hind wing white with only a submarginal fuscous
fascia, angled towards the margin at vein 3.
Habitat. Kedai, 1st March and 25th November. Expanse
46 mm.
This form is nearest to Sabalia sericea Weymer (only a figure
of which is in the British Museum), but differs as follows :—the
cell is fuscous ; the fuscous submarginal band is carried down to
vein 2 in the fore wing, whereas it stops on vein 4 in sericea. In
the hind wing the fuscous band is deeper, more sinuous, anil
nearer the margin, and the veins are black throughout.
84. SABALIA THALIA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 17.)
Description.— 3. Head black; orange spots at base of the
antenne, which are black and bipectinated. Collar broadly white
with a black spot dorsally. Thorax covered with long black hair.
Abdomen black with five orange rings, and an erange spot at its
extremity. Fore wing pale brown, the veins white. A white
antemedial fascia defined outwardly with dark brown, bent in
basally on costa and inner margin. A brown spot on disco-
cellulars. A white submarginal line from apex to tornal angle,
defined inwardly by dark brown, beyond which the marginal area
is brown, crossed by the white veins. Hind wing ochrecus at
base ; a dark spot on discocellulars, and a white submarginal band
as on the fore wing.
Cilia of fore wing brown, of hind wing whitish. :
Habitat. Kedai, 26th & 27th November and 12th & 14th April.
Expanse 74 mm.
This form is nearest to Sabalia picarina Walker, which has a
white hind wing and deep black marginal band.
The specimens of the above two species which I have seen are
all males, and the species would appear to be at least double-
brooded.
84 a. ANAPHE PANDA Boisduval.
Habitat. Kedai, 12th March.
These specimens differ from panda from Natal in the fuscous
border of the inner margin being curved up basally towards the
thorax, and in having no distal band on hind wing, and in being
ro}
smaller.
SPHINGIDA.
85. PoLIANA MARMORATA, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 22.)
Description.— $. Head, thorax, and palpi fuscous above ; white
spots above the eyes. Palpi beneath white, as also pectus and
106 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON
lower surface of abdomen. Abdomen fuscous brown above with
darker bands, and a short whitish lateral band on first three
somites. Fore wing grey marbled with fuscous-brown bands and
patches. Two white basal spots followed outwardly by a dark-
brown basal band. Three antemedial fuscous lines angled out-
wardly on median nervure. A large medial brown patch
extending from costa to below vein 2, in the middle of which is
«a white discocellular spot. Three waved postmedia] blackish
lines margined outwardly by white and an ochreous band. Sub-
marginal and marginal lunular lines, the latter broken up into
spots on veins 2, 3, and 4. Cilia chequered black and white on
both wings. Hind wing fuscous, with a darker patch at anal
angle, and some basal whitish hairs. Underside pale fuscous with
indistinct darker bands, the hind wing white on the abdominal
margin.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 23rd April. Expanse 74 mm.
This form is nearest to Poliana buchholzi Plotz, from West
Africa, a figure of which is in the Dublin Museum.
86. Dovanta crrce, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 1.)
Description.— 3. Head and antenne ochreous; dark chocolate
bands along sides of palpi; collar and thorax purplish brown,
grizzled with grey, the patagia with white edges. Black bands
along sides of thorax meeting on metathorax, which is bright
ochreous. Abdomen pale ochreous with brown bands on each
somite, these bands ending laterally ina row of dark brown spots.
Legs black, banded with ochreous.
Fore wing greyish ochreous with a slight pinkish suffusion on
disc. Three dark antemedial strigz from costa to vein 1. A
fourth medial striga from costa to median nervure. Between the
3rd and 4th strigee an ochreous band reaching to vein 1, below
which are three indistinct strige to inner margin. <A _ black
obliquely curved striga from costa at end of cell on which is
placed a white reviform spot. A postmedial inwardly curved
line edged outwardly with white, from costa to inner margin, and
immediately beyond it an ochreous band outwardly defined by a
band of brown spots between the veins, and darkest on the costa.
From apex a short black striga curved inwardly. Cilia chequered
brown and white.
Hind wing dark red, paling inwardly to bright ochreous. Anal
angle paler with a grey suffusion, with three dark lines across it,
the outer one of which is continued submarginally to the costa,
beyond which the apical area is dark red-brown. Cilia as in fore
wing.
Habitat. Kedai, 25th November. Expanse 90 mm.
This species is nearest to Dovania pecila Rothschild.
87. PR&DORA MARSHALLI Rothschild.
Habitat. Kedai, 8th December, ¢, and 20th April, ¢ & @.
EAST AFRICAN MOTHS. 107
88. PsrEUDOCLANIS PosticA Walker.
Habitat. Kedai, 20th December.
89. PoLYPTYCHUS FUMOSUS PELOPS, Subsp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 3.)
Description.— $. Body and wings reddish brown with a pinkish
suffusion ; markings dark red-brown. Antenne pale ochreous ;
sides of palpi, under part of body and legs dark brown. Head
and thorax with a dark brown medial line. Abdomen, first two
somites with dark brown bands. Fore wing with two black sub-
basal spots at base of cell. Three antemedial oblique blackish
lines from costa to inner margin, the 2nd and 3rd with a brown
band between them. Reniform brown with dark edges. <A
double brown postmedial line from costa, running obliquely to
inner margin, enclosing a darker space, and immediately beyond
it an indistinct waved line. Subapical area dark red-brown as in
P. grayi; a xved-brown spot near anal angle.
Hind wing red-brown ; the anal area paler with a dark striga
on it ending in a black anal spot. Cilia dark brown, with white
between the veins.
Habitat. Kedai, 14th & 22nd April. Expanse 70 mm.
This form is nearest to Polyptychus fumosus Rothschild, from
Ruwenzori. Its colours are, however, much richer and darker
than that species, as represented by Mr. Rothschild’s figure, which
shows a pale fuscous insect without a trace of pinkish or red-
brown suffusion.
This form, being moreover from a different locality, must at
least be a good local race of fwmosus, even if not specifically
distinct.
90. CERIDIA MIRA iRotheehala:
Habitat. Kedai, 17th December, © ; 29th December, ¢.
A remarkable form with highly pectinated antenne of the form
of a small Saturnid. Mr. Rothschild had not seen the female till
he saw the specimen mentioned above. It only differs in its
larger size and less highly pectinated antenne.
91. LopHosTETHUS DEMOLINI Angas.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 11th November.
92. CEPHONODES HYLAS Linneeus, subsp. virEScENS Wallengren.
Habitat. Kedai, 4th January ; Masongaleni, 12th September.
The writer has bred this species from six different forms of
larvee on Gardenia in Natal (Trans. Z. §. vol. xv. p. 312, April
1901).
93. NEPHELE DIDYMA Fabricius, Form HEsPERA Fabricius.
Habitat. Kedai, 8th January.
94, NEPHELE ACCENTIFERA Beauvois.
Habitat. Msala, November.
108 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON
95, NePHELE RECTANGULATA Rothschild.
Habitat. Mombasa, 12th May.
96. NEPHELE vAU Walker.
Habitat. Meru, taken by Lady Colvile.
97. NEPHELE VESPERA, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 26.)
Description.— 3 . Head, body, and wings with dark brown bands
and lines. Fore wing: a dark basal band followed by three ante-
medial waved lines; two medial waved lines bent in on the inner
margin, and enclosing a pale round discocellular spot; two post-
medial lines, the inner one nearly straight, and the outer crenulate
from costa to inner margin, and between them and the antemediai
lines a large dark-brown patch angled outwardly nearly to the
margin below vein 4; three black submarginal spots before the
apex, joining the latter by a fine black line. Hind wing with a
broad brown marginal band. Underside paler, with markings
more indistinct. Palpi white beneath, and a whitish line above
the eyes.
Habitat. Kedai, 20th January. Expanse 80 mm.
This form is nearest to Wephele funebris Fabricius, from
S. Africa, but differs from all species of Vephele that I have seen
in having no black bands on the abdomen, which in this species is
plain fuscous.
98. TEMNORA ERATO, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 2.)
Description.— 3 . Head red-brown, dark grey vertically; thorax
grey. Abdomen greyish with bright ochreous bands, and a dorsal
row of black spots on the somites. Fore wing: basal third grey ;
dise pinkish, with two brown patches on the costa defined by
whitish outwardly. Antemedial and postmedial lines, the latter
crenulate below the costa, and becoming large brown lunules
between the veins on the disc. A white line to apex with an
ochreous patch beneath it. A black submarginal spot below apex ;
inner margin brown. Hind wing pale fuscous with an obsolete
submarginal line, which only becomes distinct at anal angle.
Two distal black spots on veins 3 and 4.
The female does not differ from the male except in the fore
wings being longer and narrower and the discal area being paler. :
Habitat. Masongaleni, 29th April, ¢ ; Kedai, 24th November,
6 & 9. Expanse, J 50 mm., 2 60 mm.
This form is nearest to Temnora natalis Walker, but is much
smaller.
99. RHOPALOPSYCHE HIRUNDO Gerst.
Habitat. Kedai, 8th January ; Meru (Lady Colvile).
100. Hipporion DEXIPPUS, yoy ieig (Cell, Iie alee, 245),))
Description.— 3. Head, thorax, and antenne bluish grey, the
fringes of the patagia white, and white spots above the eyes.
°
HAST AFRICAN MOTHS. 109
Abdomen paler grey. Fore wing grey, palest antemedially ; a
black spot at end of cell, and a fuscous-grey oblique band across
the middle, broadest on the costa, and curving inwards gradually
until it becomes linear on the Inner margin. An indistinct sub-
marginal line from apex to inner margin where it becomes
blackish. Between this line and the medial band there are some
small black spots above the inner margin. Hind wing pale
ochreous with medial and submarginal dark-grey bands, between
which the distal area is mottled with dark grey spots. Cilia
white. Underside similar to the upperside, but paler.
Tabitat. Kedai, 25th November. Expanse 72 mm.
This form is nearest to Hippotion rose Butler, from Delagoa
Bay, but is much smaller, and has no pink antenne as in that
species.
101. Hireronion piyiius, sp. no. (PI. IL. fig. 23.)
Description.— §. Head, thorax, abdomen, antennex, and fore
wing very pale yellowish ochreous ; hind wing rather darker te-
wards the margin, with a pinkish tinge on the discal area. Cilia
white, with minute dots at the end of the veins of the fore wing.
Two subapical blackish dots on the costa of the fore wing, and a
small orange spot below the cell, at the base of interspace 3.
Underside similar but paler on the margins.
Habitat. Kedai, 25th November. Expanse 56 mm.
This form, though very different in colour, resembles somewhat
in structure the common green Basiothea medea Fabricius, but
is a true Hippotion.
102. Hipporion EXCLAMATIONIS, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 24.)
Description.— 3. Head, body, and fore wing pale ochreous; hind
wing greyish fuscous with pale submarginal and marginal ochreous
bands. Fore wing with a small black spot at extremity of cell,
and close to it a black elongate spot in interspace 4; the two spots
being in the form of a note of exclamation. A submarginal row
of small black spots on the veins of the fore wing.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 9th June. Expanse 70 mm.
This form is nearest to Hippotion roseitpennis Butler (which
also occurs in this district), but differs from it in being pale buff,
instead of dull green with a reddish hind wing. It also lacks the
postmedial line of roseipennis, and instead of a submarginal line
from the apex of the fore wing has a line of black spots on the
veins.
103. HIpporion ROSEIPENNIS Butler.
Habitat. Kedai, 16th January. <A faded specimen.
104. Hiprorion ESON Cramer.
Habitat. Meru, taken by Lady Colvile.
105. Hrerorton cELERto Linneus.
Habitat. Meru, taken by Lady Colvile.
110 L?.-COL. J. M. FAWCELT ON
NOTODONTID &.
106. STAUROPUS DASYCHIRIOIDES Butler.
Habitat. Kedai, 25th November.
Only the type specimen of this species is at present in the
British Museum, and Sir George Hampson expressed some doubt
about its belonging to the genus Stauropus.
107. PHALERA LEYDENBURGI Distant.
Habitat. Kedai, 25th November; Masongaleni, 4th March.
LASIOGAMPIDS.
108. Cuitena continua Aurivillius.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 25th May.
109. CzRATOPACHA GEMMATA Distant.
Habitat. Kedai, 17th November, 2 ; 25th November, ¢.
The female differs from the male in being larger, rather paler,
and being without the black abdomen; but has the black brush
of hairs on the costa of the hind wing underneath.
110. CeRATOPACHA DECORA, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 32.)
Description— 2. Head, legs, thorax, and antenne pale cream-
coloured. Abdomen yellow above, white beneath, thickly covered
with hair; anal somite whitish.
Fore wing bright ochreous. An indistinct white curved basal
line; a waved whitish antemedial line defined outwardly by dark
ochreous, from costa to inner margin. A black spot at lower end
of cell. A waved oblique postmedial whitish line, bent imwards
on costa and defined inwardly by dark ochreous, from costa to
inner margin. An irregular lunular submarginal white line, also
bent inwardly on costa and defined inwardly by dark ochreous.
Hind wing paler ochreous basally, with a fuscous striga from
costa to end of cell. A golden yellow distal band from costa to
inner margin. Beyond this band the marginal area is white with
an indistinct ochreous band from costa to vein 3. Cilia ochreous.
Underside very pale ochreous; fore wing unmarked, hind wing
with a faint indication of the yellow band of the upperside and
having a black brush of hairs on the basal half of the costa.
Habitat. Kedai, 18th March. Expanse 60 mm.
Differs from gemmata in the whitish lines of the fore wing
being waved, and not straight as in that species, and the hind
wing has a prominent golden yellow band which is absent from
gemmata.
111. Pacnymera Fuavia, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 14.)
Description.— $. Head and thorax grey-brown with a purple
tinge. Abdomen reddish ochreous; antenne ochreous. Fore
wing: base fulvous, median area purplish grey, crossed by triple
antemedial and postmedial dark waved lines from costa to inner
EASE AFRICAN MOTHS. WALI
margin, A dark brown renal stigma enclosing a fulvous reniform
on discocellulars. Outer area fulvous brown subapically, crossed by
a submarginal row of bright fulvous lunules. Cilia dark brown.
Hind wing pale reddish brown, crossed by an indistinct darker
submarginal fascia.
Female similarly coloured, but much larger, a good deal paler,
and without purple suffusion.
Habitat. Kedai, 25th November, ¢ ; Masongaleni, 31st March,
@. Expanse, ¢ 46 mm., 9 74 mm.
This form is nearest to Pachymeta purpurascens Aurivillius,
from Mashonaland, but is paler and smaller. P. purpurascens is
a much stouter larger species, is suffused throughout with purple,
and has no discoidal reniform stigma.
112. PACHYMETA ROXxANA, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 33.)
Description.— 3. Head, thorax, fore wing, and abdomen pale
reddish brown. - Antennee whitish.
Fore wing crossed by an oblique dark brown line from costa to
inner margin, beyond which is a dark brown fascia. Distal area
paler ; a submarginal lunular dark brown band. Underside paler,
with a dark chocolate submarginal band.
Hind wing pale fuscous inclined to ochreous basally ; a distal
dark brown band followed outwardly by a band of whitish lunules
which are defined outwardly by dark brown, margin pale. Cilia
fuscous.
Underside of hind wing dark chocolate-brown on the basal half,
followed by bands as on the upperside. The inner area white from
inner margin to vein 1. The costa angled to a point at centre.
Habitat. Kedai, 21st January. Expanse 50 mm.
The chief feature of this form is the underside of the hind wing ;
T have not been able to find any species near it in the British
Museum collection.
113. Gonomera PosticA Walker.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 11th November, 9°.
This form is a good deal larger and redder than specimens which
I have bred in Natal (see Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. xv. p. 313, 1901),
and the fore wing is shot with vivid purple. It is a pity that
only a female was sent to me, as a specimen of the very different
male would have been most interesting.
LIMACODID2&.
114. Parasa vivipa Walker.
Habitat. Kedai, 26th November.
HyPsipD&.
115. E@yBouls VAILLANTINA Stoll.
Habitat. Mombasa, 14th September.
3} LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON
116. CALLIORATIS BELLATRIX Dalnan.
Habitat. Teita Hills, 17th September.
GEOMETRIDAE.
117. Eupacia TuLLIA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 11.)
Description.— 3 . Frons, palpi, and thorax bright red-brown (or
chestnut), apex of head and shaft of antenne white. Abdomen
reddish ochreous. Fore wing with outer margin angled at vein
3; base ochreous, striated with reddish brown ; an oblique brown
antemedial line from costa to inner margin, and a similar post-
medial line, angled below costa near apex, to inner margin; the
area between these two lines bright red-brown; outer area pinkish
striated with red-brown, and bearing a diffused fuscous spot near
tornal angle. Hind wing ochreous striated with red-brown, with
two dark medial bands from vein 6 to inner margin, angled out-
wardly at vein 3; outer margin angled at veins 3 and 6.
2nd Form. VIRIDESCENS, nov.
This form is exactly similar to ¢wllia in size, shape, and markings,
but the medial band is dark sap-green, instead of bright red-brown,
and defined outwardly by a whitish line, beyond which the outer
submarginal area is paler green instead of pinkish.
Halitat. Kedai, 11th April (red form); 20th March (green
form). Expanse 38 mm.
These forms are nearest to Hupagia determinata Walker, in
which species the postmedial line of the fore wing is straight and
not bent inwards below the costa.
118. NorHaBraxas RuUDICORNIS Butler.
Habitat. Kedai, 24th November.
119. PrrRoDAVA ouIvATA Warrender.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 30th April.
120. MacariA uMBRATA Warrender.
flabitat. Kedai, 28th December.
121. Biston MATURNARIA Walker.
Habitat. Kedai, 22nd November.
122. CuSIALA MACULATISSIMA Grinb.
Habitat. Kedai, 24th March.
123. PrEroyIA DICHROARIA Herr.-Schaff.
Habitat. Kedai, 2nd November.
’
CossipD fA.
124, DvUoMITUS KILIMANJARENSIS Holland.
Habitat. Kedai, 7th December.
Jeg Nia) I
Fig. Fig.
1. Dovania circe, p. 106. iL
2. Temnora erato, p. 108. 12.
3. Polyptychus fumosus pelops, p. 107. 13.
4. Amsacta evadne, p. 93. 14.
5. Diacrisia epicaste, p. 93. 15.
6. Metarctia neera, p. 92. 16.
7. Paratuerta featheri, p. 94. Wf
Ta. Paratuerta argentifascia, p. 94. 18.
8. Ovios nealces, p. 95. 19):
9. Lymantria melete, p. 98. 20.
10. Lymantria melia, p. 99. 21.
Prats II.
Fig. Wig.
22. Poliana marmorata, p. 105. 28
23. Hippotion diyllus, p. 109. 29
24. Hippotion exclamationis, p. 109. 30
25. Hippotion dexippus, p. 108. 31
26. Nephele vespera, p. 108. 32
27. Ludia crenulata, p. 103. 33
Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1915, No. VIII.
EAST AFRICAN MOTHS.
113
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Hupagia tullia, p. 112.
Rhanidophora albigutta, p. 98.
Goodia oriens heptapora, p. 104.
Pachymeta flavia, p. 116.
Sabalia euterpe, p. 104.
Parusta thelxinoé, p. 103.
Sabalia thalia, p. 105.
Dasychira obliquilinea, p. 100.
Lymantria arete, p. 99.
Parallelia portia, p. 97.
Parallelia rectifascia, p. 97.
. Lymantria menecles, p. 99.
. Lynantria melissa, p. 100.
. Nudaurelia vau, p. 101.
. Lymantria metella, p. 99.
. Ueratopacha decora, p. 110.
. Pachymeta roxana, p. 111.
ee hve at a k | 4 if :
ON SOME NEW PENTASTOMIDS, 15)
10. On some new Pentastomids from the Zoological Society’s
Gardens, London. By Mary L. Herr, B.Sc., F.Z.S.,
Demonstrator of Zoology at Bedford College for
Women, University of London,
[Received December 11, 1914: Read March 9, 1915, ]
(Text-figures 1-4.)
INDEX.
SYSTEMATIC ; Page
Forocephalus grandis, sp: i. .2-...-----ce-0e-a--.e. LIS
IES MODIGETIKAUTIB, SDs Wes asoccocae onosonuencnsne nenane WIN}
P. bifurcatus, var. orientalis, nov. .................. 120
JES (0, WER, GOCE ATAU POUK, NON cap aonsosaasharacncocans llP4tl
While reporting on the Pentastomids obtained from the
Zoological Society’s Gardens during the past twelve months, I
have observed a certain number of individuals which apparently
belong to new species or varieties,
1, PoRoCEPHALUS GRANDIS, sp. n. (Text-figs. 1, 2.)
There were in all seven specimens of this Pentastomid obtained
from African vipers, viz. :—
1 gand 1 @ from Bitis gabonica.
4 2’s from Cerastes cornutus,
1 2 from itis nasicornis.
The male specimen is probably mature, the female specimens
are certainly so, the uterus in all gases containing embryos in
different stages of development,
The female specimens (text-fig. 1, A) vary in length from 78
to 94 mm., the average length being 82mm, The width is 8 to
9mm. There are 22. strongly projecting rings on the body and
2 or 3 indistinct ones on the head. Stigmata are numerous over
the entire surface of the body.
The single male specimen is 30 mm. long. The rings number
about 26.
The hooks are simple and, together with the mouth, lie in a pit
bordered by papille. The pit may be due to contraction after
death, but this seems hardly likely, as it is found in all the
specimens. The mouth is nearly circular and lies between the
inner pair of hooks (text-fig. 1, B),
The body tapers towards the posterior end. The terminal
segment is small and conical; it bears the transverse, slit-like
anus, in front of which les the genital aperture in thé female
(text- snes IEC),
ge
116 MISS M. L. HETT ON
The internal organs are, on the whole, typical, but in the
female the anterior third of the ovary is paired. ‘The ovary thus
constitutes a Y-shaped structure, each arm of the Y passing
directly into the oviduct of that side (text-fig. 2). I can find no
mention of this condition in any other species.
Text-figure 1.
Porocephalus grandis.
A. Female specimen, nat. size. B. Cephalothorax, x 4.
C. Terminal segment, X 2.
a, anus; g.da., genital aperture.
In general features the specimens bear a strong resemblance
to Porocephalus armillatus Wyman, but differ from it in the
following particulars :—
1) The body is relatively thicker than in P. armillatus.
2) The papillee are differently arranged, andthe two conspicuous
SOME NEW PENTASTOMIDS. 117
papille in front of the mouth in P. armillatus are replaced by a
small lobe.
(3) The hooks are sunk in a pit and not so wide apart; the
space between the two inner hooks is also relatively greater.
Text-figure 2.
OV.
Porocephalus grandis.
Female specimen dissected from the ventral side, slightly enlarged.
int., intestine ; 7.0., cut end of left oviduct ; ov., ovary ; 7.0., right oviduct ;
sp., spermatheca ; wt., uterus,
(4) The rings are not so sharply defined. In the female there
are 22 distinct ones and 2 or 3 indistinct, instead of 19 altogether,
118 MISS M. lL. HETT ON
and the postero-ventral margin of each ring has a slight pro-
jection in the median line mere ot an indentation. Further,
Wyman gives the number of ringsin the male of P. arnvillatus as
“14 distinct rings and 4 partly defined,” while here there are 26.
(5) The anal segment is more obtuse.
Through the courtesy of the authorities at the British
Museum (Natural History), I was able to look through a small
collection of Pentastomids in their possession. Among these
specimens was one unnamed, from the horned viper or puff-adder.
From a superficial observation it appeared to agree in all respects
with the species described above.
PoROCEPHALUS GLOBICEPHALUS, sp. n. (Text-fig. 3.)
A single mature female specimen from the lung of the
Moeassin Snake (Zropidonotus fasciatus).
Text-figure 3.
Poroecephalus globicephalus, 9. 2.
The length of the body is 50 mm. and the number of
annulations is about 50.
SOME NEW PENTASTOMIDS. 119
The hooks are simple and sharply curved. The mouth is pear-
shaped with a pointed anterior end. The head is globular and
divided from the body by a well-marked neck. The anus is a
wide transverse slit on the terminal segment.
This is a North-American species, but it greatly resembles the
Indian species P. pattoni Stephens. The main points of difference
are the greater number of rings, P. pattont having only 36; and
also the position of the anus, which is more nearly terminal in
P. globicephalus.
3. PorocEPHALUS BIFURCATUS Diesing. (Text-fig. 4, A.)
The identification of Diesing’s species is a task of some
difficulty, because, as pointed out by Leuckart, he almost certainly
described immature specimens. He gives the length of the female
as 20-22 mm. and the number of annulations as 40, though, in
the first edition of his Monograph, he figures about 100. This
apparent discrepancy may be due to the fact that in some cases
the body contracts in such a way as to make the rings appear
double. He also deseribes the hooks as geminate.
Among the Pentastomids sent to me from the Zoological
Society’s Gardens are seven which I take to be P. bifurcatus
(text-fig. 4, A): one is from Boa imperator and six from
Coluber melanoleucus. Like Diesing’s specimens they are all from
the New World, and they agree with his diagnosis, except in so far
as regards -—(1) length, (2) number of annulations, (3) geminate
hooks. The specimens in question are from about 30 to 40 mm. in
length. In most cases the annulation is obliterated, but in three
cases it is visible and the rings number 26, 33, and 37 respectively.
The hooks are single.
But these are exactly the differences which ordinarily occur
between immature and adult forms, the geminate hooks especially
being a larval character.
I cannot find any essential distinction between these forms and
the African species named P. boulengeri by Vaney and Sambon
(text-fig. 4, B), specimens of which I have described in detail ina
paper to appear shortly. Dr. Sambon points out* that “difference
of realm is a powerful argument in favour of diversity of species,”
but in this case the African and New World species resemble
each other so closely that it would seem impossible to distinguish
them as separate species. So that if my identification of the
specimens mentioned above with Porocephalus bifurcatus be
correct, the African specimens must be regarded merely as a
new variety of that species.
* Trans. Soc. Trop. Med. Liverpool, vol. 111. 1910, pp. 1382-140.
+ Text-fig. 4, A, is taken from the specimen from Boa imperator. It appears
relatively longer and more slender, but this is only due to greater extension. The
specimens from Coluber melanoleucus resemble “ P, boulengeri”’ even more closely.
120 MISS M. L. HETT ON
4, POROCEPHALUS BIFURCATUS var. ORIENTALIS, nov. (Text-
fig. 4, C, D.)
There were 16 specimens obtained as follows :—
1 2 from Zamenis mucosus. (There were also 3 specimens
of P. pattoni in the same snake.)
11 9’s from Naia tripudians.
4 ¢’s from Naia tripudians.
They differ from P. bifurcatus in the following particulars :—
(1) The body is relatively more slender.
(2) The rings are 40 or occasionally more in number, while in
P. bifurcatus they are usually under 40.
(3) The mouth is more oval and the anterior end of the
cephalothorax is sightly more rounded.
Text-figure 4.
Co es
A. Porocephalus bifurcatus, 9, X 2. B. “P. boulengeri,’ 9, X 2. C. Head of
P. bifurcatus, var. orientalis, X 8. D. PB. b. var. onentalas, 95 <2:
E. Head of P. bifurcatus var. mediterraneus, X10. F. P. 6. var. medi-
terraneus, 2, X 2.
SOME NEW PENTASTOMIDS. 121
5. POROCEPHALUS BIFURCATUS var. MEDITERRANEUS, nov. (Text-
fig. 4, HK, F.)
There were 10 specimens, all from Zamenis gemonensis: viz.
4 females, 2 males, and 4 small specimens much contracted, which
are also probably males.
The body is relatively more slender than in var. orientalis, and
much darker in colour: The length of the males varies from
10 to 15 mm., that of the females from 20 to 30 mm.
The annulations are 40 to 45.
In conclusion, my thanks are due to the authorities of the
Zoological Society for placing the material at my disposal and to
Dr. H. W. Marett Tims for his advice and assistance.
eg ck aid
Pics eA ‘
.
lg a Heayabrnin
co
ON DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 12
11. Report on the Deaths which occurred in the Zoological
Gardens during 1914, together with a List of the Blood-
Parasites found during the Year. By H. G. PLimmer,
In Jigen Jade. Pathologist to the Society.
[Received and Read February 9, 1915.]
INDEX. Page
Rathol ogame tae es ees ee Le.
BloodgBanasitiesieirnrawe cs neon cee ce LS
On January Ist, 1914, there were 733 mammals, 2073 birds,
and 371 reptiles in the Zoological Gardens: and duri ing the year
373 mammals, 1174 birds, and 470 reptiles were “adamiiiee.
making a total for the year of 1106 mammals, 3247 birds, amd
841 reptiles.
During 1914, 309 mamuinals, 867 birds, and 301 reptiles have
died: that 1s, a percentage of 27-9 for mammals, 26-6 for birds,
and 35°7 for reptiles. Out of the total deaths for the year, 1590
in all, 719 occurred in animals which had not been six months in
the Gardens: that is, nearly half the total number. It has been
found that after six months’ residence in the Gardens, the death-
rate falls rapidly; so it 1s assumed that by this time the new
animals have got over their journeys, have died from any
diseases they may have brought with them, or have got quite
used to their new environment. Of these 719 animals, ‘AI were
mammals, 375 were birds, and 203 were reptiles; and if these
be deducted from their respective totals, the death-rate per-
centage will come out as 15:1 for mammals, 15:1 for birds, and
11-6 for reptiles.
The following Tables show the facts which have been ascer-
tained in outline. Table I. summarizes the actual causes of
death in the three groups specified. Under Reptiles are included
Amphibia.
TaBLE 1.—Analysis of the Causes of Death.
| ' | Reference
| Diseases. 'Mammals.| Birds. |Reptiles.| to Notes
| following.
1. Microbie or Parasitic |
| Diseases. | | 1
YPCTSROWOTS oossepcpscce soe caccos vor 12 113 | 2,
| Mini cosis al unatanatinencreenas tyme @ | (88 OR 3
JERMGNTNOTNA, “Goede onceoe snoaas cen ae 63 118 69 | 4
Sepiilessmlaci ecstasy ree ease 2 | 1 wee |
INIDSCOSSH A rate kaa seeaste een eat 4 et aes 1 5
TEGIPACRTNGNUIIS “Ghc sp obec osconesocopn one | 1 | 1
IDeA OH TENDS Beceodoaccdo bos bus Baonanue 2 | |
TREIPIOITENS sop ondaceosoone pon docodare: 6 6
Cholecystitis .. 1
Hydatids 1
124
MR, H. G. PLIMMER ON
Taste I. ma abyss of lee Cases © of | Dest (continued),
Reference
Diseases. Mammals.| Birds. Reptiles.| to Notes
« following.
1. Microbic or Parasitic |
Diseases (cont.).
Toxoplasmosis 1 i 7
Piroplasmosis 1 fee etl 8
Saccharomycosis xe 3 | 9
Ganronenesiaere ceect occ cert cen 1 ees) A
Necross eye enn ue 1 eae
Sarcoptic Scabies. AE eet eB Se 2 ne
Demodecic Scabies ............... it 10
RU anTOSIS) yostae pee eee eee col 1 a 11
Worm Cysts | 1
2. Diseases of eae y
Organs.
Buomchitisee ne aan eee iL ?
Broncho- -pneumonia 2.2.0.0... 2a ae | aly 12
Congestion of lungs ...............| 14. 133 | 19 5
3. Diseases of the Heart. | |
Pericarditis ... eal alwys
Degeneration of heart-muscle .| A a
. Diseases of the Liver. |
ienatitis, .ayaieieatih tees 1 3
Fatty degeneration Ses sual 1 4,
Cirehosish ns aise areas reac ae eee 3 13
5. Diseases of the Alimentary
Tract.
Gastrit ishewec Monee il | il
Gastric ulceration ....0...0.........| 3 ar
Gastro-enteritis .....................| 16 } 7 li4
HENGE TTS oer eee eee ieee nee ores | 33 GS) |) Tk 5
Proctitis ads 1 a if
Over-distension of stomach......| at it 2
Gangrene of intestine ............ 1 1
innpacthedarcecesee ere ener eee een| 1
6. Diseases of Urinary and
Generative Organs.
Nephritis Ste ete yy EE 66 129 4. 15
Cystichkaidneysmeene nee eee eer soe 1
Byosalpinsee eee eet nee|| 1
7. Various.
(CEYROMAOIINE, 5.5 coe scones soa cao nde sen “eal 4 a: 16
SAL COMA Nae Aer MUnR meet an rl 3 5 17
ANTTEAOSING) «2 nave ou paepadonn ie Reaesenetl il
JRO CO Rares Ube ae een aauagey ar 1
Injuries disccvered ue 5 5
mortem Wchitoeelsnietee: ie :
|
Besides those tabulated above,
46 mammals, 96 birds, 13 reptiles, were killed by order or
4 10
}e)
42
99
MOQ %,,
Wee a
by companions,
died from malnutrition
or starvation,
were too decomposed
for examination.
In Table I. a classification is made of those diseases which were
DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 2)
the immediate causes of death, but in most cases the animals
were suffering from other diseases as well. Table II. summarizes
those other diseases from which the animals were suffering ; and
if this Table be taken in conjunction with Table I., a much more
accurate estimate of the amount of disease in the Gardens will be
arrived at.
Taste IT.—Other Diseases found in the animals tabulated
in Table I.
| | | | Reference
| Diseases. Mammals. Birds. eae] to Notes
| |
| following. |
to
| ‘Tuberculosis
| Mycosis ere Cee eta eee erat
| TEAR” cndodeccaseeseenesnecasdétos
EBericanditrisserseetasne mice teen mete meee
| Peritonitis Rie Pita wena Mae Sh aa | est ree
PADS COGS see Re Bytes nates ce cotta = OY: ash | & 1
Empyema LET Aba av ee ane ne
Seperecsmil a erertc ee tesa ase
IDIGATHEGIS), Gndees See ER Dee ee Rate e otis [teens
Mia ananassae Bay a4 esac honieir a eta aie ae 15
| LROU EE DRS ce ms Ra GRel GA aan ice eee eta ol é
Hemogregarines Peer Rena teh es a lesa ere 19
Try PpanOSOMeS .......o040c22s seek eevee
Leucocytozoa Reet eee We
| SSEUREOGNRUNGs Eesoencadagospcurasaecbeeuass| 1 ene eee ae
Rentastomesi seen: Present Ab ‘ Dirck
Felice Spee ieee ema tmaatane teem 2 |
NYG TEI RRO MON RR eet arene Un 3 2
Gy
oo Oo:
B: Ce ll el
wnwre
ou
_
Wve)
w
Tle
N- OOM
wb
ONCHIGIS yearn eee 1]
Broncho-pneumonia .................. 9 us a
Woneestionvor Nunes) gael 23 VS | 3
OST, OH JREUES, -oooscan0sa0 pacer aoa un rf 80
Collapsede@lhinioa eas. canes ee 2
INONGES OP MDGS 45 seg ang eur: sso00 sod bue it
Hydrothorax BUEN sos deoeeeaGuES 1 ane .
Pericanditispercc- 2 ot .3 so eee +e 1] 1
Barty neaniteecpye cso ores as ae
Atheroma Me eke eee ee! 29 é 93
ANTTETIISITG eh SSR BRB Re oae aaa come medeEe maf 1
lie pariirbisaewes.sce cen seetitee ocean soee tase
Fatty liver
Cirrhosis of liver
Gall-stones
Giastibisecei: wera Mihengs. aoe teen:
Gastric ulceration ........ 0.000...
IDMlatedestom=c hess eee
Gastrosentenitis eso seeeeercee een:
IBGE EEGT SU eae eee wen eee cee
TENTS UTONN Gosdencc ees don eoacguece!|
Intestinal obstruction Barcus
INep inti sie. esse en nae eee
Stone in kidney EMEP aan ones te bs ere a
Jinmabenanstel @AGNNE Sones avaceou ossseo5 i 1 toc |
[PROVE VOSUS EP posecs eters Seocsoshqeco0 ous) y
SENREOMNEY, An onaaedeeddadonendecsooscesd od | 1
VAIS CILGSHEN Meee che as. ae mee eee we 4
RHI EHS sen ae Beaks Rak eke ne gael 12 2
Wai ENRRSS Sa kee ceeonetict ane aes Sopteauo tan 2 | 9
— Lo
Oo Us
“TI
to
on
WOR RWW WRATH
=
24
Rr bo bo
26 MR. H. G. PLIMMER ON
Table I11. shows, in still further detail, the distribution of
diseases amongst the various orders of mammals.
Tasie [11.—The Distribution of Diseases causing Death
amongst the principal Orders of Mammals.
Diseases.
Tuberculosis
Mycosis Was dig daanbebnaae ahaeceeneee
Preto nia’: pee ene eee eee:
IADSGESStE tig ea trae one cmer emer ee
MoxoplacmOsisne sees eee eee ee
JETROVDIASHNOSIS 505 000.005 on9000 c0sea9ees acean'
Empyema
Povicarditis .0. tse! alii
Cholecystitismeer een ter eee aeateaee
| Sarcoptic Scabies
| Demodecic Seabies ...... Se ee
Gram orene vente Meet veteccae cacemaernee
Neerosis
Sepbicasmiaeesere ees tees eerneece|
Peritonitis
Hipdatds sh te Mi oom wet 8
Primates,
ns
loll ell
Carnivora.
Bronchitis Pea sceicaeseeancoar
Broncho-pneumonia .....................
| Congestion of Jungs een odecise
I) (Cinrhosisiobiliver:t))-c.c0s..-eecea:
Bait ryan ces ec techtcen cen cnceoare seine
lie pabitisin cece eece ce ereuerr er:
GastritiStp erence cee scan mee ee
Gastrichulceritlonwere eee eee eee
(GASRO-OMIGIOUHES —5acognoossenucenosassv ore
nterihismee eee eee ater ae cere:
Impacted freces ......... 2002.02. sece eee
JEON, sco doosen.
Gangrene of intestine........cccse ce.
IN/GTLNG LS oeencctasamenonaeee sadiomeameeamared |
By osall nin x osse ene aacane seeapet acces
Carcinoma
Sarcoma ye Ria ot Ne an a ater
ANSIVEN OLLI Ge se esee nemataderpaseetine eae osc
in WES ere cee ses see ect ates euce nese een EES
Notes on the foregoing Tables.
i TG
to Fe bo 8
e:
|
|
Rodentia.
bo
qo ee o9
wr:
a .
: a
- ee el ee
ee) ce
los} a a
= lees =
= iA |
or Coa FA j
fl) ine} SS So |
rest =|
> ic =
o> to
bo ce bo bo
re bo bo
Ort
fon}
bo:
14 9
BB ase SB. Ss
1. The total incidence of infectious diseases in the Gardens is
about 8°5 per cent. for mammals, and 10 per cent. for birds and
reptiles.
2. The following are the percentages of deaths from tubercle
duving the year: mammals -9 per cent., birds 3-5 per cent., and
reptiles -D per cent. on the total numbers for the year, The
DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. UW Q7/
mammals have reached the lowest figure during the last seven
years: of the 12 cases, 3 were pet animals, and 2 came from a
suspected source. ‘T'wo had been kept for about five years in the
open, both summer and winter. The birds show a slight increase,
and in 63 of the cases the infection was general. About 50 of
the birds came from the Small Bird House, where there was an
epidemic during the spring and summer months. In three of the
birds it was of bovine type, and in a Coati it was of * perlsucht ”
type.
3. All the mould diseases have been grouped under Mycosis.
Of the 6 mammals, 4 were Kangaroos and 2 Gazelles. The
number of deaths from mycosis in birds is still very high, and
constitutes close on 10 per cent. of the deaths. It has increased
in reptiles, and has been found in the larger frogs and tortoises.
It is produced in them by a much larger mould than that found
in the mammals and birds, which generally leads to the formation
of tumours.
4. There has been a considerable increase in the incidence of
pheumonia in mammals and birds, but a considerable decrease
in reptiles, due to the careful sterilization of the cages with
steam. In three of the reptiles it was due to worms, the rest
were pneumococcal.
5. In three of the mammals the abscesses, which were large
and excavating, had started in connection with the teeth : in the
remaining mammal the abscess was in the mediastinal glands, and
was due to nematode werms.
6. Due in a Seal to perforation of stomach which contained
42 lbs. of stones, and in two Tasmanian Wolves to perforation of
the intestine, caused by a mycotic growth in the intestine.
7. Found in a Fossa from Madagascar, and ina Fruit-Pigeon
from the Aru Islands, in both for the first time.
8. Found in an Indian Wild Dog, which fortunately was only
three weeks in the Gardens.
9. This Saccharomyces was of the Oidiwm albicans type. -
10. An acute infection in a Barbary Ape, with Demodex
folliculorum, producing extensive ulceration of the face.
11. The designation is not used here in its usual sense. In
this case the liver of a Honey-eater was riddled with nematode
worms, but no embryos were found in the blood.
12. There has been a slight general increase in diseases of the
respiratory organs: these are largely dependent on weather.
13. Two of nee cases were in Cats, and one in a Chimpanzee,
whose gall-bladder was full of gall-stones.
14. In 3 of the mammals, 10 of the birds, and 2 of the reptiles
the inflammation was eaused by parasites or foreign bodies. In
87 of the birds it was hemorrhagic and of bacterial origin. The
remainder of the cases were apparently due to the quantity ov
quality of the food not being suitable to the animal.
15. There has been a general decrease in the number of cases
of nephritis. 18 of the cases In mammals and 13 of those in
128 MR. H. G. PLIMMER ON
birds were acute. The great majority of the cases were of
varying degrees of chronicity and were associated with other
old-age changes.
1G. These cases of cancer occurred as follows :—epithelioma of
neck in a Wolf and ina Gerbille; cancer a liver and glands in
a Bear, and of pancreas in a Marmot.
17. Of the sarcomata, one was in the testis of an old Dingo,
another, an angiosarcoma, in the liver of a Barbary Sheep, and
the third, an adeno-sarcoma, in the kidney of an Ouakari.
18. Under the term malaria are grouped 12 cases due to
Hemoproteus danilewskyi and 3 due to Plasmodium precox: see
section on blood-parasites below.
19, 20, 21, 22. See the section on blood-parasites below.
23. The number of cases of atheroma indicates that a large
number of old birds have died.
24. One case in an Otter, the other ina Wallaby. Both were
uric acid caleuli.
25. The number of rickety animals in the Gardens has greatly
decreased.
Bioop-PARASITES.
During the year the blood of every animal which died has been
examined, with the result that parasites have been found in 70 ;
in 30 species for the first time.
They have been distributed as follows :—
Filarie. In 5 mammals; in 3 species for the first time.
19 birds; in 6 species for the first time.
3 reptiles; in 3 species for the first time.
Trypanosomes. In 2 birds; in both for the first time.
1 reptile.
( Hemoproteus danilewskyt. In 12 birds; in 8 species
for the first time.
5 Plasmodium precox. In 3 birds; in all for the
first time.
Leucocytozoa. In 3 birds; in 2 species for the first time.
Toxoplasma. In 1 mammal and 1 bird; in both for the first
time.
Babesia. In 1 mammal.
Hemogregarines. In 19 reptiles; in 3 species for the first
time.
Malaria.
The following Tables show the occurrence of the blood-parasites
in detail :—
Embryo Filarie found in the blood of Mammals.
HiaBirat. TYPE.
Found in the following for the first time :
2 Squirrel Monkeys (Saimiris sciurea)... Brazil. Long, thin.
2 Canadian Porcupines (Hrithizon dor- N. America. Long, pointed.
satus).
Marmoset (Leontocebus mystax) ......... S. America. Long.
DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS.
Embryo Filarice found in the blood of Birds.
White-throated Jay Thrush (Garrulax
albigularis).
Himalayan Whistling Thrush (Jyio-
phoneus temmincki).
Brazilian Hanegnest (Ieterus jamaicai)...
2 Chilian Starlings (Cureus aterrimus) .
Green Cardinal (Gubernatrix crista-
tella).
2 Blue Birds (Sialia sialis) ..............
King Bird of Paradise
regius).
(Cicinnurus
Occipital Blue Pie (Urocissa occipitalis).
Hermit-Thrush (Hylocichla guttata) ...
HABITAT.
India.
India.
Colombia.
Chili.
S. America.
N. America.
Aru Islands.
India.
N. America.
Found in the following for the first time :
White-bellied Guan
tris).
3 Black-headed YPartridges
melanocephala).
Shining Weaver-Bird (Hypochera nitens).
Double-banded Finch (Stictoptera aniwu-
losa).
Cuban Mocking-Bird (Mimus orpheus) .
(Ortalis albiven-
(Caccabis
Blue-headed Rock Thrash (Petrophila
cinclorhynchus).
Brazil.
Avabia.
W. Africa.
Anstralia.
Cuba.
India.
TYPE.
Two kinds found; one
very long, the other
short, thick, pointed.
Short, thick, pointed.
Long, pointed, encap-
suled.
Short, thick, pointed.
Long.
Long, striated, encap-
suled.
Thick, short.
Embryo Filarie found in the blood of Reptiles: in all for
the first time.
Bull Frog (Rana eatesbiana) .............5.
Chicken Snake (Coluber obsoletus)
Boa (Bow constrictor) -..2..-40--4-4:+.-
N. America.
N. America.
S. America.
Short, encapsuled.
Long, encapsuled.
Long.
Trypanosomes found in the blood of Birds ; in both for
the first time.
King Bird of Paradise (Cicinnwrus
regius).
Blue-eyed Raven (Macrocorax fusci-
capillus).
Aru Islands.
Ayu Islands.
Of the type of 7. avium.
Trypanosomes found in the blood of Reptiles.
Bull Frog (Rana catesbiana)..............+
N. America.
Of the type of T.'rota
torium.
Hemogreyarines found in the blood of Reptiles.
Diamond Rattlesnake (Crotalus atrow) .
2 American Black Snakes (Zamenis
constrictor).
Hog-nosed Snake (Heterodon platy-
rhinos).
Mexican Snake (Coluber melanoleucus) .
2 Pigmy Rattlesnakes (Sistrurus imili-
arius).
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1915, No. 1X.
Texas.
N. America.
N. America.
Mexico.
N. America.
13 ON DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS.
HaApirat. Tyre.
Russell’s Viper (Vipera russelli) ......... India.
Dark Green Snake (Zamenis gemonensis). Kurope.
Indian Rat-Snake (Zamenis mucosus) ... India.
IBoky (GEOG? GOPRFOCGOR)) soc -co 0s seo ove ceaune roe S. America.
Chicken Snake (Coluber obsoletus) ...... N. America.
Say’s Snake (Coluber melanoleucus)...... N. America.
Testaceous Snake (Zamenis flagelli- N. America.
formis).
Corais Snake (Coluber corais) ............ Brazil.
Bull Frog (Rana catesbiana) .:.......-..-.. N. America.
Green Tree-Snake (Dendraspis viridis) . W. Africa.
Found in the following for the first time :
Emperor Boa (Boa imperator) ............ C. America. Very large.
Long-necked Terrapin (Chelodina Queensland. Stout, short.
expansa).
Heemoproteus danilewskyi found in the blood of Birds.
Haxpitat.
2 Blue-crowned Hanging Parakeets (Loriculus galgulus) ......... Malay.
Found in the following for the first time :
2 Seed-eaters (Orithagra chrysopyga)) ....c0-...02 sense sec ees eevee se W. Africa.
Java sparrows CRAdMGLOny ZO) pepe ees eee eee tee eee eee Java.
Cotton Teal (Nettopus coromandelianus) ... 0.0... .0022. cece cee eee ee India.
Violet-necked Lory (Hos riciniata) .......1.cicccrceeceece cee tee ees eee Aru Islands.
3 Black-headed Partridges (Caccabis melanocephala) ............ Arabia.
Orange-bellied Fruit Pigeon (Ptilinopus iozonus).................- Aru Islands.
Yellow-tufted Honey-eater (Ptilotis awricomis).............00.0. N.S. Wales.
Plasmodium precox found in the blood of Birds ; in all for
the first time.
Quail Finch (Ortygospiza polyZond) ............ 00sec cent ee S. Africa.
tikeniieel Dime (Th emMenHO, jOMCGHAD)) coc cme sorcrn coo soe on sey eco seaoeb nes ese Siberia.
Grey -winged Ouzel (Merula UXOTRAD OUI) accte sacuaoe copepn 064 bee sao nortan Tndia.
Leucocytozoa found in the blood of Birds.
‘Owl (Syrniam CHUTIC) aRtnues ee aeeeccr area eiroce ncame oneneste deardnaanchedc Europe.
Found in the following for the first time :
Haleated Duck (CHtunetta falcata) ......ts..e estes eee eee ee Siberia.
Chilian Starling (Cureus aterrimus) ©......... 02.00. ce eee cee cece eens Chili.
Babesia found in the blood of the following Mammat.
Indian Wild Dog (Cyon dukhunensis) ... 0.2... 000.0. cee ccc eee cee tees India.
Toxoplasma found in the blood of the following for
the first time.
[Mosse (CHRopaATROGEO, JARO®D) cco) sceiaon see convened cas Hes usdsoptos cnn oneCo" Madagascar.
Blue-tailed Fruit Pigeon (Carpophaga concinna) ...........0...0. Aru Islands.
ON EXTERNAL CHARACTERS OF THE VIVERRINA, Ua
12. On the Feet and Glands and other External Characters
of the Viverrinee, with the description of a New Genus.
IB dite He OOOO, IIe Ss Itsy leash, | Cine ore
Mammals.
[Received December 11, 1914: Read March 9, 1915.]
(Text-figures 1-7.)
INDEX. Page
Wee Ol WGC BUDA Mody sncoss box iascencsntaecascnossesc, LBP
», Civettictis (gen. nov.) civetta .................. 184
» Viverricula malaccensis and V. rasse ...... 136
ej? \ CRAOARTO sone rm bear cmedeemem ater meaaacreInete te aml. 0
Feet as a Test of Specialisation... ..................... 139
Vibrisse and Rhinarium of Viverrine ................ 140
Reraqovme Cilenacls O! CRYOHAD caocecccaonsacoseadsecaasnecce 1D)
Es 5 COOP BURA. occ sonans snesneon- 145
= 3 Vooenricula rassé 2...) LAT
a a Civettictis civetta.................. 147
Apart from Genetta, which occurs in South Europe, the
Viverrine Carnivores, in the restricted sense in which that
term is here employed*, are limited to the Ethiopian and
Oriental Regions, and Viverra is the only genus hitherto con-
sidered to be both Ethiopian and Oriental’. The following
species are included in it:—V. civetta of tropical Africa, and
V. zibetha, civettina, megaspila, and tangalunga, which collec-
tively range from western India as far eastward as southern
China, Borneo, and the Philippines.
It is the main purpose of the present paper to show that the
wide discontinuity in distribution between the African and
Asiatic forms is paralleled by structural differences in the glands
and feet, necessitating generic recognition (see p. 134) t.
Descriptions of the feet of Viverra may be found in various
memoirs, text-books, and natural histories. These need not be
enumerated since the descriptions appear either to be mere copies
of previous records dating back at least to 1842, when Hodgson
described and figured the hind feet of V. zibetha, or to have been
derived, like Blanford’s account, from Indian species only. It is
quite true that stateménts regarding the feet of V’. civetta have
* Tuse the term Viverrine for the little group popularly called Civets and Genets,
and commonly referred to the three genera, Viverra, Viverricula, and Genetta.
Fossa, Linsang, and Poiana are here eliminated from this subfamily.
+ The occurrence of Viverricula in Sokotra, the Comoro Islands, and Madagascar
must surely be assigned to human agency.
¢ Mr. Oldfield Thomas (P. Z.S. 1911, p. 137) has shown that the type of
Viverra is zibetha; and since he agreed with Schreber and other early post-
Linnean authors, who have been followed in this particular by subsequent
writers, in restricting the term zibetha to the so-called large Indian Civet, it
follows that the African species, no other name being apparently available, must
receive the new generic title.
G*
e
132 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON EXTERNAL
been printed, but, instead of being taken from actual specimens,
these have been published apparently on the assumption that the
African species resembles its Asiatic congeners. At all events,
I cannot find any evidence from the works I have consulted
that the feet of V. civetta have ever been carefully examined
with a view to comparison with those of V. zibetha or of any
other Oriental species *.
The facts substantiated in this paper are the result of the
examination of specimens belonging to the two species just men-
tioned, which died in the Zoological Gardens and came into my
hands in a perfectly fresh state. Of V7. zibetha I have only seen
one example, a male, from the Malay Peninsula ; but in the case
of V. civetta my observations have been checked by an inspection
of individuals of both sexes of what I take to be the typical race
of this species, namely, the form that occurs in Sierra Leone,
Liberia, Ashanti, etc.
The Feet of Viverva zibetha Lnin.
In his work upon Indian Mammals, Blanford described the
feet of Viverra as follows:—“ Feet truly digitigrade, the meta-
tarsus, metacarpus, and feet being hairy throughout, with the
exception of a central and five toe-pads on all feet and a
metacarpal pad on each fore limb. Claws small, partially
vetractile and blunt.” This description applies to the feet of
V. zibetha so far as it goes; but it requires amplification.
The fore foot (text-fig. 1, A, C) is broader and more massive than
the hind foot, as in most Carnivores, and carries a larger plantar
pad. This pad is smooth and of the usual trilobate form, but
with its posterior angles more produced than in the Canide and
Felide. The pollical lobe, however, of the pad is either suppressed
or indistinguishably fused with the posterior end of the internal
lateral lobe corresponding to the second digity. The digits
are moderately long and fully webbed, the web extending
along the inner (admedian) part of the large smooth digital pads
well beyond their proximal ends. The lateral webs are more
* Miss Carlsson, however (Zool. Jahrb. Syst. xxvill. p. 559, 1910), gave a brief
description of the feet of V. civetta, illustrated by two text-figures, to show the
differences between them and the feet of Galidia, with which the feet of Mangos
were also compared. So far as it is possible to judge from the somewhat indif-
ferent prints, the paws of the specimen of V. civetta she examined agree with
those that have come into my hands.
+ As in previous papers upon the feet of Carnivora, I use the term “plantar”
indifferently for the large main pad of both fore and hind limbs. The trilobed
condition of this pad results from the fusion of three originally quite distinct
pads set opposite the intervals between the four principal digits, and hence called
‘“interdigital ? pads. (See Whipple, Zeitschr. morph. Anthropol. vii. 1904; Kidd,
‘The Sense of Touch in Mammals, etc.,’ A. & C. Black, 1907; Boas, Zool. Anz. 1909,
p. 524.) Sometimes the pad lying primarily opposite the interval between the first
and second digits forms part of it; but in the case of the Carnivora, at all events,
when this element is indistinguishable, its absence appears to be due to suppression.
However that may be, I call this element, when present, the “ollical or hallucal
lobe,” because of its relations to the Ist digit. The three main lobes of the pad
are called the “ median,” the “ internal lateral,” and the “ external lateral” lobes.
CHARACTERS OF THE VIVERRINA. 133
emarginate than the median ; and the width of the web joining
the 3rd and 4th digits is about equal to the transverse diameter
of either pad. Except for a narrow streak of naked or nearly
naked skin passing from the digital to the plantar pad, the web
is everywhere covered with hair. The pollex or Ist digit has a
small but distinct pad situated about on a level with the posterior
end of the internal lateral lobe of the plantar pad but separated
Text-figure i,
=
=
<<
SSE
SSS
SS
SS
Aes Mae
seh WIA LILLE a
7
= WZ ee
sy GALI
y iy ZINE
i, YZ Ly byt
A. Inferior view of left fore foot of Viverra zibetha.
B. Inferior view ot left hind foot of the same.
C. External view of left fore foot of the same.
therefrom by a bridge of hair. The claws are short and retrac-
tile. Those of the Ist, 2nd, and 5th digits are unguarded by
lobes of skin; but those of the 3rd and 4th digits are protected
externally by a lobe of hairy skin, while there is, in addition, on
the inner (admedian) side of the 3rd digit a very large flap-lke
lobe guarding the adjoining claw and the claw of the 4th digit,
when the two digits in question are in contact. These claws, in
134 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON EXTERNAL
short, are retractile and as well protected by skin-lobes as in
many species of Melis *
The carpal pad is moderately large but low. It is cordate in
outline with the point projecting outwards and forwards. It is
composed almost wholly of the ulnar element of the primitively
double carpal pad, the radial or inner element being represented
merely by a very small lobe jutting from its postero-internal end.
Connecting the point of the carpal pad with the postero-external
extremity ‘of the plantar pad is a narrow strip of naked or nearly
naked skin. Apart from this strip the plantar pad is everywhere
surrounded by hair.
The hind foot (text-fig. 1, B) in its general features resembles
the fore foot. There are, however, no well-defined skin-lobes
protecting and forming sheaths for the claws. The hallux or
Ist digit is set a little farther back, but is still close to the postero-
internal angle of the plantar pad. This portion of the plantar pad
terminates in a small area of naked skin, which may represent the
hallucal lobe of the plantar pad. At all events it. occupies the
position of that lobe. There is no trace of any pad or naked area
of skin on the lower side of the foot behind (above) the plantar
pad.
I have not been able to examine the feet, either fresh or pre-
served in alcohol, of V. civettina, megaspila, and tangalunga. Of
the first, the so-called Malabar Civet, no material of any kind is
available. Of the other two, there are several dried skins in the
British Museum. So far as it is possible to judge from these,
the feet of V. tangalunga resemble those of V. zibetha, at all
events in the matter of hair-growth ; but those of J. Ugalde
have the area between the plantar and digital pads much less
thickly hairy. It is not indeed possible to affirm the presence of
hairs on this area in all specimens ; but in some examples short
hairs are visible between the pads. Perhaps this species differs
from V. zibetha and JV. tangalunga, so far as this character is
concerned, in the same way as the specimens of Viverricula
malaccensis and V. rasse, described below, differ from each other.
The Feet of Civettictis (gen. nov.) civetta Schreb.
The fore foot (text-tig. 2, A, C) differs markedly from that of
V. zibetha in the following particulars. The whole of the under-
side round the plantar pad up to the margin of the webs and
the digital pads is quite naked. The pollical lobe of the plantar
pad, though small, forms a quite distinct excrescence set just
behind the postero- -internal angle of the plantar pad and on a
level with the digital lobe of the pollex, from which it is separated
by a narrow area of naked skin, From the pollical lobe and from
the corresponding external angle of the plantar pad, there usually
= Tt does not appear to be generally realized that the extent to which the
claws are “‘ sheathed ” varies considerably in different spscies of Felide.
CHARACTERS OF THE VIVERRIN.E. 135
runs backwards on each side a narrow strip of naked or nearly
naked skin, the two uniting posteriorly just in front of the carpal
pad and anteriorly just behind the plantar pad. They cireum-
seribe a large, subovate area thickly covered with hair, and
corresponding to the hairy area behind the plantar pad in
V. zihetha.
Text-figure 2.
A. Inferior view of left fore foot of Civettictis civetta. {Sometimes the carpal pad
is more distinctly cleft and the strips of naked skin running forwards from it
may be overgrown with hair proximally. }
&
|
B. Inferior view of left hind foot of the same. [Sometimes the metatarsal pad is
cleft by a line of hair. }
C. External view of left fore foot of the same.
The carpal pad is large, transverse, and markedly bilobed. The
two lobes, both rounded or subovate, are separated by a depres-
sion, the outer or ulnar lobe being about twice as large as the
inner or radial lobe. Behind them there is a small pointed area
of naked skin.
136 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON EXTERNAL
The ciaws are long, projecting, not, or scarcely at all, retractile,
and quite unprotected by sheaths of hairy skin.
The hind foot (text-fig. 2, B) differs correspondingly from that
ot V. zibetha, the area ait the sides and in front of the plantar pad
being naked and the pollical lobe of the plantar pad forming a
distinct excrescence. Behind it there is a small backwardly
directed area of naked skin. The hallux is situated a little more
forward, and its digital pad is larger. In addition, however, there
is a distinct flat, baleinet sometimes divided, aniked pad siametie |
some little distance behind (above) the plantar pad, and repre-
senting the two streaks of naked skin traversing the underside
of the metatarsus in Genetta and Poiana and the single small spot
on that of Yossa *.
The Feet of Viverricula malaccensis and V. rasse.
I have seen no fresh specimens of V. malaccensis, but judging
from dried skins the feet resemble those of Viverra zibetha in
most respects. The pollex and hallux nevertheless, as noticed
by previous writers, are considerably higher up; and I can find
no trace of lobes of skin on the fore paw similar to those pro-
tecting the claws in V. zibetha. Hodgson (Caleutta Journ. Sci.
il. 1842, pl. i.) gave a sketch of the underside of the hind foot and
drew attention to the presence of a small naked spot on the side
of the plantar pad. This is the hallucal lobe of that pad. Its
development seems to be variable, but in no case is it distinctive
of this Civet, as the manner of its citation by Hodgson, Gray, and
Mivart suggests.
In the specimen figured by Hodgson, and in the skins above
mentioned, the area between’ the plantar and digital pads was
thickly hairy ; but in a spirit-preserved example in the British
Museum, ticketed S.H. Java (H. O. Forbes), and therefore
belonging to the species, or race, identified as V. rasse Horsf. by
Bonhote tT, the greater part of this area is naked, the hair being
restricted to a triangular patch on the web between the 3rd and
Ath digits and to somewhat similar patches extending backwards
from the edge of the webs joining the 2nd and 5th digits to the
3rd and 4th respectively. The skin at the sides of the plantar
pads and back to the digital pad of the pollex and hallux is also
naked, and a narrow strip of naked skin runs from the carpal
ad to the digital pad of the pollex (text-fig. 3, A, B).
The Feet of Genetta.
These have been often described but not quite so fully as
might be. Mivart’s figure and description of the feet of the
species he identified as G. tigrina (P. Z.S. 1882, p. 152, fig. 3)
* A peculiarity in the hind foot of Fossa is the upward migration of the hallucal
element of the plantar pad in company with the hallux. This and the little
metatarsal pad constitute “the two bald places” mentioned by Mivart.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1898, i. p. 121.
P.Z.S. 1915. Part 1.
Owing toa mishap during printing, text-fig. 3, D, p. 137, was
badly broken ; this was unfortunately not discovered until after
many copies had been distributed. The attached pages are to
replace those previously issued.
June, 1915.
Pat
Pe caietasacs Nit
; ‘ ihiswneltas
CHARACTERS OF THE VIVERRIN-E.
Text-fieure 3.
(=)
lies Y
We oy
dey
py
A. Inferior view of right fore foot of Viverricula rasse.
B. Ditto of right hind foot of the same.
G. Ditto of right fore foot of Genettu pubiyinosa.
Lb. Ditto of right hind foot of the same.
isu)
=
138 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON EXTERNAL
suggest, for example, that in the fore paw the carpal pads are
separated from the plantar pad by a continuous tract of hair,
and that in the hind paw the plantar pad is similarly cut off
from the two juxtaposed narrow ridges of naked skin that
traverse the underside of the metatarsus. I have not examined
the feet of G. tigrina and can say nothing of that species; but in
G. rubiginosa and G..pardina that condition does not obtain, at
all events in the specimens I have seen. The pads are smooth,
the area between the digital and plantar pads is thickly covered
with hair, and the toes are webbed up to the proximal ends of
the digital pads. The plantar pads are normally trilobed, but
there are a large pollical and a hallucal lobe in contact posteriorly
with the internal lateral lobe of the plantar pad of the fore and
hind feet respectively. A naked strip of skin passes from the
digital pad of the pollex and hallux to the corresponding lobe of
the plantar pad. The carpal pad is antero-posteriorly elongate
and manifestly bilobed, the external or ulnar element is much
larger than the internal, the latter is connected with the pollical
lobe by a naked strip of skin and a corresponding strip extends
forwards from the large lobe of the carpal pad to the posterior
external angle of the plantar pad. Hence the hairy patch im-
mediately behind the plantar pad is completely cut off by naked
skin from the hairs clothing the rest of the underside of the paw.
Similarly in the hind feet, the two contiguous ridges of naked,
skin, the outer of which extends farther up the metatarsus than
the inner, diverge inferiorly and are continued as narrow strips
of naked skin to the postero-external and internal angles of the
plantar pad, circumscribing a long triangular hairy area.
The claws are retractile and, except those of the hallux and
pollex, are protected externally by a lobe of hairy skin. ‘Those of
the fore foot, excluding the pollex, are protected on the outer side
by a small lobe of skin, the lobes of the 2ndand 5th being smaller
than of the 3rd and 4th, while the 3rd has, in addition, a larger
internal lobe, similar to but relatively smaller than that of
Viverra zibetha. In the hind foot, the claws of the 3rd and 4th
digits are protected externally by small lobes. That is the con-
dition observed in a male specimen of G. rubiginosa Gext-fig. 3,
C, D); but probably the size of these lobes will be found to vary
considerably in different species, for in the fore foot of an example
of G. dongolana the lobes are all smaller than in that of G. rubi-
ginosa, the lobes on the 2nd and 5th digits and the internal lobe
on the 4th being scarcely perceptible.
The feet of a specimen of G. dongolana, from Berbera, resemble
those described above, except that the underside of the pollex and
hallux is hairy, there being no strip of naked skin joining their
digital pads with the corresponding lobes of the plantar pad, and
that in the hind foot the lower divergent ends of the two ridge-
like pads are not connected by means of naked strips of integu-
ment with the posterior angles of the plantar pad, the area below
CHARACTERS OF THE VIVERRIN Al. : 137
Text-figure 3,
NH Ne Wil Zoe
Nat \{ Wil! f \ y "ULE
A \e MW Wan hi fi: A
INU NENW Garey
Se Oy) ig
LAN NWeea RNIN Wii,
na | ii Y aN \ } Ys Ye;
Y
JANICE My,
ig
pee
Ss.
=
3 he
NG hes
UA Nerd
LUN ZN 8 Bt at Pe
THM ip, Ki ¢
see Pas!
\ if AX)
KY)
ate ny
D 3
A. Inferior view of right fore foot of Viverricula rasse.
B. Ditto of right hind foot of the same.
C. Ditto of right fore foot of Genetta rubiginosa.
D. Ditto of right hind foot of the same.
138 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON EXTERNAL
suggest, for example, that in the fore paw the carpal pads are
separated from the plantar pad by a continuous tract of hair,
and that in the hind paw the plantar pad is similarly cut off
from the two juxtaposed narrow ridges of naked skin that
traverse the underside of the metatarsus. I have not examined
the feet of G. tigrina and can say nothing of that species; but in
G. rubiginosa and G. pardina that condition does not obtain, at
all events in the specimens I have seen. The pads are smooth,
the area between the digital and plantar pads is thickly covered
with hair, and the toes are webbed up to the proximal ends of
the digital pads. The plantar pads are normally trilobed, but
there are a large pollical and a hallucal lobe in contact posteriorly
with the internal lateral lobe of the plantar pad of the fore and
hind feet respectively. A naked strip of skin passes from the
digital pad of the pollex and hallux to the corresponding lobe of
the plantar pad. The carpal pad is antero-posteriorly elongate:
and manifestly bilobed, the external or ulnar element is much
larger than the internal, the latter is connected with the pollical
lobe by a naked strip of skin and a corresponding strip extends
forwards from the large lobe of the carpal pad to the posterior
external angle of the plantar pad. Hence the hairy patch im-
mediately behind the plantar pad is completely cut off by naked
skin from the hairs clothing the rest of the underside of the paw.
Similarly in the hind feet, the two contiguous ridges of naked
skin, the outer of which extends farther up the metatarsus than
the inner, diverge inferiorly and are continued as narrow strips
of naked skin to the postero-external and internal angles of the
plantar pad, circumscribing a long triangular hairy area.
The claws are retractile and, except ‘those of the hallux and
pollex, are protected externally by a lobe of hairy skin, Those of
the fore foot, excluding the pollex, are protected on the outer side
by a small lobe of skin, the lobes of the 2nd and 5th being smaller
than of the 3rd and 4th, while the 3rd _ has, in sdlition, a larger
internal lobe, similar to but relatively smaller than that moe
Viverra zibetha. In the hind foot, the claws of the 3rd and 4th
digits are protected externally by small lobes. That is the con-
dition observed in a male specimen of G. rubiginosa (text-fig. 3,
C, D); but probably the size of these lobes will be found to vary
considerably in different species, for in the fore foot of an example
of G. dongolana the lobes are all smaller than in that of G. rubi-
ginosa, the lobes on the 2nd and 5th digits and the internal lobe
on the 4th being scarcely perceptible.
The feet of a specimen of G. dongolana, from Berbera, resemble
those described above, except that the underside of the pollex and
hallux is hairy, there being no strip of naked skin joining their
digital pads with the corresponding lobes of the plantar pad, and
that i in the hind foot the lower divergent ends of the two ridge-
like pads are not connected by means of naked strips of integu-
ment with the posterior angles of the plantar pad, the area below
CHARACTERS OF THE VIVERRINA. 139
re)
these ridges being continuously hairy from side to side across the
metatarsus.
The Feet as a Test of Specialisation.
In attempting to estimate by the structure of the feet the
degree of specialisation of the four genera of Viverrine Car-
nivores, 1t may be assumed that this group is a specialised
offshoot of a group of which the Paradoxures and their allies are
existing representatives ; and that this Paradoxurine group had
feet not only with the area between the plantar and digital pads
naked, but also the area behind the plantar pad. This latter area
extended on the hind foot up to or almost up to the heel (tarsus)
and covered nearly the whole width of the underside of the meta-
tarsus. On the fore foot it included two large carpal pads, together
approximately equalling or surpassing in size the plantar pad.
The inner or radial carpal pad was in contact with the well
developed pollical lobe of the plantar pad, and the outer or
ulnar carpal pad similarly reached the ezternal lateral lobe of
the plantar pad. The central space between the median portion
of the plantar pad and the carpal pads was depressed and covered
with thinner naked skin. The pollex and hallux were low down,
only a little distance behind the second digits of the paws. and
abutted against the pollical and hallucal lobes of the plantar pad
respectively.
The Viverrine genera above enumerated show to a varying
extent departure from the type of foot just described in the
following particulars:—(1) Growth of hair over the naked
integument ; (2) reduction in the size of the carpal pads and
of the pollical and hallucal elements of the plantar pads;
(3) separation of the pollex and hallux and of the carpal pad
from the plantar pad.
Those genera which exhibit these modifications in the most
marked degree are the most specialised, and those in which they
are least marked are the most primitive of the group, so far at all
events as the feet are concerned.
Judged by this standard the genera may be arranged from
highest to lowest in the following order :—(1) Viverricula,
(2) Viverra, (3) Ciwettictis, (4) Genetta. Or perhaps they should
rather be placed in pairs, the Asiatic genera Viverricula and
Viverra standing together at a considerably higher level than
the two African genera Civettictis and Genetta.
'In the high position of the pollex and hallux, the feet of
Viverricula ave the most specialised and the most feline of the
section. On the other hand, the skin-lobes sheathing the claws
in Viverra ave also a specialised and feline feature.
Oivettictis is certainly more primitive than Viverra. Not only
is the area between the plantar and digital pads naked, but in the
fore foot this naked area is extended backwards on each side to
the carpal pad. The carpal pad also is much larger and has its
140 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON EXTERNAL
ulnar or inner moiety well developed and the pollical and hallueal
elements of the plantar pad form tolerably large excrescences*.
Finally, in the hind feet remains of the naked metatarsal area
persist as the small bilobed pad.
Between Civettictis and Genetta it is not easy to make a choice
as regards degree of specialisation of the feet. The feet of Genetia
are thickly hairy between the plantar and digital pads, the claws
are short, partially retractile, and protected by small lobes of hairy
skin, thus approaching those of Viverra. On the other hand, the
pollical and hallucal lobes of the plantar pad are considerably
larger than in Civettictis, and the carpal pads are not only larger,
especially antero-posteriorly, but are situated nearer the plantar
pad, both primitive features. Finally,in the hind limb the primitive
naked area beneath the metatarsus is represented by the pair of
median juxtaposed ridges above described. This is a much more
primitive condition than that seen in any of the so-called Civets,
two of which, Viverra and Viverricula, have lost all trace of this
naked metatarsal area, while in Civettict?s it is merely represented
by the small bilobed metatarsal pad.
Vibrisse and Rhinariwm of Viverrinee.
In the four genera here recognised as composing this subfamily,
the vibrissee are well developed and quite normal for the Carni-
vora—that is to say, there are an interramal tuft and two genal
tufts in addition to the superciliary and mystacial tufts.
The rhinarium shows some interesting differences in the types
examined. Daubenton long ago pointed out that the rhinarium
of Viverra zibetha differs from that of Civettictis civetta. In the
former (text-fig. 4, C, D) it is slightly convex antero-posteriorly
above owing to the elevation of its lateral portion, but from the
anterior view it is lightly bi-convex owing to a longitudinal
depression along the middle line. The anterior median sulcus
dividing its narrow labial portion scarcely extends above that
portion, being obsolete, or nearly so, on the internarial area. In
C. civetia (text-fig. 4, A, B) this -groove is similarly shallow or
indistinct above, but the upper margin of the rhinarium is more
evenly convex from side to side, without trace of median de-
pression, and in profile view it is straight, the lateral portion of
the upper surface not being elevated. In Viverricula the rhina-
rium is like that of Civettictis in shape, but the infra-narial
portion is narrower and the median sulcus extending from the
labial portion is stronger and reaches up to the internarial area.
In Genetta rubiginosa (text-fig. 4, HK, F) the upper surface is flat
in profile; while from the anterior aspect it is also flat with
strongly rounded angles, but not biconvex as in J. zibetha, nor
uniformly convex from side to side as in Civettictis civetta; and
* Provisionally, at all events, I do not attach much weight to this difference
because, since Hodgson figured a small hallucal element in Viverra zibetha, the
character must be variable and we do not know the extent of the variation.
CHARACTERS OF THE VIVERRIN®. 141
the anterior median sulcus is more pronounced than in Viverricula
and a little longer.
Text-figure 4.
A. Anterior view of rhinarium of Civettictis civetta. [The upper
surface is too convex and too narrow. |
B. Side view of the same.
C. Anterior view of rhinarium of Viverra zibetha.
D. Side view of, the same.
KE. Anterior view of rhinarium of Genetta rubiginosa.
F. Side view of the same.
Norz.—The width of the naked area dividing the lip below the rhinarium varies
according to the degree of separation of the two portions of the lip.
It may be noted that in the biconvexity of its upper surface
the rhinarium of Viverra zibetha approaches that of Paradoxurus,
though it differs therefrom in the obsolescence of the anterior
142 MR. R, I. POCOCK ON EXTERNAL
internarial sulcus. Since this, however, is retained in Genetta,
it is impossible to affirm the existence of any absolute difference
between the rhinaria of the Viverrine collectively and of the
Pavadoxurine.
Perfume-glands of the Viverrine.
The Glands of Genetta.
[ do not find the description of the glands of Viverra (including
Civettictis) and Genetta, published by Chatin (Ann, Sci. Nat. (5)
xix. 1874), very intelligible. In the little summary given of
their distinctive features, however, he states that the glands
of Genetta differ fiom those of Viverra in having no special
pouch for the storage of the secretion. This is quoted in many
text-books and is referred to by Mivart (P. Z.S. 1882, p. 156)
as ‘a most important difference.” Mivart aiso gives a figure
of the gland of a female specimen referred to G. tigrina, but
the accompanying letterpress does not agree with the figure, nor
does it convey an accurate idea of the glands of the Genets that
IT have examined. ‘The following account, therefore, may help to
an understanding of this gland in the Genets and of the more
elaborate gland found in the Civets.
The glands consist of two elongated eminences covered with
hair both externally and internally. When undisturbed the
two lobes are closely apposed, their line of contact being marked
by a longitudinal sulcus which is Y-shaped anteriorly, that is
to say, just behind the vulva or prepuce. In no case does the
median sulcus extend forwards to the vulva as figured by Mivart
for G. tagrina.
In males of the three species examined by me, namely, G. par-
dina, G. rubiginosa, and G'. dongolana *, the space between the
glandular lobes, when these are pulled apart, may be seen to be
imperfectly divided into three compartments—marked in Mivart’s
figure by the laterally extending grooves—one in front, one
* G. dongolana is probably nothing but a subspecies of G. senegalensis, the gland
of which was described by Chatin.
Description of text-figure 5, continued.
D. Anal and glandular area of newly born young of Genetta pardina 2,
the labia of the gland separated, showing two pairs of depressions.
£. The same of ¢. fj
F. Inferior view of anal and glandular area of Genetta felina °.
G. The same, with the labia of the glandular space separated.
H. Longitudinal and vertical section of the same.
a., anus; gl., gland; pr., prepuce; s., scrotum; v., vulva.
In fig. C; p., penis; 1, 2, 3, the three glandular pouches ; ¢., testis; o., orifice
of anal gland within anus.
CHARACTERS OF THE VIVERRIN A, 143
Text-figure 5.
Wy fy
< WG
Svs iy
Ae TL
/
A
A. Inferior view of anal and glandular area of Genetta pardina 6.
B. The same, with the three glandular pouches partially distended.
GC, Longitudinal and vertical section of the same.
144 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON EXTERNAL
behind, and one between the two. The compartments are
separated by two transverse ridges of integument, extending
across the space between the lobes but with their summits below
the level of the anterior, posterior, and lateral walls of the space.
Into the bottom of each of these compartments the secretion of
the glands can be squeezed from a pair of laterally placed clusters
of minute orifices. Thus there are six centres from which the
liquid secretion exudes, three leading from the right and three
from the left gland. Longitudinal and vertical section of the
glandular area shows that the low partitions between the compart-
ments of the glandular space are formed by simple uprising folds
of the integument of its floor. Beneath the integument a narrow
strip of the gland stretches the whole length of the glandular
area; beneath and in front of the gland is the penis; behind
it the testis, and below the testis the anal gland with its orifice
just within the anus (text-fig. 5, A, B, C)*.
This is the condition of things in the males of the three species
mentioned above; and the gland of a female Genet from Nairobi,
similar in colour and markings to the 8. African G’. rwbiginosa,
resembled those of the males in being divided into three com-
partments and provided with three pairs of secreting areas, one
pair for each compartment ; and I do not doubt that the female
Mivart identified as G. tigrina was similarly provided. But in
a half-grown female of G. dongolana the gland is of a different
and simpler type. The median sulcus is Y-shaped as in the
male, but when the lobes are pulled apart, the space between
them is seen to be undivided, with a naked floor continuous m
front with the naked skin surrounding the vulva and limited
posteriorly by the preanal area of integument, which is covered
with short hair. Secretion under pressure can be squeezed from
the inner face of the glandular lobes, but there are no definite
and isolated paired secreting centres as in the male of this species
and of the others described. That the characters in which the
gland of this young female differ from those of the adult male
are not attributable to its immaturity, is shown by the occurrence
of a gland, similar to that of the adult male, in a young male
that came at the same time and from the same place as the
young female, but died two months before she did. The sexual
differences between these two in the structure of the glands was
very striking.
Again, I have drawings and notes of the gland of an adult
female 8. African Feline Genet (G. felina) that died as long ago
as June 1910. In all essential respects this gland appears to
have resembled that of the young female G. dongolana, but the
glandular lobes were larger and the space between them deeper,
especially posteriorly. The hair lining the inner faces of the
lobes was stained with yellow secretion, which could be squeezed
* The glands are well developed in the newly born young of Genets. In themale
G. pardina the gland resembles that of the adult ; in the female it is provided with
two pairs of secreting pouches (text-fig. 5, D, E).
CHARACTERS OF THE VIVERRIN&. 145
from a definite area, pitted with numerous pores, upon each
lobe (text-fig. 5, F, G, H).
The structure of the gland in the females of G. dongolana and
G. felina throws light, I think, upon a difficulty that puzzled
Mivart, who could not reconcile his observations upon the gland
in the female of G. tigrina with those of Daubenton (Bufton’s
Hist. Nat. ix. 1761, p. 343, pls. 56-40) on the gland of what
appears to have been a Huropean Genet (G. genetta). Daubenton
figured a simple, small glandular space lying between two lappets
and furnished with a pair of secreting pores. Except that the
pores were described as single orifices, this gland agrees tolerably
closely with that of G. felina, described above. It is not sur-
prising that these two species, which resemble each other closely
in many respects, should have similar glands in the female.
G. tigrina, on the contrary, belongs to a distinct group of the
genus, which includes G. pardina and G. rubiginosa amongst
other species.
So far as specific and sexual differ ences in the glands of Genets
are concerned, my observations point to the possible division of
the genus into two categories, as follows :—
1. Interglandular space tripartite and chambered, structur-
ally alike in the two sexes (@. tigrina, pardina,
rubiginosa) ;
2. Interglandular space of male as in section 1, that of
female of a different and simpler type (G. genetta,
dongolana, felina).
But until these organs have been studied in other species and
in the males of ints Selina, and genetta, and the female of
pardina, the value of this opinion consists merely in its sug-
gesting a useful line of research.
The Glands of Viverra zibetha,
In the male of this species the gland differs in two or three
points from that of Genetta. The glandular space between the
lobes is not subdivided by transverse partitions, but is much
wider in its deeper parts than at the orifice, the margins of
which overlap the space towards the middle line. Nevertheless,
in the specimen examined the margins or “labia” were not
mesially in contact in the posterior half of the gland, being
somewhat widely separated towards the scrotum and rather
abruptly convergent towards the prepuce. Furthermore, the
anterior part of the glandular Space is roofed* over by the
fusion of the integument forming the inner margins of the labia,
so that the two Tobes cannot be divaricated throughout their
length up to the prepuce, as in Genetta. This overlapped area
* The gland is here described as seen from the ventral side, with the orifice
looking upwards, as when the animal is lying on its back.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1915, No. X. 10
eS
for)
MR. R. I. POCOCK ON EXTERNAL
Text-ficure 6.
A. Inferior view of anal and glandular area of Viverra zibetha ¢.
B. Longitudinal and vertical section of the same.
C. Transverse section of gland of the same.
D. Inferior view of anal and glandular area of Viverricula rasse 9,
the labia of the glandular space widely separated.
a., anus; ap., anal pouch; g/., interglandular space; p., peiis ; pr., prepuce ;
s., one half of scrotum ; v., vulva.
CHARACTERS OF THE VIVERRIN.E. 147
constitutes a large storage pouch for secretion. The secretion
appears to make its way into the depths of the glandular space
through five areas on each side. The two anterior of these lie in
the anterior pouch and the three posterior, the last nearest the
scrotum being quite small, in the hinder part of the glandular
space, which is only overlapped laterally by the labia (text-fig. 6,
A, B, C).
Other points to be noticed in this region are the following -—
The scrotum is divided, and the broad area between its two halves
is naked and glandular and extends backwards from the open
posterior mouth of the perfume-sac nearly to the anal area.
But it is separated from the anal area by an upstanding rim of
integument, which is continued to the right and left and curves
backwards like a collar round the anal area without, however, quite
encircling it posteriorly. The anus lies in the centre of the space
thus circumscribed, and this space is naked save for the hairs that
grow on the integumental rim. Thus in the specimen examined
at all events there is a very definite glandular area, defined by
an upstanding rim, round the anus, as in the Mungooses and, to
a greater degree, in Cryptoprocta.
The figure published by Chatin (Ann. Sci. Nat. (5) xix. 1874,
pl. u. fig. 10) of the anal and glandular region in V. zibetha does
not agree with the description just given. The anus is not
encircled with an integumental ring, the halves of the scrotum
are in contact, and the cleft between the glandular lobes is much
shorter and not expanded posteriorly. His figure in fact tallies
in all essential respects with those showing the corresponding
parts in C. civetia (pl. i. figs. 1, 2, 3). Beyond suggesting that
his specimen, if correctly named, may have been young, I can
think of no plausible explanation of the discrepancies.
The Glands of Viverricula rasse.
In the female example of this species in the British Museum
the two glands (text-fig,. 6, D) are large and the space between
them is undivided and is overlapped marginally, both at the sides
and in front, to a iesser extent than in the case of the male
Viverra zibetha described above.
In the female, at all events, of this species, the glandular
apparatus cannot be said to differ from that of Genetta in being
provided with a distinct pouch for the storage of secretion, as
Chatin and others following him have asserted.
The Glands of Civettictis civetia.
Chatin’s figures and description of the glands of the African
and Indian Civets show no anatomical differences between the
two species, but sketches and notes I made in 1909 on the
gland of a male C. civetta demonstrate one important distinction
(text-fig. 7, A).
148 MR. R. IT. POCOCK ON EXTERNAL
Superficially the gland, scrotum, and anus are as represented
by Chatin. The cleft between the glandular lobes is a simple
undilated slit, the two halves of the scrotum are not widely
separated, and there is no integumental collar round the naked
anal area. When the two glandular lobes are pulled apart, there
appears on the inner face of each a moderately large oval orifice
leading into a large hair-lined sac or pouch, which extends
forwards, backwards, and upwards within the gland. The secre-
tion is poured into this sac from its walls and makes its way into
Text-figure 7.
NAY \ A i St ie
NS) Fee
\ NS A SA AA/A
Vd La bd
A B
A. Inferior view of anal and glandular area of Civettictis civetta 3,
with the labia of the interglandular space widely separated.
B. The same of Civettictis civetta 2. |The area round the vulya is
naked back to the gland. |
a., anus; gl., interglandular space; o., orifice of pouch excayated in gland of -);
pr., prepuce; s., scrotum; v., vulva.
the space between the glandular lobes through the orifice. Thus
the space between the two glands may be described as separated
from the main pouch of the gland on each side by a wall per-
forated by a large aperture. It is this pouch, apparently, that
Chatin described as the ‘‘ réservoir” or ‘“ poche”; and he quite
rightly insists upon the distinction between it and the inter-
glandular space marked superficially by the cleft between the
two glandular lobes. In this respect there is a marked differ-
ence between the gland of the male Civettictis civetta and of the
HARACTERS OF THE VIVERRIN. 149
Genets ; but there is also a marked difference between the glands
of the former and of the male Viverra zibetha.
The gland in the female C. civetta (text-fig. 7, B) superficially
resembles that of the male, and when the glandular lobes are
pulled apart the space between them, lined with hairs and
secretion, is seen to be in communication in front with a pair of
deep pockets, separated bya vertical partition, each pocket passing
forwards alongside the vagina and beneath the area of integu-
ment that separates the vulva from the glandular cleft. Thus
the gland of the female Civettictis civetta is tolevably similar to
that of the male.
%
Setting aside cranial and dental features * and making use of
some of the characters set forth in this paper, the four genera
of Viverrine, in the restricted sense in which that term is here
used, may be briefly contrasted as follows :—
a. Interglandular space in the males and some females divided into
three compartments by two transverse ridges of integument, in
other females forming a small, shallow ae ; metatarsus with
a Jong narrow double | WAV! | onenes . Genetta,
_ Interelandular space never so divided and in the females always
forming a deep, capacious pouch; metatarsal pad absent or very
short.
é. Each half of the gland excavated to form a pouch com-
municating with the interglandular space by a constricted
orifice. A small metatarsal pad above the plantar
pad; carpal pad markedly bilobed; sole of foot in front
and at the sides of plantar pad quite eee claws longer,
unsheathed, less retractile .... .... Pete want te caetan ae ena OMDEGLICLESS
. Halves of the gland not so excavated ; no metatarsal pad;
carpal pad not so markedly bilobed ; sole of foot partially
or wholly hairy ; claws shorter, more retractile.
c. Pollex and hallux as in Genetta and Civettictis, low down,
their digital pads approximately on a level with the
postero-lateral angle of the plantar pad; claws of
3ra and 4th digits of fore foot guarded by large skin-
lobes ¥ .. Viverra.
. Pollex and hallux higher ‘up, “above the “postero- lateral
angle of the plantar pad; claws of 3rd and 4th digits
of fore foot unguarded by lobes of skin..................... Vivervicula.
* Since most contemporary mammalogists will probably consider cranial and
dental characters of more value in the discrimination of genera than the external
features here made use of in severing the African from the Oriental Civets, I
may point out that the former may be further distinguished from the latter by
the prominence of the tympanic bulla and of the parocc:pital process that accom-
panies it. This difference is well shown in the case of V. zibetha and C. civetta in
Blainville’s Ostéogr. Mamm. Atlas, Viverra, pl. vii. The two molars of the upper
jaw and the last molar of the lower jaw are also markedly larger in C. civetta
than in V. zibetha; and in the matter of the dentition and of the tympanic area
V. megaspila and V. tangalunga and Viverricula malaccensis go along with
V. zibetha.
+ At least in V. zibetha; unknown in TF. tangalunga and megaspila.
COTA Ra: Pie a Sade: BO okt
Aa 4 ; ‘ly RRNA ed
eer det Ve TNT, | PS. hr eee ete Pec My 7,0
‘ ‘ en ny it Fv ti ees fr eer ce) i ils &
© oer ne 7 qe ‘ey; at Hak
iv i ep ty A et inp
a i y , ‘
5 ie a Tie Aca} jijs '
Titon ee | i a4 @ ea \ A
h
} 7. ‘wi ,
LP i, ae
Ff
yi x
4
= as j =
: Mt at
19 \ é
te h : "i
rf 1
a o
UF as : P
*)
A j *
k Si yi x
es ,
ak ' we 7 ‘ he
’ fei ; vip.
4
7 '
: [
7 ; iy F
Pca A
a
« { 7
;
g +
ms r
F oN
5 we ; mt ¢
'
° .
r
’
. |
Hae F
=_
j ‘ :
i
, af 1
/
* af
f '
7 ‘ if i 4 <
ee),
al
; :
+ : aati ey ca ae ee ee, ee vat) af buddy +A des
ii AE ba , i) 4 . a
4 t
rel iiy)| A de 2%
:
"
THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, aul
EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.
February 9, 1915.
R. H. Burne, Esq., M.A., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
The Srcrerary read the following report on the Additions
made to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of November,
December, and January, 1914—5 :—
NOVEMBER.
The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie
during the month of November was 58. Of these 42 were
acquired by presentation, 9 were received on deposit, and 7 in
exchange.
The number of departures during the same period, by death
and removals, was 177.
Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :-—
2 Klands (Yaurotraygus oryx), from S. Africa, presented by
A. H. Wingfield, F.Z.8., on November | 8th.
DECEMBER.
The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie
during the month of December was 52. Of these 27 were acquired
by presentation, 18 were received on deposit, 3 in exchange, and
4 were born in the Gardens.
The number of departures during the same period, by death
and removals, was 137.
Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :—
1 Peter’s Dwart Mongoose (Helogale undulata), from Wangi,
Tanaland, E. Africa, new to the Collection, deposited on Deceinber
Ist.
1 Golden-eared Honey-eater (Ptilotis chrysotis), from New
Guinea, new to the Collection, presented by Alfred Ezra, F.Z.8.,
on December 7th.
2 Red-crowned Fruit-Pigeons (Alectrwnas pulcherrima), from
the Seychelles, received in exchange on December 21st.
JANUARY,
The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie
during the month of “January was 30. Of these 22 were acquired
by presentation, 1 by purchase, 3 were received on deposit, 2 in
exchange, and 2 were born in the Gardens.
The number of departures during the same period, by death
and removals, was 132.
Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :—
1 Sing-Sing Waterbuck (Cobus defassa), 2 , from Senegambia,
presented by A. H. Wingfield, F.Z.5., on January 26th.
152 MR. E. LERON-ALLEN ON SKIAGRAPHS OF FORAMINIFERA.
1 Squirrel-Monkey (Saimiris sciwrea), from Demerara, and
1 Potto (Potos caudivolvulus), from Colombia, presented by
Gordon R. W. Hutton on January 27th and 3lst.
2 Senegal Genets (Genetta senegalensis), from Zaria, Nigeria,
presented by Charles Migeod on January 19th.
1 Peter’s Spotted Fire-Finch (Lagonosticta niveiguttata), from
BK. Africa, new to the Collection, received in exchange on January
11th.
The Application of X-rays to Microscopical research ; illustrated
by Skiagraphs revealing the internal structure of Foraminifera.
Mr. EK. Heron-Attsn, F.L.S., F.Z.8., brought before the Society
a new method of determining the internal structure of the
Foraminifera without transparent mounting or section-cutting,
or other interference with the specimens, by means of Skiagraphs.
These have been made by Mr. J. EK. Barnard. A series of slides
was exhibited showing :—(i.) The first experiment made for the
purpose of ascertaining the structure of a Foraminifer of a new
type, and of extreme rarity found in the Kerimba Archipelago
(KH. Africa). (ii.) An ordinary North Sea dredging showing the
internal structure of the Foraminifera as if they had been mounted
in balsam. (ii1.) Thick and dense tests of J/assilinw secans
(d’Orbigny) and Skiagraphs of the same. (iv.) The still thicker
and denser tests of Biloculina bulloides VOrbigny, the Skiagraphs
showing the arrangement of the earlier chambers. (v.) Cornuspura
foliacea (Philippi). The dense imperforate shells, and Skiagraphs
revealing micro- and megalo-spheric primordial chambers. (v1.)
Coarse and densely agglutinate tests of the arenaceous species
Astrorhiza arenaria Norman, and Skiagraphs revealing the cavi-
ties containing the protoplasm body. (vul.) Two monothalamous
arenaceous types of similar external appearance. ‘The Skiagraphs
reveal that one is Botellina labyrinthica Brady, and the other
Jaculella obtusa Brady. (viii.) The dense hyaline tropical species
Operculina complanata Defrance, with the obscuring papille
constituting the var. granulosa of Leymerie, the Skiagraphs
revealing curious distortions of some of the internal septa. (ix.)
The equally dense species Orbiculina adunca (¥ichtel & Moll), the
central chambers obscured by thick shell-growth which does not
affect the Skiagraph. (x.) The coarse and solidly built arena-
ceous species Cyclammina cancellata Brady, the dense cement shell
studded with sandy particles. These disappear in the Skiagraph,
which shows the labyrinthic structure and a megalospheric
primordial chamber. (xi.) A Nodosarian, showing the method of
growth by the addition of successive chambers. [From (vi.) to
(xi.) were shown in two states, (a) in black on a white ground
and (6) reversed.| (xii.) The common tropical form Orbitoliées
complanata Lamarck, the Skiagraphs showing the Milioline early
chambers. Shells of this species were also exhibited which had
ON THE ANATOMY OF THE OPEN-BILL. WH
been skiagraphed to ascertain whether they were in the process
of viviparous reproduction described by Brady *.
The speaker’s views upon the importance and ultimate poten-
tialities of this new method of research have been set out at
length in the Proceedings of the Royal Microscopical Society (Jan.
20th, 1915). At present the definition and resolution of these
internal structures is limited by the fact that the original Skia-
graph is not a magnification, the magnification being produced by
projection ; but it appears more than likely from the experiments
of Mr. Barnard that a newer process of Microskiagraphy will,
before long, give results which may ultimately yield information
of the highest biological value in relation to the structure and
functions (behaviour) of simple protoplasmic organisms. When
this difficulty has been overcome Messrs. Heron-Allen and Barnard
propose to continue these experiments upon living Foraminifera,
and they see no reason why, in the near future, the nucleus should
not be resolved, and some of its functions photographed in the
living condition.
The Stomach and Intestines of the Open-bill.
Dr. P. Cuaumers Mircuett, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Secretary to the
Society, exhibited preparations made from two examples of the
Indian Open-bill (Anastomus oscitans) which had recently lived
in the Society’s Gardens, and remarked as follows :—‘“ In dissect-
ing these birds I noticed two peculiarities which do not appear to
have been described before. The Open-bill is stated to live on
shell-fish and the conformation of the bill is described as forming
a sifting apparatus. In the stomach there is an elaborate
arrangement which would serve asa sifting organ to prevent
large particles from passing into the duodenum. The stomach is
divided into a soft-walled glandular proventriculus, separated by
a constriction from a muscular gizzard, the lining membrane of
which consists of a hardened layer of secretion, as in most birds
with a gizzard. This communicates by a wide aperture with an
elongated, rather small cardiac chamber, which is scft-walled and
opens into the duodenum. ‘The wall of the gizzard is raised in a
strong, crescentic fold which biocks the aperture into the cardiac
chamber, the free margin of the fold being frayed into flat plates
placed like the teeth of acomb. The ridge and plates are covered
with the hardened secretion lining the general cavity of the
gizzard, and particles of food can reach the intestines only
after being squeezed through these plates. The gizzard in each
specimen was nearly full of large stones.
The second peculiarity related to the colic ceca. In Herons
only one of these is present, but in Storks the normal pair occurs.
In both examples of Anastomuws, which has always been regarded
as a stork, only one of the two ceca was present, as in
Baleniceps.”
* J. BR. Micr. Soc. 1888, pp. 693-697, pl. x.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1915, No. XI. Il
ee ON DAURIAN OR BEARDED PARDRIDGES.
Sir Epmunp G. Loprr, Bt., F.Z.8., exhibited the tanned skin
of a large Capybara (Hydrocherus hydrocherus), which he sug-
gested might be identical with the “ pigskin” of commerce, and
the skull of a Walrus (Zrichechus rosmarus) from Kamschatka,
with record tusks. The weight of the skull and tusks was about
40 Ibs. The tusks alone weighed 214 Ibs., and measured
364 inches in length, 293 inches from outside the gum, and
93 inches in girth.
Mr. Guy Ayumer, F.Z.8., exhibited some skins of mammals
from Sierra Leone, including those of a Serval (felis capensis)
and of a Servaline Cat (/ servalina), and stated that a native
had brought him two kittens, almost certainly from the same
litter, one being spotted like the Serval and the other obscurely
speckled like the Servaline Cat. This he regarded as proof that
the differences between the Servals and Servaline Cats are of no
systematic importance.
February 23, 1915.
Prof. KE. W. MacBrins, D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
Dr. P. Cuaumers Mircueti, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Secretary to the
Society, exhibited mounted examples of three species of Cock-
roach, Periplaneta americana, P. orientalis, and Phyllodromia
germanica, all of which had established themselves in different
houses in the Society’s Gardens, and stated his wish that some
naturalist would endeavour to work out the causes of the selective
distribution of these insects.
Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals, ex-
hibited, on behalf of Mr. Epwarp GeRRARD, the mounted head
of a male Sitatunga Antelope (Limnotragus) shot by Capt. H. D.
Bentinck on the Bahr-el-Ghazal. Instead of being dark brown,
the colour characteristic of the males of this buck, the head was
whitish brown, suggesting that the individual was a partial albino,
My. D. Sern-Surrn, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds, exhibited, on
behalf of Mr. Epwarp GERRARD, a pair of Daurian or Bearded
Partridges (Perdix daurica), which had recently been purchased
in the flesh at a poulterer’s shop in London. Numbers of these
partridges arrive in London and other large Kuropean towns
every winter in a frozen state, and are sold under the name of
“ Russian ” or “‘ Manchurian Partridges.” The species inhabits
THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 155
Central and Eastern Asia, and may readily be distinguished from
the Common Partridge, P. perdix, by its paler colour, the
elongated feathers on the sides of the throat, and by the black
horseshoe patch on the breast.
Miss Annie C. Jackson exhibited some living male specimens
of the Indian Stick-Insect, Caransius morosus, and remarked :—
“The male of this species was figured by Redtenbacher in his
monograph ‘ Insektenfamilie der Phasmiden’ without any
comment as to its rareness or otherwise. When, however, the
species is bred in captivity males are very rare, and I believe
Tam right in saying that hitherto, though many insects have been
bred in this country, only one male has been observed. Last year
IT reared about 3000 stick-insects and among them identified seven
males. The female stick-insect you are doubtless familiar with,
as there are many in the insect-house here. The male differs
from the female in its smaller size and more slender appearance,
and the antenne and legs are proportionately longer. The rei
vermilion colour present in the adult female on the inner side of
the femur of the front legs is absent ; on the dorsal surface of the
thorax there are two small red marks, while on the ventral surface
both meso- and metathorax are streaked with red; in some
females, however, the ventral surface of the thorax is similarly
marked. One of the males differed from the others in having
one of the front legs with a patch of red as in the adult female,
the other one being normal; the leg with the red patch is
distinctly shorter than the other, which suggests that the insect
at an earlier stage lost the leg and developed this one in its
place, as it has Hie power of doing, but why it should have
grown one resembling that of ‘an adult female I am unable to
explain.”
March 9, 1915.
R. H. Burne, Hsq., M.A., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
The Secrerary read the following report on the Additions m ale
to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1915
The number of register ed additions to the Society’s ieee
during the month of February was 62. Of these 27 were
sequived by presentation, 5 by purchase, 25 were received on
deposit, 2 in exchange, and 3 were born in the Gardens.
The number of departures during the same period, by death
and removals, was 129,
Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :-—
2 Azara’s Dogs (Canis azarica), from Santa Fé, Argentina,
presented by George O’Donnel on February 10th.
156 ON COLLECTIONS MADE IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA.
1 Red Kangaroo (Macropus rufus) 3, from Australia, pre-
sented by Capt. F. Dent on February 26th.
Dr. R. Broom, M.D., C.M.Z.S., exhibited a skull of Chryso-
chloris asiatica with four upper molars on each side. On
November 24th, 1914, Dr. Broom exhibited a skull of Chryso-
chloris hottentota with only one molar on each side above. A
few species of Chrysochloris have normally two molars, and used
to be placed in the genus Amblysomus. But Chrysochloris
namaguensis has one-third of the known specimens with two
‘molars, one-third with three molars, and the rest with two
molars on one side and three on the other. Most species of
Chrysochloris have three molars. The specimen exhibited shows
that even the type species is variable.
The following reports on the collections made by the British
Ornithologists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition
in Dutch New Guinea were read, and Mr. W. R. Ocrtyvix-
GRANT gave a short account of the expeditions and the results
obtained :—
Coleoptera. By G. J. Arrow, G. A. K. Marswatn, F.Z.5.,
and C. J. GAHAN.
Diptera. By F. W. Epwarps, B.A., F.H.S., and EH. E.
Austen, F.Z.S.
Odonata. By Herpert Campion.
Vermes. “By Dr. L. Cognerrr bE Martius.
These reports will be published in the ‘ Transactions.’
NOTICE.
In my “ Description of a new Lizard from the Canary Islands ”
(P. ZS. 1914, p. 681) unfortunately a slight error occurred in the
dimensions given of the head of Lacerta cesaris :—
Instead of ‘Width of head 3 of the length” it should be ‘‘ Width
of head = of the length.”
(Signed) Pu. Leurs.
March 5th, 1915. i
No. 139.
ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*
February 9th, 1915.
R. H. Burne, Esq., M.A., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.
The Secretary read a Report on the Additions to the Society’s
‘Menagerie during the months of November and December, 1914,
and January, 1915.
Sir Epmunp G. Lopsr, Bt., F.Z.S., exhibited the tanned skin
of a large Capybara (Hydrocherus hydrocherus), which he sug-
gested might be identical with the ‘“ pigskin” of commerce, and
the skull of a Walrus (lrichechus rosmarus) from Kamschatka,
with record tusks. The weight of the skull and tusks was about
40 lbs. ‘The tusks alone weighed 211 lbs., and measured
363 inches in length, 294 inches from outside the gum, and
92 inches in girth.
Dr. P. Cuatmers Mircuett, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Secretary to the
Society, exhibited preparations of the stomach and intestines
of the Open-bill (Anastomus oscitans) and described the elaborate
sifting apparatus in the stomach and the presence of only a single
colic ccecum.
Mr. E. Heron-Atuen, F.L.S., F.Z.8., exhibited a series of
skiagraphs of Foraminifera, revealing their internal structure
without transparent roounting or section-cutting, or other
interference with the specimens, and illustrating the application
of X-rays to microscopical research.
* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,
Regent's Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which
it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,
to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications; but it may be obtained on the
day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for
the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance,
2
Mr. Guy Avyrumer, F.Z.S., exhibited some skins. of mammals
from Sierra Leone, including those of a Serval (Felis capensis)
and of a Servaline Cat (7. servalina), and stated that a native
had brought him two kittens, almost certainly from the same
litter, one being spotted like the Serval and the other obscurely
speckled like the Servaline Cat. This he regarded as proof that
the differences between the Servals and Servaline Cats are of no
systematic importance.
Mr. H. G. Promer, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Pathologist to the Society,
read his Report on the Deaths which occurred in the Society's
Gardens during 1914, and on the Blood-parasites found during
the same period.
Mr. E. G. Boutenesr, Curator of Reptiles, read a paper on an
Aglyphodont Colubrid Snake (Yenodon merremiz), with a vertically
movable maxillary bone. The vertical mobility of the maxillary
bone in Snakes had previously been regarded as essentially
characteristic of the Viperide. Observations on the Snake in
question, which was recently received by the Society from
Mr. W. A. Smithers, C.M.Z.S., showed that the mobility of its
maxillary bones was so great that the fangs could be not merely
erected, but were capable of being thrust forward and sideways,
the mechanism being as perfect as in any of the Vipers.
Mr. Boulenger pointed out that the discovery of a solid-toothed
Golubrid with vertically movable maxille went a long way
towards settling the so often discussed problem of the derivation
of the viperine maxillary bone. The author traced the probable
evolution of the bone, expressing the opinion that the Viperidee
were descended from the Opisthoglyph Colubrids, and that the old
view, recently revived, that they were of Proteroglyph ancestry,
must be abandoned once and for all.
Dr. Winttam Nicort, M.A., M.D., F.Z.S., communicated the
deseription of a new species of Liver-fluke from the Kestrel, the
first of its kind found in Great Britain.
The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will
be held on ‘Tuesday, February 23rd, 1915, at half-past Five
o'clock p.M., when the following communications will be made :—
Miss JACKSON.
Exhibition of a collection of Stick-insects.
(1) Abnormal Gills in the Starfish, Porania pulvillus O. F.M.
(2) On the Ciliation of Asterids, and on the Question of
Ciliary Nutrition in Certain Species.
Miss KATHLEEN HAppon.
On the Methods of Feeding and the Mouth-parts of the
Larva of the Glow-worm (Lampyris noctiluca).
RowLaNnD i. Turner, F.Z.8.
Descriptions of New Fossorial Wasps from Australia.
Lt.-Col. J. M. Faworrt.
Notes on a small Collection of Heterocera made by Mr. W.
Feather in British East Africa, 1911-12.
The following papers have been received :—
F. F. Larpiaw, M.A., F.Z.S.
Contributions to a Study of the Dragonfly Fauna of Borneo.
—Part Il. A Collection made on Mount Kina Balu by
Mr. Moulton in September and October 1913.
G. Arnotp, M.Sc., A.R.C.S., and C. L. Boutenerr, M.A., D.Sc.,
E.ZS8.
On a Freshwater Medusa from the Limpopo River-System.
On the Feet and Glands and other External Characters of
the Viverrine, with the Description of a New Genus.
Miss M. L. Herr, B.Sc., FZ.
On some New Pentastomids from the Zoological Society’s
Gardens.
Dr. L. Cognetti DE MaARtTits.
I
Report on the Vermes (Oligocheta) collected by the British
Ornithologists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition
in Dutch New Guinea,
A
Report on the Coleoptera collected by the British Ornitholo-
gists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in
Dutch New Guinea.—Parts I. and II.
_F. W. Epwarps, B.A., F.B.S., and B. E. Ausren, F.Z.8.
Report on the Diptera collected by the British Ornitholo-
gists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in
Dutch New Guinea.
G. E. NICHOLLS, D.Se., E.L.S.
A Note on the Urostyle (Os Coceygewm) of the Anurous
Amphibia.
Herbert CAMPION.
Report on the Odonata collected by the British Ornitholo-
gists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in
Dutch New Guinea.
Bruce F. CumMines.
On Two new Species of Polyplax (Anoplura) from Egypt.
R. Broom, D.Sc.
ee
On some new Carnivorous Therapsids in the Collection of
the British Museum.
J.T. Cunnineoam, M.A., F.Z.S8.
The Artificial Formation from Paraffin Wax of Structures
resembling Molluscan Shells.
Haruanp, F.R.M.S.
The Foraminifera of the Kerimba Archipelago (Portuguese
East Africa).—Part II.
FRMS, EZS., and ARTHUR
Contributions to the Anatomy and Systematic Arrangement
of the Cestoidea.— XVI. On Certain Points in the Anatomy
of the Genus Amabilia and of Dasyurotenia.
R. Lypexker, F.R.S., F.Z.8.
The True Coracoid.
Sc ent fic Mectings should
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,
Secretary.
ZooLoctcaL Socrery or Lonpon,
Recent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W,
February 16th, 1915.
No. 140.
ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
February 23rd, 1915.
Prof. E. W. MacBripz, D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice President,
in the Chair.
The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.
Dr. P. Cuatmers Mircuett, F.RB.S., F.Z.S., Secretary to the
Society, exhibited mounted examples of three species of Cock-
roach, Periplaneta americana, P. orientalis, and Phyllodromia
germanica, all of which had established themselves in different
houses in the Society’s Gardens, and stated his wish that some
naturalist would endeavour to work out the causes of the selective
distribution of these insects.
Mr. R. I. Pococx, F.RB.S., F.Z.S., Curator of Mammals, ex-
hibited, on behalf of Mr. Epwarp GERRARD, the mounted head
of a male Sitatunga Antelope shot by Capt. H. D. Bentinck
on the Bahr-el-Gazal. Instead of being dark brown, the colour
characteristic of the males of this buck, the head was whitish
brown, suggesting that the individual was a partial albino.
Mr. D. Seru-Surru, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds, exhibited, on
behalf of Mr. Epwarp GERRARD, a pair of Daurian or Bearded
Partridges (Perdix daurica), which had recently been purchased
in the flesh, at a poulterer’s shop in London. Numbers of these
partridges arrive in London and other large European towns
every winter in a frozen state, and are sold under the name of
* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,
Regent's Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which
it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,
to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications ; but it may be obtained on the
day of publication at the price of Siapence, or, if desired, sent post-free for
the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance.
8
“Russian” or “ Manchurian Partridges.” The species inhabits
Central and Hastern Asia, and may readily be distinguished from
the Common Partridge, P. perdix, by its paler colour, the
elongated feathers on the sides of the throat, and by the black
horseshoe patch on the breast.
Miss Annie C. Jackson exhibited some living male specimens
of Stick Insects, and remarked that, although she had sueceeded
in rearing several thousands in parthenogenetic generation, she
had obtained only seven males.
Miss Kataitrmn Happon read a paper “On the Methods of
Feeding and the Mouth-parts of the Larva of the Glow-Worm.”
xternal digestion is a phenomenon of fairly wide occurrence
among various groups of insects, and the mouth-parts are in some
cases specially adapted to this purpose. The larva of the Glow-
worm (Lampyris noctiluca) feeds on snails, of which it leaves no
residue but an empty shell; it is unlikely that there is any
preliminary anesthetising as asserted by Fabre. The mandibles
of the larva bite up the food and each mandible is pierced by
a fine tube, through which a dark-coloured fluid is exuded. The
bases of all the mouth- -parts are covered with fine outwardly-
directed hairs, which are bathed in the juices of the snail whilst
the larva is feeding; the juice is sucked into the cesophagus,
which is extremely narrow, by the action of a pharyngeal pump
similar to that found in other sucking insects.
Dr. J. F. Guemuinn, M.A., F.Z.8., read a paper on the
‘“‘Ciliation of Asterids and on the Question of Ciliary Nutrition
in Certain Species.”
The arrangement of the ciliary currents on the various surfaces
of four widely different species of Starfishes is described in detail.
This arrangement is constant for all individuals in each of the
species, and, except as regards external surfaces, is practically the
same in all the species. Everywhere the arrangement is shown
to be explicable by physiological needs. Ciliation in the peri-
heemal spaces is demonstrated.
In the case of Porania pulvillus a mechanism for ciliary feeding
is shown to exist, and the results of experiment demonstrate that
this kind of feeding actually takes place. As regards Astropecten,
it is only shown, so far, that the arrangement of the actinal and
abactinal cilia makes ciliary feeding possible. In Solaster
papposus ciliary feeding probably takes place, but in an entirely
minor degree. The other starfishes examined gave negative
results. The important bearing of the above results on questions
of phylogeny is briefly discussed.
9
Dr. GEMMILL also gave an account of several examples of the
phanerozonate Starfish, Porania pulvillus, with actinally placed
gills. The abnormality is of interest as confirming various other
lines of evidence, which show that the division of Asteroids into
Phanerozonia and Cryptozonia is not an entirely natural one.
My. R. HE. Turner, F.Z.S., F.E.S., presented a paper containing
descriptions of a large number of new Fossorial Wasps, mostly
collected by him while on a recent expedition to Australia, but
including a few received from the Queensland and West
Australian Museums.
Lt.-Col. J. M. Fawcrrr contributed a paper on a collection of
Heterocera made by Mr. W. Feather in British Hast Africa.
The bulk of the species was taken at light during damp evenings,
and perhaps the most interesting capture is that of a specimen
of the celebrated Actias besanti Rebel, a large and most beautiful
Saturnid moth distinguished by its extremely long tails. This
is a well-known rarity of the ‘“ first water,” and only, four speci-
mens were previously known to have been taken, two of which
are in the British Museum and two in Germany. Besides the
forms described as new species, there are a good many previously-
described forms not as yet represented in the National Collection,
which of itself is evidence of their rarity. Mr. Feather is to be
especially congratulated upon the very perfect condition of his
specimens and the very accurate record he has kept of the dates
of their capture and the localities.
Many of the forms dealt with in this memoir were only
previously known to science through specimens brought from
Tropical West Africa, and were previously unrecorded from
British East Africa. But this region still remains to be properly
worked out, and a great field of research is in store for anyone
who can find time to take the matter in hand.
The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be
held on Tuesday, March 9th, 1915, at half-past Five o’clock P.m.,
when the following communications will be made :—
ee eo Me Bee
iene = a aa of the Dragonfly Fauna of Borneo.
—Part III. A Collection made on Mount Kina Balu by
Mr. Moulton in September and October 1913.
10
G. ARNOLD, M. Se. " A.R. C. Sky and C. I. BoULENGER, M.A., 1D: Sc.,
E.ZS..
On a Freshwater Medusa from the Limpopo River-System.
On the Feet and Glands and other External Characters of
the Viverrine, with the Description of a New Genus.
Miss M. L. Hart, B.Sc., F.Z.S.
On some New Pentastomids from the Zoological Society’s
Gardens.
Reports on the Collections made by the British Ornithologists’
Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch
New Guinea :—
Coleoptera. By G. J. Arrow, G. A. K. MarsHatt, F.Z.8.,
and C. J. GAHAN.
Diptera. By F. W. Epwarps, B.A., F.E.S., and E. Hi.
Austen, F.Z.8.
Odonata. By Hurperr Campion.
Vermes, By Dr. L. CoGNerti DE Marvrits.
The following papers have been received :—
G. KE. Nicxorns, D.Sce., F.L.S8.
A Note on the Urostyle (Os Coccygeuwm) of the Anurous
Amphibia.
Bruce F. CumMines.
On Two new Species of Polyplax (Anoplura) from Egypt.
R. Broom, M.D., D.Sc., C.M.Z.S.
On some new Carnivorous Therapsids in the Collection of
the British Museum.
J. T. Cunnineuam, M.A., F.Z.S.
The Artificial Formation from Paraffin Wax of Structures
resembling Molluscan Shells.
E. Heron -Auuen, F.LS., FARMS. F.Z.5., and Arruur
Eariann, F.R.MS.
The Foraminifera of the Kerimba Archipelago (Etubig tiene
East Africa)—Part II,
7
Contributions to the Anatomy and Systematic Arrangement
of the Cestoidea.— XVI. On Certain Points in the Anatomy
of the Genus Amabilia and of Dasyurotenia.
R. Lypexxer, F.R.S., F.Z.S.
The True Coracoid.
Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should
be addressed to
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,
Secretary.
ZOOLOGICAL Soctery oF Lonpon,
Recent’s Park, Lonpoy, N.W.
March 2nd, 1915.
rece YY
: ae
5 oy a ere
wo Seg DP ends oe 08 oaks
ur
Te ner aie) atta nth aaa
INO. 141.
ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*
March 9th, 1915.
R. H. Burne, Esq., M.A., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.
The Sucrerary read a Report on the Additions to the Society's
Menagerie during the month of February 1915,
Dr. R. Broom, M.D., C.M.Z.S., exhibited a skull of Chryso-
chloris asiatica with four upper molars on each side. On
November 24th, 1914, Dr. Broom exhibited a skull of Chryso-
chloris hottentota with only one molar on each side above. A
few species of Chrysochloris have normally two molars, and used
to be placed in the genus Amblysomus. But Chrysochloris
namaguensis has one-third of the known specimens with two
molars, one-third with three molars, and the rest with two
molars on one side and three on the other. Most species of
Chrysochloris have three molars. The specimen exhibited shows
that even the type species is variable.
Mr. R. I. Pococs, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Curator of Mammals,
read a paper upon the feet, perfume-glands, and other external
characters of the Viverrine, using this term in a restricted sense
for the typical Civets and Genets referred hitherto to the three
genera Viverra, Viverricula, and Genetia. He pointed out,
however, that a new generic term must be introduced for the
African Civet (V. civetta) which differs from the Oriental species
(V. zibetha), the type of the genus Viverra, in the presence of a
* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,
Regent's Park, N.W., on the Tuesday followirg the date of Meeting to which
it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,
to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications; but it may be obtained onthe
day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for
the sum of Str Shillings per annum, payable in advance,
14
small metatarsal pad, the absence of skin-lobes protecting the
claws on the fore-feet, the nakedness of the area of the feet
round the plantar pad, the structure of the perfume-gland, etc.
Miss Mary L. Hert, B.Sc., ¥.Z.S., gave an account of some
new Pentastomids obtained from the lungs of snakes which had
died in the Society’s Gardens.
There is great difficulty in establishing diagnostic characters
for the separation of species in the Pentastomids. Size and
number of annulations have generally been used as standards of
comparison and they hold good in a certain number of cases; but
in many forms both these characters are so variable as to afford no
sound basis for classification. This is illustrated by Porocephalus
bifurcatus and three allied forms which are here described as
varieties. They were all obtained from the lungs of snakes from
different regions. An average specimen of each form differs
from the other varieties in length and number of rings, but
intermediate forms occur which almost bridge the gap between
them in both particulars.
Hence it is difficult to regard them as separate species. If,
however, the differences should prove to be of specific value, the
four species, together with one other, should certainly be united
in a new genus, as they differ from all other Pentastomids and
resemble one another in several important particulars, notably in
the possession of an anterior female genital aperture.
The following reports on the coilections made by the British
Ornithologists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition
in Dutch New Guinea were read, and Mr. W. R. Oaityir-
GRANT gave a short account of the expeditions and the results
obtained :-—
Coleoptera. By G. J. Arrow, G. A. K. Marsnatn, F.ZS.,
and C. J. GAHAN.
Diptera. By F. W. Epwarps, B.A., F.E.S., and EH. EH.
AvstEN, F.Z.8.
Odonata. By Herperr Campion.
Vermes. By Dr. L. Coenerii pe MArtus.
These reports will be published in the ‘ Transactions.’
Mr. G. Arnotp, M.8c., A.R.C.S., and Dr. C. L. BouLencsr,
M.A., F.Z.S., contributed a paper containing an account of the
freshwater Medusa recently discovered by one of the authors in
the Limpopo River system. This jelly-fish is referred to the
same species (Limnocnida rhodesie Boulenger) as the form
described from a tributary of the Zambesi River in 1912.
Species of Limnocnida are now known to occur in the five
15
principal river systems of Africa as well as in the Bombay
Presidency of India.
The paper contains descriptions of the structure and habits
of the jelly-fish, and attention is called to the occurrence of
parasitic Infusorians of the genus Trichodina on both the
African species, L. tanganice and L. rhodesie.
Mr. F. F. Larraw, M.A., F.Z.S., presented a paper on Bornean
Dragonfties collected by Mr. J. C. Moulton on Mount Kina Balu,
in which he described two new genera and seven new species.
The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be
held on Tuesday, March 23rd, 1915, at half-past Five o’clock P.M.,
when the following communications will be made :—
W. R. Ocinvie-Grant, F.Z.8.
Exhibition of Partridges and other Game Birds.
F. E. Bepparp, M.A., D.Se., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
Contributions to the Anatomy and Systematic Arrangement
of the Cestoidea.—X VI. On Certain Points in the Anatomy
of the Genus Amabilia and of Dasyurotenia.
R. LypexKer, F.R.S., F.Z.S.
————
The True Coracoid.
J. T. Cunnixcuam, M.A., F.Z.S.
The Artificial Formation from Paraffin-Wax of Structures
resembling Molluscan Shells.
Bruce F. CumMMINGs.
Fah eee eee eG
On Two new Species of Polyplax (Anoplura) from Egypt.
The following papers have been received :—
G. E. Nicuotts, D.Se., F.LS.
A Note on the Urostyle (Os Coceygewm) of the Anurous
Amphibia.
16
R. Broom, M.D., D.Sc., C.M.Z.S.
1. On some new Carnivorous Therapsids in the Collection of
the British Museum.
2. On the Organ of Jacobson and its Relations in the
“ Tnsectivora.”
KH. Heron - Auten, SESS B.Z.S8., and ARTHUR
HARLAND, F.R.M.S.
The Foraminifera of the Kerimba Archipelago (Portuguese
East Africa).—Part I.
eal
G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S., F.Z.8.
A List of the Snakes of the Belgian and Portuguese Congo,
Northern Rhodesia, and Angola.
Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should
be addressed to
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,
Secretary.
ZOOLOGICAL Socrery oF Lonpon,
Recent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W.
March 16th, 1915.
PAPERS.
: Page
. On the Ciliation of Asterids, and on the Question of Ciliary Nutrition in Certain
Species. By Jamzs F, Gemuiin, M.A., M.D., D.Sc.. F.Z.S. (Plates I.-III., and
Text-figures MRSC ip aha atehesstategeyamtetnle pee. tatere paleisyalcrsii= Sao noo OS OOnEO OD AOS nO 5c 1
- Abnormal Gills in the Starfish Porania pulvillusO.F.M. By Janes F. GemMiz, M.A.,
M.D., D.Sc., F.Z.S @ext-ficune: l)rsee sie ARON G io DR OO OSLO URE RO cIGe nis aoc aces ail
3. Contributions to a Study of the Dragonfly Fauna of Borneo.—Part ITI. A Collection
_
tr
Pe ee ee ee ee, ee, ee ny ee
Re
made on Mount Kina Balu by Mr. J. C. Moulton in September and October 1913.
By F. F. Lamzaw, M.A.(Camb.), F.Z.S. (Text-figures 1-5.).. 0... 0.0.00 cece eeee ee 25
. Descriptions of New Fossorial Wasps from Australia. By Rownanp HE, Turnar, F.Z.S.,
ID Senta (Cel atio wl) aye tarsee spcecuoseis te 'svshete es /clSnae wel cre tia wens « ees ne sticisvatelsetiaere erm eer 41
. On a Freshwater Medusa from the Limpopo River System. By G. Arnoxp, M.Sc.,
A.R.C.S8., Curator cf the Rhodesia Museum, Bulawayo, and C. L. Bouneneer, M.A.,
D.Se., F.Z.8., Zoological Department, The University of Birmingham. (Plate I., and
Mext—timures) 185 25). sre.0 ele= > aie Soup paRU soe UdUe becpinn pd gy dos Oen Con oa! Donates 71
. On the Methods of Feeding and the Mouth-parts of the Larva of the Glow-worm
(Lampyris noctiluca). By Karutezn Happoy, Zoological Laboratory, Cambridge.
“EUS bane acini oes Arche SRC CROLL OC OIS cinEIHE Cea ene :
. Ona Colubrid Snake (Xenodon) with a vertically movable Maxillary Bone. By EH. G.
Bouenger, F.Z.8., Curator of Reptiles. (Vext-figure 1.) .......... Sia oe bdncaccon 83
. A New Liver-Fluke (Platynosomum acumtnatum) from the Kestrel. By Wuiniram
NrcOnr MEAS. D)- Sch aMeD H.21,S.1 (Lestetioure |.) cc vier soiss ss cisieciecls e's estos ctiee's 87
. Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by Mr. W. Feather in British East Africa,
-7911-12. By Lt.-Col. J. M. Fawcntt. (Plates I. & IL.) .......... BO ORI opm ee 9
. On some new Pentastomids from the Zoological Society’s Gardens, London. By Mary
L. Hert, B.Sc., F.Z.S8., Demonstrator of Zoology at Bedford College for Women,
WWuiversity ot Wondons (Vext=tromressl—4yin. .). oe occ scisisie we cle sivinie once oValuta ey s¥arete lial 115
. Report on the Deaths which occurred in the Zoological Gardens during 1914, together
with a List of the Blood-Parasites found during the year, By H. G. Pumwer, F.R.S.,
EY ZIS pe abaolomistibO, te! SOCIeLY js). /ce eiste.cls) a sleleie\nis seteyaeucelels eek ares retelayatereior cots 123
. On the Feet and Glands and other External Characters of the Viverrinz, with the
description of a New Genus. By R. I. Pococn, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.8., Curator of
MammulosaChext-toures 1 f2)ic o, sa-cagmiee cathe also caltts cleric Oe sims Ratatat sPrerare 131
fee ee eee oo OS ee ee ©
‘Gyan eBlo dy Sah ate ee
_ I, 7 Ciliation of Asterids. .............
a Ee ey I<.
eal Gama: oa. Wye Structure of Australian
Wasps. sete e nee e ees
44
Z - Arnouy & Bourenenr: Pl. 1. Limnocnida. shamaias ss
sae gle § » Happon:’ ~~ P),
esas? otaweurr. oY. 2P1:
NOTign | (=
The ‘ Proceedings’ for the y year are issued in poe parts, Peale c
so that the complete reference is now P. Z. 8. 1915, 2.
_is as follows :— Sora
ig <f-> Si SRE Oe sasued j in March. ayers
2) e"e)8) 1
‘ : j ” Il. 99 June, —
Se : t ; ; ? UTE ” Kae Se e jer. he
eee aS iene: FENG eee December, _
_-_ Broceedings,’ 1914, Pars TV. (pp 945-1077), w
December 18th, 1914, :
‘The Abstracts
of the ‘ Proceedings,
contained i in this Pa
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF THE
ZQOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.
1915.
Ae Do TE:
CONTAINING Pacers 157 to 298, witH 2 Puates,
47 Trext-Ficurgs, TitLepacr, INDEX, ETc.
JUNE 191
< AN 5 1916
yO
liviva af Muse
PRINTED FOR THE re
SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN RHEGENT’S PARK.
LONDON :
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CoO.,
PATERNOSTER ROW.
[Price Twelve Sule
LIST:OF CONTENTS:
1915, Parr II. (pp. 157-298),
EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.
Mr. W. R. Ocinvie-Grayt, F.Z.8. - Exhibition of Colour-Variation in Partridges
eee eee
Sir Epwuxp G. Lopmr, Bt., F.Z.8. Exhibition of tanned skins of a Pig and of a |
Capybara. (Text-ficures 1 & 2.)
678) 00) 650) (=e 10/9) \0\0\1e (8)1@) 8" +s fine (6) 6) (a, @! 5 J0) © \e)e\e\ 0) 0) « clielismeiayalnticheiaie
Prof. H. Maxwett Lurroy, M.A., F.Z.S., Curator of Insects. Notes on Insects bred in
the Caird Insect House
DICE OS CRC DCG SROs M OCC ONC LOE ON I Oi UNO Choos) Citareaub OOS a qa Ot con
The Sucrrrary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month
of March 1915
UH ee eee eee eeeeerc ee 9 So ae vero @.8 ee Ne) 6.) a ©) ew aie 0.6 ee 10 6 ola) ete) ob) (er eueln inattencmatel
Dr, A. Samiti Woopwarp, F.R.S., F.Z.8. Exhibiti n of an anterior horn of a Woolly
Rhinoceros (Lhinceeros antiquitatis)
CD NUSCEOTOCOSOS CRUST SCS Oat CiOn EC mONCH t OSONCRON CISC ary Au wOLchrLU-ce cen
Mr. D. Seru-Surrn, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds. Exhibition of photographs of the nuptial
display of the male Great Bustard (O¢is tarda)
Mr. E. Huron-Auuny, F.LS., F.Z.8. Exhibition of a Jantern-slide of Miliolina
circularis (d’ Orb.)
EC Se ete ORC CED CE CACC POMS ECHR ECHO GNEOEOPC Le COCOd ont c
The Secrerary. Exhibition of lantern-slides of young Grey Seals (Halicherus grypus) .
Mr. H. J. Exwes, F.R.S., F.Z.8. Extract from a letter on the possible existence of a
large Ape in Sikkim
2,6 Ja talie iP ine fei el ale le veicaile ie Kele.le elt: (ode iw @u8) ale lan falpiieie sia eile siinceienaheletetete
Prof. Winiiam Barzson, F.R.S., F.Z.S8. Exhibition of drawings illustrating the
heredity of “ hen-feathering” in Cocks .......... . Es
Messrs. E. Hrron-Atumn, F.L.S., F.Z.S., and Artuvr Eartanp, F.R.M.S. Notice of
Memoir on the Foraminifera of the Kerimba Archipelago, Portuguese Hast Africa:
dE ial bl Door oo Cie Sage
Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper,
295
-
-ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Tais Society was founded in 1826 by Sir Sramrorp Rarries,
Mr. J. Sasrne, Mr. N. A. Vicgors, and other eminent Naturalists,
for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology, and for the
introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal Kingdom,
and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829.
Patrow.
HIS MAJESTY THE KING.
COUNCIL.
HIS GRACE THE DUKE OF BEDFORD, K.G., F.BS., President.
Ricwarp H. Burns, Esa, M.A., ||
Vice-President. °
Atrrep H. Cocks, Ese., M.A.
Tar Rr. Hon. Toe Hart or
Cromer, G.C.B., F.R.S.
F. G. Dawrrry Drewitt, Ese.,
M.A., M.D.
Coartes Drummonp, KEse.,
Treasurer.
Tur Eart or Dunmore, V.C.,
M.V.O.
AurreDd Ezra, Esa.
SipnEY Frepreric Harmer, Ese,
MeAMe SC): ERE Sa) Vace=
President.
Str Epmunp Gites Lopmr, Br.,
Vice-President.
Pror. Ernest W. MacBripe,
M.A, D.Sc., F.R.S., Vicc-
President.
Guy A. K. Marswatn, Esa.
EK. G. B. Mrapr-Watpo, Esa.
P. Cuatmers Mrrcnett, Ese.,
M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S.,
Secretary.
|W. R. Oeitvin-Grant, Ese.
ALBERT Pam, Esa.
Tue Eart or Porrsmovura.
Tue Marquess or Srico, F.S.A.,
Vice-President.
AUBYN
M.A.
Antuony H. Wrinerterp, Esa.
ArtHuR Smita Woopwarp, Ksa.,
LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.
TrEvoR-Barryr, Ese.,
2
The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and
Corresponding Members, elected according to the By-Laws. It
carries out the objects of its foundation by means of its collection
of living animals, by its Library, and by its Scientific Publications.
The Office of the Society, Regent’s Park, N.W., where all com-
munications should be sent, addressed to “The Secretary,” is open
from Ten till Five, except on Saturdays, when it closes at Onz p.m.
The Library, under the superintendence of Mr. Henry G. J. Peavot,
is open daily (cxcept Sunday) from Ten a.m. till Five p.m.; on
Saturdays, Ten a.m. till Two p.m.
The Library is closed from Good Friday to Easter Monday, and
upon all other Bank. Holidays. It is also closed annually for
cleaning purposes during the whole month of September.
The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held in the
Meeting Room at the Society’s Office on the third Wednesday in
every month of the year, except in September and October, at half-
past Four o’clock p.m.
The Meetings for Scientific Business are held in the Meeting
Room at the Society’s Office fortnightly on Tuesdays, except in
July, August, September, and December and January, at half-past
Five o'clock p.m.
The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th. of April, or the
nearest convenient day, at Four p.m,
The Society’s Gardens are open daily from Nine o’clock until
Sunset. Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.LS., is the resident Super-
intendent and Curator of Mammals, Mr. D. Seth-Smith is Curator
of Birds and Inspector of Works, Mr. E. G. Boulenger is Curator
of Reptiles, and Prof. H. M. Lefroy is Curator of Insects.
The Prosectorium for Anatomical and Pathological work is under
the charge of Mr. Frank E. Beddard, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Prosect or,
assisted by Mr. H. G. Plimmer, F.R.S., M-R.C.S., Pathologist to
the Society. A
TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.
Friitows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an Annual Contri-
bution of £3, due on the Ist. of January, and payable in advance,
or a Composition of £45 in leu thereof; the whole payment,
including the Admission Fee, being £00.
No person can become a Fxrrow until the Admission Fee and
first Annual Subscription have been paid, or the annual payments
have been compounded for.
-Fetiows elected in November and December are not liable for
the Subscription for the vear in which they are elected.
PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.
Frttows have Personal Admission to the Gardens upon signing
their names in the book at the entrance gate, and may introduce
Two Companions daily.
The Wire or Hussanp of a Fettow can exercise these privileges
in the absence of the Fellow.
Until further notice, Frttows will receive 40 undated Green
Cards, available on any Sunday or week-day up to the end of
February of the year following the year of issue, and 20 White
Cards available on any week-day up to the same date. Twenty
of the Green Cards may be exchanged for a book containing two
Orders for each Sunday in the year. Twenty White Cards may
be exchanged for a book of dated Saturday Orders, each Order
available for any day except Sunday in the week ending with the
Saturday for which it is dated. Special children’s tickets will no
longer be issued, but the Green and White Cards will be perforated,
and each half will be valid for a Child under twelve years of age.
It is particularly requested that Fellows will sign every ticket before
it goes out of their possession. Unsigned tickets are not available.
Frettows are not allowed to pass in friends on their written
order or on presentation of their visiting cards.
Frttows have the privilege of receiving the Society’s ordinary
Publications issued during the year upon payment of an additional
Subscription of One Guinea. ‘This Subscription is due upon the
1st. of January, and must be paid before the day of the Anniversary
Meeting, after which the privilege lapses. Frxtows are likewise
entitled to purchase these Publications at 25 per cent. less than
the price charged to the public. <A further reduction of 25 per
cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued prior
to 1881, if above the value of Five Pounds.
Fetiows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual
Volume of ‘The Zoological Record,’ which gives a list of the Works
and Publications relating to Zoology in each year, for the sum of
One Pound Ten Shillings. Separate divisions of volumes 39 to
42 can also be supplied. Full particulars of these publications can
be had on application to the Secretary.
Fettows may obtain a TransreraBLe Ivory Ticker admitting
two persons, available throughout the whole period of F ellowship,
on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket
may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds.
4
Any Fetrow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom
during the space of at Icast one year, may, upon giving to the
Secretary notice in writing, have his or her name placed upon the
“dormant list,” and will then be called upon to pay an annual
subscription of £1 only during-such absence, but after three years
must make a further application to be retained on that list.
Any Frtiow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty
to withdraw his or her name upon giving notice in writing to the
Secretary.
Ladies or Gentlemen wishing to become Fellows of the Society
are requested to communicate with “The Secretary.”
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,
Secretary.
Regent’s Park, London, N.W.
June, 1915,
MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON
FOR
SCIEN ZGIELOG "BUSINES s:
1915.
Mosse, JUIN Gesu cc ‘
- ONO 56 66 oe 26,
= Novemprrk .... 9and 23.
The Cha wil be taken at half-past Five o'clock precisely.
ZOOLGOICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.
Be ZooLogicaAL Rucorp gives, by means of an annual Volume,
complete lists of the Works and Publications relating to
Zoology that have appeared during the year preceding the issue
of the Volume, together with a Subject and a Systematic Index.
Since 1906 the Zootocicat Rucorp has been amalgamated with
the Zoology volume of the International Catalogue of Scientific
Literature, and has appeared in two forms, different only in title-
page and binding, one in series with the Zoological Record, the
other forming Volume N, Zoology, of the Annual Issue of the
International Catalogue.
On account of difficulties arising from the War, the Executive
Committee of the International Catalogue is at present unable to
undertake the issue of any volumes of the 14th Annual Issue.
The Zoological Society of London, in these special circumstances,
has undertaken to produce the Zoological Record as usual, pre-
cisely in accordance with the form that the volume has assumed
since the amalgamation.
Fellows of the Zoological Society, and Institutions already on its
subscription-list, and any new subscribers whose subscriptions are
received before August Ist, 1915, will receive the volume dealing
with the literature tor 1914 (Zoological Record, Vol. 51: Inter-
national Catalogue, 14th Annual Issue, N, Zoology) as usual at the
end of the year.
Subscribers to the International Catalogue, who wish to assist
the Zoological Society in this heavy burden, and to obtain the
volume as soon as it is ready, may do so by sending 30s. to the
Secretary of the Zoological Society, on or before August Ist 1915.
In the event of the International Catalogue being issued as a
whole for the 14th issue, later on, the sum of 30s. paid in advance
to the Zoological Society will be deducted from the £17 due in
the ordinary way for the complete issue.
The Society is able to supply complete sets of the Record on the
following terms :— Beg crs
Vols. 1 to 42, price £16 10s. net. Vol. 43 and onwards at 40s. each.
The prices for separate volumes are as follows :—
Vols. 1 to 42 (except Vols. 4 and 6 which are sold with sets only),
10s. each.
Vols. 43 to 50 (obtainable separately only from Messrs. Harrison
& Sons), 40s. each.
Vol. 51. 40s. each.
Index Zoologicus. An alphabetical list of names of genera
and subgenera proposed for use in Zoology, as recorded in the
‘Zoological Record,’ 1880-1900; together with other names not
included in the ‘ Nomenclator Zoologicus’ of $8. H. Scudder. Com-
piled (for the Zoological Society of London) by CHartzs Ownn
Warernouse and edited by Davin Suarp, Editor of the ‘ Zoological
Record. London, 1902. Price to Fellows, 18s.; price to the
public, 20s., or if sold with a set of the ‘ Zoological Record,’ 10s.
[ETE O§
Po
2
Index Zoologicus, No. II. An alphabetical list of names of
genera and subgenera proposed for use in Zoology, as recorded in
the ‘ Zoological Record,’ Vols. 38-47 inelusive (1901-1910), and
the Zoology volumes of the ‘International Catalogue of Scientific
Literature,’ Annual Issues 1-10. Compiled (for the Zoological
Society of London) by Cuartes Ownn Warernouss, LS.O., “and
edited by Davip SHarp, M.A., F.R.S., .- of the ‘ Zoological
Record.’ London, 1912. Price to Fellows, 2s. 6d. net; price
to the public, 15s. net., or if sold with a set of the ‘ Zoological
Record,’ 10s.
SEPARATE DIVISIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.
Divisions of Vols.39 to 42 and Vol. 51 of the ‘ Zoological
Record’ can be supplied by the Society, but those of Vols. 43 to 50
can be had only from Messrs. Harrison & Sons, 46 St. Martin’s
Lane, W.C,
S
S.
List of abbreviations of journals, ete.
Special Records, viz. :—
S
=)
(q>}
fo
. General Subjects ..
. Mammalia
SBANVES), (hae
. Reptilia and Batr aehia.
. Pisces ;
. Tunicata
. Mollusea
. Brachiopoda ..
. Bryozoa
. Crustacea
. Arachnida
. Myriopoda
. Insecta.
. Echinoderma
. Vermes ..
. Coslenterata ..
XVIL.
XVIII.
Index of new names of genera paral subeCneMe
bee Be EH bo bo & b&b
poi
OW NOM oi ee OSC NE a NS)
Spongize
pe otoz0a
SCSODSBOSOHBOBSOSDSCSOHBASOAS
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,
Seeretary.
Recrnt’s Parx, Lonpon, N.W.
June, 1915.
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.
Tire scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London
are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo
form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto.
According to the present arrangements, the “‘ Proceedings”’
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-
tific meetings, be ntijso all the papers read at such meetings
and recomme, cd to be published in the ‘ Proceedings ” by
the Upuamnities a Publication. <A large number of coloured
plates and engravings are issued in the volumes of the
“ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark-
able species of animals described therein. Amongst such
illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a
living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.
The ‘ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts,
paged consecutively, during the months of March, June,
September, and December. From January 1901 they have
been issued as two half-yearly volumes, indexed separately.
An “ Abstract of the Proceedings” is published by the
Society on the Tuesday following the date of the Scientific
Meeting to whichit refers. It is issued along with the ‘“ Pro-
ceedings,” free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to
the Publications, but it may be obtained on the day of publi-
cation at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post free
for the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance.
The ‘‘ Transactions” contain such of the communications
made to the Scientific Meetings of the Society as, on account of
the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better
adapted for publication in the quarto form. They are issued
at irregular intervals.
Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-
versary Meeting, are entitled to receive, the Society’s
Publications for the year. ‘They are likewise entitled to
purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less
than the price charged to the Public. A further reduction
of 25 per cent. is “made upon purchases of Publications
issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of Five
Pounds.
Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the
Zoological Record for a sum of One Pound Ten Shillings
(which includes cost of delivery), payable on the Ist. of July
in each year; but tliis privilege is forfeited unless the
subscription be paid defore the Ist. of December following.
The following is a complete list of the publications of the
Society already issued.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
4to. 19 vols. and Index. Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public.
Vols. L-IV. (out of print).
Vole V2, contamme, 67s) Plates). (1862=66)ii enn ono @ is) ©
Nile, 9 92 Sees a CSO O— O08) accel lis mean Oe 15 1) ©
oy Wills A 73 my og CODE bos MO ab ©, ale ©
ay WINGS 5 82 00 (SHARD) soon OD SB SB, 12) il, @
cole gl DSN is 99 Apia nee (Sail (Oger anne Lome MIE) KB 2) ©
. x a} 95 i co USCS pee IO © B', 3. Sa)
Aindliexs wViol sXe ey re hens el ates (US332719) en Oe (Olt OOM
Wolk 26, comlaimne Sy lellewes o5 (Qisis0=e) ssco DIZ © 1... IZ IC v
ee OE ee 65 mp oo UUSSEO) cos5 GO 8° Or. AERO
alia ‘5 62 Fete LOD OD) naw aLO Ola ae Sele
ORV, «hee! eae Me (UE OR 208) irra ¥5 <5 atom AO. 0
Ae he Es 3 52 % oo (KS SIMO) s SS 6 . iG AO
Aigo Ls, oy BS 3 ao (OQOIEISOS) ca DS ©. (eee 0)
DP eeV Ale ena > on CICB ISOS. Gus) G). Gis O
oy VL sp ate me oe CWSI es we EO eers & SO
se 0. 01B.Gs ena od re oe CaSO SIONS gaale OO) see NS 12. ©
2) OMX Part 1, (Pls. L-V.). (eb. 1912) Oils O 1 4 0
rp ee (elles NI 0">) (Ayo I) EP SO, a O
» 3 (Pls. XVIEXXHI.)(Peb. 1913). 1 2 G6. LAO. ©
pect (IS 5 NONGIAY [= INONGVAIE)) (Ria) oO . 12 0
», »» (Pls. XX VID-XXX.)(March1914) 9 O. 12 0
55 Ge (UP ROO) Gilemreia UME 3 © . 5 0
» @. (Pls. XXXIL, XXXII )(Mayl914) 7 6. iQ) ©
GO ean( Maye ONAN cycuvere arom, ote sort eee sO)
POG UTES ROT MeL Wa et a ope By, 2 @
Sil Osa (imme LOA) nar se cctnShegete easter 2) eis 3.0
ill CR1E XXXIV -)) (Now. 19114) t Os 1@ ©
5) 12: (Bis XX XV XXXVI) (Nov. 191419" 0. 120
» ld. (Pl. XXXVIIT.) (June 1915) . ) ©. 12 0
now able to offer for sale, at the reduced price of £30, sets of Vols. V.—XVIJ. inclusive, and
| In consequence of a re-arrangement of the stock of the ‘Transactions,’ the Society is
separate papers, of which a list can be supplied, at about one-fourth their published price.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND
CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF
LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. (Letterpress only). Price to Price to the
Fellows. Publie.
Part I. 1830-31. 1 vol. 8vo., out of print.
yy Ile kee PE SES OC at sc AG TOs el EOS:
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,
First SErizs.
Parts 1-XV. (1833-1847). 8vo. 15 vols. (Letterpress only.) Price to
Fellows : 4s. 6d. each part ; to the Public, 6s.
Index 1830-1847. Price to Fellows: 4s. 6d.: to the Public, 6s.
Parts I., VII.-IX., XI., XIV., XV., out of print.
SECOND SERIES.
Parts XVI.-XXVIIT. (1848-1860). 8vo. 13 vols. (Letterpress only.)
Price to Fellows: 4s. 6d. each part ; to the Public, 6s.
Index 1848-1860. Price to Feliows: 4s. 6d.; to the Public, 6s.
The Parts of this series containing Coloured Plates are out of print.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 40 vols. and 4 Indices.
Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows, Public, Fellows. Public.
IG oo 4 Gh cone Ge acosed Qs. Rint ee MU Si pols seca Ba, Bh Gaon SESE
USGQHe Ash Cde aaa OSs saan 9s, Renee See uae a OSM Oden tec Loss
MSG opps Os ares aise rasa 9s, Peal SSuserte ROSH Che Renn S tty
SCAM SeOGS aelOSse® wen as 9s. seranem sic ae git 30s. Od. .... 45s.*
USCSye easy Gee sae OSSiota oe 9s. Sine liRSs EL I BBS Ode Fe abs.
HGS 56 4S eh sono Chios onan 9s, OS aac OOS ia Cn eA OSE
IS OUR ERR ce neem ae ren coceuanhias 9s, Kho MAGE o mnie Spee cl gata CUI
IUCKOG) ea aetna Seto ate ale oR EER one 9s. tates OGM terse a Aes SY OE tae ale A eye
TKO) ee ele ie ote rei ta ily cape 9s. Bor Berd ae ee ts 335, 9d. .... 45s.
TOYO ities BELA Rene os RA as Swish as Qs. he TASS ahh BO BU cong eae
linalesch SIO VO) | a obaenaeee So aus (Gh 5 0c 6s
(DUAR sapere rete Matt Pee nse ate 9s WSS ae 0 B08, Nd. 2s... 48
1S YEG Remora thew ory ene Petes 9s AE Mano 0 Gos Oden ae) AOs.te
TCA BORG Ge GEN tern tenet age aut apt 9s NYG. Sie » Bae Qh sono Gis
HS (A abe evry St ec pe oe 9s RAP a 3 36s A48s.+
NS ROMO ere cr ore roe eet 9s 1B 36s 48s
TSG aes ssh aetna er Ste 9s 2 Shae 368 48s.
US (icgig ner eee eo RRA ORE beter 9s 12s. 36s 48s
TASKS Getter cent aera ERE e iS aed 9s Derr aeene he 068 48s
RS OMe resect vagina <1 ates eck Sear emaae: 9s, Seay lS) Sirsa a rare 36s. ass:
NSS OR sepes eeatare ciaislscnic a ere ae 9s, Late SH ey cen uNenOSs et Coke
InidexesIS/MEUSSOF esas aes ep Sed eaten (OSs
1881-1890. Ten volumes .... Each .......... Peace 36s. coon 48S,
Index ISSISIS9O) we woken ce ASS OG sas stig OS:
1891-1900. Ten volumes .... Each .......... Febiome Go AY sao (As,
Ingles; WeSC) a oun oe eon 455 Odss 5.4) OS.
* No perfect copies in stock. tT Out of print.
PROCEEDINGS or tue GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC
BUSINESS or tur ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 29 vols. and Index.
Price to Price to the
; Fellows, Public.
1901-1910. Twenty volumes ..............+--... Each 18s. ...... 24s.
Innglex, ISOMSNONO sn odudocccoasascodcqeuroodnoopcdodens Ass Odds Vy e)o mise
IOI, Waly LESG aoe to eoos condo obeoudon oo ao oon dee oO oEON IS eames 24s
ni eyed A A eck ete somo aio oro" oareo-oncn bio Ganorat Gc NSst witidet 24s
IQS ies Sbion ke ob ooes stiaons Bo Bo ooOD OGD Neo on KdoN 183) 54a 24s.
95 ll Enno o io mle aa Maeno oie o tre Gra bn eco Uaoes 'O LBs eee 24s
IGE a MIL oe need mca’ seu de due Boer Gandeosod D088 LSS, oeteicesiee 24,
Fu pl Doin dis APs Roe Deo Gna dc bo dane 8 os clas Snerao 0.4 INSSSaaeee ae 24s.
NOV, Gj “Ube oodoash dove nd docconasdcnegonsooagoedodos TSsiis, vero 24s,
Seo) i Ub aets Son Oh Mao MIGNG clad apictabie opens Tec oom Se me Ss tears 24s
WONG i dee eo doeoogg cous DE near ean ne eth e cias cee etneaes con WSS.) ose
LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Highth Edition.) 8vo.
1883. Cloth, 4s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Ninth Edition.) 8yo.
1896. Cloth, 6s.
CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY of the Zoological Society of
London (Fifth Edition.) 8vo. 1902. Cloth, 6s.
THE OFFICIAL ILLUSTRATED GARDEN GUIDE—1 2th Edition
—with (1) a Railway and Street Map, showing a direct
- route to the “Zoo” from all parts of London and the Suburbs ;
(2) a Plan of the Grounds, showing at a glance the location of
the animals; (3) a short description of some of the principal
animals in the Collection (now containing over 3000 spe-
cimens), together with 50 Photographie Illustrations and
Index. Price 6d. in Stiff Paper Cover, postage 14d., or in
Green Cloth Cover price 1s. 2d. post free.
THE HOUSE-FLY CAMPAIGN. An illustrated pamphlet by
Prof. H. Maxwrit Lurroy, M.A., F.Z.8.
Svo. 1915. Price 2d. (By post 22d.)
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,
Secretary.
Regent's Park, London, N.W.
June, 1915.
These publications may be obtained at the Socrury’s Orricy
or through any bookseller.
Peano: 11S BROOM seims
R.B.del. Cambridge University Press.
JACOBSON’S ORGAN IN TUPAIA.
EG 1915. BROOM. Pian
Cambridge University Press.
JACOBSON’S ORGAN IN GYMNURA.
ON THE ORGAN OF JACOBSON. 157
PAPERS.
13. On the Organ of Jacobson and its Relations in the
“Tnsectivora.’—Part I. Tupaia and Gymnura. By
R. Broom, D.Sc., M.D., C.M.Z.S.
{Received March 9, 1915: Read April 13, 1915. ]
(Plates 1 & 11%)
INDEX.
STRUCTURE: Page
Mijxada.s OvesA OH VACONSOM 5 cosassaqconcsucascoasosccsencso coy WAS
Gymnura: 5, on Sapa Seatac tahins sheets state seee ae OW.
In 1897, in “ A Contribution to the Comparative Anatomy of
the Mammalian Organ of Jacobsen,” published in the Trans. Roy.
Soc. Edin., I called attention to the very great value of a study
of the morphology of the cartilages connected with Jacobson’s
organ as a guide to the affinities of aberrant mammals. Changes
in habit bring about most marked alterations in teeth, bones, and
many viscera, but the delicate little cartilages in the nose are so
little affected that we find almost exactly the same type of
structure in forms so dissimilar as the sheep, cat, hedgehog,
bat, and lemur. And as the arrangement is an extremely com-
plicated one, we seem justified in concluding that the similarity
indicates affinity and common origin of those types rather than
independent developments of this remarkable structure.
So far as at present known there are only two main types of
the organ of Jacobson and its relations found in mammals: (1) the
primitive or Marsupial type, which is a simplification of the type
found in the Monotremes, and which is retained with slight
modifications in such forms as Dasypus, Orycteropus, and the
Rodents; and (2) the higher Eutherian type found in Ungu-
lates, Carnivores, Hrinacews, the bat Miniopterws, Lemur, and
Procavia.
Jn 1902 I examined the organ in J/acroscelides, hoping, in view
of Parker’s discovery of marsupial characters in the skulls of the
allied Petrodromus and Rhynchocyon, that I might find some type
intermediate between that of the Marsupialand that of Hrinaceus.
To my great surprise I found that in its relations the organ in
Muacroscelides has no resemblance whatever to that of the typical
Insectivore, but agrees in practically every detail with the type
seen in the marsupial Perameles.
In my paper “On the Organ of Jacobson in the Elephant
Shrew (JJacroscelides proboscideus)” which appeared in the Proce.
Zool. Soc. 1902, vol. i. p. 224, I came to the conclusion that,
“from the fact that Jacroscelides agrees with the Marsupials in
every detail of the anatomy of this region, we are forced to
the conclusion that it is a very near relative of the Marsupials,
* For explanation of the Plates see p. 162.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1915, No. XII. 12
158 DR. R. BROOM ON
and has probably very little affinity with the more typical In-
sectivores.”
When my paper was written I was in the Karroo, far from any
libraries, and I was not aware that in 1864 Peters had divided
the Insectivora into two groups: (A) those with an intestine
with a large cecum, including “ Galeopitheci,” “'Tupaye,” and
“« Macroscelides ” ; and (B) those with intestine simple, without
cecum, including “Centetine,” ‘ Erinacei,” “ Talpina,” and
*¢ Sorices.”
Haeckel in 1866 definitely divided the Insectivora into two
suborders : (1) Menotyphla, including the families Cladobatida,
with Fie and Z'upaja, and Macroscelidia, with M/acroscelides
and Rhynchocyon; and (2) Lipotyphla, including the families
Soricida, Talpida, Hrinaceidea, and Centetida.
Though most later workers have regarded the Insectivora as
a single - natural group, Leche (1884) has suggested separating the
Menotyphla as a distinct order, and Gregory, in his recently
published work on ‘ The Orders of Mammals’ (1910), places the
typical Insectivora in the Superorder Therictoidea, and the
Menotyphla as an order of the Superorder Archonta, together
with Dermoptera, Chiroptera, and Primates.
For some time I have been most anxious to examine the organ
in Tupaia to see how far it agreed with M/acroscelides, and
fortunately I was able to obtain from the American Museum a
very good specimen, preserved in formalin, of a young Zupaia, and
for comparison a young specimen of Gymnura. Both specimens
had been obtained in Borneo by Mr. C. W. Beebe. Prof. J. P.
Hill’s laboratory assistant, Mr. F. Pittock, has kindly sectioned for
me by microtome the Gymnura snout, but owing to the extreme
hardening of the Twpaia specimen the snout had to be cut by
hand. Both specimens show all the desired characters satis-
factorily.
The Organ of Jacobson in Tupaia.
(Plate I.)
The nose in Z'upaia, unlike that of JMacroscelides, does not
extend very much in front of the premaxillary bone, and the
nostrils are nearly terminal, but look more outwards than
forwards.
A section passing through the nostril shows the nasal cartilages
forming a median septum with a well- developed alinasal cartilage
above and a small cartilaginous extension forming the nasal floor.
A few sections further back, the anterior part of the inferior
turbinal is seen in section, attached to the upper part of the nasal
wall, and showing the opening of the naso-lacrimal duct on its
side. Immediately behind the nostril the inferior turbinal is
seen rising vertically from the nasal floor. The nasal-floor
cartilage is still attached to the base of the septum but is small,
and there is no cartilage in the external wall of the nasal
passage.
THE ORGAN OF JACOBSON. 159
Pl. I. fig. 1 shows a transverse section passing through the
front of the premaxillary bone. Here the nasal-floor cartilage is
seen detached from the septum, and forms not only the floor but
the support for the inferior turbinal. The anterior part of the
outer cartilaginous wall is also seen cut across.
Fig. 2 cuts through the first incisor and the anterior part of
the papilla of the palate. The nasal-floor cartilage is seen con-
nected with the cartilage of the lateral wall and forming the
cartilaginous support of the infericr turbinal. The great size of
the papilla is well seen. The appearance of the structures in
this section resembies considerably a similar section through the
snout of Didelphys, and also somewhat a similar section through
the snout of Dasypus.
Fig. 3 represents a section nearly 1 mm. behind that repre-
sented in fig.2. The papilla is seen occupied by a large papillary
cartilage. The recurrent nasal-floor cartilage has the inner
portion enlarged where it is about to become Jacobson’s cartilage.
The inferior turbinal is further up on the lateral nasal wall.
This section resembles a corresponding section through the snouts
of any of the Polyprotodont marsupials. In the structure of the
nasal cartilages the resemblance is rather with Dasywrus and
Didelphys; in the great development of the papilla and its
cartilage the resemblance is more with Perameles.
Figs. 4-6 represent three sections close to each other, and only
a short distance behind that shown in fig. 3. They illustrate the
relations of the naso-palatine canal, and the opening of the organ
of Jacobson into the nasal cavity. The peculiar structure which
I have elsewhere called the outer bar of Jacobson’s cartilage is
well seen. In fig. 4 it is attached to the upper part of Jacobson’s
cartilage. In fig. 5 it is free, and in fig. 6 attached to the lower
portion of Jacobson’s cartilage. The structures in these sections
are typically Polyprotodont marsupial and resemble those of
Perameles as much as those of Perameles do those of Dasyurus or
Didelphys, and considerably more than do those of any known
Diprotodont marsupial.
The outer bar of Jacobson’s cartilage is believed to represent
the remains of the turbinal of Jacobson’s organ in the Mono-
tremata. It is present in all mar supials, in Das) YPus, Orycteropus,
Maeroscelides, and some Rodents, but is unknown in any of the
higher mammals.
Fig. 7 represents a section considerably further back than that
shown in fig. 6. Here Jacobson’s organ is seen well developed,
with a single blood-vessel on its outer side and another on its
inner, exactly as in Perameles and Didelphys. Jacobson’s cartilage
has the usual shape, and is supported internally and below by the
palatine process of the premaxillary. Along the floor of the
nasal cavity is a distinct posterior nasal-floor cartilage. This is
the only structure in the snout that is not typically Poly-
protodont marsupial. As the structure is well developed in
EKehidna, it is manifest that in this respect Zupaia, which retains
ie
160 DR. R. BROOM ON
it, is more primitive than the Polyprotodont marsupials which
have lost it. It is very well developed in the Rodent, Lepus.
In WMacroscelides it is only slightly developed in the young
specimens which I examined, but may be better developed in
the adult.
Fig. 8 shows a section near the posterior end of the organ.
The organ is still seen to be of large size, lying in the U-shaped
cartilage which it nearly fills. Jacobson’s cartilage rests on the
palatine plate of the maxillary, and is supported internally and
superiorly by the vomer.
If the figures here given of sections of the snout of Tupaia be
compared with those I have given of sections of MJacroscelides,
it will be seen that the two are formed on exactly the same type,
and that the differences are not greater than are seen in the
different families of the Diprotodont marsupials or of the Artio-
dactyles. Both genera agree closely with the Polyprotodont
marsupials, and, as will be seen from the study of the snout of
Gymnura, differ in almost every feature from that typical,
Insectivore.
The Organ of Jacobson in Gymnura.
(Plate IT.)
The specimen which I have examined is a very young animal,
probably recently born and about one fourth adult size. From the
snout to the base of the tail measures 90 mm. Except for a few
small vibrissee on the snout it is entirely hairless.
The nostrils are nearly terminal, but open laterally, and are
completely protected in front by the front of the nasal cartilage.
A section through the middle of the nostril shows a narrow
septum, with above a well-developed alinasal and below a large
anterior nasgal-floor cartilage. The anterior end of the inferior
turbinal is cut across supported by a cartilage which is connected
with the outer edge of the alinasal.
A section through the posterior border of the nostril shows
the anterior nasal-floor cartilage as an outer part forming the
floor of the nostril and an inner narrow piece attached to the base
of the septum. The turbinal is large and has a large cartilage
attached to the alinasal. The lacrimal duct is seen opening on
the inner side of the turbinal.
A section a short distance behind the nostril is remarkable
for the rather abrupt thickening of the nasal septum and the
great reduction of the inferior turbinal. The anterior nasal-
floor cartilage is still attached to the base of the septum. The
alinasal cartilage does not pass down on the outer wall of the
nasal passage, and the cartilage, which in more anterior sections
protected this wall, is reduced to a small trough of cartilage along
the furrow between the small turbinal and the other nasal wall.
A few sections further back a most remarkable condition
presents itself, as is shown in PI. II. fig. 9. The broad nasal
septum splits up into a median part and two lateral splints.
THE ORGAN OF JACOBSON. 161
These lateral recurrent cartilages are structurally continuous
with the base of the nasal septum and with the anterior nasal-
floor cartilages. The other parts of the section are as in that
previously described, except that the alinasal is curving down to
form the outer nasal wall.
On passing backwards the nasal septum is found to become
completely detached from the anterior nasal-floor cartilages and
from the recurrent flaps which remain united to form a pair of
large recurrent cartilages. This condition is seen in fig. 10. The
alinasal curves round to form a complete outer nasal wall.
Fig. 11, though representing a section only a very short
distance behind that of fig. 10, shows the pair of large recurrent
cartilages reduced to two pairs of very small structures. As will
be seen in the later sections, the upper cartilage is continued
backwards to form the upper part of Jacobson’s cartilage. The
lower cartilage, which lies in the nasal floor, ends abruptly. The
section passes through the anterior part of the premaxillary.
Fig. 12, a short distance behind the section represented in
fig. 11, shows a section through the anterior part of the papilla.
The upper part of the section is fairly similar to that of the
previous section figured, but below the premaxillary is seen the
mode of opening of the naso-palatine ducts by the sides of the
small papilla. Each duct is supported by a scroll of cartilage
completely round it except at the opening, and a few sections
further forward show that the cartilage also protects the duct in
front.
On passing backwards the cartilaginous scroll becomes divided
into an upper and inner, and a lower and outer part. The
former becomes the lower part of Jacobson’s cartilage; the
latter the posterior nasal-floor cartilage. In the section repre-
sented by fig. 13 the anterior end of Jacobson’s organ is seen
opening into the naso-palatine duct.
Fig. 14 represents a section a short distance further back. The
palatine process of the premaxilla is seen detached. Above it lies
the upper part of Jacobson’s cartilage. The lower part of
Jacobson’s cartilage has the typical U-shaped appearance on
section, There is still seen a small posterior nasal-floor cartilage.
Fig. 15 represents a section behind the anterior palatine
foramen. The palatine processes of the premaxille give support
to the cartilages of Jacobson. The organ is here well developed,
and the cartilage has the form seen in most higher mammals.
The nasal-floor cartilage is no longer present, the floor being
supported by the secondary palatal plates of the maxillary.
Fig. 16 represents a section far behind that represented by
figure 15 and near the posterior end of the organ. The organ
is still fairly large and the cartilage still of the typical shape.
The palatine processes do not extend so far back, and the car-
tilages are now in part supported by the vomer and in part by
the maxillaries.
If the sections of the snout in Gymnura be compared with
162 ON THE ORGAN OF JACOBSON.
those in T’upaia, it will be seen that the two differ so greatly in
type that it is a little difficult to homologise some of the
structures. While Zupaia agrees closely with the Marsupial
type, Gymnure agrees equally well with the type found in most
Eutherians. In my paper of 1897 I suggested the division of
the Kutherians into two superorders—the Ceenorhinata to include
those orders with the higher type of nose structure, and the
Archeorhinata for those with the primitive type.
In the Cenorhinata I placed the Carnivora, Insectivora,
Artiodactyla, Perissodactyla, Chiroptera, Primates, with probably
the Sirenia and Cetacea. We now know that the Hyracoidea
also belong to this superorder. In the Archeorhinata were
placed the Edentata and Rodentia.
Gymnura has the structures connected with Jacobson’s organ
almost exactly as in Hrinaceus, as we should have expected, and
very similar to those in Felis.
Tupaia and Macroscelides have the nasal structures formed, as
in the Polyprotodont marsupials, on an entirely different type,
and there can be no doubt whatever that they have no near
relations with such types as Hrinaceus and Gymnwra and must be
removed from them and placed in a distinct order, Menotypbla.
In Part IT., which will deal with the structures in Centetes,
Chrysochloris, and Tatpa, will be discussed at greater length the
relationships of the different groups.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Lettering.
a.r.c., anterior recurrent cartilage; Z.t., inferior turbinal; J.c., Jacobson’s
cartilage; J.o. Jacobson’s ‘organ; J.d., lacrymal duct; Mx., maxilla; Na., nasal ;
n.g.d.. nasal-gland duct; 2.p.c., naso-palatine canal; 7.s., nasal septum; 0.6./.0.,
outer bar of Jacobson’s organ; p.c., papillary cartilage; Pme.. premanxilla; p.n.fic.,
posterior nasal-floor cartilage; p.Pmax., palate process of premaxillary; Vo.,
vomer.
Prats [.
Fig. 1. Section through snont of Tupaia sp. across anterior part of premaxilla.
Figs. 2-6. Sections across the snout of Tupaia sp., through different regions of the
palatine papilla.
Fig. 7. Section through the organ of Jacobson in Tupaia sp.a short distance behind
the papilla.
Fig. 8. Section through the organ of Jacobson in Pupaie sp. towards the posterior
part of the organ.
Prats If.
Figs. 9 & 10, Sections across the nose of Gymnura a short distance in front of the
premaxilla.
Pig. 11. Section across the snout of Gymnura in the region of the anterior part of
the premaxilla,
Figs. 12 & 13. Sections across the snout of Gymnura in the region of the palatine
papilla.
Fig. 14. Section across the snout of Gymnura immediately behind the papilla.
Hig. 15. Section across the organ of Jacobson in Gymnura behind the anterior
palatine foramen.
Fig. 16, Section across the posterior part of the organ of Jacobson in Gymnura.
All figures are 12 times enlarged.
ON NEW CARNIVOROUS THERAPSIDS. 163
14. On some new Carnivorous Therapsids in the Collection
of the British Museum. By R. Broom, D.Se., M.D.,
C.M.Z.S.
[Received January 27, 1915: Read April 13, 1915. |
(Text-figures 1-8.)
INDEX.
SYSTEMATIC: Page
Simorhinella baini, gen. et sp. n. .. ........2.......-..-. 163
Ieticephalus polycynodon, gen. et sp. n. ......-......-- 164
Cerdodon tenuidens, gen. eb Sp. D................-..-..--. L66
Cyniscodon lydekkeri, gen. et sp. . ............0..20-+. 167
Cerdognathus greyi, gen. et SP. De... 2. .eeeeeeee eee eee eee 168
Scymnosaurus watsont, SP. N........0..-.2e0 cee eee sesso es LED
Scymmognathus Parous, Sp. D.-..----2--+-22--eseee-eeee ses LOL
Dring chodonko nowiviaspele | see eeseeeseeeeeeeaeea eee ee
At the suggestion of Dr. C. W. Andrews I recently examined
all the specimens of carnivorous Therapsid reptiles in the British
Museum, and was fortunate in finding a considerable number of
new types sufficiently well preserved to be worthy of description.
SIMORHINELLA BAINI, gen. et sp. n. (Text-fig. 1.)
This new genus and species is founded on a small specimen
obtained by Mr. T. Bain in the Gouph, 8. Africa, and procured
by the British Museum in 1878. From the nature of the
matrix I think it probable that it is from the Pareiasawrus zone,
but it may possibly be from the Hndothiodon zone.
Text-figure 1.
Yj vey \
hr
mae
{
es
a
A
Simorhinella baint.
A. Upper view of snout, nat. size. B. Side view of snout, nat. size.
B.M. 49422.
The specimen consists of the anterior half of the skull of a
small carnivorous Therapsid, much weathered, and with the bones
164 DR. R. BROOM ON
erackled after the manner of a septarian nodule. It is practi-
cally impossible to make out the limits of the various cranial
elements, but the general structure can readily be seen.
The type is specially remarkable for the shortness and breadth
of the snout and for the small size of the teeth.
The length from the front of the orbit to the premaxilla as
preserved is 21 mm., and though the internasal process is lost,
when allowance is made for the crushing, the original length was
probably not more than 22 mm. The width of the snout at the
plane of the front of the orbit is 28 mm.
The premaxillaries are small, and each has four small rounded
incisors.
The septomaxillary is of the typical Therocephalian and Gor-
gonopsian type, a rounded foramen being found between it and
the maxilla.
The nasals are large and fairly broad.
The frontals are moderately large, the interorbital measure-
ment being 14-0 mm. as preserved. Originally the measurement
was probably a little less.
The maxilla is well developed and largely overlaps the pre-
maxillain front. It carries two canines and probably three molars.
The mandible is not well preserved. The symphysis is broad
and probably deep. There are apparently three incisors, one
canine, and three molars.
The four upper incisors measure about 8mm. The diastema
between 7? and c'is 3 mm. The two canines measure 3°5 mm.,
the larger c’ being only 1°8 mm.
The lower incisors measure about 8 mm. The canine has a
diameter of about 1:6 mm., and the three lower molars measure
45mm. From 7? to the back of m3 is 9 mm.
If the above determinations are correct the dental formula
would be 7 = c a m 3°
The nearest affinities of Simorhinclla are probably with fcti-
dognathus and Scaloposaurus, and with the next described form
Icticephalus. i
The type is a young animal in which there is clear evidence of
dental succession.
The specimen is registered No. 49422.
IcrlcEPHALUS POLYCYNODON, gen. et sp. n. (Text-fig. 2.)
This new genus and species is represented by one specimen in
the British Museum, and one in the South African Museum,
Capetown. The British Museum specimen is a fairly complete
but very badly weathered skull: the Capetown specimen is the
front half of the skull, also much weathered, but showing most
of the maxillary teeth in fairly good condition. While I do not
consider that there is the least doubt but that the two specimens
belong to the same species, as the Capetown specimen has the
NEW CARNIVOROUS THERAPSIDS. 165
teeth so much better preserved it will be better to regard it as
the holotype, and the British Museum specimen as a paratype.
The British Museum specimen shows the skull to be at least
68 mm. in length. When complete it probably measured 75 mm.
The greatest breadth was probably about 40 mm. The orbit
looks upwards and outwards, and measures about 18 mm. in
diameter. From the front of the orbit to the front of the snout
is about 33 mm. The interorbital measurement 1s 18 mm., and
the intertemporal about 8 mm. ‘There is no pineal foramen,
The postorbital arch is delicate but complete,
Text-figure 2.
=a ae
SS Eta ae
Geert -- ay
aN
ji iam Tae = * i
‘ ar
: a> Bee Masse oye WA
Mad ee Agr Y je
Sacco) Us
Ieticephalus polycynodon.
A. Side view of type in S. Afr. Mus. Coll. B. Upper view of skull in
B.M. Coll. which forms a paratype. B.M. R.4096. Both nat. size.
The upper incisors are lost from the Capetown specimen, but
remains of most are seen in the British Museum specimen.
There are apparently six, and together they measure 8 mm.
Behind 7° there is a diastema of 1-5 mm. ‘There are three small
canines. The first is less than 1 mm. in diameter, the other two
have each an antero-posterior length of about 2 mm., and the
third, nearly perfect on the left side, has a height of about
7mm. The three canines together measure 6 mm. The first
molar is less than 1 mm. behind the last canine. There are
altogether eleven small, pointed, rounded, and unserrated molars,
166 . DR. R. BROOM ON
of which the 5th, 6th, and 7th are larger than the others. The
whole series measures 16 mm.
The nearest ally of this type is Scaloposaurus. From this
genus it differs in having 11 molars instead of 9, and in having
the postorbital arches completely formed.
The British Museum specimen is registered R. 4096.
CERDODON TENUIDENS, gen. et sp.n. (Text-fig. 3.)
This new genus and species is founded on a specimen collected
by Mr. T. Bain in the Gouph, 8. Africa, in 1878. It consists of
the greater part of the somewhat crushed and imperfect skull
of a small Therocephalian. The specimen is in a hard nodule,
and only the left side has been displayed. The front of the snout
is for the most part weathered away, and the supra- and post-
orbital portions of the skull are either hidden in the nodule or
possibly missing. Still, the whole of the left maxila and most
of the left jugal are fairly well preserved, and most of the left
dentary and a considerable part of the left angular.
From the front of the orbit to the front of the maxilla is
39 mm.,and the measurement to the front of the snout was
probably about 47 mm.
Text-figure 3.
Cerdodon tenwidens.
Side view of skull as preserved. Nat. size. B.M. 49420.
Ju. Jugal; LZ. Lacrymal; Mex. Mavxilla.
The front of the snout is too imperfect to show the number of
incisors. There probably were five. Those remaining are slender,
pointed teeth. The canine is relatively small, measuring 4°5 mm.
in length and about 12 mm. in height. The molars are not well
preserved, but they are evidently numerous— possibly seven or
eight. Two of these in the upper jaw are each over 2 mm. in
diameter ; but what are probably the posterior three in the lower
jaw are small, and together occupy a space of @nly 4-5 mm.
NEW CARNIVOROUS THERAPSIDS. 167
The lower jaw is slender, with a low symphysis. There appear
to be three incisors occupying a space of 65 mm. In the speci-
men it looks as if there were four incisors, but the front one is
probably the first incisor of the right jaw. The canine is
unusually small. The total length from the first incisor to the
last molar is 30 mm.
The nearest ally to Cerdodon tenwidens is Ictidosuchus primevus,
described by me fourteen yearsago. I think there is little doubt
but that the two belong to the same family of Therocephalians—
the Ictidosuchide.
The British Museum Register number of the specimen is
49420,
CYNISCODON LYDEKKERI, gen. et sp. n. (Text-fig. 4.)
This new genus and species is founded on an imperfect right
dentary discovered by Mr. T. Bain at ‘“ Palmietfontein, Cape
Colony.” There are many Palmietfonteins in the Karroo, but it
is probable that the specimen is from the Palmietfontein in the
Beaufort West district, and in the Pareiasaurus zone.
Associated with the jaw is much of the skeleton of a small
Dicynodon. There is a large part of the skull, including most of
the occiput, much of the left squamosal and most of the left
orbital region, and much of one mandible. There are a series of
vertebre, the right scapula, parts of the sacrum, and much of the
right side of the pelvis.
Text-figure 4.
Cyniscodon lydekkeri.
A. Side view of right dentary. B. Upper view of right dentary. Both nat. size.
B.M. 49409.
The specimens were examined by Lydekker and described
by him in the British Museum Catalogue of Fossil Reptiles,
vol. iv. p. 72, all the specimens being supposed to belong to one
individual. ‘The dentary with teeth isin the same matrix, and
was probably picked up near the small Dicynodon skeleton, such
an association of bones being by no means uncommon in the
Karroo.
The dentary was thought by Lydekker to belong possibly to
Cynosuchus suppostus Owen, to which it unquestionably has much
168 DR. R. BROOM ON
superficial resemblance. As, however, it has a different dental
formula and must be placed in a distinct genus, I have much
pleasure in proposing for it the name Cyniscodon lydekkeri.
Cynosuchus suppostus, with which this new form has been
confused, is known only by the imperfect type skull. It is a
most remarkable form, having cusped molars and a secondary
palate like the typical Cynodonts, but in other respects differing
from all known Cynodonts and resembling more the Gorgono-
‘ : hdl evel 7
psians. The dental formula is probably 2 3, ¢ 7, m 7, and to
whatever suborder a more complete skull may show it to belong,
it must be placed in a distinct family—the Cynosuchide.
In Cyniscodon lydekkert the dentary is considerably smaller
than in Cynosuchus suppostus. It has the deep symphysis
characteristic of the Gorgonopsians. In the specimen as pre-
served are the roots of three incisors which are probably 2”, 7
and 7*. Together they measure 5mm. The whole four probably
measured 7 mm. The canine measures at its base 6 mm. x
3°2 mm. Behind the canine is a diastema of 7 mm., followed by
four molars which together measure 9mm. They are small and
rounded, and about equal in size.
Cyniscodon in the general structure of the jaw resembles most
the small Gorgonopsians such as dlurosaurus, but difters from
them in having a loose symphysis, and in being smaller than any
of the known Gorgonopsians.
The specimens described by liydekker have the Register
number 49404, but as this is now seen to include two different
animals the number 49404 will be retained for the type of
Cyniscodon lydekkeri, and the small Dicynodon skeleton will be
numbered 49404 a.
CERDOGNATHUS GREYI, gen. et sp.n. (Text-fig. 5.)
The type of this new genus and species is an imperfect lower
jaw obtained by Sir G. Grey at Klippoort, in the Cradock district.
The left dentary is nearly complete, and there is a fragment
of the surangular and of the angular. The front portion of the
dentary is represented only by an imperfect impression.
The contour of the jaw is unlike that of any previously
described form. There were probably four incisors, of which
there are preserved only the obscure impressions of two. There is
a single moderately large canine and five molars. The molars
are small and uncusped. The whole dentary is unusually straight,
there being no great deepening of the symphysis, and the
coronoid process does not rise greatly from the line of the
horizontal ramus. From the symphysis to the point where the
dentary meets the upper border of the surangular, the measure-
ment is probably about 105 mm., and the depth at the last molar
about 15 mm. From the upper side of the surangular to the
notch in front of the descending wing of the angular the
measurement is 23 mm.
NEW CARNIVOROUS THERAPSIDS. ; 169
The length of the canine is probably about 7°5 mm., and the
height 13 mm. There is only a very short diastema of 1 mm.
between cand m’. The five molars measure 14 mm.
Text-figure 5.
Cerdognathus greui.
Inner view of left mandible as preserved. Slightly reduced.
B.M. R. 2892.
The specimen is probably a Gorgonopsian, but differs from all-
known forms in having the first molar close to the canine and in
the relatively shallow symphysis.
The specimen is registered No. R, 2892.
SCYMNOSAURUS WATSONI, sp. n. (Text-fig. 6.)
This new species is founded on a large skull discovered by
Mr. I’. Bain on the farm Uitkyk, in the Gouph.
Mr. D. M.S. Watson has recently published a restoration of
the palate (P.Z.S8. 1914, p. 1035), and has doubtfully referred
the specimen to Lycosuchus vanderriett. The skull has been
considerably further developed by the British Museum preparator
Mr. Hall, and it becomes quite manifest that it cannot belong to
the genus Lycosuchus. Unfortunately the front part of the
snout is missing, so that nothing is known of the incisors, but a
large part of each canine is preserved and sufficient of the molars
to indicate their number. Except for the missing premaxillary
region, the skull shows all the main points of structure.
The principal characteristics of the skull are the great size of
the temporal fosse, the narrowness of the snout, and the presence
of a narrow high parietal crest.
The following are the chief measurements :—
Greatest length of the skull ............ (probably) 290 mm.
Grreaibessty weld tl 20s eens tee A oo ee Sets araf2SN ease eee 208
Front of temporal fossa to back of squamosal...... 128
Dmterorbitall- withing se ee eens tne: 50
Back of canine to; backwot m?es4.25.-... (probably) 32
Length occupied by the three molars ............... 22
There are three small molars which have their crowns much
flattened, and are probably serrated both in front and behind—
170 , DR. R. BROOM ON
certainly in front. The palate, as shown by Watson, is of the
Therocephalian type seen in Scylacosaurus, there being a pair of
prevomers and large suborbital vacuities.
Text-figure 6.
Scymnosaurus watsoni.
A. Upper view of skull. B. Side view of skull. 4 nat. size.
B.M. ht. 4100.
It is difficult to make out the sutures in the preorbital region.
In front of the orbit there is a marked depression. The post-
orbital bone forms a distinet crest along part of the anterior
temporal border, but only passes a very short distance back on
the parietal crest.
The parietal forms a deep and high narrow crest which extends
back a considerable distance behind the pineal foramen, and then
NEW CARNIVOROUS THERAPSIDS. el
divides into a pair of crests which curve round behind the large
temporal fosse to meet the squamosals.
The squamosal is a large bone which forms much of the
posterior surface of the skull. It passes well downwards, and
covers most of the relatively small quadrate. Internally it meets
the parietal above, and is closely articulated to the tabulare.
The tabulare is a moderate-sized element, but its lower and
outer portions are not preserved. It articulates with the parietal
above and the interparietal internally, and overlaps the squamosal
externally.
The interparietal is a small median element.
As Watson has’ already described the palate, it will be un-
necessary to say anything further about it.
The genus Scymnosaurus was founded on a large snout in the
South African Museum which was made the type of S. ferom.
Some years later, a much smaller snout from Natal was named
S. warreni. In both these species the dental formula is 7’, ¢', m’.
In the new species the formula is 7°,c',m’°, and though in the
absence of the snout of S. watsoni, and knowing little except the
snouts of the others, there is doubt about all belonging to the
same genus, it seems safest at present to refer the new species to
Scymnosaurus, to which in any case it is certainly closely allied.
The type is numbered R. 4100 in the British Museum Register.
ScYMNOGNATHUS PARVUS, sp. n. (Text-fig. 7.)
The type of this new species is a specimen found by Mr. D. M.
S. Watson at Kuilspoort, Beaufort West district, and probably
from the upper part of the Hndothiodon zone.
= Text-figure 7.
Scymnognathus parvus.
Side view of snout. ¥% nat. size. B.M. R.4139.
The specimen consists of the nearly complete skull of a small
Gorgonopsian and a few associated fragments. The skull is
ye DR. R. BROOM ON
much crushed obliquely and the occiput is further crushed
forwards, so that though the jaws with most of the teeth are in
fairly good condition, little of the structure of the upper part of
the skull can be satisfactorily made out.
As the teeth agree in number and structure with those of
Scymnognathus whaitsi and other known species, and so far as
ean be seen the skull of this new form does not differ greatly,
I refer the new species to this genus and call it S. parvus.
The total length of the lower jaw is about 170 mm., and the
skull probably measured 190 mm.
The five incisors measure 25 mm. Between 7? and the canine
is a diastema of 12 mm., and the canine measures 10 mm.,
followed by a diastema of 10 mm. The four molars measure
19mm. In S. minor, the nearest allied species, the five incisors
measure 33 mm., and the four molars 21 mm.
The specimen is numbered R. 4139 in the British Museum
Register.
T'RrRACHODON BROWNI, sp. n. (Text-fig. 8.)
This new species is founded on the anterior two-thirds of a
small skull discovered by Mr. Alfred Brown at Aliwal North.
The skull is well preserved, but owing to the lower jaws being
closely fixed to the upper, the crowns of all the molars are hidden.
Text-figure 8.
Trirachodon brown.
A. Side view of snout. B. Upper view of snout. Nat. size.
B.M. R. 3307.
It is not improbable that when a specimen is discovered which
shows the crowns of the molars, this species may have to be placed
in a new genus, but as it is certainly a near ally of Trirachodon
and possibly belongs to this genus, I have provisionally placed it so.
NEW CARNIVOROUS THERAPSIDS. NS
It certainly is a new species, and I have much pleasure in naming
it after my old friend, Mr. Brown.
Only a very few of the sutures can be clearly made out, but so
far as can be seen the structure of the skull is very similar to
that of Trirachodon kannemeyeri Seeley.
The following are the principal measurements of the skull :—
Snout) bo) frombt lot oubite. 5.5.4 eee 27 mm.
Antero-posterior diameter of orbit... 18
Interorbital measurement ............ 16
Menethyoticamimesey senescence 4
lerghtrohicamine yma sac eoaaer 10
IWl@lene SEN) Spcegeennnosoas (probably) 18
In Trirachodon kannemeyeri Seeley, the seven largest molars
meastire 21-22 mm. ; in 7’. minor Broom, they measure 18°5 mm.
in 7’. brownt they measure 14 mm.
The type skull is numbered R. 3307 in the B.M. Register.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1915, No. XIII. ~ 13
she Bye
af iguel Heh ae io. nae pet
ca real
iseadeh,
des ons oe
ON THE ANATOMY OF CESTODES. 175
15. Contributions to the Anatomy and Systematic Arrange-
ment of the Cestoidea. By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A.,
D.Se., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Prosector to the Society.
[Received February 9, 1915: Read March 23, 1915.]
(Text-figures 1-8.)
XVI. On Certain Pornts In THE ANATOMY OF THE GENUS
AMABILLA AND OF DASYUROTENLA.
INDEX. Page
Amatomyote Amaia ee een ne ee eT
Anatomy of Dasyurot@nid wvecce..csevseceeecseveeceseasees 187
Although several observers, especially Cohn and Diamare
(whose memoirs will be referred to later), have collected a large
number of facts relating to the structure of the genus Amabilia,
there still remain a few points upon which these authorities
have not definitely pronounced, or concerning which their
opinions differ. It is with these that I deal in the present comn-
munication to the Society. My notes are based upon numerous
sections taken through different regions of the body of one
example of the species (the only species) Amabilia lamelligera,
which I was able to preserve in a satisfactory condition for
microscopic purposes.
§ Scolex.
Concerning the scolex of Amabilia lamelligera some differences
of opinion have been expressed in published accounts. These have
been dealt with by Dr. Ludwig Cohn up to the period at which
his own memoir on the species appeared *. The original describer
of the species, Sir R. Owen, defined it + (inter alia) as “ capite sub-
globoso, rostello cylindrico obtuso,” as duly quoted by Cohn.
Owen’s paper, however, contains no further description of the
scolex ; nor is it represented in his figures of the worm?. The
figure, however, illustrating the worm represents it as tapering
gradually at the head end; the scolex therefore was doubtless
quite visible—which was not the case with the specimen studied
by myself until it was examined by sections.
von Linstow’s § description of the worm is, according to Cohn,
not of Amabilia at all, but of Hymenolepis megalorchis, known to
be a parasite of the Flamingo. The first part of this statement
seems to be undoubtedly correct ; the rest is certainly probable.
* Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. lxvii. 1900, pp. 255, 256.
+ Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. i. p. 386.
{ Plate xli. figs. 21 & 22.
§ Wirt. naturwiss. Jahrb. xxxv. 1879.
13*
176 DR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE
More recently* v. Linstow has described under the name of
Aphanobothrium catenata, a worm which is really Amabilia lamelli-
gera, as Fuhrmann was able to state t from an examination of the
original material. It is clear from the figures and description
given by v. Linstow, that thescolex of the individual represented
by him was in the same retracted condition that it presented in
my example. It is stated by this author that the ‘“ scolex [is]
not visible externally,” and that there are four suckers and a
median fifth sucker which “opens outwards through a dorso-
ventral slit.” Hooks are stated to be absent. In spite of the
correct description of four suckers and a median sucker (which is
of course the retracted rostellum), this author states that the
worm is ‘“ destitute of scolex” !
Diamare, the founder of the genus, in a communication £ dealing
with Amabilia, published subsequently to Cohn’s memoir, gave
no further information about the scolex ; in the earlier deserip-
tion § his examples had been stated to lacka scolex. There is thus
no information || about the scolex of Amabdilia other than that
contained in the memoirs of Cohnand v. Linstow. I find myself
to be not absolutely in accord with either of those zoologists in
every detail.
In my specimen the head (text-fig. 1) was so completely retracted
as to have no external sign of its existence save a slit-like gap
anteriorly. It was not until the head end of the Cestode had
been investigated by horizontal sections that the scolex could be
studied. The first remarkable fact about it is its very small size.
It is hardly more than an eighth of a millimetre in breadth and
is, as Owen said, of a subglobular shape. In view of the fact
that the diameter of the widest segments is 8 or 9 millimetres,
the minute size of the head is noteworthy. It can hardly form
an effective anchor for the unwieldy body ; and the condition of
the rostellar armature, to which I shall refer immediately, bears
out the same idea. While v. Linstow denies the existence of
hooks, Cohn describes—not hooks it is true, but “‘ Hakentaschen.”
It is on this authority, I imagine, that the genus Amabilia is
defined by both Ransom and Fuhrmann as possessing an armed
rostellum.
In my quite complete series of sections through the scolex,
which was fully retracted, the outer sheath of the rostellum was
composed of muscular fibres running in a direction transverse to
the longitudinal axis of the rostellum. Between individual fibres
were here and there spaces which seem to be the ‘‘ Hakentaschen ”
of Cohn. Like Cohn, I could discover no evidence of hooks
within these spaces, which certainly, as he says, must, if present, be
* Spolia Zeylanica, iii. 1906, p. 185.
t Zool. Jahrb. Suppl.-Bd. x. 1908, p. 88.
CB. Bakt. u. Paras. xxvi. p. 780.
: Tbid. xxi. p. 862.
|| Assuming of course that Tenia macrorhyncha of Rudolphi (see Wedl, SB.
Akad. Wien, Xvill. 1856, p. 18) is not an Amabilia but, as specnerally, held, a
Schistotenia.
ANATOMY OF CESTODES. Lee
very small. I do not believe, however, that these spaces actually
ever held hooks; their irregularity of form and size is against
such a supposition. Nor isthere so regular a ring or row of
them as would suggest the implantation of hooks. Finally I have
ascertained the presence of a chitinous structure which appears to
me to represent the otherwise missing hooks, which, at any rate,
is difficult to understand on any other hypothesis. This is shown
in the accompanying figure (text-fig. 2). It will there be seen
Text-figure 1.
Horizontal section through anterior end of 4mabilia lamelligera, to illustrate
very small scolex, which is retracted.
se. Scolex showing rostellum and two suckers.
that the interior part of the rostellum is occupied by a thick ring
of apparently chitinous consistency. It is this part which would
be external when the rostellum is fully protruded; and a circular
ring suggests in this case a ring of hooks fused together. The
armed suckers of the Davaineids present somewhat an approxi-
mation to this state of affairs. The minute hooks are so
close that they give the collective appearance of a continuous
chitinous ring; and it has, I believe, been described as such.
178 DR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE
In the rostellum of Amabilia, however, there is no trace of any
separate hooklets; the material of which the cup-like ring is
formed is continuous throughout. I am inclined to believe that
the shape of the entire ring is represented in the figure referred
to. For it has the appearance of an unfractured body and there
are no further traces in adjacent sections. It has, I think, been
uncut by the razor and slightly displaced.
Text-figure 2.
More highly magnified view of horizontal section of Amabilia.
h, Chitinous ring, possibly representing a fused row or rows of hooks, lying
within rostellum (7.). s. Sucker,
§ Muscular Layers of Body.
The longitudinal layers of: the musculature are depicted by
Cohn * as arranged in two series of bundles of fibres disposed with
fair regularity, and as continuous right round the body. Here
and there the row of longitudinal muscles consists of but a single
* Loc. cit. Taf. xiv. fig. 1.
ANATOMY OF CESTODES. 179:
bundle; in other places one might reckon three in a dorso-
ventral row. So far as the more anterior proglottids are con-
cerned, I agree on the whole with Cohn’s representation of the
facts. He is, I think, also correct in representing a rather
thin cortical layer, which is exceeded in diameter by the
Text-figure 3.
Part of a transverse section through an anterior proglottid of Amabilia.
Z.m. Longitudinal muscle-bundles not forming everywhere a continuous layer. ¢.m.
Transverse muscles of dorsal and ventral sides of proglottid. v. Vagina.
v.t. Near to dorsal opening of vertical tube of water-vascular system; the
tube is shown and the superficial depression which bears the.actual pore.
medullary portion. I find, however, that the regularity of the
muscle-band is not absolute. In many sections (text-fig. 3) there
are gaps or intervals where the muscle-bundles are absent ; these
are never large and, as a rule, the longitudinal muscular layer 1s
continuous, / |
180 DR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE
In the posterior and riper proglottids the muscular layers of
the body differ from the same layers in the more anterior pro-
glottids; and what is highly interesting to observe is the fact
that the alterations in structure do not appear to be due to mere
turgescence caused by the accumulation of ova in the uterus, but
are a distinct modification associated with a ripe proglottid.
The state of affairs in these proglottids is indeed comparable
with the modification of generative segments in certain Annelids.
One may frequently observe a degeneration of the muscular layers
in ripe proglottids of tapeworms which seems to be a matter
of pressure; but the anatomical features met with in Amabilia
seem to me to belong to a different category. In transverse
sections through such proglottids, it is to be noted that, though
the uterus is well developed, it is not so huge as to occupy more
space than is available in immature proglottids further forwards in
the body. The network of tubes which constitute this organ are,
in all the proglottids that I have studied, of quite small calibre,
and though in places full of ova, are not over full, and indeed
here and there empty ; moreover, the eggs are not fully developed:
the shell has not yet been formed. There is thus no tension
at all, and no mechanical explanation to be advanced.
Moreover, the relative thickness of the medullary and cortical
layers is not altered, as it would have to be under such circum-
stances. Instead of the cortical layer being thinned by expansive
pressure from the medullary layer within, it is in places actually
thicker in proportion, as may be seen by a comparison of text-
figs.3&4. It has in fact undergone an alteration which is quite
the reverse of degeneration, though accompanied here and there
by a disappearance of the bundles of longitudinal fibres, which
may of course, in a sense, be termed degeneration. In addition
to tracts from which the longitudinal muscle-bundles have dis-
appeared, but—be it observed—without any thinning of the
cortical layer as a whole, there are tracts where the cortical layer
has undergone a remarkable reduction, and this reduction occurs
rather suddenly as is shown in the accompanying figure (text-
fig. 4).
Near the letter “?” in the figure the cortical layer is quite
normal; the subcuticular layer, the bundles of longitudinal
muscles, and the transverse muscular layer are all obvious and
duly lettered in the figure. At a certain point there is a more
or less sudden alteration in the cortical layer. The dorsoventral
diameter is reduced to not more than one-quarter of its original
diameter. The longitudinal muscles disappear a little before
the cortical layer is more abruptly reduced, and at or about
the same place the transverse muscular layer becomes slightly
expanded and vanishes. The cortical layer is thus reduced to the
subcuticular layer only. Later on, this layer itself apparently
vanishes and the medullary layer appears to form the exterior
of the body. I find, however, that the cortical layer is really
ANATOMY OF CESTODES. 181
continued on, at any rate for some way, asa fine nucleated lamella.
Possibly this always covers the apparently naked medullary layer.
Text-figure 4.
Part of transverse section through a mature segment of Amabilia, to show
changes in structure of cortex in these proglottids.
1. Longitudinal muscles suddenly ending. ¢. Transverse muscles also suddenly
disappearing before the point a, where cortex itself practically vanishes.
uw. Uterus.
On a hasty examination of such sections as are represented in
text-fig. 4, it might be held perhaps that the absence of an
obvious cortical layer was simply due to imperfect handling of
182 DR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE
the sections and tearing away of an outer layer. This, however,
cannot be the case—for the reason that every section through one
of these patches showed the same state of affairs, and for the
additional reason that the gradual tapering away of the cortical
layer is plain when followed by the microscope. It is not,
however, easy to recognise everywhere in these bare patches the
remnants of the cortical layer; this certainly may be a matter
of inferior fixing of the material.
It is to be noted that in the ripe proglottids, where this re-
markable condition of the cortical layer is effected, the patches
may be both dorsal and ventral or dorsal or ventral ; that is to
say, both surfaces of the proglottid may be affected in the same
region or only one. The space taken up by such a patch is very
considerable, occupying the greater part of the segment in some
cases. It accounts largely for the lack of intersegmental furrows
remarked upon in this species by previous observers. The dis-
position of the cortical layer in the riper proglottids of Amabilia
is very remarkable, and is not quite paralleled in any Cestode
known to me.
In these mature proglottids the longitudinal layer, where fully
developed, consists—as anteriorly—of two principal rows of
bundles. That nearest to the transverse muscular layer is the
largest, 7. e., each bundle is composed of a much larger number
of fibres than the peripheral layer. There is, however, no great
regularity in the arrangement of the bundles in two rows, nor in
the form or size of the individual bundles. The transverse mus-
cular layer is made up of about a dozen fibres in section, and is
thus about as wide as a medium-sized bundle of the longitudinal
layer. The two muscle-layers together are of about the same
diameter as the cortical layer outside of the muscles.
The longitudinal muscular layer is continued into the lateral
outgrowths of the proglottids. These appendages, so character-
istic of the family Amabiliide, show in transverse section strands
of muscle passing from side to side, which must permit of a con-
siderable movement of the appendages. It may be that by these
means the worm is permitted to fix itself to the wall of the
intestine more securely, as well as to move from place to place ;
and their existence, as functional parapodia, may supplement the
feeble scolex to which attention has been drawn.
§ The Water-vascular System.
Diamare, in his account of this genus, figures* the vertical
canal with the internal water-vascular vessels opening into it,
and rightly represents the place of opening as being near to the
dorsal surface of the worm. He figures each of these as a single
tube and describes them in the legend of the cut as ‘Can.
deferens,” and they are described in the text of the paper as the
two vasa deferentia, and are represented in another figure f as
* Centralbl. f. Bakt. u. Paras. xxi. p. 869, fig. 8.
+ Ibid. p. 864, figs. 3, 4.
ANATOMY OF CESTODES. 183,
communicating on each side with the cirrus-sac. This erroneous
statement, however (made upon the examination of poor material),
is corrected in accordance with the criticism of Cohn in a later
note *.
A. more correct account of the water-vascular system of
Amabilia is given by Cohn in his memoir. This is also illus-
trated by three’ figures. In many respects I find myself in
agreement with Cohn; but differ in some important respects.
As he has stated, the dorsal vessel is of much less calibre than
the ventral, a usual occurrence among the Cestodes; and _ be-
tween the two the cirrus-sac makes its way to the exterior.
Thus the dorsal and ventral vessels are at opposite sides of the
proglottid and are, in fact, respectively. dorsal and ventral in
position, as is also frequently, but by no means always, the case.
The transverse vessel that is figured by Cohn is alleged by him
to be a single vessel which on each side enters the vertical trunk
(described originally, and correctly, by Diamare) near to the
dorsal external pore of the latter. It bends upwards to reach
this point on either side not far from its opening into the vertical
tube. During the rest of the proglottid the transverse vessel is
fairly median in position; it lies also near to the posterior
boundary of the segment. There is not the least trace in Cohn’s
figure f of a double transverse vessel; nor does he describe such.
But this tube is most obviously double.
Cohn has described in the posterior region of each proglottid
a union between the dorsal and ventral vessels; this ‘¢‘ verbind-
ende Kanal” is, he says, continued into the transverse vessel
which ultimately opens into the vertical canal. My own pre-
parations do not confirm this statement. There is certainly a
communication between the dorsal and ventral lateral vessels
where it is described by Cohn as occurring ; but the larger ventral
and the very much smaller dorsal vessels are in each case near the
point of communication between them, continuous with a dorsally
placed and narrower and a ventrally placed and wider transverse
vessel. ‘These lie (text-fig. 5) very close together and retain the
same mutual position until they open into the vertical vessel.
They do not, however, as would be inferred from Cohn’s drawing #,
enter this tube laterally, but on the posterior surface, as is
indeed shown by Diamare, though, as I have already pointed
out, he mistook at first the nature of the tubes in question.
I should add that the dorsal and ventral separate moieties of the
transverse vessel unite just before their opening into the vertical
tube.
In their comprehensive works upon the genera of Teniade,
both Fuhrmann and Ransom accept with a query the statements
of Cohn concerning the vertical tube. This doubt is, as I think,
caused by the fact that Cohn in figuring that tube only indicates
* Centrabl. f. Bakt. u. Paras. xxv. p. 357.»
+ Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. Ixvii. Taf. xiv. fig. 6.
ft Loe. cit. Taf. xiv. fig. 6.
184 DR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE
one orifice to the exterior, the dorsal. His statements in the
text as to the double opening seem plain enough. I confirm
these statements as to the presence of both a dorsal and ventral
orifice of the vertical tube. Moreover, I may point out that
there is no histological difference between the two. In both
cases the actual orifice is small and guarded by an involution of
the outer cellular layer of the body ; it is obviously formed in
fact by an involution from the exterior. The identity of struc-
ture shown by the two openings is a further proof of the truth of
Text-figure 5.
O.
Part of a horizontal section through a proglottid of Amabilia.
a. Dorso-ventral tube of water-vascular system. d. & v. Dorsal and ventral trans-
verse vessels. o. Ovary. ¢. Testes (forming in this particular proglottid a
continuous band unbroken in the middle line).
the view that this tube is a part of the water-vascular system,
and that its connection with the generative system is entirely
secondary. It has, in fact, nothing to do with either a uterus
or a vagina. Cohn has directed attention to the probability that
this point of view is also supported by the fact that the vertical
tube is fully developed in anterior segments where the generative
system is either invisible, or if visible to be seen only in its
earliest rudiments, as well as by the general structure of the walls
ANATOMY OF CESTODES, 185
of the tube, which is like that of the water-vascular vessels. I
may add to these arguments the additional one that even in
fully mature proglottids—proglottids at any rate in which the
uterus is fully developed though not yet distended with ova—this
vertical tube is of the same dimensions as in earlier segments.
If a part of the generative system, some change would have been
expected in this tube associated with the general maturity of the
proglottid.
Text-figure 6.
Diagrammatic representation of water-vascular system of Amabilia, for
purposes of comparison with a Ctenophore.
c. Cirrus-sacs (possibly comparable to tentacles of a Ctenophore). 7. Lateral vessels.
¢: Transverse vessels. p. One of two pores of dorso-ventral tube.
I may finally point out in reference to the water-vascular
system of Amabilia, but without going into further detail, the
186 DR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE
likeness shown by the vertical, radiating and lateral tubes to
the canal-system of a Ctenophore, while recalling the views of
Lang, Willey, and others'as to the Ctenophoran affinities of the
Platyhelminths; I illustrate this by the accompanying text-figure
(text-fig. 6).
I have verified other facts in the anatomy of this genus which
have been dealt with by Diamare and Cohn, but have not found
it necessary to treat of: them at length. Inasmuch as both
Fuhrmann* and Ransom} query certain characters in their
definitions of the genus Amabilia, I have thought it worth
while to append a fuller definition, derived from my own first-
hand knowledge of the Cestode, which is of course confirmatory
in great part of Diamare and Cohn, but which contains some
fresh characters described in the present paper. I do not dis-
tinguish between family and generic characters as I do not think
that the systematic position of Z'atria is yet fully settled. Iam
unable, of course, to differentiate between generic and specific
definitions since but one species is known.
Genus Amabilia Diamare.
Scolex very small, rostellum armed with a chitinous ring ;
suckers fowr, unarmed. Proglottids with a lateral ridge on each
side, not of great length, continuous dorsally and ventrally.
Longitudinal muscle-layers disposed in two and occasionally
three rows of bundles; modified in their arrangement in fully
mature proglottids. Water-vascular system consists of a median
stem opening by a pore both dorsally and ventrally, of two transverse
vessels on each side connecting this with two lateral longitudinal
vessels, one lying above the other ; these communicate at the orifice
of the transverse vessels; there is no network of small tubes.
Testes one or two horizontal rows, four to six deep, disposed in two
groups separated by ovary, rarely forming a continuous row.
Cirrus-sac large and muscular, two in each proglottid, opening on
each side of body between lateral water-vessels and dorsal to nerve-
cord ; cirrus armed with numerous spinulest. Vas deferens short,
without coil, opening into an oval vesicula seminalis connected by a
short duct with cirrus-sac. Ovary single, consisting of fine fila-
mentous threads radiating out from base where oviduct arises.
Vagina opens into an anteriorly placed diverticulum of vertical
water-vascular tube. Uterus consists of a dorsal and a ventral
network connected by vertical tubes. Ripe eggs long and spindle-
shaped §.
* Zool. Jahrb. Suppl.-Bd. x. 1908, p. 88. +
+ Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 69, 1909, p. 103.
.. £ When the cirrus-sac is protruded in ripe segments it is accompanied by the
inter vening cortical layer which forms a sheath.
-§ Fide Lihe. I have not been able to observe ripe eges,
ANATOMY OF CESTODES. 187
§ On the Uterus and Uterine Pore of Dasyurotenia.
Three years ago I described to the Society the general anatomy
of a new genus and species of Cestode from the Tasmanian Devil
(Dasyurus ursinus), which I named Dasyurotenia robusta*. Since
that date I have examined the intestines of several examples of
the same Marsupial without finding any more examples of that
worm until December of last year, when a specimen was found to
contain a number of fragments of a worm which I believe to be
of the same species. ‘They were associated with a few examples
of Anoplotenia dasyuri, which latter was also described by myself
as a new genus and species in the year 1911 7. Since that date
I have found Anoplotenia dasyuri to be a not uncommon parasite
of the Dasyure, and to be present in the majority of the examples
examined for parasites. But the two genera have only occurred
together in the one specimen of the Dasyure referred to above.
It may be useful to state certain particulars of the Dasyures
examined with a view to gathering such facts as they reveal with
regard to infection by these worms. Out of nine examples of the
Dasyure, only two were without the tapeworm. One of these had
been four years and four months in the Gardens and might have
got rid of them ; the other had lived less than three weeks, and
thus might not have contracted the helminthiasis. But the fact
that the infected Dasyures died after being in the Gardens for
only 9 days, 7 months, or 14 months, etc., seems to argue that
the parasites are Australian.
I cannot be positive as to the identity of the worms to be
described here with Dasyurotenia robusta. But I feel confident
that they are of the same species, by reason of the general
correspondence of internal structure of the two series of worms.
The second lot of worms, however, had among them no scolices,
and,the scolex of, Dasyurotenia is, as I have duly pointed out in
my memoir, a highly characteristic feature of the genus and one
indeed which quite prevents its confusion with any other genus
hitherto described. But even without this important means of
identification there are some other features which, collectively at
any rate, leave no doubt upon my mind that the specimens
which I found more recently are the same species as that which
I formerly described. I rely more particularly upon the following
facts of structure, which I take this opportunity of confirming as
they are of importance :—The unilateral genital pores; the very
large water-vascular vessel on either side with septa running
across: the absence (or, if present, minute size) of the usually
present smaller dorsal vessel. The total absence of the trans-
verse vessel in each segment. The existence of at any rate four
rows of longitudinal muscular bundles, all separated from each
other by ‘transverse strands of muscle. These facts are as it
* P.Z.8.1912,p:677. + P, ZS. 1911, p. 1003.
188 DR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE
appears to me of sufficient weight to imply generic, if not specific
identity.
I have vow to direct attention to a few additional facts in the
anatomy of this species. With reference to the water-vascular
system, I confirm my former statements as to the numerous
folds which project now from this side and now from the other
into the lumen of the large ventral tube. It is to be noted,
however, that when the segments are more stretched—as they
are in individuals which I have just finished examining—the
depth of these folds is diminished. Nevertheless, they are still
present, and I have never seen the tube to be bounded for any
considerable length by straight parallel lines such as are usually
seen in most Cestode worms. I have omitted to mention in my
earlier paper, that at the boundary line of each proglottid the
tube is much dilated; it is just at this point that the transverse
tube might be expected to arise, were it present, at any rate
judging from the conditions figured by Braun (after Zschokke in
Bronn’s “ Thierreichs” *), where the dilatation appears to that
author to be the physiological equivalent of a valve. I have
ascertained that there is also a valve present in this situation in
Dasyurotenia robusta. I have mentioned in the paper referred
to that a closed septum occludes the lumen at these points.
This statement is partly true, for such a septum can readily be
seen. But when followed out through its whole superficies the
diaphragm is seen to be free in the middle region, and thus to
form a flapping valve which arises from the internal side of the
tube (as usual but not universal), and to rest against the opposite
side in such a fashion that it entirely occludes the lumen of the
water-vascular tube in this area. In parts it is,as already said,
a veritable fixed diaphragm. In view of the existence of the
swelling upon the course of the ventral water-vascular tube
and the presence of a valve, I looked very carefully to ascertain
whether a transverse vessel might not be found; but I have quite
failed to make out such a tube, although there is in the proper
position a slight process of the tube directed inwards.
In connection with the above remarks upon the water-vascular
system of this Cestode, it should be mentioned that the recent
specimens examined by myself show that the ripe proglottids are
longer relatively to their breadth than I originally described.
They attain to a length rather greater than their breadth.
The uterus in the more fully ripe proglottids has not the simple
form which I found and described in the first specimens of this
worm which I investigated and reported upon. Asthe proglottids
grow in length the uterus grows into outgrowths and completely
but irregularly fills the available room in the proglottid. It does
not appear to form a network, but merely an irregularly shaped
sac. The generic definition of Dasyurotenia must therefore be
slightly amended. The mature uterus contained mature ova,
* Bd. iv. Abth. I.B. taf. li. fig. 6.
ANATOMY OF CESTODES. 189
ae. with embryos, and fully formed egg-shell. These ripe eggs are
spherical, and the contained embryo hes in the centre at some
distance from the shell which is moderately thick. A fine layer
may surround the embryo, constituting a second inner shell; but
I can find no evidence of a third shell lying between this and the
Text-figure 7.
Compartments of ovary of Dasyurotenia.
e. Ripe eggs. o. Immature ova.
obvious outer shell. To make one among many possible com-
parisons, the eggs of the present genus resemble those of Oochor-
istica marmose and differ so far from those of Linstowia ameive *.
And finally, they are in no way remarkable for a worm which
* See Beddard, P. Z. S. 1914, p. 268, fig. 3; p. 278, fig.8.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1915, No. XIV. 14
190 DR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE
is undoubtedly very abnormal as a Cyclophyllidean Cestode in
the form of its scolex.
Tt is a circumstance to be noted, that in this tapeworm (see text-
fig. 7) the apparently fully mature uterus containing abundant
fully mature ova is nevertheless not entirely filled by these ova.
In fact, among the ripe ova are many cells which are, as I believe,
immature ova. Inasmuch as there is not to be observed a series
connecting the two extremes, it would appear that the immature
ova do not become mature, but perhaps serve as nutriment for a
Text-figure 8.
Uterine pore (ut.p.) of Dasyurotenia.
ut. Uterus. w.v. Lateral water-vascular tube.
few cells destined to ripen fully. One does not see in this tape-
worm what is so usual, namely the uterus filled simply by a
densely packed mass of fully mature ova ready to be shed. The
ripe eggs are scattered, now frequently, now more sparsely,
among a mass of small cells, This circumstance may be
connected with the method of evacuating the ripe eggs. It isa
commonplace of knowledge, that among the Cyclophyllidea the
uterus does not communicate with the exterior through a
“preformed” orifice, but that the eggs are finally liberated by
the decay of the ripe and detached proglottids, or are never
liberated at all, but swallowed while yet within the proglottid by
ANATOMY OF CESTODES. 191
the intermediate host. There is no known exception to this,
if we exclude the Ichthyotzniids from the Cyclophyllidea *.
I direct attention to the annexed text-figure (text-fig. 8),
which represents a portion of a horizontal section through a
ripe proglottid of Dasyurotenia robusta. It will there be seen
that a very definite orifice on to the exterior runs from the uterus
and also from the adjacent ventral water-vascular tube. There
is here no question whatever of a rupture due to pressure and
the consequent formation of a lateral orifice. The inflection of
the layers of the body, and the mode of communication with both
the water-vascular tube and the uterus, seem to me to be decisive
upon the matter. It is possible that the numerous obstructions
upon the course of the water-vascular vessels which J have
referred to above, permits of an opening of this kind without
undue pouring out of the fluid contained in those vessels ; besides,
any opening of the uterus on to the exterior in this region would
seem necessarily to involve the vascular tubes. As to the
uterine opening, we note that it is lateral instead ef dorsal or
ventral as is the case in those Cestodes where a separate uterine
orifice occurs. In view of the remarkable characters of the seolex
of Dasyurotenia which render its inclusion in any of the
recognised groups of the Cestodes difficult (as I have already
pointed out in my.original paper upon the genus), it is Interesting
to observe this difference.
The uterine orifice les on the side remote from that which
bears the genital orifice; these latter orifices are unilateral.
While there can be, as I think, no doubt that the uterine pore is
a preformed orifice, and not an accidental tear such as occurs,
but on the ventral surface, in various tapeworms belonging to
the Tetraphyllidea, I have not by any means been able to prove
its universal occurrence in mature proglottids. Indeed I have
only twice found these lateral orifices. In three other pieces
of the same tapeworm (whether of different or the same
individual I have no means of knowing) I have seen no such
openings, at most a process of the lateral water-vascular vessel
deflected towards the periphery. But, on the other hand, I have
observed them in one segment in two other pieces of worm.
This, however, is not necessarily an argument against the
normality of the occurrence, though it does not fully prove that
the formation of these pores is normal. It is at least clear that
they may be formed.
* See Beddard, P. Z.S. 1918, p. 256 et seq.
14*
Cort Lae’,
L SESE OS
Cee
ct he
ON AFRICAN SNAKES. 193
16. A List of the Snakes of the Belgian and Portuguese
Congo, Northern Rhodesia, and Angola. By G. A.
Bou.EncEr, F.R.S., F.Z.8.*
[Received March 3, 1915: Read April 13, 1915.]
(Text-figures 1 and 2.)
INDEX.
Systematic :— Page
Ophidia. List of the genera and species known from the
Belgian and Portuguese Congo, N. Rhodesia, and Angola,
with keys to their identification .............2...000...015....... 193
Prosymna angolensis, sp.n. Angola ..........2.c1---0-eeee--2-e---. 208
Calamelaps mellandi, sp.u. Lake Bnasrahn Pappas ce Sass ed
Some years ago I drew up a list of the Reptiles of Africa
south of Angola and the Zambesi t, accompanied by keys to the
identification of the genera and species. ‘These keys have proved
very useful, and I have been urged to prepare similar means of
easy identification for the Reptiles, especially the Snakes, of
other parts of Africa. Having recently had to name large series
of Reptiles from the Belgian Congo, in which work I have been
helped by my excellent attendant Mr. F. Kingsbury, it has
occurred to me to use the occasion for making a complete list
of the Snakes hitherto recorded from that large Colony and,
in order to connect this list with the one alluded to above, to
include also Angola, the Portuguese Congo, and Northern
Rhodesia. On other occasions I hope to compile similar lists of
the Snakes of Madagascar, of East Africa north of the Zambesi,
of West Africa north of the Congo, and of North Africa, so as to
embrace the whole Snake-fauna of this part of the world.
In the preparation of the present list I have been assisted not
only by Mr. Kingsbury, but also by my young friend M. Gaston
de Witte, both af whom have made many suggestions for the
improvement of the keys and who have been of , great service to
me in testing them on unnamed material.
The name of each species is accompanied by a reference to the
original description, to the Catalogue of Snakes in the British
Museum (1893-1896), and to Barboza du Bocage’s ‘ Herpétologie
d@ Angola et du Congo’ (1895). Only such synonyms are added
as have not been already mentioned in the Catalogue, to which
the student is referred for the confirmation of the determination
reached by means of the keys to the genera and species.
These keys are of the most artificial kind, and apply only to the
Snakes known to inhabit the region embraced in this list. The
most trivial characters are pea selected, in order to ensure
the identification of the genus and species with the least possible
recourse to an examination of the dentition, which presents
* Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.
7 Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. v. 1910, p. 455.
194 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON
Text-figure 1.
supraocular _ rostral ocular rostral nasal
nasal ~ ppeee) ‘ preeocular
prefrontal rostra y upper
| nasal Jabial
preeocular Se
ocular-+ ocular
upper labial
TYPHLOPS PUNCTATUS.
rostral _ preefrontal rostral _ nasal
supraocular f raeal Sx" upper
nasal... hat ocular - labial
ocular _ rostral ; ~ocular
frontal -- “labia
el SE
upper labial
GLAUCONIA EMINI.
loreal postocular :
post.nasal | preocular .~ oe
ant.nasal \, | sess STEIN
rostral ----.-( ee y Speer e post temporal
upper labial ~~ i EGS a
shee: se upper fabial
poison-fang 2 PP
symphysial ¥
subocular *
rostral ---..... Jewertabigl | 7=5e-"> “rostral
ant.nasal “~~ Oar symphysial
internasal os ~~ lower labial
prefrontal i ant. chin-shield
frontal ~ post.chin-shield
supraocular” lower labial
parietal ---~ --ventral
CAUSUS RHOMBEATUS. Poreeices
AFRICAN SNAKES. 195
such difficulties to the uninitiated in herpetology. For instance,
a beginner may be in doubt whether the snake before him is an
Aglyphous, an Opisthoglyphous or a Proteroglyphous Colubrid,
or even a Viperid. In that case, confining his attention to the
external characters, he may have to work through the four keys
to the genera of the above-named groups; but these keys have
been so constructed that he cannot alight on any name but the
one he is seeking. To give an example, supposing he has before
him a Causus rhombeatus, and, not having looked at the teeth,
has no idea to what group it belongs. He will first try Colubridee
aglyphe. His specimen will fall under division I. A of the key,
but will be excluded from any further definition. Passing on to
the Colubride opisthoglyphee he will reach division IT. B, and no
further. The presence of a loreal shield in the snake before
him will rule it out of the Colubride proteroglyphe. Then trying
the last key, Viperide, he will at once alight on Causus, and
further on on Causus rhombeatus.
No further glossary is needed than the outline figures here ap-
pended to this list. I will only add that in giving the number of
subeaudal shields, if in pais, each pair is reckoned as one, and
the conical or spine-like shield which caps the end of the tail is
not included.
oF
\/
Es
TR
ventrals scales (15 rows) ventrals scales (dl raws)
A B
Scaling of thickest part of body.
Text-figure 2.
=
ER
Se
A. Gastropyxis smaragdina, with keeled scales and bicarinate ventral shields.
B. Dipsadomorphus blandingii, with oblique scales and enlarged vertebrals.
Synopsis of the Families.
J. Worm-like, with small inferior mouth, eyes hidden or visible under the head-
shields, and body covered with uniform imbricate scales above and beneath.
Ocular shield not bordering the mouth; tail not or but little
Tlovayeyere (ilnaya LoRORG! 524 sc sb cos spueos ods angen ooo nabacecdessecdococosecoracene JL SAIN OPLDYD,
Ocular shield bordering the mouth; tail at least three times as
homer 21g Tom@AG! .osas0des 226.090 c55 enea0 Lo ec ees eee eee DAU CONDTUD aa.
II. Mouth large, eyes distinct, body with enlarged shields beneath.
Ventral shields much narrower than the body; supraocular, if
distinct, broken up into two or more shields .......................
Ventral shields at least nearly as broad as the body; supraocular,
if present, single; poison-fangs, if present, not in a very large
SHeaIT Reeene re eR eee cee te te eat ee eee Mean ey COLUBRID Ars
Ventral shields at least nearly as broad as the body; large poison-
fangs in a very large sheath below the eye .................0c0e uses VIPERID#®.
Borp2.
196 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON
Family TYPHLOPIDA2.
A single genus.
1. TypHuops.
Schneid. Hist. Amph. ii. p. 339; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. i. p. 7.
Synopsis of the Species.
J. Snout rounded, with or without obtusely angular horizontal edge.
A. Eye distinguishable.
Prefrontal more than 3 times as large as supraocular, forming a
very narrow suture with the nasal; snout rounded; 28 seales
round middle of body ......... . T. boulengeri.
Prefrontal not more than twice as large 2 as $ supraocular, forn ming a
very broad suture with the nasal; snout with obtuse horizontal
edge; 24 to 30 scales round middle of body... . QD. punctatus.
Prefrontal scarcely larger than supraocular ; snout with obtuse
horizontal edge; 34 scales round middle of body ...........0.... QZ viridiflavus.
B. Eye not distinguishable; snout with obtuse horizontal edge.
Nasal cleft proceeding from the first labial; 26 scales round
middle of body; diameter of body 28 to 33 times in total
length ........ .. DL. congicus.
Nasal cleft pr oceeding from the lower lateral border of the rostral ; 5
30 to 32 scales round middle of pease: diameter of body
24 times in total length ............... oles deeb eceeunoade snore Ll amehtetes
II. Snout with a more or less abs horizontal edge.
A. Hye distinguishable; procular present.
1. Preocular in contact with one or two upper labials.
28 to 30 scales round middle of pees diameter of body about
20 times in total length ...... T. anomalus.
30 to 38 scales round “middle of body ; 5 diameter of body 25 to 37
times in total length ©.... T. mucruso.
40 to 44 scales round middle of body 8 diameter of body 25 to 30
times in total length .. ..... . TT. schlegelii.
2. Preeocular separated ffi anes upper a Tele, ‘the Gaia
being in contact with the nasal ; 24 to 26 scales round
middle of eer ; diameter of F body ¢ 67 times in total
length .......... ; F sce. LD. preocularis.
B. Eye not dismemrlneisene
Preocular present, in contact with two upper labials; 22 scales
round middle of body ; diameter a body 70 to 74 times in total
length .. ‘ . TT. cecus.
No preocular ; ; 24. scales round Saale of f bodys ; diameter of body
60 times in total length . a Ms eS sescseeeeee ZL. graweri.
1, TYPHLOPS BOULENGERI Bocage, Joni Se. Lisb. (2) iii. 1893,
p- 117, and Herp. Ang. p. 64; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. iii. p. 586,
Tater ior of Benguela.
2. TYPHLOPS PUNCTATUS.
Acontias punctatus Leach, in Bowdich, Miss. Ashantee, p. 493.
Typhlops punctatus Bouleng. Cat. Sn. i. p. 42; Bocage, Herp.
Ang. p. 65.
West and Central Africa, from Senegambia to Angola.
AFRICAN SNAKES. 197
3. TYPHLOPS VIRIDIFLAVUS Peracca, Annuar. Mus. Zool. Univ.
Napoli (2) iii. 1912, no. 25, p. 3.
Lake Bangwelu.
4. TypHLops conercus Boettg. Zool. Anz. 1887, p. 650, and
Ber. Senck. Ges. 1888, p. 44, pl. 1. fig. 5; Bouleng. t. c. p. 40 ;
Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 63.
Congo (Banana, Leopoldville).
5. TYPHLOPS ANCHIETEH Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Lisb. xi. 1886, p. 172,
and Herp. Ang. p. 63; Bouleng. t. c. p. 40.
Benguela, Transvaal.
6. 'TYPHLOPS ANOMALUS.
Onychocephalus anomalus Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Lisb. iv. 1873,
p- 248, pl. 1. fig. 3.
ee anomalus Bouleng. t. c. p. 47; Bocage, Herp. Ang.
We COs
Angola, Loango (@).
7. TYPHLOPS MUCRUSO.
Onychocephalus mucruso Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1854, p. 621.
Typhlops nucruso Peters, Reise Mossamb. ii. p. 95, pl. xiii.
fig. 3; Bouleng. t.c. p. 46; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 67.
Typhlops humbo Bocage, op. cit. p. 66.
Typhlops petersu Bocage, op. cit. p. 68.
T'yphlops hottentotus Bocage, op. cit. p. 69.
Tropical Africa south of the Equator.
8. TYPHLOPS SCHLEGELIL Bianconi, Spec. Zool. Mossamb. p. 13,
pl. i. fig. 2; Bouleng. t. c. p. 44.
Kast Africa, L. Tanganyika, and 8. Rhodesia.
9. TYPHLOPS PRHOCULARIS Stejneger, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.
xvi. 1894, p. 709; Bouleng. op. cit. 111. p. 590.
Congo (Leopoldville).
10, TypHLops cacus.
Onychocephalus cecus A. Dum. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1856, p. 462.
Typhlops cecus Bouieng. op. cit. i. p. 55,
Congo, Gaboon, Sierra Leone.
11. TypHuops GRavERI, Sternf. Wiss. Ergebn. Deutsch. Z.-Afr.
Exped., Zool. il. p. 264.
Congo, N.W. of L. Tanganyika.
Family GLAUCONIIDA.
A single genus,
1. GLAUCONIA.
Gray, Cat. Liz. p. 139; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. i. p. 59.
198 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON
Synopsis of the Species.
I. Snout hooked im profile, with angular horizontal edge ;
diameter of body about 65 times in total length............... G. rostrata.
II. Snout rounded.
A. Rostral not or but little broader than nasal.
Supraocular nearly twice as broad as long; diameter of Ebay
50 to 55 times in total length.. G. emini.
Supraocular small; diameter of ‘body “40 to 53 times in total
length... : .. G. nigricans.
Supr aocular small ; 5 “diameter of body 70 times in total length, teas G. longicauda.
B. Rostral more than twice as broad as nasal.
Supraocular not larger than prefrontal; diameter of body 60 to
80 times in total length adeabae ee G. seutifrons.
Supraocular much larger than prefrontal ; “rostral “extending
above to between eyes; diameter of body 50 times in total
length........... G. lepezi.
Supraocular Tar er r than pret ontal ; ; rostral extending to beyond
level of eyes ; ‘diameter of body 55 times in total length Geneeneen G. latirostris.
1. GLAUCONIA ROSTRATA.
Stenostoma rostratum Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Lisb. xi. 1886, p. 179,
and Herp. Ang. p. 71.
Glaucoma rostrata Bouleng. t. c. p. 62.
Angola.
2. GLAUCONIA EMINI Bouleng. t. c. p. 64, pl. iii. fig. 8.
East and Central Africa (Lakes Kivu and Tanganyika, Nyassa-
land).
3. GLAUCONIA NIGRICANS.
Typhlops nigricans Schleg. Abbild. p. 38, pl. xxxii. figs. 21-24.
Glouconia nigricans Bouleng. t. ¢. p. 67.
South Africa and Northern Rhodesia,
4, GLAUCONIA LONGICAUDA.
Stenostoma longicauda Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1854, p. 621.
Glauconia longicauda Bouleng. t. c. p. 66.
Northern Rhodesia and Portuguese Kast Africa.
5. GLAUCONIA SCUTIFRONS.
Stenostoma scutifrons Peters, |. c.; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 71.
Glaucona scutifrons Bouleng, t. c. p. 68.
Angola and South Africa.
6. GLAUCONIA LEPEZI Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. ii.
WSO, 704 to yolls Wht, aie,
Lower Congo (Zambi).
7. GLAUCONIA LAtTIROsTRIs Sternf. Wiss. Ergebn. Deutsch.
Z.-Afr, Exped., Zool. ii. p. 264.
N.W. of L. Tanganyika.
AFRICAN SNAKES. 199
Family Borp &.
Two genera :—
Head distinct from neck ; rostral and anterior upper labials with deep
pits; scales in more than 50 rows; tail prehensile, tapering to a
point, with paired subcaudals...... 22.0.0... 06. c1e eee tee ee en eee eee ees Python.
Head not distinct from neck ; rostral large, not pitted; scales in 29-32
rows; tail short, rounded at the end, with single subcaudals ......... Calabaria.
1. PyrHon.
Daud. Hist. Rept. v. p. 266; Bouleng. Cat. Sn.i. p. 85.
Two species :—
Two upper labials pitted ; scales in 81-93 rows; subcaudals 63-77. P. sebe.
Five upper labials pitted ; scales in 57-59 rows ; subeaudals 46-47. P. anchiete.
1. PyvHoNn sEB#.
Coluber sebe Gmel. 8. N. i. p. 1118.
Python sebe Bouleng. t. c. p. 86.
Python natalensis Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 72.
Tropical and South Africa. i
2. Pyruon ancuier# Bocage, Jorn. Se. Lisb. xii. 1887, p. 87,
and Herp. Ang. p. 73, pl. ix. fig. 1; Bouleng. t. c. p. 88.
Angola (Catumbella).
2. CALABARIA.
Gray, P. Z.S. 1858, p. 154; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. i. p. 92.
1; CALABARIA REINHARDTI.
Eryx reinhardti Schleg. Bijdr. tot de Dierk. 1. p. 2, pl. —.
Calabaria reinhardti Bouleng. |. ¢.
West Africa, from Liberia to the Congo.
Family CoLUBRID4,
Three parallel series :—
No poison-fangs ; all the teeth solid ................::::00000. A. Aglypha.
TRarsomnatienayer [oral hop ccoconoopontonseos oonabt nce sopsousenéancerccno sca Bh Ojorhingaliyi nner,
IROROMAAIES TN TORO coocunnesee) tovocanhasnasonneunenneesonobadeoonneen (Oh LeiKontsi rol hy ole,
A. Aglypha.
TI. Loreal present (occasionally absent in Homalosoma, recognisable by the
combination of a single nasal shield, paired subcaudals, and a low number of
ventral shields, 113-144).
A. Snout without angular horizontal edge.
1. Pupil round; a single anterior temporal ; scales in 17 to 23 rows; ventrals
less than 165.
a. No groove on side of head.
a. Twoimternasals ....:...,.....-c-,-.0.---s10-.--..-.--. Lyopidonotus.
8. A single internasal.
Scales smooth, in 19 VOWS .......ceesreseccesee eevee eeerseeesersseeee Helicops.
Scales keeled, in 23 or 25 YOWS ....ce.cscereeesee teeters rerseeseseee Hydrethiops.
200 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON
6. A deep groove on side of head, above the upper
labials ; scales smooth, in 23 rows . vesseseeeee Glypholycus.
2. Pupil round; 2 or 3 superposed anterior eee scales in 21 rows or
more ; ventrals 175 or more.
A deep groove between posterior nasal and preocular; scales
keeled, in 23 rows . .... Bothrophthalmus.
No groove on side of ‘snout ; ‘scales smooth or very obtusely
keeled, in 25 to 31 rows ....... sues. Pseudaspis.
No groove on side of snout’; scales smooth, ; in 21 rows ......... Coronella.
3. Pupil vertically elliptic.
a. Scales smooth, of vertebral row not enlarged ; subcaudals less than 73.
Scales in 25 to 33 rows; subcaudals single or pad es Stee Boodon.
Scales in 15 or 17 rows; subcaudals paired .. Litteseessreeeeee Lycophidiwn.
b. Scales of vertebral row enlarged ; tcaoananls 73 or more.
Scales strongly keeled, vertebrals bicarinate, in 21 rows. ...... Gonionotophis.
Scales strongly keeled, vertebrals bicarinate, in 15 or 17 rows. Simocephalus.
Scales smooth, in 15 rows ; head very distinct from neck ;
eye large; body compressed ............000.ce0eeeesesseeeeeeseees. Hormonotus.
‘A. Pupil round; body usually very slender (tree-snakes), with the scales
in 13 to 19 rows.
a. Scales in 13 or 15 rows, of vertebral row not enlarged.
a. Lateral scales as long as dorsals; colour green or black and green.
*% Scales smooth.
Subcaudal shields not keeled . we... Chlorophis.
Subcaudal shields keeled and with a notch corresponding to
the keel, same as on the ventrals ...............ss0000000ee0-02--. Philothamnus.
*% Scales keeled.
Subcaudal shields keeled and notched; a single anterior
temporal .. .. Gastropyxis.
Subcaudal shields not keeled ; “usually ‘two , super ‘posed anterior
LEMIPOLalS Pact adem encarta ee ee eae Coe eee Se cee oan Hapsidophrys.
(3. Lateral scales much shorter than dorsals, which
are keeled; a single anterior temporal; eye
Weny lave’. .ce.aiscoenauessanaceneeeasie. -cetuereeeey me eRASO DS:
6. Scales in 17 or 19 rows, very narrow; a single
anterior temporal ; eye very large ................... Rhamnophis.
5. Pupil round; nostril in a single or semidivided nasal; scales not oblique,
short and smooth, in 15 to 19 rows.
Nostril directed upwards, nasal semidivided; two pubs posed
anterior temporals........... wee Grayia.
Nostril lateral, nasal entire; a 1 single anterior temporal | ...0y2 LLomalosoma.
B. Snout with angular horizontal edge.
Hye in contact with Jabials ; internasal and prefrontal single ;
scales in 15 or 17 rows; ventrals less than 170 ............... Prosymna.
Suboculars separate the eye trom the labials; scales in 19 to
25 rows ; ventrals more than 170 ................:0..cc000002e... Seaphiophis.
II. No loreal, nasal in contact with preocular; pupil
vertically elliptic: scales strongly keeled, some of the
laterals very oblique..............0..:ssscressseseerneeeere ceeeee Daetsypeltis.
1. TRopIpoNnotvs.
Kuhl, Bull. Se. Nat. li. 1824, p. 81; Bouleng. Cat. Sn.i. p. 192.
Two species :—
Scales smooth, in 17 rows; ventrals Giese anal entire (rarely
divided) . Suet wecseeee. LD. fuliginoides.
Scales sinaailhy in “Is YOWS 3 5 wenhels 131- 50; Paral Giected Pate T. olivaceus.
AFRICAN SNAKES. 201
1. TROPIDONOTUS FULIGINOIDES.
Coronella fuliginoides Giinth. Cat. Col. Sn. p. 39.
Tropidonotus fuliginoides Bouleng. t. c. p. 217.
Mizodon fuliginoides Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 75.
West Africa, from the Gold Coast to the Congo.
2. 'TROPIDONOTUS OLIVACEUS.
Coronella olivacea Peters, Mon. Berl]. Ac. 1854, p. 622.
Tropidonotus olivaceus Bouleng. t. c. p. 227.
Mizodon olivaceus Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 74.
Gray giardi Dollo, Bull. Mus. Belg. iv. 1886, p. 158, fig.
Tropical Africa, from the Soudan to Angola, Mashonaland, and
Southern Rhodesia.
2. HELIcops.
Wagler, Syst. Amph. p. 170; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. i. p. 272.
1. HELIcops BICOLOR.
Limnophis bicolor Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3) xv. 1865,
js op, alent ses (O
Helicops bicolor Bouleng. t. c. p. 274; Bocage, Herp. Ang.
p. 76.
Angola; N.W. Rhodesia.
3. HyDRA&THIOPS.
Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) ix. 1872, p. 28; Bouleng. Cat.
Sn. 1. p. 280.
1. HypRarniops MELANOGAstER Giinth. 1. ¢. pl. iii. fig. G;
Bouleng. t. c. p. 281; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 77.
West Africa, from Cameroon to the Congo.
4, GLYPHOLYCUS.
Gunth. P. Z. 5. 1893, p. 629; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. iii. p. 615.
1. GiyPHoLycus Bicotor Giinth. 1. c. fig.; Bouleng. 1. ¢.
Lake Tanganyika.
5. BovtHROPHTHALMUS.
Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1863, p. 287 ; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. i. p. 324.
1. BoTHROPHTHALMUS LINEATUS.
Hlaphis (Bothrophthalmus) lineatus Peters, |. c.
Bothrophthalmus lineatus Bouleng. |. c.; Bocage, Herp. Ang.
p. 83.
West and Central Africa, from the Gold Coast and Uganda to
the Congo.
202 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON
6. Boopon.
Dum. & Bibr. Mém. Ac. Se. xxiii. 1853, p. 460; Bouleng. Cat.
Sn. i. p. 327.
Two species :—
Subcaudals paired .............0..c¢ccscereeeceesseeeeseeeee B, lineatus.
Subcaudals single ...........,...c.;scecerseersssaeeeee. DB. olivaceus.
1. Boopon tinEaAtus Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gén. vii. p. 363;
Bouleng. t. c. p. 332; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 78.
Tropical and South Africa; Arabia.
2. BooDON OLIVACEUS.
Holuropholis olivaceus A. Dum. Rey. et Mag. Zool. 1856,
p. 466.
Boodon olivaceus Bouleng. t. c. p. 335; Bocage, op. cit. p. 81.
West and Central Africa, from Nigeria and Uganda to the
Congo.
7. LycopHipium.
Dum. & Bibr, Mém. Ac, Se. xxiii. 1853, p. 462; Bouleng. Cat.
Sn. i. p. 336,
Synopsis of the Species.
I. Scales in 15 rows; ventrals 153-165; subcaudals 23-32 ;
8 upper labials, three entering the eye ................,.0..0..60- LL. meleagris.
II. Scales in 17 rows; ventrals 164-208; suhcaudals 24-56.
8 upper labials, seventh largest, two entering the eye ..,............. L. laterale.
8 upper labials, seventh largest, three entering the eye............... DL. eapense.
7 upper labials, sixth largest, three entering the eye .....,............. DL. fasciatum.
1, LycorpHipiuM MELEAGRIS Bouleng, Cat. Sn. i. p. 337, pl. xxi.
fig. 2; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 82,
Angola (Ambriz, Ambrizete).
2. LiycoPHIDIUM LATERALE Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1857,
p- 58; Bouleng. t.c. p. 338; Bocage, 1. c.
West Africa, from the Gold Coast to the Congo.
3. LyYcoOPHIDIUM CAPENSE.
Lycodon capensis A. Smith, 8. Afr. Quart. Journ. (1) no. 5,
1831, p. 18.
Lycophidium capense Bouleng. t.c. p. 339; Bocage, op. cit.
p- 81.
Tropical and South Africa.
4, LyCOPHIDIUM FASCIATUM.
Alopecion fasciatum Giinth. Cat. Col. Sn. p. 196.
Lycophidium fasciatum Bouleng. t. c. p. 342, pl. xxii. fig. 2.
West Africa, from Sierra Leone to the Gaboon, eastward to the
Congo Forest west of Mt. Ruwenzori.
AFRICAN SNAKES. 203
8. GONIONOTOPHIS.
Bouleng. Cat. Sn. i. p. 323.
§ Pp
Two species, which may perhaps have to be reduced to one :—
U Resory eR BEA) © oo 5 css soocn sovlsoddssnabcad soacasnooees cooces | Eta WIPIINICHBOn
Tem poralspletjOh Ween Ae aese wea cosa sen cueeeer cos gp eeOOSSUUs
1. GONIONOTOPHIS BRUSSAUXI.
Gonionotus brussauxt Mocquard, Bull. Soc. Philom. (8) i.
1889, p. 146.
Gonionotophis brussauat Bouleng. 1. c.
Loudinia-Niari, French Congo.
2. GONIONOTOPHIS VOSSIL.
Gonionotus vossii, Boettg. Zool. Anz. 1892, p. 418.
Gonionotophis vossit Bouleng. |. c.
Cameroon to Congo.
9. SIMOCEPHALUS.
Giinth. Cat. Col. Sn. p. 194; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. i. p. 344.
Synopsis of the Species.
. Three labials entering the eye.
ey strongly keeled, with strong striation directed obliauely
towards the keel; subcaudals 51— TO che eee RR? guirali.
Scales feebly keeled ; subcaudals 65 .................0c:cc0cceceevee ees. Se baumanni.
II. Two labials entering the eye.
Scales strongly keeled, with lateral keels and strong striation ;
subcaudals 53.
Scales strongly keoled secondary keels ‘feebly ‘marked or » absent ;
subcaudals 75-124... x
S. lamani.
S. poensis.
1. SIMOCEPHALUS GUIRALI.
Heterolepis guiralt Mocquard, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) xi. 1887,
p- 23, pl. 11. fig. 3.
Simocephalus guiralt Bouleng. t.c. p. 346.
West Africa, from Cameroon to the Congo.
2. SIMOCEPHALUS BAUMANNI Sternf, Mitth. Zool. Mus, Berl.
1908, p. 214, fig. 1.
Aruwimi, Togoland.
3. SIMOCEPHALUS LAMANI,
Mehelya lamani Lonnb. Ark. f. Zool. vii, 1911, no. 8, rate The
Lower Congo.
4, SIMOCEPHALUS POENSIS.
Feterolepis poensis A. Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr. , Rept. i.
Simocephalus poensis Bouleng. t.c p. 346.
West Africa, from Sierra dove to the Congo; Uganda.
204 | MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON
10. Hormonorus.
Hallow. Proc. Ac. Phiiad. 1857, p. 56; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. i.
p. 344.
1. HorMONOTUS MODESTUS.
Lampropeltis modestus Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gén. vii. p. 429.
Hormonotus modestus Bouleng. 1. ¢.
West Africa, from the Gold Coast to the mouth of the Chiloango.
11. PsEUDASPIS.
Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1864, p. 168; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. 1
p. 373.
1. PSEUDASPIS CANA.
Coluber canus Linn. Mus. Ad. Frid. i. p. 31, pl. x1. fig. 1.
Pseudaspis cana Bouleng. 1. ¢.; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 100,
jolly 3% tae, Ih
Angola, Nyassaland, Kast and South Africa.
12. CHLOROPHIS.
Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1857, p. 52; Bouleng. Cat. Sn.
ii. p. 91.
Synopsis of the Species.
I. No trace of ventral keels; ventrals 147-190.
9 upper ee 4th, 5th, and 6th entering the eye ; subcaudals
103-123 . Wee, WOmeneines
8 upper labials, ‘3rd, ‘4th, ‘and 5th entering the eye; " subcaudals
85-99 ; a brown vertebral stripe edged with yellowish ......... C. ornatus.
8 upper Me 4th and 5th entering the es subcaudals ;
{SPASIIO SS, © Gadann coda cansbodsencaconssosas suscconesseee--. OO. hoplogaster..
II. Ventrals w ith a more or eee areas een sleet
A. Anal divided; scales in 15 rows.
1. Two upper labials entering the eye; ventrals 148-169 ;
subcaudals 71-114.
Loreal twice as long as deep ....c0...... ee see eee eee eee seers etetseeeeeee CO. neglectus.
Loreal scarcely longer than deep .............0eeeseeeeeerneeeeeeereeee Cl. angolensis.
2. Three upper labials entering the eye.
Preocular separated from frontal ; body very slender anteriorly ;
ventrals 175-190 ; subcaudals 115-190... = C. heterolepidotus.
Preocular in contact with or narrowly separated from ‘frontal ;
ventrals 150-182 ; subcaudals 90-133 . pansonoscadacosacccna Ob CPRAROUMUPOS
B. Anal entire; ventrals 141-162 ; ean 75 96.
Sees Tha TUES TRONS. sce copconsopscoves odbovceesonconopdosnconseboedosecoosnones On MUA OUI
(Galles WISN)" coo cshondsdacns annesseterconsbocccosscacspovcnecscsennooncce | Ot QaKPOHINS
1. CHLOROPHIS EMINI.
Ahetulla emini Ginth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3) xi1.1863, p. 285.
Chlorophis emint Bouleng. t. ¢. p. 92.
Eastern Soudan to Uganda and Ruwenzori.
AFRICAN SNAKES. 205
2. CHLOROPHIS ORNATUS.
Philothamnus ornatus Bocage, Jorn. Se. Lisb. u. 1872, p. 80,
‘and Herp. Ang. p. 93, pl. x1. fig. 1.
Chlorophis ornatus Bouleng. t. c. p. 93.
Angola and Portuguese Guinea.
3. CHLOROPHIS HOPLOGASTER.
Ahetulla hoplogaster Giinth, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3) xi.
1863, p. 285.
Cklorophis hoplogaster Bouleng. t. c. p. 93.
Central, East, and South Africa.
4, CHLOROPHIS NEGLECTUS.
Philothamnus neglectus Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1866, p, 890.
Chilorophis neglectus Bouleng. t. ¢. p. 94.
East and Central Africa.
5. CHLOROPHIS ANGOLENSIS.
Philothamnus angolensis Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Lisb. ix. 1882, p. 7.
Chlorephas angolensis Bouleng. t. ce. p. 95.
Angola.
6. CHLOROPHIS HETEROLEPIDOTUS.
Aketulla heterolepidota Ginth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3) xi.
1863, p. 286. ;
Chlorephis heterolepidotus Bouleng. t.c. p. 95, pl. v. fig. 3.
Philothamnus heterolepidotus Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 88.
Tropical Africa, from the Gold Coast te Angela, eastwards to
the Coast of Zanzibar.
7. CHLOROPHIS IRREGULARIS.
Coluber wrregularis Leach, in Bowdich, Miss. Ashantee, p. 494.
Chiorophis irregularis Bouleng. t. c. p. 96.
Philothamnus irregelaris Bocage, op. cit. p. 85, pl. xii. fig. 2.
Senegambia and Uganda to Angola and Southern Rhodesia.
8. CHLOROPHIS HETERODERMUS Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1857,
p- 04; Bouleng. t. e p. 97.
Philethamnes heterodermus Bocage, ep. cit. p. 89.
Sierra Leone to Congo, eastwards to L. Tanganyika.
9. CHLOROPHIS CARINATUS Anderss. Bih. Sv..Ak. Handl.,
XXVll. Iv. no. 9, 1901, p. 9.
Cameroon, Belgian and Portuguese Congo.
Proc. Zoox, Soc,—1915, No. XV. 15
206 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON
13. PHILOTHAMNUS.
A. Smith, Il. Zool. 8. Afr., Rept.; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. ii. p. 98.
Two species :—
At least 3 temporals (1+2), usually more (2+2 or ado 3
green above, with or without black spots or bars ............ P.semivariegatus.
3 temporals (1+1+1, rarely 1+2); a dark vertebral etn ipe;
snout yellowish or reddish brown ......s... so, 2 dorsalis.
iL eee ras SEMIVARIEGATUS A. Smith, op. cit. pls. lix.,
lx. & Ixiv. fig. 1; Bouleng. t.c. p.99; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 90,
pl. xii. fig. i
Tropical and South Africa.
2. PHILOTHAMNUS DORSALIS.
Leptophis dorsalis Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Lisb. 1. 1866, p. 69.
Philothamnus dorsalis Bouleng. t.c. p. 101; Bocage, Herp.
Ang. p. 92, pl. xi. fig. 3.
Gaboon, Congo, Angola.
14. GASTROPYXIS.
Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1860, p. 556; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. ii.
p. 102.
1. GASTROPYXIS SMARAGDINA.
Dendrophis smaragdina Schleg. Phys. Serp. 11. p. 237.
Gastropyxis smaragdina Bouleng. t. ¢. p. 103.
Hapsidophrys smaragdina Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 96.
Tropical Africa, from Sierra Leone and Uganda to the Congo
and Northern Angola.
15. HApstpoPHRys.
Fischer, Abh. Nat. Ver. Hamb. i. 1856, p. 110; Bouleng.
Cat. Sn. 11. p. 103.
1. HapsipoPHRYS LINEATA Wisch. ].c. p. 111, pl. ii. fig. 5;
Bouleng. t. ¢. p. 104; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 97.
West Africa, from the Gold Coast to the Congo, eastwards
to Uganda.
16. Turasops.
Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1857, p. 67 ; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. ii.
p. 104.
1. THRASOPS FLAVIGULARIS.
Dendrophis flavigularis Hallow. Proe. Ac, Philad. 1852, p. 205.
Thrasops flavigularis Bouleng. t. ec. p. 105; Bocage, Herp.
Ang. p. 97.
West Africa, from Sierra Leone to the Congo.
* The synonymy of this species should probably include Ph. nitidus Gthr. and
Ph. lagoensis Gthr.
AFRICAN SNAKES. 207
17. RHAMNOPHIS.
Ginth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (8) ix. 1862, p. 129; Bouleng. Cat.
Sn. ii. p. 632.
Two species :—
Scales smooth, in 17 rows; a pair of large shields behind the
1 OEE (2) eT (PRR RRA Ae cl aR RE Nau eae, ara orc MB Me Cr
Scales more or less distinctly keeled, in 19 rows; no large shields
behundithelparte tall sienresesepee eee ee ee erences oe eee eee eee eC IGS O72(t
R. aethiops.
1. Ruamvopuis 2THIors Ginth. |. c. pl. x.; Bouleng. 1. ¢.
West Africa, from Sierra Leone to the Congo.
2. RHAMNOPHIS JACKSONIL,
Thrasops jacksonii Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xv. 1895,
p. 5928.
Rhamnophis jacksonti Bouleng. 1. c.
Tropical Africa (French Guinea, Gold Coast, Uganda, Kasai).
18. CoRONELLA.
®
Laur. Syn. Rept. p. 84; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. ii. p. 188.
1, CoRONELLA SEMIORNATA Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1856, p. 622;
Bouleng. t. c. p. 195.
N. Rhodesia; East Africa.
19. Gravia.
Giinth. Cat, Col. Sn. p. 50; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. ii. p. 286.
Synopsis of the Species.
I. Scales in 17 or 19 rows; ventrals 143-168.
Lower anterior temporal longer than its distance from the loreal;
7 upper labials (rarely 8); subcaudals 89-102.................. a Ge smythii.
Lower anterior temporal not longer than its distance from the
loreal; 8 or 9 upper labials; subcaudals 71-84.................. G. ornata.
TI. Scales in 15 rows; ventrals 125-149.
Eye much shorter than snout; subcaudals 100-128 ............... G. tholloni.
Hye as long as snout; subcaudals 125-161 ........................... G. cesar.
1. GRAYIA SMYTHII.
_ Coluber smyth Leach, in Tuckey’s Explor. R. Zaire, App.
p- 409.
Grayia smythv, part., Bouleng. |. c.
Grayia triangularis Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 102.
West and Central Africa and Uganda.
2. GRAYIA ORNATA.
Macrophis ornatus Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Lisb. i. 1866, p. 67.
Grayia smyth, part., Bouleng. |. c.
1o*
208 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON
Grayia ornata Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 104; Bouleng. P. Z. 5S.
1909, p. 944, fig. 290.
West Africa, from Cameroon to Angola.
3. Gray1A THOLLONT Mocquard, Bull. Soc. Philom. (8) ix. 1897,
p. 11; Bouleng. P. Z. S. 1909, p. 951, fig. 299.
French Congo, Katanga, Uganda, Egyptian Soudan.
4, GRAYIA CESAR.
Xenurophis cesar Ginth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3) xii. 1868,
p. 357, pl. vi. fig. C; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. 11. p. 288.
West Africa, from Cameroon to the Congo.
20. HomALosoma.
Wagl. Syst. Amph. p. 190; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. il. p. 273.
1. HomMALosoMA LUTRIX.
Coluber lutria Linn. 8. N. i. p. 375.
Homalosoma lutrix Bouleng. t. ce. p. 274.
East, Central, and South Africa.
21. PROSYMNA.
Gray, Cat. Sn. p. 80; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. ii. p. 246.
Synopsis of the Species.
Two postoculars; frontal more than half width of head ; scales
in 17 rows; ventrals 131-153 .. tee sen .. P. ambigua.
One postaculaes: ; prefrontal pntegne the, eye; “frontal: more
than half width of head; scales in 15 rows; ventrals 167...... P. bocagii.
One postocular ; prefrontal separated from the eye by the
preocular ; frontal not half width of head; scales in 15
YOwWS ; VontEala 145-163 ou JNO Mme eaia HE Gea Popa id an Wear angolensis.
1. ProsyMna AmBricua, Bocage, Jorn. Se. Lisb. iv. 1873, p. 218,
and Herp. Ang. p. 99, pl. xi. fig. 1; Bouleng. t. c. p. 248.
Angola; N. Rhodesia ; Hast Africa, from the Zanzibar Coast
to Zululand.
2. ProsyMNA BocAGir Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xix.
1897, p. 278, fig., and Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. ii. 1901, p. 9,
pl. i. fig. 4.
Ubanghi.
3. PROSYMNA ANGOLENSIS, Sp. n.
Prosymna frontalis (non Peters), Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 98,
[Olly Sab, les A
Angola.
AFRICAN SNAKES. 209
29, SCAPHIOPHIS.
Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1870, p. 644; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. ui.
p- 254.
1. ScapHiopHIs ALBoPUNCTATUS Peters, t.c. p. 645, pl.i. fig. 4;
Bouleng. |. e.; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 102.
Tropical Africa, from the Soudan to the Congo.
23. DASYPELTIS.
Wagl. Syst. Amph. p. 178; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. 1. p. 353.
1, DASYPELTIS SCABRA.
Coluber scaber Linn. Mus. Ad. Frid. p. 36, pl. x. fig. 1.
Dasypeltis scabra Bouleng. t.c. p. 354; Bocage, Herp. Ang.
p- 106. ;
Tropical and South Africa, Egypt, South Arabia.
B. Opisthoglypha.
—]. Eye moderate or large; head more or less distinct from neck; loreal present ;
no upper labials in contact with the parietal.
+A. Pupil vertically elliptic; head short, very distinct from neck.
1. Subcaudals in two rows.
Vertebral scales not enlarged ; scales in 19 rows; two super-
posed anterionmbemporaleyeeeeees cee eaten eee seaesasatte nn LOMOODRIS.
Vertebral scales not enlarged; scales in 17 or 19 rows; a
Sinelelambertom bennpOrall ae seepeee rere eeeeene ee eee eeeeey tees tase ee pUOCana.
Vertebral scales enlarged: scales in 19 to 25 rows............... Dipsadomorphus.
2. Subcaudals single; scales in 17 rows .................. -Dipsadoboa.
-B. Pupil round.
1. Loreal not more than once and a half as long as deep; scales in 17 rows,
not oblique.
Nostril in a semidivided nasal; anal entire ...,................... Amplorhinus.
Nostril between two nasals and the internasal; scales more or
less distinctly concave; anal divided ..................00:::-..-.. Lrimerorhinus.
Nostril between the nasals; snout acutely pointed or curved
in profile; rostral large, hollowed ont beneath ............... Rhamphiophis.
2. Loreal at least once and a half as long as deep; scales more or less
oblique.
A single anterior temporal ; scales in 17 rows...................... Dromophis.
Usually two superposed anterior temporals; scales in 11 to
17 rows; one or two middle maxillary teeth much enlarged. Psammophis.
- 8. Loreal not more than once and a half as long as
deep ; nostril in an undivided nasal ; scales very
narrow, oblique, more or less strongly keeled, in
T1@) Oye PAIL TROMHS socigus osocbe oo ooarasooe seo onaooneuanconadcsoam - 2 DaSanlais:
-C. Pupil horizontal; nostril im an undivided nasal;
scales narrow, oblique, feebly keeled, in 19 rows...... Thelotornis.
210 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON
II. Eye rather small, small, or very small; head not at all distinct from neck;
no loreal.
A. Subcaudals in two rows.
1. One or two upper labials in contact with the parietal; nasal in contact
with the rostral.
Internasais present ; nasal divided or pa no prie-
ocular ; scales in 19 or 21 rows ee: . Calamelaps.
Internasals present, prafrontals absent ; supraocular ‘absent
or fused with the postocular; snout much depressed, very
prominent, pointed ; rostral very large; scales in 17 or 21
MOM Satara sets nrrcatec seven eee sistas yore sats tare claire em aes ere Sates Gepost ao se Xenocalamus.
No internasals; nasal entire; a very small preocular ; scales
INA B ECO WS! cen oie or anise ea seer eee Merete E EEE a ae ae eh eee OSTOLEpISe
2, Temporals separate the upper labials from the parietal; scales in
15 rows.
First upper labial in contact with the internasal.................. Miodon.
Nasal in contact with the rostral 2.000000... Cynodontophis.
B. Subcaudals single; scales in 15 rows.
1. Temporals separate the labials from the parietal ;
snout much depressed and very prominent ;
rostral very large, concave below ...................... Hypoptophis.
2. One or two upper labials in contact with the parietal.
Posterior maxillary teeth large and strongly grooved............. Aparallactus.
Posterior maxillary teeth feebly enlarged and feebly gr rooved . Dlapops.
1. TARBOPHIS.
Fleischm. Dalm. nov. Serp. Gen, p. 17; Bouleng, Cat, Sn. iii.
p. 47.
1. TARBOPHIS SEMIANNULATUS.
Telescapus semionnulatus A. Smith, Hl. Zool. S. Afr., Rept.
pl. bxxi.
Tarbophis sennannulatus Bouleng. t. c. p. 51.
Crotaphopeltis sennannulatus Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 122.
Central and East Africa, Angola, Rhodesia, Transvaal,
Basutoland.
2. LEPTODIRA.
Giinth. Cat, Col. Sn. p. 165; Bouleng, Cat. Sn. iii, p, 88.
Two species :—
Ventrals 144-180; anal entire; subcaudals 82-54; body moderately
elongate ..... .... Li. hotamboia.
Ventr als 201-216 ; “anal | divided ; subjcandals 8 94-113 ; s body y ery
slender.. ays . LL. duchesnii.
1. LepropIRA HOTAMBEIA.
Coronella hotambeia Laur. Syn. Rept. p. 85.
Leptodira hotambeia Bouleng. t. c. p. 89.
Crotaphopeltis rufescens Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 122.
Tropical and South Africa.
2. Leproprra DucHESNIZ Bouleng, Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. 1.
1901, p. 10, pl. iv. fig. 1.
Congo, Gaboon, Cameroon,
AFRICAN SNAKES. Die
3. DIPSADOMORPHUS.
Fitzing. in Tschudi, Faun. Per., Herp. p. 55; Bouleng. Cat.
Sn. li. p. 99.
Two species :—
- Scales in 19 rows; ventrals 236-276; anal entire; subcaudals
Scales in 21-25 rows; ventrals 240-289; anal divided; sub-
GAO ENS NAP)... sas one sonaracos. ooo sap casace 469. 506aee eat bogedgnags5dG0598¢ D. blandingii.
D. pulwerulentus.
1. DipsADOMORPHUS PULVERULENTUS.
~ Dipsas pulverulenta Fisch. Abh. Nat. Ver. Hamb. 11. 1856,
p. 81, pl. ui. fig. 1; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 123.
Dipsadomorphus pulverulentus Bouleng. t. c. p. 68.
West Africa, from the Coast of Guinea to the Congo.
2. DIpsADOMORPHUS BLANDINGIL
Dipsas blandingii Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1844, p. 170;
Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 124.
_ Dipsadomorphus blandingti Bouleng. t. ¢. p. 17.
West Africa, from Senegambia to the Congo, eastwards to
British East Africa.
4, DiIpsADOBOA.
Giinth. Cat. Col. Sn. p. 182; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. ui. p. 81.
1. DipsaADOBOA UNICOLOR, Giinth. op. cit. p. 183; Bouleng. 1. ¢.
Congo and West Africa as far north as Sierra Leone.
5. AMPLORHINUS.
A. Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr., Rept.; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. ui.
p. 124. |
1. AMPLORHINUS NOTOTANTA.
Coronella nototenia Giinth..P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 309, pl. xxvi.
tio le
Amplorhinus nototenia Bouleng. t. c. p. 125.
Psammophylax nototenia Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 109.
Egyptian Soudan to Nyassaland, Angola.
6. TRIMERORHINUS.
A. Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr., Rept.; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. in.
p. 138.
1. TRIMERORHINUS RHOMBEATUS.
Coluber rhombeatus Linn. Mus. Ad. Frid. p. 27, pl. xxiv. fig. 2.
Trimerorhinus rhombeatus Bouleng. 1. c.; Bocage, Herp. Ang.
p- 108.
Diler MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON
Rhagerhis triteniata Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) i. 1868,
Dae oepl xix tice El Bocave, Ops cit. pail ll0 a olkexcantionsle
Tpmvenon ane iribeeniatus “Bouleng. in, OS [Oy La),
Africa south of the Equator, East Africa as far north as
Abyssinia.
I now regard 7’. triteniatus, with 2 or 3 regular dark bands
along the head and body, as a variety of 7”. rhombeatus.
7. RHAMPHIOPHIS.
Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1854, p. 624; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. i.
p. 144.
Two species :—
Preocular in contact with frontal; subcaudals 538-63 ............ R. acutus.
Preocular not in contact, with frontal; snout with angular
horizontal edge, curved 1m profile; subcaudals 90-110 ......... BR. oxyrhynchus.
1, RHAMPHIOPHIS ACUTUS.
Psammophis acutus Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) 1. 1888,
[Os Big ly sabre wis, 1D),
Rhagerhis acuta Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 11], pl. x.@ fig. 2.
Rhamphiophis acutus Bouleng. t. c. p. 148.
Angola.
2. RHAMPHIOPHIS OXYRHYNCHUS.
Psammophis oxyrhynchus Reinh. Vid. Selsk. Skrift. x. 1843,
p. 244.
Rhamphiophis oayrhynchus Bouleng. t. c, p. 146.
Tropical Africa.
8. DRoMOPHITS.
Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1869, p. 447; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. iii.
p. 149.
1. DROMOPHIS LINEATUS.
Dryophylax lineatus Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gen. vi. p. 1124.
Dromephis lineatus Bouleng. |. ¢.
Coast of Guinea to Hastern Soudan, Central Africa.
9, PSAMMOPHIS.
Bote, Isis, 1827, p. 521; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. mi. p, 152.
Synopsis of the Species.
I. Scales in $7 rows.
A. Frontal, in the middle, much narrower than the supraocular.
Anal entire; 8 upper labials, 2 entering the eye.....................0. P. notostictus.
Anal divided ; 8 (rarely 9) upper labials, 2 entering the eye......... P. sibilans.
Anal divided : 9 upper labials, 3 entering the eye ..................... -P. boeagia.
AFRICAN SNAKES. 213
B. Frontal, in the middle, not or but little narrower than
the supraocular; 7 or 8 upper labials, 2 entering the eye. P. brevirostris.
II. Scales in 15 rows or less.
Scales in 15 rows; 7 upper labials Ryde) Nicht oan ecm Eee ED OR SOPGUN:
Scales in 11 rows; 8 upper labials................c0c02eereeeceeeeesee sees -P. angolensis.
1. Psammoruis Norosticrus Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1867,
p- 237; Bouleng. t. c. p. 156; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 116.
Lower Congo, Angola, 8. Africa.
2. PSAMMOPHIS SIBILANS.
Coluber sibilans Linn. 8. N.1. p. 383.
Psammophis sibilans Bouleng. t.c. p. 161 ; Bocage, Herp. Ang.
p. 114 (part.).
Tropical and South Africa, Egypt.
3. Psammopuis Bocact Bouleng. t. c. p. 161, pl. viii. fig. 1.
Psammophis sibilans, var. A, Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 115.
Katanga, Rhodesia, Angola, Bechuanaland.
4. PSAMMOPHIS BREVIROSTRIS Peters, Sitzb. Ges. Naturf. Fr.
Berl. 1881, p. 89; Bouleng. t. c. p. 166.
Angola, South Africa.
5. Psammopuis ANsorcit Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7)
aim, OOS). Fos LSI oll aie, sake Ze
Angola.
6. PSAMMOPHIS ANGOLENSIS.
Amphiophis angolensis Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Lisb. iv. 1872, p. 82,
and Herp. Ang. p. 113, pl. x1. fig. 3.
Psammophis angolensis Bouleng. t. c. p. 170.
Angola, Katanga, Nyassaland, Hast Africa, Orange River
Colony.
~ 10. DispHoLipus.
Duvernoy, Ann. Sc. Nat. xxvi. 1832, p. 150; Bouleng. Cat.
Sn. 1. p. 186.
~1. DIsPHOLIDUS TYPUS.
Bucephalus typus A. Smith, Zool. Journ. iv. 1829, p. 441.
Dispholidus typus Bouleng. t.¢. p. 187.
Bucephalus capensis Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 121.
Tropical and South Africa.
11. THELOTORNIS.
A. Smith, Ill. Zool. 8. Afr., Rept.; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. iii.
p. 184.
1. THELOTORNIS KIRTLANDII.
Leptophis kirtlandit Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1844, p. 62.
214 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON
Thelotornis kirtlandii Bouleng. t. ec. p. 185.
Dryiophis kirtlandii Boeage, Herp. Ang. p. 119.
Tropical and South Africa.
12. CALAMELAPS.
Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3) xviii. 1866, p. ay: Bouleng.
Cat. Sn. ii. p. 245.
Two species :—
Scales in 19 or 21 rows; second upper labial not in contact with
prefrontal . nda C. polylepis.
Scales in 19 rows ; eee upper Plaats in conta nih freee oa C. mellandi.
1. CALAMELAPS POLYLEPIS Bocage, Jorn. Se. Lisb. iv. 1873,
p. 216, and Herp. Ang. p. 126, pl. ix. fig. 2; Bouleng. t.c. p. 246.
Angola, Nyassaland.
2. CALAMELAPS MELLANDI, sp. n.*
Lake Bangwelu.
13. XENOCALAMUS.
Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) 1. 1868, p. 414; Bouleng. Cat.
NJ OVe bE OL
Two species :—
Nasal divided; 6 upper labials, 8rd and 4th entering ae ; scales in
IU ROWYS cco cope0e
Nasal entire; 5 upper PS iiviale, pad ae ard Schering: eye; eeelen 3 in
PAIRS O NICK anette be Gace SRE REACT ER eR Sern accaarem one thors aaaeM ened ste
AX. mechovit.
A. michelli.
1. XENOCALAMUS MECHOVII Peters, Sitzb. Ges. Naturf. Fr.
Berl. 1881, p. 147; Bouleng. t. c. p. 248.
Congo, Angola.
2. XENOCALAMUS MICHELLI L. Miiller, Zool. Anz. xxxviii.
1911, p. 359.
Kituri (Katanga).
14. APOSTOLEPIS.
Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1861, p. 524; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. iii.
p. 232.
1. APOSTOLEPIS GERARDI Bouleng. Rev. Zool. Afr. i. 1913,
p-. 103, fig.
Katanga at Kikondja.
* No postocular; parietal forming a suture with the fourth upper labial ;
ventrals 181. Uniform blackish.—A single male specimen from Chirini Id., Lake
Bangwelu, presented by Mr. F. H. Melland.
AFRICAN SNAKES. 215
15. Miropon.
A. Dum. Arch. Mus. x. 1859, p. 206; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. 111.
p- 249.
Synopsis of the Species.
ii, Aline Grains WerMATRNlS INNO ANG)... cooonsooe oe oo0g59000 coasaea000e0 o6c M. acanthias.
II. Anal divided.
Internasals considerably shorter than the preefrontals; ventrals
PONS} s raergeall ClinACWAG! 224 snaccecdsqoeekssoded obs Aen pon cesene boaany noc 00n sll, G@OUUGHPAS
Internasals as long as or slightly shorter than the prefrontals ;
ventrals 214-249 ; nasa] entire or incompletely divided............ IL. gabonensis.
Internasals as long as or slightly shorter than the przefrontals ;
Ventrals) 1Gi—14l-snasallidividedess.cs-ceene.stsesdecceeeacere-cleeeateera ea meOrabus.
1. Mropon ACANTHIAS.
Urobelus acanthias Reinh. Vidensk. Meddel. 1860, p. 229,
pl. 11.
Miodon acanthias Bouleng. t. c. p. 250.
? Microsoma collare, var. D, Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 126.
Guinea ; Congo (?).
2. MIoDON COLLARIS.
Microsoma collare Peters, Sitzb. Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berl. 1881,
p. 148; Bocage, op. cit. p. 124, pl. xiv. figs. 1 & 2.
Miodon collaris Bouleng. t. ce. p. 251.
West Africa, from Old Calabar to Angola.
3. M1oDOoN GABONENSIS.
Elapomorphus gabonensis A. Dum. Rev. et Mag. Zool. (2) viii.
1856, p. 468.
Miodon gabonensis Bouleng. t. c. p. 252.
West Africa, from Old Calabar to the Congo.
4, MioDON NOTATUS.
Microsema notatwm Peters, Sitzb. Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berl. 1882,
Ppel2ie
Miodon notatus Bouleng. t. c. p. 252.
Cameroon, Congo.
16. CyNoDONTOPHIS.
Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 111. 1902, p. 345.
1. CYNODONTOPHIS ZMULANS Werner, t. c. p. 346.
Congo.
17. HyportoruHis.
Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (8) 11. 1908, p. 92.
Michellia L. Miller, Zool. Anz, xxxviii. 1911, p. 358.
216 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON
1. Hypoprropuis witsonir Bouleng. 1. c.
Michellia katange L. Miiller, 1. c.
Congo (Kasai Province and Katanga).
18. APARALLACTUS.
A. Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr., Rept., App. p. 15; Bouleng. Cat.
Sn. lil. p. 255.
Synopsis of the Species.
I. Third and fourth upper labials entering the eye.
A. Subcaudals 49-59 ; nasal divided.
First lower labial in contact with its fellow behind the sym-
physial ; frontal as long as parietals .............................. A. lunulatus.
Symphysial in contact with the anterior chin-shields ; frontal
a little shorter than parietals ..................cccceeeceesseeeesseee A. guentheri.
B. Subcaudals 35-53; nasal entire; symphysial in contact with the
chin-shields.
Ventrale i 76 10i gsc ats nent a anee etna a kc ep me Med ocdgie
\israirlley ISIS) Satins sea gon ede as eocde lomeece se Sucuueoe cosmos sen boaace noch edi GAN AanGOS)
C. Subcaudals 38-40; nasal divided; first lower labial in contact with its
fellow behind the symphysial.
1. Frontal a little longer than broad.
Sixth upper labial not in contact with the parietal............... A. dolloi.
Sixth upper labial forming a short suture with the parietal... 4. whangensis.
Sixth upper labial forming a long suture with the parietal ... A. flavitorques.
2. Frontal nearly twice as long as broad ................... A. congicus.
II. Second and third upper labials entering the eye; nasal
entire; symphysial'in contact with the. anterior chin-
shields; subcaudals 36-41 ............ ec eecceeccteeeeesseeee A. punctatolineatus.
1. APARALLACTUS LUNULATUS.
Uriechis lunulatus Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1854, p. 623.
Aparallactus lunulatus Bouleng. t. c. p. 258.
Eastern Central Africa (L. Tanganyika, N. Rhodesia, and
Nyassaland) and Mozambique.
2. APARALLACTUS GUENTHERI Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6)
xvi. 1895, p. 172, and Cat. Sn. ili. p. 259, pl. xi. fig. 2.
Angola, Central and East Africa,
3. APARALLACTUS BocAGiI Bouleng. tt. cc. pp. 173, 259.
Angola,
4, APARALLACTUS CAPENSIS A. Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr., Rept.,
App. p. 16; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. ili. p. 259.
Katanga, East and South Africa.
5. APARALLACTUS DOLLOI Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
hats ISO, jon BAG.
Ubanghi.
AFRICAN SNAKES. Dilla
6. APARALLACTUS UBANGENSIS Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6)
xix. 1897, p. 279, fig., and Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. 1. 1901, p. 11,
pl. iv. fig. 2.
Ubanghi.
- 7, APARALLACTUS FLAVITORQUES Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo,
Zool. ii. 1901, p. 11, pl. iv. fig. 3.
Kasai.
8. APARALLACTUS coNnGicus Werner, Werh. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, lii. 1902, p. 346.
Congo (Lingunda).
9. APARALLACTUS PUNCTATOLINEATUS Bouleng. Ann. & Mag.
N. H. (6) xvi. 1895, p. 173, and Cat. Sn. iii. p. 261.
Angola and Nyassaland.
19. HKLAPors.
Ginth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3) iv. 1859, p. 161; Bouleng. Cat.
Sn, iii. p. 262.
1. Exavors mopsstus Ginth. |. c.; Bouleng. 1. ¢.
West Africa, from Liberia to the Congo.
~C. Proteroglypha.
Synopsis of the Genera.
(Loreal absent in all the genera.)
J. Head short, snout broader than long; body cylindrical; subcaudals less
than 95.
Scales not at all oblique; ventrals 192-221; subcaudals 67-80 ... Boulengeréna.
Scales more or less oblique, sometimes very seny ; ventrals
141-172; subcaudals 13-36... ponneogeccnasnen LOY NCBI Is:
Scales oblique; ventrals 180-228 ; subcandals 50-92 ............... Naia.
II. Head long, narrow, snout not broader than Jong; body
slightly compressed; scales very pheno ventrals 202—
270; subcaudals 97-121 . Horaeses spdangacasneenccsase | DA CrRESpHOS
1. BoULENGERINA.
Dollo, Bull. Mus. Belg. iv. 1886, p. 159; Bouleng. Cat. Sn.
ili. p. 357.
Synopsis of the Species.
Scales in 23 or 25 rows: temporals1+2 .........c00:ceeeeeeeeeeeee. —B. annulata.
Scales in 21 rows; temporals 142 .............0..2ec.20eeceereeeeeeneeeses DB. Stormsi.
Scales in 17 rows ; temporals 2+ 2 or 243_ {Reels eee eae nau aa Uatrne B. christyt.
1. BoULENGERINA ANNULATA.
Naia annulata Buchh. & Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1876, p. 119;
Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 137.
218 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON
Boulengerina annulata Bouleng. P. Z. 8. 1900, p. 455,
pl. xxxil.
Cameroon to Congo.
2. BoULENGERINA storMsI Dollo, t.c. p. 160, fig.; Bouleng. 1. e.
Lake Tanganyika.
3. Boutmnasrina curisty1 Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7)
xiv. 1904, p. 14.
Congo (near Leopoldville).
2. HELAPECHIS.
Bouleng. Cat. Sn. iii. p. 358.
Synopsis of the Species,
A. Scales in 13 rows; subcaudals 13-25.
~ First lower labial in contact with its fellow behind the
symphysial; internasals much shorter than the pre-
FROMUAl Sig cccnehe discus sales cout Menem een ace eee serneeee ee!) em MG UCIENGROE
First lower labial in contact with its fellow behind the
symphysial; internasals three-fourths the length of the
PFolron tals ey Morne ere mens nee AI Ree ok Ea #. niger.
Symphysial in contact with the anterior chin-shields ......... EL. hessii.
B. Scales in 15 rows; subcaudals 31-36; first lower labial in contact with its
fellow behind the symphysial.
INO SMo@CMEMSS WerntreAlS WO) jocccrasecosscacooneneps ooovancooeeceosee Jo Ghnbiarnd.
Two suboculars; ventrals 172 0.00... ceeeeeeteceeeecesseneeseeee. HE. multifasciatus.
1. ELAPECHIS GUENTHERI.
Llapsoidea guentheri Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Lisb. i. 1866, p. 70,-
pl.i. fig. 3, and Herp. Ang. p. 129, pl. xiv. fig. 3.
“Hlapechis guentheri Bouleng. t.c. p. 359.
Tropical Africa, from the Gaboon and Uganda to Angola and
Nyassaland.
2. HLAPECHIS NIGER.
Hilapsoidea migra Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) i. 1888,
p. 332.
Elapechis niger Bouleng. t.c. p. 359, pl. xx. fig. 1.
Congo, N. Rhodesia, East Africa.
3. HLAPECHIS HESSII,
Elapsoidea hessei Boettg. Zool. Anz. 1887, p. 651.
Llapechis hessivi Bouleng. t. c. p. 360.
Congo (Banana).
4, ELaPEcHis Durronr Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) xiv.
1904, p. 15.
Congo (near Leopoldvyille),
AFRICAN SNAKES. 219
5. ELAPECHIS 2? MULTIFASCIATUS.
Naia multifasciata Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, li.
19025 p. 347.
Congo (Upper Maringa).
3. Nata.
Laur. Syn. Rept. p. 90; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. iii. p. 372.
Synopsis of the Species.
I. 19 to 29 scales across the neck, which is dilatable.
Sixth upper labial largest and Ce in contact with the
lower postocular ; temporals 1+2 or3.. . NN. melanoleuca.
Third upper labial aeaneei, oe not in contact with post-
oculars; temporals 2 or 3+4 or 6 .............. vue MM. nigricollis.
If. 15 or 17 scales across the neck, which is not taveearie
Eye separated from labials by suboculars; scales in 17 rows on
body; subcaudals 52-62 .... . WN. anchiete.
Fourth or third and fourth upper “labials ‘entering the eye:
scales in 13 or 15 rows on body ; subcaudals 88- 92. ansenannanes Jie GOUewe-
1. NAIA MELANOLEUCA.
Naia haie, var. melanoleuca Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1857,
pp. 61 & 72; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 132.
Naia melanoleuca Bouleng. t.c. p. 376.
Tropical Africa, from the Gold Coast and Uganda to Angola
and Nyassaland.
2. Nara NigRicoLiis Reinh. Vid. Selsk. Skrift. x. 1843, p. 269,
pl. ii. figs. 5-7; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 135; Bouleng. t.c.
p. 378. :
Senegambia and Upper Egypt to Bechuanaland and Natal.
3. NAIA ANCHIETZ Bocage, Jorn. Se. lish. vil. 1879, pp. 89 &
98, and Herp. Ang. p. 133, pl. xvi. fig. 2; Bouleng. t.c. p. 387.
Angola and Ovamboland.
4. Nata goupir Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. 1895,
p-. 34, and Cat. t. c. p. 387, pl. xx. fig. 2.
Naia guenthert Bouleng. Cat. t. c. p. 388, pl. xxi.
Sierra Leone to Congo (Kasai).
4. DENDRASPIS.
Schleg. Versl. Zool. Gen. Amsterd. 1848 ; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. iii.
p. 404.
Two species :—
A large upper temporal, in contact with the whole outer border of
{SOV PORNERS CLUS. CANES sha AUS) THe) IS) WOKS, — ne gopgonnns season ces oapedacesnse D. jamesonii.
Two upper temporals in contact with the outer border of the
pees SES Tin TE) Wo) ZEROS cto sssonosn2006 ovondosbboubydnunbaooor D, angusticeps.
220 ; MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON
J]. DENDRASPIS JAMESONII.
Llaps jamesonii Traill, in Schleg. Phys. Serp., Engl. Transl.
Fo WS), yells able savy, IS) ate 20,
Denar asprs meglectus Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 138, pl. xv. fig. 2.
Dendraspis jamesonit Bouleng. t. c. p. 436.
Tropical Africa, from Nigeria and Uganda to the Congo and
Angola.
PAs DENDRASPIS ANGUSTICEPS.
Naia angusticeps A. Smith, Il. Zool. 8. Afr., Rept. pl. Ixx.
Dendraspis angusticeps Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 140, pl. xv
fig. 3; Bouleng. t.c. p. 487.
East and Central Africa, Angola, South Africa.
Family VIPERID&.
Synopsis of the Genera.
I. Eye moderate or large, separated from the upper labials by suboculars; ventrals
less than 180.
Upper sursace of head covered with large symmetrical shields;
pupil round... ... Causus.
Upper surface of head covered with scales ; “pupil vertical ; “ sub-
caudals in two rows ...... 5 -Bitis:
Upper surface of head covered with scales ; ‘pupil ‘vertical ; “sub-
caudals single; tail prehensile ...................... ee .. Atheris.
IJ. Eye minute, with round pupil; upper ati of Te
covered with large symmetrical shields; no loreal; a small
preeocular usually present; ventrals 178-356 .................. Atractaspis.
1. Causus.
Wagl. Syst. Amph. p. 172; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. iii. p. 465.
Synopsis of the Species.
I. Scales in 17 rows or more; subcaudals all or greater part in two rows.
Snout obtuse, moderately prominent; ventrals 120-155 .......... C. rhombeatus.
Snout prominent, often more or less distinetly turned up at the
end; scales in 19 to 22 rows; ventrals 184-152 0.0... C. resimus.
Snout prominent, more or less turned up at the end; scales in
17 rows; ventrals 110-125 . ospinse npaeco cssagocndccoconsenscaces Ob aheyallajaynne.
II. Scales in 15 rows; Saveantale side le) Bee CE eee W OnLechtensteciuci
1. CAUSUS RHOMBEATUS.
Sepedon rhombeatus Licht. Verz. Doubl. Mus. Berl. p. 106.
Causus rhombeatus Bouleng. t.c. p. 467: Bocage, Herp. Ang.
p. 145.
Tropical and South Africa.
2. CAUSUS RESIMUS.
Heterophis resimus Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1862, p. 277, pl. —,
fig. 4.
” Causus resimus Bouleng. t. c. p. 468; Bocage, op. cit. p. 148.
East and Central Africa, Angola.
AFRICAN SNAKES. MPA
3. CAUSUS DEFILIPPII.
Heterodon defilippit Jan, Arch. Zool. Anat. Phys. 11. 1862,
p. 225.
Causus defilippii Bouleng. t.c. p. 469.
Kast and Central Africa, S. Rhodesia, Transvaal.
4, CAUSUS LICHTENSTEINII.
Aspidelaps lichtensteinni Jan, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1859, p. 511.
Causus lichtensteinii Bouleng. t.c. p. 470.
“Tropical Africa, from the Gold Coast and Uganda to the Congo.
2. Bris.
Gray, Zool. Miscell. p. 69; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. ii. p. 492.
Synopsis of the Species.
I. One or two sevies of scales between the nasal and the rostral.
Nostrils directed entirely upwards; scales in 29 to 41 rows......... B. arietans.
Nostrils directed upwards and outwards ; scales in 25 or 27 rows. B. peringueyi-
Nostrils directed upwards and outwards; scales in 22 to 29 rows ;
an erect horn-like scale above the eye (rarely absent)............... B. eaudalis.
II. Four or five series of scales between the nasal and the rostral;
scales in 33 to 41 rows.
A single enlarged, sometimes horn-like scale above the internasal,
TY GOMUVC VWATIEO, THIS EMM OGong coo soacn ace can sscadaaueccecutonnnagecasenaascen Joh @{Meorodail
Two or three enlarged, horn-like scales above the internasal,
usually with small scales between them and their fellows......... B. nasicornis.
1. Brris ARIETANS.
Vipera ariecans Merr. Tent. p. 152; Bocage, Herp. Ang.
p. 149.
Bitis arietans Bouleng. t. c. p. 493.
Tropical and South Africa ; Southern Arabia.
2. BITIS PERINGUEYI.
Vipera peringueyt Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) ii. 1888,
p. 141.
Vipera heraldica Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 151, pl. xvi. fig. 1.
Bitis peringueyt Bouleng. t. c. p. 495.
Angola, Damaraland, Kalahari.
3. BIviIs CAUDALIS.
Vipera caudalis A. Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr., Rept. pl. vii.;
Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 450.
Bitis caudalis Bouleng. t. c. p. 498.
Angola and South Africa.
4, Brivis GABONICA.
Echidna gabonica Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gén. vii p. 1428,
Pl boxers
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1915, No. XVI. 16
222, MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON
Bitis gabonica Bouleng. t. c. p. 499.
Vipera rhinoceros Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 149.
‘Tropical Africa.
5. Brris NASICORNIS.
Coluber nasicornis Shaw, Nat. Miscell. iu. pl. xciv.
Bitis nasicornis Bouleng. t. c. p. 500.
Tropical Africa.
3. ATHERIS.
Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1862, p. 337; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. iii.
p. 508.
Two species :—
Scales in 15 to 25 rows; gular scales strongly keeled .................. A. squamiger.
Scales in 25 to 82 rows; gular scales smooth or very feebly keeled... A. nitschei.
. 1. ATHERIS SQUAMIGER.
Echis squamigera Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1854, p. 193.
Atheris squamiger Bouleng. t.c. p. 509; Bocage, Herp. Ang.
p. 152.
West Africa, from Calabar to Angola, Central Africa and
Uganda.
2. ATHERIS NITSCHEI Tornier, Zool. Jahrb., Syst. xv. 1902,
p. 589, fig.
Atheris woosnami Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) xviii. 1906,
p. 37.
Belgian Congo, N.W. of L. Tanganyika, Mt. Ruwenzori,
western parts of German East Africa.
4. AYRACTASPIS.
A. Smith, Ill. Zool. 8. Afr., Rept.; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. 1i1.
p. 510.
Synopsis of the Species.
I. Anal divided ; all or most of the subcaudals paired; snout rounded.
A. Second lower labial separated from its fellow by the chin-shields.
Scales in 19 to 21 rows; ventrals 200-285 ...............00. scene A. congica.
Scales in 23 to 27 rows; ventrals 217-257 ...............0eeeee ene A, irregularis.
B. Second lower labial forming a suture with its fellow;
scales in 21 to 23 rows; ventrals 336-856 ............ A. heterochilus.
II. Anal entire; all or most of the subcaudals single.
A. Postocular in contact with a large temporal.
1. First lower labial forming a suture with its fellow behind the symphysial.
Snout very prominent, cuneiform; second lower labial very
large, forming a suture with its fellow; scales in 23-27
POWs; veMbrals 78 —NOS tee ecnenseenesresee chee teres eesseet si A. corpulenta.
Snout prominent, subcuneiform; third lower labial very
large; ventrals 221-260 .................cccsceeceecre cee eeeeeeeee es. A Btbronii.
AFRICAN SNAKES, 223
2. Symphysial in contact with the chin-shields; snout rounded; scales in
23 to 25 rows ; ventrals 240-242.
PAG DTROC WATS. xine oer yis ace aes Se eee REN eet ase en CLOG eS
Nomprzcoculanienes sees SL Ree Nee keep e eA nCOLTECs
B. Temporals small, 2 or 3 superposed in front; snout
prominent, subcuneiform ; scales in 29 to 37 rows;
VOUS FE HS oo nnpeapnodacs9encsdave Geonoeavacassoanoces Alc MVOC ROU OUD,
1. ArracrasPIs concica Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1877, p. 616,
pl. —, fig. 2; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 142; Bouleng. t.c. p. 513.
Congo, Angola.
2. ATRACTASPIS IRREGULARIS.
Hlaps irregularis Reinh. Vid. Selsk. Skrift. x. 1843, p. 264,
pl. i. figs. 1-3.
Atractaspis wregularis Bouleng. t.c. p. 513; Bocage, op. cit.
p-. 143.
West and Central Africa, from the Gold Coast and Uganda to
the Congo.
3. ATRACTASPIS HETEROCHILUS Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo,
Zool JOM pla v-ntoe le
Lake Tanganyika ; Cameroon.
4, ATRACTASPIS CORPULENTA.
Brachycranium corpulentum Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1854,
p. 99.
Atractaspis corpulentus Bouleng. Cat. Sn. iil. p. 514.
West Africa, from Liberia to the Congo.
5. ATRACTASPIS BIBRONIT A. Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr., Rept.
pl. Ixxi.; Bouleng. t. ¢. p. 515; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 141.
Congo, Angola, and South Africa.
6. ATRACTASPIS KATANGA Bouleng. Ann. Mus, Congo, Zool.
mie WOO, jos Ws jolly, Wee Be
Katanga; German E. Africa.
7. ATRACTASPIS COARTI Bouleng. t.c. p. 14, pl. v. fig. 3.
Lake Tanganyika.
8. ATRACTASPIS MICROLEPIDOrA Gunth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3)
xvill. 1866, p. 29, pl. vir; Bouleng.Cat. Sn. iii. p. 517.
East and Central Africa (Lake Tanganyika).
16*
= ‘ 7 geen.
WA) oreay| \ mht i sans
Od gi iad # ye Ue sta a en
Ce hes a pibtiol 4 Ree
“aay i.
amt he iE: Me Winks abner :
‘bars gape ‘in BL ee Rigity, afl: siashiqent |
: 3 ym ; as uz : eed ae
“aah ape Ae of (a. qivn he : rate ta te si cplnnpiryad ma
a i ; : ata eae mie rq 2
int sities fea lS Dna tary Dory wile nic?
et ae Aig
it
ato
Eee
fen ne Ayal nay
OLS pogyit 6 nitintid ira)
A . ; 7 F _ ws
i} = ah ie ti Pye gs i St GAT ae
4 a3
4 Hp Rr
c
nmomn tc Mae): 24 i
+ eZ! Tes be Schaal Sa an
any
siat Ms ye A i eat
eee
a eon ctenihs wes airs RUHR,
BE hub heal A ‘eval
hee ete Soha, Wate WA eee A
if) ty E Beige nds A] jae vil +a epcidpa tn rane
Ada Neatly inet viv eae aa pdty oy
ON WAX SIMULACRA OF SHELLS. 225
17. The Artificial Formation from Paraffin Wax of
Structures resembling Molluscan Shells. By J. T.
CunnincHam, M.A., F.Z.S8.
[Received January 26, 1915: Read March 23, 1915.)
(Text-figures 1-5.)
In December last Mr. R. H. Burne exhibited hefore this
Society some specimens of forms assumed by paraffin-wax when
cooled, which resembled in a striking way in shape and markings
the shells of Molluscs. These specimens were presented to
Mr. Burne by Herr C. U. Ariens Kapjpers, of the Sencken-
bergisches Institut, Frankfurt a. M., and they are described by
him in a paper published in the Zeitschrift fiir Allgemeine
Physiologie in 1907. In that paper no information is given
concerning the conditions under which these structures are
formed, it being merely stated that they are produced when the
melted paraffin-wax solidifies. The shells imitated are stated
to be Lamellibranchs, Gastropods (operculum of Zwurbo), and
Brachiopoda. Seeking the explanation of these resemblances,
Herr Kappers adopts the conclusion of Harting and Bedermann
that the form and characters of molluscan shells, as well as
those of otoliths, egg-shells, and the skeletons of Foraminifera,
Aleyonaria, and Echinoderma, are due to the aggregation of
crystals of calcium salts formed within a colloid medium, the
crystals being of a special kind called sphero-crystals or calco-
spherites. He maintains that paraffin-wax shares with calcium
salts the property of forming spherocrystals, and that the forma-
tion of crystals from a solution takes place in essentially the
same way as in the solidification of a molten mass. Moreover,
there is a further resemblance in the viscosity of the mother
liquid, the form which a crystal assumes being more or less
influenced by the resistance which its particles encounter in its
formation. In molten substances unequal terminal surfaces of
the crystals, causing bending and distortion of the forms of the
larger crystals formed by means of the smaller, also occur as in
viscous solutions.
Kappers believes that the rapid cooling which is specially
effected for histological purposes is favourable to the production
of the forms under discussion, because the erystals are then
formed in the viscous medium of the cooling substance, whereas
in slow cooling normal crystals have time to form. It will be
seen below that my experiments are in contradiction to this, for
if the melting-point of the paraffin is high it is more difficult to
obtain shell-like masses.
In the discussion that followed Mr. Burne’s exhibition and
description of the specimens exhibited, I expressed the conclusion
from the appearance of the specimens that their form and
226 . MR, J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON
markings were not to be explained by any effect of crystallization,
but were due, as in the case of molluscan shells, to the successive
addition of accretions ina particular direction. The resemblance
to molluscan shells consisted in (a) external form, (b) markings.
In form the plates of parattin resembled in some cases Lamelli-
branch shells, varying as these do in the proportion of breadth to
length, and the narrower ones were more like Brachiopod shells.
In all cases there was a prominence corresponding to the umbo
of a shell. One specimen had a spiral twist like that of a
Gastropod, only flatter; Kappers compares it with the spiral
operculum of Z'wrbo. With regard to markings, all the specimens
showed parallel or rather concentric lines or strie, having in the
Lamellibranch-like forms the umbo for a common focus, in the
spiral forms being parallel to the edge. These lines are closely
similar to the lines of growth in molluscan shells, except that they
are slighter, not forming such projecting ridges as in true shells,
and never as in the latter furnished with spines or processes.
One important difference between the paraffin simulacra and real
shells, was that while one surface in the former was convex and
bore the concentric markings, the other was in all cases flat,
though not smooth, in fact was precisely similar to the free
surface always formed when a mass of molten paraftin-wax is
cooled in a vessel or a mould. Ina shell the inner surface is
always concave and smooth.
It seemed to me that the paraftin plates or simulacra of shells
consisted of successive layers superimposed one on another, each
succeeding one being larger in area than the one below, and the
lines on the convex surface being the edges of the successive
layers. If this were the case, there would be a real, though not:
an exact, resemblance between the paraffin masses and molluscan
shells, for it is well known that in the growth of the latter
additions are made both to the edge and to the inner surface ;
the mantle secretes over its whole surface, and as it grows each
successive layer is larger than the preceding and extends beyond
its edge.
Something was said by Mr. Burne about the paraffin simulacra
having been formed by cooling with water, and I therefore made
experiments by pouring molten paraffin-wax into water. The
success was immediate: the wax is lighter than water and
therefore floats, and when the cooled mass was taken out it was
in all respects similar to the specimens obtained by Kappers.
The exact shape of the mass depended on the way in which the
molten mass was poured into the water. If it was poured down
the side of the basin the mass remained attached to the latter,
and the flow extended away from it: then the shape resembled
that of a Brachiopod shell. When the wax was poured on to the
free surface of the water, it spread out more evenly and took the
form of a cockle or pecten. The first wax to touch the water
forms the umbo, that which follows flows over it and spreads out:
in ever widening layers. The stream of wax must always be
WAX SIMULACRA OF SHELLS. D2
kept running on to the mass already on the surface of the water,
otherwise a long irregular band is produced which has no
particular interest. I have not been able to make the wax flow
equally all round the umbo, to produce a resemblance to the
limpet shell, because such a mode of flow would be a case of
unstable equilibrium; the force of the flow is never perfectly
vertical to the surface of the water, but always tends in one
direction or another and drives the mass away from the point of
contact with the stream.
In order to produce spiral forms precisely similar to those
described by Kappers and exhibited by Mr. Burne, I took a
round jar full of water and stirred the latter so that it revolved,
and then poured the wax on to the surface near the centre. As
the mass is rather flat, the wax being much lighter than water,
the form produced resembles, as Kappers mentions, a spiral
operculum like that of Zurbo, and not an ordinary Gastropod
shell. When the water is stirred in a right-handed direction,
the spiral is right-handed, and when the water is stirred in the
opposite way the spiral of the paraffin plate is left-handed. This
alone is sutticient to prove that the resemblance to a shell has
nothing to do with crystallization, since the direction of the
spiral merely depends on the direction in which the water is
revolving. It is to be noted that as one looks down on the
parafiin plate, the direction of its spiral is opposite to that of
the water, for when the water is moving in a right-handed
revolution the movement of the water carries the wax that first
falls to the right, and the additions are made to the left; but the
form of the spiral shows on the dower surface of the plate of wax,
and, of course, when the plate is reversed after it has solidified
the spiral appears right-handed. In some cases I obtained
spiral forms which closely resembled the internal surface of the
operculum of Zurbo. The outer surface of this structure is
smooth and flat, though it shows the spiral direction of growth,
but the inner surface bears a prominent spiral ridge. By
pouring the wax at the outer edge of the revolving mass on
the water, I obtained plates with a similar prominent spiral
ridge.
The concentric lines on the convex surface of the mass are, as
in the molluscan shell, lines of growth or accretion, but their
formation requires explanation, since a continuous flow over a
smooth surface like that of water, while it would account for the
shape, would not be expected to show any lines on the surface in
contact with the water. The lines are due probably to the
combined effect of surface tension and the slight contraction of
the edges of the solidified layer in contact with the water. The
molten wax is unable to flow immediately over the edge of the
solidified layer, but is heaped up above it until its pressure is
too great for the surface tension, when it flows over and comes
into contact with the water, and then the process is repeated. The
vibration of the water caused by the fall of the wax may have
228 MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON
some effect in determining the rhythm of these successive flows,
but when the wax falls from a slightly greater height the effect
of the vibrations is seen in a series of large knobs on the lower
surface of the paraffin mass.
Although, as remarked above, Kappers does not describe in his
paper how the shell-like masses were formed, he gives some
information on this question in a private letter to Mr. Burne,
which that gentleman has kindly sent to me. In this letter
Kappers states that since he obtained the specimens by accident
he has from time to time tried to make them purposely, but
always failed. They were formed by molten wax that escaped
between the embedding mould and the zine table on which it
rested, the molten wax “‘ coming soon in contact with water
(aqueduct water).” I presume that aqueduct water means what
we call tap-water. He goes on to say that it must be possible to
make the shapes purposely, that he tried to do this in watch-
glasses floating on water, and got some ‘which showed the
principle very clearly but were not nearly as nice as those
obtained by accident.” The paraffin he used was a mixture of
2 parts melting at 58° C. and 1 part melting at 42°C. That
which I used melted at 52°C.
From these remarks of Herr Kappers it seems to me quite
certain that the specimens he obtained were formed in the same .
way as mine, namely from molten wax flowing on to the surface
of water. He gives a sketch showing the embedding mould
resting on the metal table, but I presume from his remark about
water that the edge of the zinc table overhung a vessel of water,
such as a sink, and that the escaping wax flowed from the edge
of the table on to the surface of the water. It is certain that
no Shell-like forms are produced by the wax cooling on a solid
surface ; I have tried this, and the only result is a plate of wax
of fairly uniform thickness of rounded outline and no special
markings either on the upper or lower surface.
I have also tried the effect of pouring the wax into watch-
glasses floated in water, and found that concentric lines are
produced on the surface in contact with the glass. The lines in
this case are more circular round a centre in the middle of the
watch-glass, but they are not so distinct and regular as when the
wax is poured on to water. Their explanation is I believe the
same as in the latter case.
Although I think it is quite evident from the facts and ex-
periments above discussed that the form and markings of the
shell-like masses have nothing at all to do with crystallization or
the forms of crystals, [ have made some investigation of the
crystalline structure of the solidified wax, and give here the results
of this investigation. The crystals of the wax can be seen in thin
sections cut from a block, and have the form of elongated prisms.
A simple way of obtaining these crystals is to melt a little of the
wax on a microscope-slide and allow it to cool of its own accord,
and then examine it with the microscope. The prisms are then
WAX SIMULACRA OF SHELLS. 229
seen to be aggregated in star-like clusters, very much like snow-
crystals, or the crystals of ice formed on a frosted window-pane.
A diagram of this arrangement is shown in text-fig.1. This is
the arrangement assumed by the crystals after slow cooling,
when no special methods are used to accelerate the cooling. I
have carefully compared by means of sections cut vertically or
parallel to the free surfaces, (1) one of my shell-specimens, (2) a
block formed by pouring the molten wax into a metal mould,
the block being about 2? in. long by 4 in. wide, and cooled
Text-figure 1.
AVA
=
WW
Diagram of stellate arrangement of prismatic crystals of paraffin-wax in
the superficial portion of a spontaneously cooled mass.
spontaneously. J find that in a vertical section from the shell-
specimen taken about the middle of the mass, the same stellate
arrangement of crystals can be seen. The same arrangement
also occurs in a section from the exposed surface. A portion of
the lower surface, 7.e. that which is suddenly cooled by contact
with water, however, shows a different appearance, namely, a
number of short irregular lines at angles to one another, marking
out polygonal areas which may be the bases of crystals extending
230 MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON
vertically into the interior (text-fig. 2). These lines and areas
have no relation whatever to the concentric lines or markings
which resemble those of molluscan shells, these markings con-
sisting of ridges and depressions on the surface, while the others
are microscopic and in the substance of the wax.
In a vertical section from the central part of the block cooled
slowly in a metal mould, the stellate arrangement of the crystals
is visible near the free surface, and a portion of the surface shows
the same structure. When a superficial section of one of the
lateral surfaces, or the base is examined no such structure can
be seen, in fact crystals cannot be made out distinctly at all, the
_ whole appearance is granular and compact.
Text-figure 2.
Diagram of appearance under microscope of portion of the lower surface of a
shell-like plate of paraffin-wax, cooled by contact with water.
My conclusions from these observations is that the large
prismatic crystals are formed where the cooling is slow and that
they assume the stellate arrangement where there is most freedom
of movement, i.e. near or at the free surface, as on a glass slide
or at the surface of a block, or floating shell-like mass. On the
other hand, where the cooling is rapid, as at the surface in contact
with water or in contact with the metal of the mould, neither
large crystals nor stellate arrangement is to be seen, the structure
is more compact, apparently because the wax becomes solid at
numerous closely crowded points at the same time, and crystals
if formed at all are very minute. TI have not been able to see any
indications of crystals having any approximation to a spherical
form, which I presume is the meaning of sphero-crystals. I am
WAX SIMULACRA OF SUELLS. 231
inclined to think that the surface of a block of paraftin-wax in
contact with a metal mould is cooled as quickly or even more so
than that in contact with water, at least in a cold room in January,
for the metal is a better conductor of heat than water, and is ata
low temperature to start with. If the form assumed by the block
was determined by the form of crystals the effect should be visible
on the free surface of either a block in a mould, or a mass on the
surface of water, for here the wax is free to take any form,
whereas elsewhere it takes the form of the surface in contact
with it. It is to be noted that Kappers gives no observations on
the form of crystals in paraflin-wax, and makes no attempt to
show that the form of his shell-like masses corresponded to the
form or aggregation of the crystals of which they were composed.
With regard to the view that the forms in question are
dependent on rapidity of cooling, certain experiments which I
made with substances of a higher melting-point are important.
It is evident that the greater the difference of temperature
between the cooling medium and the melting-point of the molten
substance, the more rapid and sudden will be the solidifying of
the latter. Now I tried making the shell-like structures with
hard paraffin, that is with parattin-wax of a high melting-point,
namely about 60°C., poured on to cold water, and the attempt
was a failure. The wax cooled so rapidly that the edge of the
cooled lower surface projected above the water and the molten
wax flowing on to the cooled portion was piled up on it and then
overflowed irregularly ; finally, as cooling proceeded further, after
the pouring was finished, the edges of the cooling mass curled
rapidly inwards owing to rapid contraction, and the shape was
entirely spoiled. By pouring the same paraffin on to warmed
water, shell-like forms were produced, thus showing that rapid
cooling was not the essential condition. I also experimented
with bees’-wax, of which the melting-point is over 100° C., and
with this material nothing resembling the shell-like structures
could be obtained, simply because when poured on to water the
wax became at once solid all through and only irregular masses
were produced : the wax would not flow evenly over the solidified
layer in contact with the water, but formed a tangle of solidified
cords. :
The causes of the assumption by paraftin-wax of these shell-like
forms are, as I think I have shown, purely physical, and in itself
the subject may seem to be of slight importance and to have
little bearing upon zoology. But the subject acquires considerable
zoological importance from the fact that the phenomena have been
adduced in support of the view that the forms of molluscan shells
are determined by the form and behaviour of the crystals of
which their inorganic part is composed. For such a view the
phenomena discussed in this paper afford no support whatever,
and the doctrine itself has no scientific foundation. Considering
the diversity of molluscan shells in general, the different shapes
of Lamellibranch shells, the torsion of the Gastropod shell, and
the variety of the spirals shown among the Gastropoda, the third
232 MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON
type and included diversity in the shells of Cephalopoda, ete., it
is impossible to suppose that crystals or sphzro-crystals should
aggregate themselves in modes of corresponding diversity of type
and detail merely because they were formed in a colloid medium.
Moreover, we know that the form of the shell is determined by
the mantle, the border of which secretes an organic layer of
conchiolin, and this has the specific form of the shell before
calcification takes place in it at all. Lastly, no reason has been
given why the form or aggregation of crystals should produce the
characteristic parallel or concentric markings on molluscan shells,
which correspond to the edge at which growth takes place, each
of which has, in fact, at some previous moment in the growth of
the shell been its extreme edge. These markings are in fact
evidence that the growth of the shell is not perfectly continuous
but intermittent, although we do not know fully the causes of
this rhythmical periodicity in the growth except in the annual
markings. That the forms of spicules such as the three-, four-,
or six-rayed spicules of sponges, may be determined by the form
and aggregation of crystals, seems probable enough, but this is
quite a different question from that of the form and markings of
molluscan shells, which are determined by the extent and the
physiological activities of the shell-secreting epithelium.
In text-figs. 3 & 4 I have given diagrams which show on an
enlarged scale the mode in which growth takes place in a
molluscan shell, and in one of the imitation shells of paraftin-
wax, respectively. In the mollusc the edge of the mantle
secretes conchiolin only, the periostracum; and for reasons, not
so far as I know discovered, the growth of this edge is not
uniform and continuous, but is stationary for a time, and then
starts again not quite in the same direction, but the mantle
leaves the extreme edge of the periostracum projecting and
secretes a new band starting from the lower surface of the
preceding band. In certain cases, as is well known, the edge of
a band at certain intervals may be fringed with long spines or
processes, as in Cardium echinatwm. When the extreme border
of the mantle has extended to a certain distance beyond its former
limit, the next internal band of the mantle comes into contact
with the band of periostracum just secreted, and forms on the
inner surface of this an addition to the prismatic layer of the
shell. When the next growth-movement of the mantle takes
place, the prismatic-forming region passes out to the new border
of periostracum, and the prismatic band just formed becomes
covered by the region of the mantle which secretes the nacreous
layer. The successive processes of secretion are shown in text-
fig. 3 A, where c is the extreme band of periostracum in process
of secretion, 6 the preceding band with the prismatic layer added
to it, a the band preceding 6, to which a single layer of nacreous
shell-substance has been added. It is to be noted that in the
true shell, as also in the wax imitation, between the more con-
spicuous lines of growth, which alone are indicated in the
WAX SIMULACRA OF SHELLS. DBR
Text-figure 3.
Comparison of form, markings, and structure in a molluscan shell, and artificial
mitation of the same in paraffin-wax.
A. Diagram of section of a Lamellibranch shell. The outer line represents the
periostracum which is uncalcitied, and usually worn away except near
the growing edge, which is on the right of the diagram. The layer
indicated by vertical strokes is the prismatic layer, the curved continuous
Jines represent successive layers of the nacreous substance which lines the
inner surface of the shell.
B. Section of a shell-like plate of paraffin-wax. The convex surface marked with
depressions at regular intervals, is the lower surface in contact with the
water; the horizontal surface is the upper surface, exposed to the air. 3
Text-figure 4.
Photograph of a ‘shell’ in paraffin-wax resembling a Lamellibranch shell,
such as a cockle.
234 ON WAX SIMULACRA OF SHELLS.
diagrams, there are numerous minor or secondary lines, so that
each band, or wave of growth, is made up of a number of
smaller bands, just as on the sea the larger wave has smaller
waves on its surface.
Text-figure 5.
Photograph of a spiral ‘shell’ in paraffin-wax, resembling a Gastropod, but much
flatter: more similar to the operculum of Twrbo.
In the wax imitation of the shell the markings are purely
superficial, as shown in text-fig. 3B. If the layer of wax on the
surface of the water at each successive moment of time were
solidified before the next were added, the mass would consist of
superimposed layers corresponding to the lines of ‘growth’ on
the surface; but this.is not the case, only the marginal incre-
ments are solidified, the internal mass remains as a quantity of
liquid wax without structure and cools into a single mass.
In conclusion it may be pointed out that the only resemblance
between the real shells and their wax counterparts, is that they
are both formed by successive accretions to the edge: the marks
of the boundaries of these accretions are due, in the case of the
wax to interruptions of the flow by cooling of the lower layer and
surface tension, in the case of the real shell to ‘waves’ of growth
of the causes of which we are quite ignorant.
The photographs in text-figs. 4 & 5 were taken by my honorary
assistant, Mr. H. G. Billinghurst, to whom also; I am much
indebted for assistance in carrying out the experiments.
ed
ON THE TRUE CORACOID. 235
18. The True Coracoid.
By the late R. Lypexxer, F.R.S., F.Z.8.
[Received February 10, 1915: Read March 23, 1915. }
(Text-figures 1 & 2.)
MorpHouoey.
In view of the long-standing existence of two diametrically
opposite interpretations of the homology of the ventral elements
or element * in the shoulder-girdle of vertebrates other than
fishes, it is high time that morphologists should decide which
they will adopt. It may be premised that the element (which-
ever it be) in the shoulder-girdle of the monotreme mammals and
Permo-Triassic mammal-like reptiles entitled to bear the desig-
nation coracoid must be the one corresponding to the coracoid
process of the human scapula, which is the type of that element.
By anatomists generally the posterior ventral bone in the mono-
treme shoulder-girdle has been regarded as representing the
true coracoid, and the anterior bone consequently considered
as a superadded element, under the designation of precoracoid or
epicoracoid ; the single ventral element in the shoulder-girdle of
birds and post-Triassic reptiles being identified with the one
termed coracoid in the monotremes.
These identifications were disputed by myself in the Society’s
Proceedings for 1893 (pp. 172-4), where, upon the evidence of a
distinct coracoidal element in the shoulder-girdle of a sloth, it
was held that the so-called epicoracoid of the monotremes and
mammal-like reptiles corresponds to the coracoid process of the
human scapula, and is thus the true coracoid. Consequently, the
bone in the aforesaid groups to which the latter name had been
applied must receive a new designation, and the name meta-
coracoid was suggested for use in this sense. These homologies
will be apparent from my original figure, of which a portion (text-
figure 1) is herewith reproduced. A further inference was that
when only a single ventral element is present in the shoulder-
girdle, as in birds and post-Triassie reptiles, this, on account of
having been identified with the posterior element in the mono-
treme shoulder-girdle, must also be a metacoracoid.
Among the great majority of naturalists these identifications
have failed to gain acceptance. Recently, however, Prof. 8S. W.
Williston, of Chicago University, who has devoted special
attention to the osteology of the mammal-like reptiles, has accepted
in his ‘Water Reptiles of the Past and Present, + my inter-
pretation of the homology of the elements in the shoulder-girdle
* When the singular is used, reference is to one side only of the body.
+ Chicago, 1914.
236 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON
of monotremes and mammal-like reptiles, as is made clear by the
accompanying diagrammatic illustration (text-fig. 2), reproduced
from his fig. 19, p. 36. His researches, however, indicate that
when one of the two ventral elements in the shoulder-girdle
disappears, it is the posterior (and not, as previously supposed, the
anterior) bone which is lost. This degeneration—as a preliminary
Text-figure 1.
The right side of the shoulder-girdle of Dicynodon.
se, scapula ; a, acromion of scapula; c, coracoid; mc, metacoracoid ; f, coraco-
scapular foramen; gl, glenoid cavity.
to the ultimate disappearance—of the hinder element is exhibited
in his figure, which illustrates a type in which the degeneration
of that element has already become conspicuous, whereas in my
original figure (text-fig. 1) the hinder element is fully as
large as the front one. Consequently the element in birds and
THE TRUE CORACOID. 237
post-Triassic reptiles universally known as the coracoid is
entitled to retain that designation, as being the homologue of the
human coracoid process and its equivalent the true coracoid of the
monotremes and mammal-like reptiles; and the more extensive
change of nomenclature advocated in my original article thereby
avoided,
Text figure 2.
The right side of the shoulder-girdle of a Mammal-like Reptile (Dimetrodon).
Se., scapula; Cor., coracoid ; Mcor., metacoracoid. (From Williston.)
Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1915, No. XVII. 17
ON THE UROSTYLE OF THE ANUROUS AMPHIBIA. 239
19. A Note on the Urostyle (Os Coecygeum) of the Anurons
Amphibia. By Gro. HE. Nicnotts, D.Sc., F.L.S., late
Professor of Biology, Agra College, Agra, India *.
[Received January 20, 1915: Read April 13, 1915.]
(Text-figure 1.)
MorpHotoey.
It is, I believe, generally supposed that the neural canal in
the Anura ends blindly in the urostyle. That this is not true of
Rana temporaria—at any r. T ascertained
so far back as 1910, when examining se aaron (cut sagittally)
through small frogs. In these sections. the filum terminale is seen
lying “uncovered (except for connective tissue) upon the dorsal
surface of the urostyle.
At that time, however, I paid no further attention to the
matter, assuming that this was merely a transient condition: in
the young animal in which the absorption of the terminal
portion of the filum ter minale was not yet completed. I imagined
that the resorption of tissues, which causes the disappearance
of the tadpole-tail, would continue, and that, finally, what re-
mained of the terminal filament. ould become entirely encase |
in bone. Unaccountably, it did not then occur to me to examine
the adult urostyle.
While in India, however, I had occasion to examine closely
the urostyle of Rana tigrina, the type commonly dissected in my
laboratory there.
The urostyle of this species differs from that of Rana tempo-
raria in the exceedingly variable occurrence of the paired per-
forations, which, in the latter species, admit of the exit of the
tenth pair of spinal nerves. These perforations are, in Rana
tigrina, frequently absent (text-fig. 1, a, c,d). When present
(text- fie. 1, 6, X.) they are extremely minute, and commonly, upon
one side or the other, the external opening leads only into a
blindly-ending canal.
It was while engaged in studying the urostyle in connection
with this matter that 1 noticed that the neural canal turned
upwards very sharply, and apparently extended quite to the
dorsal margin of the bone. ‘The position and extent of this
passage is clearly indicated (in the fresh condition), through the
thin translucent bone, by the deeply pigmented meningeal
sheath of the filum terminale and its related blood-vessels.
A recollection of the perforated condition of the urostyle
which I had observed in the young R. temporaria led me to
examine the upper margin of the urostyle with the aid of a
powerful lens.
* Communicated by Prof. ARTHUR Denny, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
lige
2QA0 DR. G. E. NICHOLLS ON THE
The examination immediately revealed the fact that for a
considerable distance upon the narrow crest of the bone there
Text-figure 1.
In a the position and extent of the neural canal, as seen typically in lateral view, of
the urostyle of Rana tigrina are represented, X13; b, c, d represent variations
not infrequently found, also X13. In a’, d’ the urostyles a and d are repre-
sented as seen from above, but the size of the dorsal opening of the neural
canal and the width of the dorsal furrow (in which lies the free end of the filum
terminale) are greatly exaggerated.
n.c. indicates a bristle inserted in the neural canal and emerging dorsally. (In 6
the neural canal within the urostyle is short and wide, and the extreme posi-
tions, forward and backward, of the bristle are shown.) Actually, within the
canal, the bristle is indicated by an interrupted line.
The black line f-fé. indicates the extent of the dorsal furrow (the uncovered pos-
terior extension of the neural canal) which lodges the end of the filum terminale ;
in d (and d’) a part of this furrow has been roofed in, leaving above it only a
very shallow groove, d.f., connecting an anterior opening of the neural canal,
n.c.’, With the more posterior opening, 7.¢.
UROSTYLE OF THE ANUROUS AMPHIBIA. 241
was a well-marked furrow. This furrow, which was deepest
anteriorly, began at a point just in front of the place where the
neural canal appeared to reach the dorsal surface (text-fig. 1, a, a’).
The passage of a bristle definitely established the further fact
that the neural canalin the specimen studied did not end blindly,
but, near the end of the first third of the length of the bone,
opened out into this groove or furrow upon the dorsal surface.
Thence it was continued nearly to the end of the middle third of
the urostyle as the open groove referred to (text-tig. 1, ff-.).
In the fresh condition this groove is occupied (as I afterwards
determined by means of serial sections) by the extremity of the
filum terminale, which thus has a position precisely similar to
that which it occupies in the young &. temporaria. The open
groove, extending approximately along the middle third of the
dorsal surface of the uvostylar crest, is thus a posterior uncovered
extension of the neural canal.
An examination of a large number of urostyles (34) of specimens
of R. tigrina showed that this terminal opening of the neural
canal was an absolutely constant feature, occurring even in
specimens showing marked abnormality of the vertebral column.
A point of difference noted, however, was that in some speci-
mens the dorsal furrow was of much ereater extent than in
others. In all it ended at approximately the same point, but in
some the furrow began nearly at the anterior extremity of the
bone (text-fig. 1, 6, d, d'). In some instances the dorsi-ventral
diameter of the neural canal was unusually large, and the canal
then extended to the dorsal margin of the ur ostyle ata point much
nearer to its anterior end (text- fig. 1,6). In other examples the
neural canal, though not of larger calibre than usual, passed
dorsalwards much more abruptly. In these latter the dorsally
situated (exposed) groove for the filum terminale was, relatively,
much longer. A condition, varying in a manner pr ecisely oppo-
site to this, also oceurs in which the filum terminale passes
backwards in a direction much more nearly approaching’ the
horizontal. In this case the uncovered extremity of the neural
canal is, relatively, extremely short (text-fig. 1,c). In those
examples, however, in which the neural terminal filament runs
for a considerable distance in this groove upon the upper margin |
of the urostyle, it is not always uncovered for the whole of that
distance. Not infrequently a delicate layer of bone roofs in a
portion of the groove anteriorly. In a single specimen there was
a small dorsal aperture leading into the neural canal and situated
far anteriorly, separated from the open stretch of groove by an
intervening bony roof (text-fig. 1, d, @’).
Such variation in the extent of the dorsal open groove may
perhaps indicate that the number of fused vertebree in this region,
in which the neural arch is incomplete, is quite variable. Behind
the furrow the urostyle must, presumably, be regarded as com-
posed of fused centra only
On account of the severity of the drought prevailing at the
242 ON THE UROSTYLE OF THE ANUROUS AMPHIBIA.
time, I was unable to obtain specimens of other locally occurring
species of Anura, except a single specimen of Bufo melanostictus.
Subsequently, just as I was leaving India, however, I received
other specimens of Lufo melanostictus (2) from Professor Wood-
land of Allahabad, and of Bufo melanostictus (4) and B. ander-
soni (2) from Professor Youngman of Lucknow. From London,
Mr. Biddolph sent me the hinder parts of the vertebral column
of Rana esculenta (2), R. temporaria (2), and Bufo vulgaris (1).
I have also examined a number of skeletons of the two latter
species since my return to England.
In every case a careful Secvmitnelbom of the urostyle showed
that the condition of the neural canal was precisely similar to
that described above as obtaining in R. tigrina. In the case of
certain of the smaller specimens (e. g. 2. temporaria), the aper-
ture through which the filum ter minale emerged from the tubular
part of the neural canal is extremely fine, and the succeeding
dorsal furrow is represented. by a very narrow crevice. In
several cases, although the opening could be made out, it was
too fine even for the passage of a hair.
I have sectioned also the decalcified urostyle of a single speci-
men of Hyla arborea. ‘he sections establish idubitably that,
in this specimen also, the filum terminale extends on to the
dorsal surface of the urostyle, upon which it lies altogether
uncovered by bone, exactly as in the similar sections of #2. tempo-
raria and BR. tigrina.
There can be, I think, no doubt, therefore, but that this con-
dition of the urostyle and filum terminale will prove to be normal
for the Anura generally.
MR. E. G. BOULENGER ON TWO NEW TREE-FROGS. 243
20. On Two New Tree-Frogs from Sierra Leone, recently
living in the Society’s Gardens. By Hpwarp G.
Bou encer, F.Z.8., Curator of Reptiles.
[Received April 9, 1915: Read April 27, 1915.]
INDEX.
Systematic : Page
LEM OCG) CHAMTUA PO SOs Wo acaba concoecnancsecesesnenaaesonceo sas | KS)
Jie PUOROT Rey Use « Boadoneunasbiacesce poscsopeaenosedocanonen,) Le
Among a collection of Reptiles and Batrachians collected by
Mr. Guy Aylmer, F.Z.S., in Sierra Leone last year and presented
by him to the Society, I found two frogs of the genus Rappia
which have not hitherto been recorded. I propose for the one
the name of Rappia aylmeri, after its discoverer, for the other.
Rappia chlorostea, from the green colour of its bones, visible
through the skin, a character well known in many species of Hyla
and Pseudis, but which has not been observed in any of the
numerous representatives of the genus Rappia.
RappPiA AYLMERI, sp. n.
Head as broad as long. Snout rounded, equal in length to the
diameter of the eye. Tympanum hidden. Fingers very slightly
webbed at the base. Toes half-webbed. The hind-limb being
carried forward along the body, the tibio-tarsal articulation
reaches slightly past the eye. Skin smooth, granular on the
belly and under the thighs. Pale brownish above, uniform.
RAPPIA CHLOROSTEA, Sp. N.
Head as broad as long. Snout squarely truncate, as ‘long as
the diameter of orbit. Loreal region almost vertical. Nostril
near the end of the snout. Tympanum distinct, about half the
diameter of the eye. Outer fingers one-third webbed, toes two-
thirds webbed. The hind-limb being carried forward along the
body, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches to the tip of the snout.
Tibia a little more than half the length of the head and body.
Skin smooth, except on the belly which is feebly granular.
Green above; a silvery dark-edged streak running down the
sides, passing through the eye, extends from the snout to nearly
the end of the body.
The bones which are visible through the skin are of a bright
green colour.
ON TWO NEW LICE. 245
21. On Two New Species of Polyplaxr (Anoplura) from
Kgypt. By Bruce F. Cummines *, British Museum
(Natural History) +.
[Received January 26, 1915; Read March 23, 1915.]
(Text-figures 1-16.)
INDEX.
Page
Structure ow Monpholosyanceese- eee eet nen enna eee ea azo
Developmen tim cseeeenr aon e ce c eesac eae e eee OO)
Systematic :
Polyplax brachyrrhynchus, sp. . ...............-..... 246
Polyplax oxyrrhynchus, sp. WM. ......---.-0..--; -.... 261
Introduction.
The following descriptive paper on two species of Polyplax is
based on a large supply of spirit material collected on Acomys
cahirinus Geoff. (Family Muride), at Assitt, in Egypt, and
forwarded by the Department of Public Health in Egypt to
the Lister Institute of Preventive Medicine, by whom they
were subsequently presented to the British Museum through
Mr. A. W. Bacot and Dr. G. F. Petrie. Both these species,
which are new, were fortunately collected in large numbers
in all stages of development, and it has been possible to present
an account of the larve and also of several features of interest
in the internal anatomy of the imagines; unfortunately, the
specimens were so badly preserved as to make a study of the soft
parts out of the question.
It is to be hoped that in future collectors will bear in mind the
extreme value to systematists of a long series of specimens of
the same species, particularly in the case of ectoparasites like the
Anoplura and Mallophaga, where so little is yet known of the
morphology, metamorphosis, and variation.
Polyplax oxyrrhynchus was the more numerous species, there
being 918 adults besides numerous immature forms, as compared
with only 360 P. brachyrrhynchus, of which 75 were immature.
Both these species, which are quite distinct, were collected on
the same host.
Associated in the tubes with these, and, according to the label,
collected on the same host, were several fleas, one or two Psocids,
many mites, and a Muscid fly.
The Hon. N. C. Rothschild has kindly identified the flea for
me as AXenopsylla cheopis Roths., and my colleague, Mr. A. 8.
Hirst, refers the mite to Dermanyssus egypticus Hirst.
The fly and the Psocids are probably only accidental inclusions.
* Communicated by the Secretary.
+ Published by permission of the Trustees.
246 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON
PoLYPLAX BRACHYRRHYNCHUS, sp. n. (Text-figs. 1-3.)
Proportion of the sexes. 8 3 57, 9 2 228, 75 immature.
Percentage of males= 20.
External Form. Maun, (Text-fig.1.)—Head: The preantennal
area is quite short, broad, a little rounded. Postantennal area
parallel-sided, a little broader than the preantennal area and
Text-figure 1,
TERZI Vv
\
\
Polyplax brachyrrhynchus. Male. x 69.
broader also than the thorax. A small bay behind the antenna.
Before entering the thorax, temples show a pronounced postero-
lateral angle. Antenne stout and relatively long. Second
TWO NEW LICE. 247
segment longest, third with distal preaxial angle produced a little
and carrying a sensorlum. Another larger sensorium between
segments 4 and 5. The mouth opens on the ventral surface.
Thorax of an unusual shape. Narrower than the head and
very elongate. Lateral margins almost parallel-sided. Meso-
thoracic spiracles on the extreme margin. Legs: First pair very
small. Third pair relatively immense.
Abdomen: Last segment ends in a cone. Lateral margins
parallel-sided. Pleurites are elongate plates with the spiracle in
the centre, lower margin straight, lateral margins indefinite,
converging anteriorly. Each segment with a single broad tergite
and sternite. Genital plate is long and covers the three terminal
segments, which are, therefore, without separate sternites.
Katernal Form. Frmaue. (Text-fig. 2.)\—Antenne with third
segment normal. Abdomen: There are two tergites and two
sternites on each of segments 4 to 7. Onsegment 2 only a single
tergite and sternite each. On segment 3 there are two sternites
and one tergite. On segments 8 and 9 only a single tergite.
The genital plate on sternum of segment 8 is illustrated in text-
fig. 2, which also shows the two small plates on each side of the
plate—the representatives of the gonopods. End of the abdomen
broad, truncate.
Chetotaxy. Maun.—Head: On the dorsal surface, preantennal
area, a transverse row of four or five minute hairs. On the anterior
margin four larger hairs, widely spaced. Behind the antenne a
transverse row of six minute hairs, the two middle ones the
smallest. A single stout, elongate bristle at each posterior
lateral angle of the head. Im front of this, inside the lateral
margin, a minute hair, and in front of this again, and well
spaced, three more minute hairs, one behind the other. On the
ventral surface just in front of the antenne there is a transverse
row of about a dozen small hairs in a semicircle. Behind this,
near the base of each antenna, a single strong bristle. Thorax:
A large hair on the inside of each mesothoracic spiracle and a
small one just in front. Along posterior margin of metanotum
two hairs. dAbdomen: Hach pleurite with two hairs on lower
margin. These are both small on segments 2, 4, 5,and 6. One
of the two (the dorsal one) is longer than the other in segment 3,
while on segments 7 and 8 theyare both very long. On tergite 1
there are two flattened spines, spear-shaped, with sharp tips.
On tergite 2 there are two more spines of the same character,
and near the base of each of these two minute hairs. On each of
tergites 3 to 6 is a row of flattened spines and hairs mixed and
arranged along an irregular transverse line (see text-fig. 1).
On tergite 7 are only four spines, of which the outer one on each
side is broadest and most lanceolate. On tergite 8 are four
minute hairs, the two inside ones being the smallest. At the
extreme conical tip of the terminal segment two small hairs in
large alveoli. On all sternites except no. 3, which has three, and
the last, which is bare, are two lanceolate spines.
MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON
Text-figure 2.
Polyplax brachyrrhynchus.
GP. Genital plate.
G. Gonopod.
Female. Ventral surface. X 67-4.
a. Two spines from a sternite, enlarged.
TWO NEW LICE. QAO
Chetotaxy. FemMate.—Abdomen: Pleurites each with two
hairs of much about the same length in each segment. The
outline of the tergites at the base of the abdomen is ill-defined,
and it is therefore difficult to be certain of the exact segmental
distribution of the chetotaxy. It is easier and safer to say that
at the base of the abdomen, upper surface, up to segment 2
inclusive, there are two parallel longitudinal rows of well-spaced
spines, three in each row. The anterior spine of each row is
probably metanotal (vide Chetotaxy, Thorax). On the outer side
of each of the two posterior spines is a minute hair. Tergite 3 with
a single row of six flattened lanceolate spines. Tergite 4 with
two rows (five in the first row, six in the second). ‘Tergites 5
and 6 with two rows each (six in each row). In tergite 7 there
are five in the first row, four in the second. Tergite 8 has only
one row of four. Sternite 2 with two spiny hairs; sternite 3
with two rows (three in the first, two in the second), similarly
in sternites 4 to 7. The two spines in row 2 are the strongest;
on each side of these, except in segment 7, a small minute hair.
Sternite 8, which is the genital plate, is bare except for four
minute hairs with large alveoli. A group of short spiny hairs
and one larger spine on each side of the genital opening. Three
small hairs on each gonopod.
Male Oopulatory Apparatus. (Text-fig. 3.)—This is long and
narrow, occupying the three terminal segments of the abdomen.
The basal plate, narrow and elongate, broadens elegantly in its
posterior half. It liesin segments 7 and 8. The lateral margins
are strongly chitinised and rod-like. The paramera lying in
segment 9 are bowed outwards at the base but nearly meet each
other at the tip. Beyond the point of its articulation with the
basal plate, the base of each parameron projects as a process into
the intraparameral space. These two processes approach each
other but do not meet. Midway the paramera broaden and meet
each other beneath the mesosome * so as to join a cavity in which
the latter is contained. The penis is a narrow rod with a forked
base. ‘The basal forked part may, however, be a separate piece,
as there is a distinct transverse line of division between it and
the rod of the penis. The mesosome consists of two pieces, a
posterior and an anterior.
Mouth-parts.—For a description of the infra-buccal plate, see
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. xv. Feb. 1915.
Notes on the Tracheal System.—The description is taken from
an immature specimen in Stage IIT. There is a pair of spiracles
on each of segments 3 to 8 and a pair of larger ones on the
mesothorax. ‘The tracheal tubes are very fine and difficult to
see through the integument. There are the usual two cardinal
trunks, one on each side, joined by a commissure in the last
abdominal segment. There is another commissure in segment 4.
A lateral diverticulum runs out to each spiracle, and each
* For the explanation of the use of these terms, see Waterston (1), p. 279.
250 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON
diverticulum gives off a posterior root. On the sixth there is also
an anterior root. In segment 2, where there are no spiracles, a
diverticulum nevertheless exists and runs out on each side as a
small twig.
Text-figure 3.
Polyplax brachyrrhynchus. Male copulatory apparatus. X 433.
BP. Basal plate. Par. Parameron. P. Penis. Ma. Mesosome (anterior piece).
Mp. Mesosome (posterior piece).
The course of the tracheals in head and thorax was too un-
certain to justify description.
TWO NEW LICE.
251
Measurements of Polyplax brachyrrhynchus (in millimetres).
| 3. | ie
Length. Breadth. Length. Breadth.
WiEicadses teen 20 13 21 | 17
| IONOHAE cooossssoo: 20 | lat 20 | 18
| Abdomen ......... “98 29 1:37 | Al
| | (across
| segment 6)
emueRotalenenncns 1:38 178 |
oe | 2.
Length. Breadth. Length. Breadth
| Legs: Ist pair ... 15 ‘04 | 15 05 |
| and ,, 20 06 | 22 07
3rd _,, 20 09 | ‘21 10 |
(with closed | (with closed
claw) claw) |
3. ce
Length of antenna ......... “16 16
PoLYPLAX OXYRRHYNCHUS, sp. n. (Text-figs. 4-6, 8, 9, 11-13.)
Proportion of the Sexes. ¢& 3 243, 2 2 675, besides numerous
immature forms. Percentage of males=26.
External Form. Man. (Text-fig. 4..—Head elongate; pre-
antennal area long, conical; postantennal bay small; temple-
margins converge a little towards the thorax. On the ventral
surface is a raised diamond-shaped area with its long axis longi-
tudinal and running from the mouth to the thorax. Antena:
First segment broad, squat, second longest. A large sensorium
at the postaxial distal angle of segment 4, extending across the
joint into segment 5. Thorax small, shorter than the head, with
convex later: al mar gins. Sternal plate asin figure 4a. Legs: First
pair slender, third - pair very powerful. Coxte of first pair close
to each other, those of the second pair separated by a space, those
of the third pair large and contiguous at their inner angles.
Abdomen very long (for measurements see p. 260). On seg-
ment 2 a small ter site, broader than long, with possibly a second
one weakly chitinised and ill-defined. On each of segments 3, 4,
252, MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON
5, 6, and 7 there isa single tergite, broad and deep. The chitin,
on the dorsal surface of segments 8 and 9, is thin and trans-
parent. The sternites on segments 2 to 7 are of the same form
and disposition as the tergites, excepting that on each of seg-
ments 2 and 3 there are two sternites, the first in segment 3
Text-figure 4.
rs
ALIA Y BLASS
Cry] i ce
i
thes 7
oad
\
\
Polyplax oxyrrhynchus. Male. X 67'5. a. Sternal plate.
being of a triangular shape. The sternum of segment 8 is
occupied by the genital plate, which, on each side behind, is
produced into a narrow band of chitin connecting the plate with
the thickened margin of the terminal segment. The pleurites of
TWO NEW LICE. 253
segment 2 are small and delicate, the rest strongly developed,
without processes, longer than broad, lower margin straight.
Text-figure 5.
re:
Polyplax oxyrrhynchus. Female. X 56'5.
Hxternal Form. Frmaue. (Text-fig. 5.)—Abdomen elongate,
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1915, No. XVIII. 18
254 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON
truncate at the terminal end. On segment 2 there is one tergite
and indications of a second in front of it. On segment 3 there is
a single tergite, broad at the base, narrowing rapidly in front.
On segments 4 to 7 there are two tergites, each being broad and
long but broader than long, the first the longer of the two. Only
one tergite on each of segments 8 and 9. The sternites show
the same disposition and arrangement as the tergites, excepting
that in segment 2 there are no vestiges of a second sternite ; in
segment 3 two sternites, as opposed to the single tergite, while
the sternum of segment 8 is occupied by the genital plate, which
in its anterior part is rectangular and in its posterior part tri-
angular, the apex pointing backwards. The apex is minutely
pectinate. A dentate fringe runs on each side from this apex
towards the lateral margins of theabdomen. ‘The pleurites differ
from those in the male. In segment 2 they are small and thinly
chitinised. In segments 3, 4, and 5 the lower angle on the
ventral surface is produced into a short process.
Chetotacy. Maue.—Head: On preantennal area, dorsal sur-
face, several minute hairs. At the rostrum two minute hairs.
Just in front of the antenne, dorsal surface, a transverse row of
hairs. Behind the antenne, situated along a well-marked trans-
verse groove, another row of small hairs. Along the temples a
longitudinal row of four hairs, the most posterior being large and
spiny. At about the level of these two posterior bristles, but
situated nearer the middle line of the dorsal surface, two small
hairs. On the ventral surface two small hairs on each side of
the mouth-parts in front of the antenne. A bristle at the base
of each antenna, lower surface. Zhorax: A long bristle and
a minute hair on the inside of each spiracle. Abdomen: On the
lower margin of each pleurite two hairs; these, as usual, are very
long on segments 7 and 8. On the dorsal surface segment 1 *
has two hairs. On segment 2 there are two rows of spine-like
hairs, two in the first row and four in the second; in the latter
row the two middle hairs are much the largest and equal in size
the two in row 1. Along the lower margin of tergite 3are eight
hairs, the two middle ones the largest, the remaining six flanking
each side in two groups of three. Tergites 4, 5, and 6 each have
a row of eight flat spines, the two middle ones the largest. ‘There
is also a smaller spine on each side in the space between the
pleurites and tergites. On tergite 7 is one row of only four
spines ; another smaller spine on each side in the space between
tergites and pleurites. On tergite 8 there are only four spines, the
middle ones occupying a position one on each side of the basal
plate. At the extreme end of the abdomen are two small stiff
hairs. On the under surface there are five hairs in the first row
and six in the second on the sternite of segment 2; in segment 3
five in the first, and in the second six, with another one on each
side. The sternites of segments 4, 5, and 6 each carry a row of
six hairs, with another one on each side. On sternite of no. 7
* As is ordinarily the case in the Order, seement 1 is small and almost obsolete.
TWO NEW LICE. 255
only four, with one on each side, and on no. 8 only 2, one on
each side of the basal plate.
Chetotaxy. Fremaute.—Abdomen: On tergum of segment | are
two hairs ; in segment 2 there are two hairs on tergite 1 and four
on tergite 2. Of the latter the two middle ones are the largest.
On the single tergite of segment 3 is an irregular row of eight
spines. In segment 4 each of the tergites has a row of eight
powerful spines, with another hair on each side between the
pleurites and tergites. On segment 5 tergite 1 has seven spines,
tergite 2 has eight, with one on each side. On both tergites of
segment 6 there are seven spines, with one on each side. On
segment 7 tergite 1] has eight and tergite 2 has six spines, with
one on each side. On the tergite of segment 8 there are six
spines. Ventrally segment 2 has six hairs. On segment 3
sternite 1 has five and sternite 2 has six, with one on each side.
Text-figure 6. é
Polyplax oxyrrhynchus. Male copulatory apparatus. X 500.
_ BP. Basal plate. Pav. Parameron. P. Penis. Ma. Mesosome (anterior piece).
The piece labelled IP. in text-figure 3 is apparently unrepresented or very small.
On segments 4, 5, 6, and 7 there are five hairs on sternite 1 and six
on sternite 2, with one on each side. On the genital plate is a
row of four minute hairs in large alveoli. On each side of the
terminal segment is a group of hairs and one large spine.
Male Copulatory Apparatus. (Text-fig. ace of the
256 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON
same type as that described for P. brachyrrhynchus. Tt differs,
however, in details.
The basal plate is small. Anteriorly it is very narrow, being
little more than a rod or band. Lower down, towards the
paramera, it broadens rapidly, and its two lower lateral angles
are produced so that the whole plate somewhat resembles an
inverted catapult as used by schoolboys.
The paramera articulate with the produced angles of the basal
plate. Beyond the point of articulation the base of the parameron
projects into the intraparameral space. Towards the extremity
each parameron broadens out and meets the other distally beneath
the mesosome, for which they form a basin-shaped cavity.
The penis is a curved, pointed, narrow rod with a forked base.
Asin P. brachyrrhynchus, the forked basal part may be a separate
piece. The limbs of the fork enclose the lower part of the rest
of the mesosome, as shown in the figure.
Text-figure 7.
Polyplax spinulosa. Male copulatory apparatus:—a. Dorsal view. b. Side view.
X 300.
BP. Basal plate. Pav. Parameron. P. Penis (f, finger, and ¢, thumb).
Ma. Mesosome (anterior part). Ip. Mesosome (posterior part).
Comparison with the Male Copulatory Apparatus of Polyplax
spinulosa (Burmeister). (Text-fig. 7.)—The remarkable copu-
latory apparatus of this common species of Polyplax from Rats
has hitherto remained unnoticed save for a summary description
by Piaget (2, p. 636), which is difficult to follow and is accom-
panied by an inaccurate figure (pl. lil. fig. 2 @).
TWO NEW LICE. ih
The basal plate is longer than broad, with the lateral margins
gracefully biconcave.
There are no separate paramera. Probably the deep band-like
pieces (Par) represent moditied paramera. At their anterior
extremity there is a joint between them and the lower angles of
the basal plate. At their posterior extremity they curve inwards
and become fused with a remarkable penis consisting of two
limbs like a finger and thumb—the longer “finger” (/) being
ventral and the “thumb” (¢) being dorsal. There is another
chitinous piece (Za) which consists of two limbs that arise from
a single small median splint lying in the middle between the two
lateral bars of the basal plate, dorsal to the basal plate and about
half-way down its length. Each limb runs downwards and
outwards so as to underlie the parts named paramera for as
far as the penis. The strange form of the latter is probably
correlated with some modification of the genitalia of the female.
Text-figure 8.
Polyplax oxyrrhynchus. Mouth-parts. X 252.
RT. Rostral teeth. #F. Fulture. P. Pharynx. 2. Mandible. ZY. Tendon.
In regard to the male copulatory apparatus P. brachyrrhynchus
and P. oxyrrhynchus ave much nearer to one another than they
are to P. spinulosa.
An attempt at homologising these parts with those in the two
new species is made in the legend to the figure.
Mouth-parts. (Text-fig. 8.)—The figure shows the shape of
the chitinised fore-part of the alimentary canal, 2. e. pharynx
258 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON
(larynx of Enderlein) and fulture (5). No attempt is here made
to describe the mouth-trophi, but attention is drawn to two
structures lying together just behind the pharynx and above the
needle-like trophi, strongly suggesting mandibles. In the figure
they are labelled mandibles, and the chitinous band which runs
backward from each is indicated as a tendon. Mandibles, of
course, 1n blood-sucking Anoplura cannot be functional, but their
presence as vestiges is to be expected if the Anoplura are in
truth descended from the mandibulate Mallophaga. Enderlein (4)
regards as mandibles certain pieces in the head of Hematopinus
suis. Mjoberg (8) figures and describes mandibles in Arctophthirus
tricheci Boh. ‘The latter are extremely suggestive in form, and
much resemble the mandibles here figured.
Spermatheca. (Text-fig. 9.)—Mjoberg (8, p. 254) finds a
spermatheca present in Linognathus angulatus Piag. and in
Acanthopinus sciurinus Mjob., in both of which it consists of
the same form, 7. ¢., ‘‘ Aus einem fast kreisrundem Gebilde das
beiden Ubergang in den sehr schmalen Ausfiihrungsgang mit
einer gerundeten Chitinscheibe versehen ist, von deren Mitte der
Ausfiihrungsgang seinem Ursprung nimmt, > Landois (6, p. 14)
described the*spermatheca of Phthirus inguinalis and remarked
(7, p. 82) upon its absence in Pediculus vestimenti. Patton &
Cragg (5, p. 560) single this out as a fact of some interest in view
of the length of copulation i in the louse and the large size of the
seminal vesicles in the male. Landois explains the difference in
Phthirus and P. vestimenti in this matter by reference to the
habits of the two insects—PAthirus is sedentary and therefore
rarely meets with its kind; the Pedicwlus is active, and coitus is,
therefore, frequent:
Whatever be the explanation, the absence of the spermatheca
in P. vestimenti is a confirmed fact, and it becomes a matter for
further research to enquire from what other genera in both
Anoplura and Mallophaga this receptacle may be absent. It
probably occurs in a great many Mallophaga in which its chitinous
“Scheibe” can frequently be seen at the end of the abdomen
through the integument of specimens passed through caustic
potash. Mjoberg figures it from Wirmus lineolatus N., and
reports it as probably present in many Ischnocera. In the
Amblycera he sought for it in vain. It may, however, exist
unchitinised in these forms, though the club- -shaped organ found
in Menopon titan by Grosse, who regarded it as a spermatheca,
is reported by Snodgrass (8) to be non-existent.
In the two species of Polyplax here described, a spermatheca
is present, and its chitinous parts can be detected in specimens
passed through potash. Text-fig. 9 shows the part in P. oxyr-
rhynchus. In general form it resembles the figure of the
spermatheca of Phthirus inguinalis. Nothing comparable to
the “ Chitinscheibe” or dise of Mjéberg was observed; in some
specimens, passed through caustic potash, the chitinous part of
the duct B (the funnel) was telescoped backwards into the
TWO NEW LICE. 259
sac; it then presented the appearance of a dice-box in a glass
bowl. The specimens were in too poor a state of preservation
for histological examination, but both the sac and the upper
part of the duct appear to be chitinised, while the lower part,
which could not be traced, is of peculiarly elastic nature and
capable of being pulled out a long distance.
Text-figure 9.
Polyplax oxyrrhynchus. Spermatheca.
Al, SENG, | Jae Pdi” Oh IWievere,
In the Siphonaptera the shape and size of the chitinous parts
of the spermatheca vary a good deal, and are sometimes used for
taxonomic purposes. It is improbable that they will serve this
end in Anoplura and Mallophaga.
Notes on the Tracheal System.—The following description is
taken from a preparation of an immature form in Stage ITT. :—
There is a pair of abdominal spiracles on each of segments 3
to 8 of the abdomen and a pair larger in size on the mesothorax.
Text-fig. 5 (p. 253) shows the arrangement of the main branches
in theabdomen. There isa posterior commissure in the abdomen
and on each lateral diverticulum a posterior root. Anterior roots
are absent except in segment 4, where one runs forwards and in-
wards as far as the first diverticulum. It will be remembered that
a commissure is present in this segment in P. brachyrrhynchus.
There is, I believe, no longitudinal commissure in the thorax
as in Phthirus inguinalis (6) and Haematopinus taurotragi (9).
The two lateral trunks are continued, one on either side, through
the head as far as the antennz, where each splits into smaller
branches. Small twigs are given off to the mouth-parts and
260 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON
antenne, and across the base of the head there appears to be a
commissure, although it is impossible to be sure that this does
not consist of two separate branches. I find similarly an
apparent commissure between the two lateral trunks, in exactly
the same position, in the head of Polyplaw spinulosa. Polyplax
spinulosa further resembles P. owyrrhynchus in the presence of
a large anterior root on each lateral diverticulum in segment 4,
which rans forward through the next segment.
Measurements of Polyplax oxyrrhynchus (in millimetres).
| | 2 | @.
| |
Length. Breadth. Length. | Breadth.
(Mblee cee re Ctenceye 25 “14 (be- 25 15
hind antennee)
TURE sascageonaes | "16 6 18 | 16
| |
| Abdomen ......... 92 “34. 135 | °4.6
(across | (across
segment 6) | segment 6)
7 | |
otal 1:33 | | 1°78
| & | ?
Length. Breadth. | Length. Breadth.
Legs: 1st pair... “14 | ‘03 16 04
|
Qnd 4, ... “23 06 | ‘21 08
Srdueen en 20 ‘08 20 10
3. 2.
Length of antenna......... ‘15 “15
MeramorpuHosis.— Very little meution of the post-embryonic
changes of either Anoplura or Mallcphaga is to be found in the
rapidly growing literature of these two groups. In Warburton’s
(10) Report to the Local Government Board an account, in some
detail, is given of the life-cycle of Pediculus vestimenti, while
Dr. A. C. Oudemans (11) has described the nymphal stages of
three species of Mallophaga—Liotheum flavescens, Philopterus
celebrachys, and P. macrocephalus. Patton and Cragg (5) figure
the three larval stages of Pediculus vestimenti; while in the
standard work ‘ Les Pédiculines’ (p. 6) Piaget (2) makes a few
TWO NEW LICE. 261
remarks about metamorphosis, amounting to little more than a
profession of ignorance. (See, however, note in square brackets
on p. 272.)
It seems very probable that, in the future, a careful study and
description of the immature stages of both Anoplura and Mallo-
phaga will prove largely the vehicle in which to arrive at a
sound classification of these two orders.
Several points of interest have emerged from a study of the
immature stages of Polyplax brachyrrhynchus and P. oxyrrhynchus.
In Pediculus vestimenti Warburton describes three stages :—
Stage I. on hatching.
» LL. after the first moult.
,, III. after the second moult.
Oudemans in Philopterus macrocephalus and Liotheum flavescens
describes three stages.
In Polyplax oxyrrhynchus the immature forms are readily
sorted out into three stages. In P. brachyrrhynchus only one
stage was present. Little evidence can be given as to the
number of moults. One would suggest two as in Pediculus, but
from a study of a very instructive slide in which the larva in
Text-figure 10.
Polyplax sp. Egg. X 63°3. ILA, Micropyle apparatus.
Stage I. of P. owyrrhynchus is about to moult, and the new instar
can be seen through the old skin, it seems evident that a larva
changes its skin at least once with very little or no change
in form or chetotaxy. On the other hand, in the last ecdysis
the change from Stage IIT. to the imago is quite abrupt, as was
262 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON
proved by specimens in Stage IIT. about to moult with the imago
beneath visible through the old skin. A comparison for example
between text-figs. 14 and 1 shows the extent of the change.
In P. brachyrrhynchus, P. oxyrrhynchus, as well as in P. spinu-
losa, the chetotaxy of the head and thorax in the larval
stages is almost identical with that of the adult. This probably
holds for all the Anoplura, On the abdomen the larval cheto-
taxy differs from stage to stage, and it is a matter of particular
interest to trace the sequence in which the hairs develop. Thus
in the abdomen of P. oxyrrhynchus and P. spinulosa there is a
tendency for the hairs to appear first at the end of the abdomen,
and to develop subsequently in later stages further forward.
For example, in’ Stage I., there are no hairs on the pleure
except in the last segment, while the only hairs on the ventral
surface appear first on the last segment.
The sexes of the larve are indistinguishable—at all events in
external form. In the last stage the male copulatory apparatus
is In some specimens visible in the imago beneath.
Text-fig. 10 is a representation of the egg, found in some
numbers in the tube with both species; J am unable to say to
which it belongs.
POLYPLAX OXYRRHYNCHUS.
Stage I. (Text-fig. 11.)—The head is short and broad, and
there are no sclerites on the abdomen. ‘The sexes are indistin-
guishable, the abdomen in all specimens ending ina cone. The
insect is very soft and delicate, and requires to be dehydrated
very slowly in carefully graduated alcohols before clearing, if
complete and instantaneous shrivelling is to be avoided. In
parts, however, the cuticle is harder and more perfectly developed,
é. g., the mouth-parts (to enable the young larva to pierce and
Srace I.— Measurements (millimetre scale).
Length. Breadth.
Specimen... (1) (2) (1) (2)
TE(@AGC| esc sss oee al) sD iil 14
| p . f
WONOHEBE ooc00s cee 10 (about) +18 16 (at the base) *15
| Abdomen ...... 56 59 (Seg. 4) °30 “33
Total... °83 92
Antenna ...... "lO wy SUB) 20 (Seg. 4) to °25
TWO NEW LICE. 963
suck), the legs and thorax (to enable it to cling to the host).
The chetotaxy of the abdomen is as follows :—There are in the
median area two hairs in the dorsum of each segment. On the
sternum of the last segment there are also two hairs, medially
placed. Rest of the ventral surface bare. Pleuree without hairs,
except on the last segment, where there is on each side a single
long, curved hair, usually in a curl. The spiracles are large.
Text-figure 11.
Polyplax oxyrrhynchus. Larva, Stage I. XX 65.
Stage II. (Text-fig. 13.)—In external form this stage resembles
Stage I. It differs, however, in size (see measurements below)
and in the development of minute pleurites on the abdomen.
The head, too, is more produced in front of the antenne,
and its front margin is very rounded. The delicacy of struc-
ture is much less marked; the abdominal cuticle is thicker and
covered with a great number of triangular denticles with sharp
apices. On the abdomen the chetotaxy is more developed.
Medially there are two hairs on both tergum and sternum of
264 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON
each segment. On each pleurite are two hairs; those on seg-
ments 7 and 8 are very long. On the terminal segment, which
is without pleurites or spiracles, there is on each side a single
elongate bristle.
Text-figure 12.
Polyplax oxyrrhynchus. Warva, Stage III. x 74:5.
The pleurites are small quadrilateral plates, attached along
their anterior margin to the lower margin of the spiracle.
TWO NEW LICE.
Srace II.— Measurements (millimetre scale).
l
Length. Breadth. |
|
| Specimen... (1) (2) | (1) (2)
IEbeadiiass) caceusnee| "23 | 15 “14 |
| |
| UNOPS os conosco ali7 a | 18 7
| Abdomen ......... 1:05 “88 | (Segment 5) “49 37
a 6 Se ee zi
| Total... 1:45 1200
iF e : = | poe
Antenna | “14 “13 (Segment 4) *03 ‘03
| |
Stage IIT. (Text-fig. 12.)—Except in the shape of the head,
which is here longer and narrower in front of the antenne, it
has been difficult to discover any difference between Stage III.
and Stage IT.
Srace I11.—Measurements (millimetre scale).
|
Length. Breadth.
JB IGE YUE Re cwere na ate oe “21 “12
dihorasseeens ‘18 ‘18
| Abdomen ......... 95 (Segment 4) °38
| Total... 1:34
| Antenna ......... | ‘16 | (Segment 4) -03
| soe Telek week
PoLYPLAX BRACHYRRHYNCHUS.
In this species only one stage was represented—Stage III.
(text-fig. 14). The figure gives an accurate representation of the
external form of the insect at this stage. It will be observed
that on the abdomen are neither tergites nor sternites, while the
pleurites also are either absent or very faint and indefinite.
The abdominal chetotaxy presents features of special interest.
There are a couple of hairs in the middle area of each tergum
and sternum, except the tergum of segment 8, which is bare.
The pleure are bare, with the following exceptions :—Segment 3,
MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON
Text-figure
13.
~f |
Polyplax oxyrrhynchus.
Larva, Stage IT. x 73°1.
TWO NEW LICE.’ 267
with one long bristle on each side; segments 7 and 8, each of
which possesses two long bristles on each pleura; and segment 9,
which possesses one long bristle on each side. The bearings of
these facts are discussed on page 271.
Text-figure 14.
TERZI
ro
Polyplax brachyrrhynchus. Warva, Stage III. X 77°38.
268 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON
Srace IIT.—Measurements (millimetre scale).
Length. Breadth.
Head .Acceene ‘19 13
UNOS ons c00000s05 ‘19 ‘15
| Abdomen. ......... | 90 (Segment 4) 29
| Total... 1:28
Antenna ... al 15 | (Segment 4) *03 |
The Metamorphosis of Polyplax spinulosa (Lurm.)
Sor Comparison.
From a large amount of material from this common parasite
of the Rats MZus norvegicus and M. ratiws, presented to the
British Museum, along with other species, by the Lister Institute,
it has been a simple, if laborious, matter to sort out all the
immature forms, which fell into three stages asin P. oxyrrhynchus.
Larva, Stage I. (Text-fig. 15.)—This is a tiny, delicate insect,
with a rounded head, the postero-lateral angles being very
slightly developed. On the dorsal surface of the head there is a
suture between the two epicranial plates, which in front bifurcate
and so divides the two epicranial plates from the single plate——
frons—which roofs in the anterior part of the head. Sclerites
on the abdomen absent.
Chetotaxy of head and thorax as in the imago. On the
abdomen two bristles in each tergum. Sterna bare except the
last, which, as in P. oxyrrhynchus, has two bristles. Pleure bare,
except that in the pleural region on each side of the last segment
are two very elongate hairs—one dorsal and one ventral. Spiracles
relatively large.
Srace I.— Measurements (millimetre scale).
Breadth. Length. |
|
IB(@AGL cc scondoncagssel 101 102
| e
HIGHS ceecesoconce| “112 "105
Abdomen ......... 203 li
Total... 418
: | PN TKENINEY Genco seel| “003 “O01
TWO NEW LICE. 269
Larva, Stage I1.—Postero-lateral angles of the head more
pronounced. Minute pleurites developed on the abdomen.
Text-figure 15.
Polyplax spinulosa. Warva, Stage I, X 112,
EP. Epieranium,
Cheetotaxy of the abdomen :—Two minute hairs on the pleurites
of the first seven segments, On segments 8 and 9 the pleurites
bear two long bristles each. On terga and sterna of all segments
two longish hairs on the middle area.
Srace Il.—Measurements (millimetre scale),
| Breadth. Length, |
Eten ete Anke eee 12 14,
WeAShOTea Soh teesene 19 14
| |
| Abdomen .....,... *37 (Segment 4) | 55
| Total...) 83
| |
| Antenna ......... (Seg. 4) 024 12
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1915, No. XIX. 19
270 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON
Larva, Stage Ill. (Text-fig. 16.)—Head more angular,
pleurites on the abdomen larger and more strongly chitinised.
Chetotaxy as in Stage IT., except that in the pleurites of seg-
ment 7 one hair is long and one short.
Text-figure 16.
Polyplax spinulosa. Warva, Stage III. xX 102°2.
Reference to a figure or description of the imago makes clear
that the final stage of the development differs from Stage IIT. in
the possession of well-chitinised tergites and sternites on the
abdomen carrying strong bristles in rows. The pleurites are
also better developed than in the larve, and on those of
segment 7 both hairs are elongate as in segment 8, while the
two very elongate hairs on each of the pleure of the last segment
in the larval stages are apparently replaced in the female imago
by a group of short hairs on each side and in the male by one
long hair.
TWO NEW LICE. 271
Srace [IT.— Measurements (millimetre scale).
| Breadth. Length.
Ele de os eee ee 13 15 |
|
Thorax as] *20 14
Abdomen ......... | *40 (Segment 4) | 61
Total... 90 |
|
ieAtnibenn alesse | (Seg. 4) 03 | 14,
Summary.
An examination of the immature forms in these three species
of Polyplax reveals that the metamorphosis in all three consists
probably of at least three distinct stages, although there may
be more than two moults. The differences between Stages II.
and ITT. are slight. In the first stage the louse is very soft and
delicate for the most part, although even thus early the mouth-
parts, thorax, and legs are well chitinised. On the abdomen
segmentation is absent except at the end, and sclerites are
absent in all three stages, although in P. oxyrrhynchus and
P. spinulosa minute pleurites appear in Stage IL., and in
Stage III. of P. brachyrrhynchus also there are present weak
pleurites of indefinite outline. The spiracles are large. In the
last stage the head and thorax closely resemble the adult.
In all three stages the chetotaxy of the head and thorax is
almost identical with that of the imago.
The abdominal chetotaxy and the abdomen itself, however,
undergo a very considerable metamorphosis at the last ecdysis
into the imago.
The metamorphosis of all three shows that there is a tendency
for the hairs to develop from behind forwards, inasmuch as the
terminal pleure develop hairs while the rest are still bare, and
in P. oxyrrhynchus and P. spinulosa the sterna are at first also
bare except in the last segment.
Two hairs on each tergum and sternum is invariably the
number if hairs are present at all.
Some of these early stages may represent stages in the phylo-
geny of the group, and in this connection it is suggestive to recall
that the Anopluran genus Linognathus is characterized by the
large size of its spiracles and the absence of abdominal plates, just
as Poiyplax is characterized byt he small size of the spiracles and
the presence of the plates, so that in future it may be convenient
to speak of the larva of Polyplax as the “ Linognathus larva.”
The larva of P. brachyrrhynchus described above recalls in
particular such species as Linoguathus breviceps Piaget, L. gazella
Mjoéberg, L. limnotragi Cummings, L. africanus ae & P., and
g*
272 ON TWO NEW LICE.
L. cavice-cupensis (Pallas), in which there is on each pleura of the
3rd abdominal segment an elongate bristle and on the pleure of
the 7th and 8th two long bristles.
The chetotaxy of L. cavic-capensis (see figs. 2 & 3, Bulletin
of Entomological Research, iv. May 1913, pp. 38 & 39) bears a
close resemblance to that of the Polyplax larve. Some later work
further reveals the fact that a somewhat similar plan of ab-
dominal cheetotaxy exists also in the larvee of at least two species
of Linognathus in which the imaginal cheetotaxy is more complex.
This general plan of chetotaxy, therefore, is perhaps a primitive
one in the Anoplura, and Linognathus is perhaps a more primi-
tive genus than Polyplax, and perhaps the most primitive of all
the Anopluran genera, an hypothesis which, however, cannot be
supported by reference to the systematic position of the host-
species, Linognathus occurring with Hematopinus on Ungulates
such as the Antelope, Capra and Ovis, and also on the Dog.
It would be interesting to know whether Linognathoid types
of a more primitive character than any Anoplura hitherto known
remain to be discovered on the primitive Insectivora and other
ancient mammalian groups. Hitherto, Anoplura have not been
found on Monotremes and Marsupials. It should be remembered
that LZ. cavic-capensis isa parasite of the Cape Hyrax—a member
of a very isolated group.
References.
(1) Warterston, J.—Annals of the South African Museum, x.
pt. 9, p. 271.
(2) Prager, K.—Les Pédiculines. Leide, 1880.
(3) Msdpere, E.—Arkiv for Zoologi, vi. 1910, p. 166.
(4) EnpErRLEIN, G.—Zool. Anz. xxviii. 1905, p. 626.
(5) Patron, W.S., & Crace, F. W.—A Textbook of Medical
Entomology. London, Madras, and Calcutta (Christian
Literature Society for India), 1913, p. 532.
(6) Lanpors. — Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie,
14te Bd., 1864, p. 14.
(7) Lanpo1s.—ZJbid., 15te Bd., 1865, p. 32.
(8) Svoperass, R.—Occas. Papers California Acad. Sci. vi. 1899,
p- 216.
(9) Cummines, B. F.—Bull. Ent. Res. vol. v. pt. 2, Sept. 1914,
p. 157,
(10) Warsurron, Crcit.—Report to the Local Government
Board on Public Health and Medical Subjects. New
Series, No. 27, 1910.
(11) OupEmans, A. C.—Ber. Nederl. Ent. Ver., Deel iii. No. 67,
Sept. 1912, p. 278.
[Norr.—I find I have overlooked the following paper by H. Fahrenholz : “ Beit-
rage zur Kenntnis der Anopluren,’ Hannover Jahresber. zool. Ver. 2-4 (1910-12),
1912. The author describes the larvee of Pediculus capitis and of one or two species
of Polyplax, including P. spinulosa. He is mistaken in supposing there are hairs
on all the sterna of what we are agreed in calling Stage I. of P. spinulosa. See
also :—‘‘ Nene Liiuse,’? Hannover Jahresber. zool. Ver. (1909), 1910, and the figures
of various larval Mallophaga scattered through Kelloge’s papers. |
co |
ise)
ON NIATA CATTLE. 2
22. Some Notes on the Niata Breed of Cattle (Bos taurus).
By Ernest Gisson, F.Z.S.
| Received March 12, 1915: Read April 13, 1915.)
(Text-figures 1 & 2.)
VARIATION.
Wuen Charles Darwin * published in ‘The Voyage of H.M.S.
Beagle, more than 80 years ago, his account of this curious race,
he attributed its then rarity and probable extinction to the
abnormal formation of the lips, which rendered browsing difticuls
in times of drought, 7. e¢. when the pasture became very short.
Be that as it may, its career would seem to be now nearly ended.
Dr. W. J. Holland, in his very interesting book ‘To the River
Plate and Back,’ p. 117 (1912-13), sums up its epitome as
follows :—“ Dr. Bruch, the learned Curator of Zoology at the
Museum of La Plata, informs me that the race is either verging
upon extinction, or has already become totally extinct. Although
it is still reported to survive in the Province of Catamarca,
Dr. Bruch told me that a German naturalist, who recently
visited Argentina for the express purpose of studying these
creatures, and travelled widely in quest of them, was unable to
see or secure a single specimen”. I have an impression of
reading very recently in a director’s report of his visit to one of
the Estancias belonging to his Company in North Patagonia,
that he saw quite a number of Niata cattle; but it is to be feared
that what he saw and what his Company is the proud possessor
of, were only some shockingly bad Creole animals of the old type.
In the ‘ La Nacion’ newspaper of 14th May, 1890, or nearly a
quarter of a century ago, Senor Ramon Lista (Argentine explorer
and naturalist) published an open letter, directed to Dr. Francisco
P. Moreno, of which the following is a translation :—
“ An Interesting Animal.—The actual great Agricultural Show
(Palermo, Buenos Aires) presents much that is admirable in
respect of its livestock; but with all frankness, I must confess
that what has most aroused my curiosity as a naturalist is a
little snub-nosed cow, which might well be denominated Cow-
dog from its resemblance to a Bull-dog, of which it has the same
defiant and sneering expression, produced by the permanent
retraction of the upper lip, leaving the teeth exposed in a
manner similar to that breed of dogs.
* This breed was further discussed by Darwin (‘ Variation of Animals and Plants
under Domestication,’ 1. pp. 109-111, ed. 1905) and by Romanes (‘ Darwin and after
Darwin, ii. p. 192), who published a figure of the skull described by Owen.
+ The skull figured by Dr. Holland is nearly intermediate in length of jaw
between the skull of ordinary cattle and that of the Niata breed figured by Romanes.
274 MR. ERNEST GIBSON ON
“Tt is the property of Mr. Ernest Gibson, of Ajé*, who
intends sending it to the Zoological Society of London, in
whose natural history museum} exists a skeleton of the same
animal, studied and described by the celebrated naturalist
Professor Owen.
‘“The Aj6 cow is almost a dwarf. The head is small and
the lower jaw very projecting. In its other characteristics it
presents nothing notable beyond a continual restlessness, well
in keeping with its wild disposition, and marked contrast
with the placidity of the large and beautiful Burepean breeds
surrounding it.
“The Cow-dog is perhaps at this date an Semale of atavism,
unique in this country, of a breed produced naturally in the
Pampas of Buenos Aires, and very recently extirpated by the
foremost Argentine stockbreeders, who were naturally afraid of
the increase in their herds of a race of so little utility and
unadapted for the struggle for existence, inasmuch as it was
the first to succumb in the great droughts when the abnormal
conformation of the jaw-bones handicapped it in grazing on the
scanty and shortened pasture.
“In the time of the tyrant Rosas it was believed that the
Niatas constituted an indigenous race which had nothing to do
with the cattle imported from Paraguay by the brothers Goéss
in 1558.
“Later on it has been said that they originated from an
African breed, introduced on both sides of the River Plate.
This latter supposition has been based upou the existence in
Equatorial Africa of bovine animals which resemble, though
remotely, the Niata type of the Pampas. But up to date, so
far as is known, no one has been able to produce any proof in
reference to the importation to the Argentine or Uruguay of
bulls or cows from that country.
“In my opinion, the Niata type is nothing more than a
variety of the primitive bovine type, introduced into the country
by the Goéss brothers, and later on propagated in the Pampean
zone comprehended between the Sierra ranges of Tandil and
Ventana.
“*OQn this hypothesis, the question arises as to the manner
in which this strange breed should have evolved itself in a
strain so notably distinct from the ordinary Creole class.
“First of all, whoever has read the ‘Journal of Researches
into the Natural History and Geology * (admirable investigations
of the illustrious Darwin) will recall what he states regarding
the transitory appearance in France of the Niata type. of the
Plate, which has since been confirmed from other parts of
Europe; but it. has been described as hornless and of a less
accentuated prognathism.
* The district of Ajé, pronounced “ Ah-hé,” lies at the mouth of the estuary of
the River Plate, near Cape San Autonio.
+ |The skeleton is in the Museum of the R. Coll. Surgeons.—Epiror P. Z. 8.]
NIATA CATTLE. 275
“These data, which nevertheless should be taken with some
reserve, lead one to imagine the existence of a possible primitive
Kuropean Niata type, the progenitor of that of America; but
perhaps the said instances were in reality only casual mon-
strosities, and in nowise to be confounded with permanent
variations of races.”
The head of the individual cow alluded to at the beginning of
the foregoing article is figured in the accompanying photograph
(text-fig. 1), the skull (text-fig. 2) being that of its mother.
Text-figure 1.
Head of living example of Niata cow.
Some time in 1889 I was informed of their existence in the
possession of a neighbour (a widow occupying a small piece of
land in the township of Aj6), and after a little difficulty succeeded
in buying them; but my agent could learn nothing of their
origin. The family-group consisted of three generations—a very
old cow, her daughter, and the calf of the latter; the last pre-
sented only the usual characteristics of the prevalent Creole
breed, and consequently was promptly converted into veal! Its
mother went to the Rural Exhibition in Buenos Ayres the
following year, as chronicled by Don Ramon Lista, in company
with some fine stock ; and when the Show was closed I trans-
ferred it (at Dr. Moreno’s request) to the Zoological Park. How
long it lived there subsequently I cannot tell; but I should not
276 MR. ERNEST GIBSON ON
be surprized to learn that the skull figured in Dr. Holland’s book
as existent in the La Plata Museum belongs to the animal in
question. The old cow was of a totally different disposition
from her daughter, being perfectly tame and placid. She was
kept in a little lucerne-paddock at the back of my Estancia .
business office, and would frequently. approach close to, and gaze
through, the windows. But I confess that I never glanced up
on feeling the shadow cast on my desk, and met the aspect of her
extraordinary visage in such close proximity, without experiencing
a distinct thrill and shock of almost terror. She died also in due
time of sheer old age whilst 1 was in England, and unfortunately
the lower Jaw was not retained for me along with the skull.
Text-figure 2.
Skull of old Niata cow.
During some forty years residence in the River Plate (mostly
in the country districts), it has not been my good fortune to
gather any further information regarding the Niata type. Even
before the present improvement on the original Creole race had
made any way, and when many many thousand head of cattle
had passed under my notice, ] never saw a single example on
either margin of the River Plate. Since 1890 until recently
(1914) this skull and photograph hung on the walls of my
Hstincia office in Ajé, and were frequently commented upon by
visitors ; but though some few of these had heard of the breed,
their personal knowledge reached no further. The one exception,
NIATA CATTLE. ali
an English friend, told me that as a boy in Uruguay (Depart-
ment of San José), about the year 1870, he well remembers a
little herd of seven or eight Niata cows with their accompanying
bull. They belonged to a Uruguayan neighbour, were exceed-
ingly tame and (in those days of no fences) were always tres-
passing, it being his privilege and delight to chase them back
into their own territory. The prevalent colour seems to have
been dun, with black legs (resembling the Jersey ?). An im-
pressive characteristic was the bulldog-like habit of ‘ sniting ”
whenever the muzzle was raised from the ground (a habit I also
had particularly noted). In 1880 there came one or two solitary
cows, accompanying bought troops of ordinary cattle ; these had
probably been thrown in by the seller for the drover’s con-
sumption. Subsequently my informant lived thirty years in the
Argentine (on acentral Buenos Ayrean estancia), but never again
met the quaint friends of his youth.
[Nore.—The skull of the old Niata cow shown in text-fig. 2
has been presented to the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) by
Mr. Gibson.—KEditor, P. Z.8.]
vba Se
OE ae NE me
i gli} |
f Gum 100 ps ph day oni riven wile rr,
i ewe ANGpeah, wot iin Marul;, (Pek veliied «Ob desig scour taht 7
fh . si he i} beereg tach etter Dy Loaoiat ow Avian) ty f
cet he Cama wte dhe waar yy tepgehy AAS |, (OT: A betes
Sonate aanbl boy eyuartl Lele ei. vitae, ‘al jatl wl, genuine the
aienh Wee onl ii? viv beans test vif ria at neal, why pet hh
mht ie the, bree Lay eh, rerun HA ind, seine ALN by venynge th
Uva “Dates aa ae ats ices t eeMe's Of “wcacso ntl Lyteas 'v
hie’ Wdenthy dal. Ves
ON MENDELISM IN PHEASANTS. 279
23. White Collar Mendelising in Hybrid Pheasants.
By Rose Hate THomas, F.LS., F.Z.8.
[ Received March 22, 1915: Read April 27, 1915.]
(Text-figure 1.)
INDEX. Page
ieved itiypte. 52. cte heehee ete eee mC SO.
WiciplAbromy Aeterna ges cars co eae ee ae OE
Two or three years ago it occurred to me that an examination
made of the relative numbers of dark-necked and ringed male
pheasants shot in our coverts would provide some interesting
material wherein to trace the working of Mendel’s law. The
dark-necked pheasant Phasianus colchicus had been the only
inhabitant of Britain’s forests and woods for centuries; the
pheasant 1s mentioned in Saxon times in a “bill of fare drawn
up by Harold for the Canons’ households ...... A.D. 1059, and
preserved in a manuscript of the date of circa 1177”: (see
Dawkins, ‘ Ibis,’ 1869, p. 358). The first introduction of Phasianus
torquatus, the so-called ‘ringed pheasant,” to our woods was
towards the latter end of the eighteenth century. This species
has a white collar, broken or interrupted on the throat.
For two seasons a simple reckoning was made of the males
shot, and the data collected are remarkable evidence of the
continual Mendelising occurring in the collar of the hybrid
pheasants of our coverts, absence being the recessive.
The grading was arranged as follows :—
Collar absent. Dark-necked Phasianus colchicus type.
Few tips. From two or three to a dozen feathers with
very narrow white margin, found beneath ear-
coverts.
Half collar. Collar arrested beneath the ear-coverts.
Three-quarters Phasianus torquatus type, collar broken at
collar. throat.
Complete ring. Hybrid mutation collar making a complete circle
round the throat.
The dark-necked male pheasant P. colehicus has the whole neck
green lustre.
The hybrid (P. colchicus x P. torquatus) male pheasant has the
green lustre on neck above the collar, but a rich bronzed copper
beneath the collar. The ‘complete ring” differs in individuals—
it is sometimes broad, sometimes slender, sometimes medium.
280 MRS. R. HAIG THOMAS ON
Shooting Season 1912-1913.
Number of males examined—294,
Collar Wee gee Half Three-quarters Complete
absent. Few tips. collar. collar. : ring.
26 47 10 ‘175 36
Shooting Season 1913-1914.
(Christmas shoot omitted.)
Number of males examined—244,
Collar Reece Half Three-quarters Complete
absent. Hew tips. collar. collar. ring.
15 47 52 118 12
Total number of male pheasants examined—538.
Collar Her tine Half Three-quarters Complete
absent. Bes: collar. collar. ring.
4] 94 62 293 48
making 449 variations of broken collar and the numbers for the
recessive “collar absent” (dark-necked pheasant) and those for
the “complete ring” nearly equal, suggesting that the latter may
be a “mutation recessive.”
Further evidence of the Mendelising of the white collar, collar
dominant, dark neck recessive, was found in a cross made in
captivity in my pheasantry between P. versicolor, collar absent,
and P. formosanus, collar present, where, though the numbers
are necessarily small, the same graded forms occur. The reciprocal.
cross made in 1914 gave the same result.
Desiring to ascertain whether a complete ringed pheasant had
ever been shot in a wild state, I sought information from several
persons, all of whom have been most kind in replying to my
inquiries.
Mr. W. R. Ogilvie-Grant, Assistant Keeper of Zoology in the
Natural History Museum, states that all the Phasianus torquatus
group havethe white collar interrupted at the throat, but that males
from Northern China—Phasianus kiangswensis and Phasianus
pallasi—have the collar interrupted on the nape and widest on
the throat. Jam not aware that any P. torquatus of this form
has ever been introduced into Britain.
Mr. J. H. Miller (of the Miller-Carruthers Expedition to
Central Asia) stated that he could not be absolutely certain, but
was under the impression that he had never seen a complete
ring on any of the male pheasants he shot of the variety of the
torquatus group named P. mongolicus (a pheasant frequently
introduced into English coverts). Mr. Miller generously pre-
sented me with a beautiful specimen which he had shot in the
MENDELISM IN PHEASANTS. 281
Tekkes Valley, Li, alt. 3000 ft. his bird has the white three-
quarters collar broken at the throat, and also the major, median,
and minor wing-coverts of isabelline-white. This isabelline-
white wing-patch has not been observed on any of the male
common wood-pheasants examined from 1912 to 1914, but it is
quite possible that its occurrence amongst our hybrids may have
been noticed by others.
The major, median, and minor wing-coverts in P. formosanus—
a variety of torquatus.also often introduced into our coverts—are
pale grey, and this colour was frequently found amongst the
hybrid males examined.
Mr. Douglas Carruthers, who is now bringing out a work on
the fauna of North-west Mongolia and the Dzungaria, replied to
my inquiry as follows :—‘ I do not recollect ever collecting a wild
pheasant with a complete ring, nor do I believe that there are
any. Badly made up skins can often give the idea of a ring
joining up the front, for the white feathers can be pulled round
soas to meet. The rings varied in breadth and whiteness, but
none formed the complete circle.”
It thus seemed fairly established, from the specimens in the
Natural History Museum and the observations of these two
experienced travellers, that a pheasant with a complete ring in the
wild state had not been recorded.
Mr. Fenwick-Owen, however, supplied me with an interesting
series of observations on a new variety of pheasant he shot in
1912 in the Chone district of the province of Kansu, on the
Peling Mountains. This pheasant was classified as a new form
of the P. torquatus group by Mr. Ogilvie-Grant and named
Phasianus stranchi chonensis.
Mr. Fenwick-Owen also shot P. elegans, a dark-necked (collar
absent) pheasant in the Chone district; and in the neighbouring
province of Sechuan, Prejevalsky, a Russian, first found a three-
quarters ring-necked pheasant named P. sechwanensis. The
habitats of P. elegans and P. sechuanensis overlap.
In a letter to Fenwick-Owen dated November 18th, 1912,
Ogilvie-Grant remarks on certain resemblances in P. stranchi
chonensis to both P. sechuanensis and P. elegans.
In Mr. Fenwick-Owen’s words :—“ In P, stranchi chonensis the
ring varies from the faintest suspicion of a ring to the complete
full ring. Occasionally there is no sign of a ring at all.”
These remarks suggest that a hybrid segregation similar to that
found in our own coverts is taking place in a wild state—that, in
fact, his new pheasant may be the result of a cross between the
“‘ dark-necked,” collar absent, P. elegans and the ‘ring-necked,”’
collar present, P. sechuanensis, whose habitats overlap.
The following short descriptions of characters found in P. elegans
resembling P. colchicus, and of characters found in P. sechwanensis
resembling P. formosanus, the form of torquatus peculiar to the
te)
island of Formosa, made from a brief inspection of these species
D2, MRS. R. HAIG THOMAS ON
at the Natural History Museum with the males and females of
all four laid side by side, afford some ground for the hypothesis.
Male. P. elegans, dark neck, collar absent, coloration much
resembles male P. colchicus.
Female. P. elegans, dark bird, breast patterned like female
P. colchicus.
Male. P. sechwanensis.
Crest identical with male P. formosanus.
Wing secondaries pattern identical with male
P. formosanus.
Collar three-quarters interrupted at throat, widest
at the ends like male Formosan, but the ends
are square instead of a vandyke-point like the
male P. formosanus.
Flank-feathers differ, being a bronze-copper instead
of pale cream as those of the male P. /ormosanus.
Female. P. sechuanensis.
Light bird, breast unpatterned ;. strongly resembles
P. formosanus female.
Tail—lateral rectrices—identical with female P. for-
mosanus.
Wing—secondaries—identical with female P. for-
MOSaNUS.
From the above comparison it might be inferred that a hybrid
from a cross between P. elegans and P. sechuanensis would give
the same collar segregation as the hybrid between P. colchicus
and P. torguatus in our woods. Fenwick-Owen’s observations on
the collar variations in his new pheasant P. stranchi chonensis
would appear to be at least very suggestive of the hybrid origin
of the bird.
Mosaic of male and female Secondary Sexual Characters in
Common Pheasant.
I would now draw attention to a remarkable specimen of the
common male pheasant (of which a detailed description will be
found at the end of this paper) with a curious mosaic of male and
female plumage in transverse section. Colour and pattern are
coupled in every case, and where the male and female plumage
also differ in structure (the male degenerate, the female normal,
as on the posterior back feathers and the tail-coverts) we find all
three factors correlated. The bird was a young male bred in
May 1913, so there is no question of age having produced the
phenomenon. A male P. formosanus had been used for three
years previously in the breeding-season in the pheasant pen.
From experiments in my own pheasantry I infer that this extra-
ordinary bird was a hybrid, which, had it not unfortunately been
shot, would have proved sterile, although the testes, on dissection,
MENDELISM IN PHEASANTS. 983
were normal in size and healthy in appearance, and no trace of
an ovary could be discovered. The dissection was witnessed
and examined by two people. During some twelve or thirteen
pheasant rearing-seasons within my own experience, from one to
two so-called “mules” appear in every thousand birds reared.
An old keeper in our employ makes the same statement from a
life experience. These ‘“‘mules,” on dissection, have generally
been females. The bird exhibited is only the second male mule
I have ever met with.
In the ‘Journal of Genetics,’ vol. iii. p. 205, Mr. C. J. Bond
describes and illustrates an example of hemilateral development
of secondary sexual male character in a hermaphrodite P. formo-
sanus. He is inclined to attribute the peculiar divisions of male
and female pattern to male hormonic activity in an atrophied
female sex-gland, patches of male element in active growth in a
degenerating ovary; but in the example before us the mosaic of
male and female colour and pattern is transversely segmental, also
Text-figure 1
Sexual organ of mosaic male common Pheasant, seven months old.
Length 4 inches, without reckoning the curve: testes 7/16 inch.
dissection only revealed a male organ of healthy normal appear-
ance. A paragraph in a daily newspaper, July 1914, refers to
some abnormal pheasant skins on exhibition at the Royal College
of Surgeons, in which one specimen is noted of a male having
some feathers of female type.
Mate Common PHEASANT.
A mosaic of male and female plumage.
Shot 17th January, 1914.—Moyles Court.
First skinned, then dissected*. The plumage was compared
with a dark-necked common male and a common female P. col-
chicus, also shot in the woods. It was observed that pattern,
colour, and structure are linked.
* Ernest Adlem, the keeper, witnessed the dissection, and a drawing to scale was
made of the male organ, a rule with sixteenth divisions being used for measurement.
No trace of a female organ was seen.
284 ON MENDELISM IN PHEASANTS.
Crest: Common male pheasant, feathers paler, amongst them
some feathers, mosaics of male and female.
Neck: (Collar, form of male P. formosanus, Formosa variety of
LP. torquatus.)
Interscapulars: Common male pheasant, but duller in colour.
Scapulars: Some common female pheasant: some mosaics of male
and female.
Back: Mosaics of common male and female.
Tail-coverts: Pattern, colour, and structure, mosaics of common
male and female.
Tail: Centrals and Laterals. All mosaics in transverse sections
of common male and female colour and pattern.
One extra quill-feather on each side, a small straight quill,
making 20 instead of 18 feathers.
Throat : Common male.
Breast: A few common female, unpatterned fawn.
Many common male, colour less brilliant.
Some mosaics of both male and female.
Flank: Common male; some common female; some mosaics of
both.
Thigh-tuft: Common male.
Wing: Primaries; common female.
Secondaries ; common female.
Wing-coverts: Major; common male.
Median; mosaics, colour and pattern, of male and
female.
Minor; some common female.
some mosaics, colour and pattern, of
common male and female.
MR. OGILVIE-GRANT ON COLOUR-VARIATION IN PARTRIDGES. . 285
EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.
March 23, 1915.
R. H. Burne, Esq., M.A., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
Colowr-Variation in Partridges.
Mr. W. R. Ocitvie-Grant, F.Z.S., exhibited a series of
specimens of Partridges, including a number from the Tring
Museum, kindly lent by the Hon. Walter Rothschild, D.Sc.,
F.R.S., F.Z.8., and drew attention to two notable colour-variations
of the Red-legged Partridge (Caccabis rufa). He remarked :—
“As most people are aware this species is not indigenous to
Great Britain, having been introduced about 1770, and since
spread over a large part of England, being especially numerous
from Lincoln to Essex and in the Home Counties. The remark-
able variation which I now exhibit has the head, eyebrow-stripes,
cheeks, and throat black, and the rest of the plumage dull
vinaceous-red with a patch of white feathers in the middle of
the belly, forming an irregular horse-shoe-mark. The first
example was killed at Braintree, Hssex, on October 20th, 1908,
by Mr. A. W. Ruggles-Brise, and presented by him to the
Natural History Museum. On October 20th, 1914, an almost
precisely similar specimen was killed at Higham, Kent, by
Mr. H. M. Cobb, sent by him to the ‘Field’ office, and
subsequently presented by Dr. H. Hammond Smith to the
Museum. Higham is about 30 miles, as the crow flies, from
Braintree, and it seems a remarkable coincidence that a second
specimen of this quite unique variation of the Red-leg should
have been killed exactly six years after the first, and in nearly
the same locality.”
Other variations of this species were also shown, but it was
pointed out that colour-variations were very rare, although
partial albinism sometimes occurred. The remarkable variation
above mentioned had been described and figured in ‘ British
Game-Birds and Wildfowl’ (pl. xxi. fig. 2, 1912).
Mr. Ogilvie-Grant also exhibited a series of colour-variations
of the Common Partridge (Perdia perdix), amongst which was
the well-known chestnut form, P. montana Brisson. This form
appeared to be comparable to the rufous variety of the Red-leg,
but in this instance the variation was comparatively common,
having been first described in 1760 from the mountains of
Lorraine, and subsequently obtained in almost every county in
England and some parts of Scotland.
Lastly, specimens of the Bearded Partridge (P. daurica), from
Manchuria, were exhibited. This species was being sold in
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1915, No. XX. 20
286 SIR EDMUND LODER ON ‘ PIGSKIN.”
large numbers in the London markets, and the exhibitor had
recently purchased a beautiful pale grey variety, which, however,
had the black horse-shoe-patch normal.
“ Pigskin” and Capybara Skin.
Sir Epmunp G. Loprr, Bt., F.Z.S., exhibited the tanned skins
of a Pig (text-fig. 2), and of a Capybara (text-fig. 1), and made
the following remarks :—
Text-figure 1.
B
A portion of the skin of a Capybara: (A) natural size; (B) enlarged four times.
«
“Tn most parts of England and of America pigs.are not
skinned: they are scalded and scraped. It was therefore not
clear where the pigskins used in trade came from.
One of my Capybaras having died, the skin was sent to the
tanners and, on its return, it was suggested that this was perhaps
what was used as “ pigskin.”
This idea was favoured by the knowledge that in South
America saddles are commonly covered with Capybara skin, but
after [ had exhibited this Capybara skin at one of our meetings,
a correspondent wrote to the ‘ Field’ newspaper saying that in
his part of Scotland it was the custom to skin pigs, the flesh
being pickled for the Navy. I then procured a tanned pigskin
NOTES FROM THE CAIRD INSECT HOUSE. 287
from Scotland, which is the skin now exhibited with that of the
Capybara for comparison.”
Sir Edmund Loder, at the request of the Committee of
Publication, has since had the skins photographed. The result
is shown in text-figs. | and 2, which should be viewed so that the
light falls on them from the right.
Text-figure 2.
A Tail B
A portion of the skin of a Pig: (A) natural size; (B) enlarged four times.
Notes from the Caird Insect House.
Prof. H. Maxwett Lerroy, M.A., F.Z.S., Curator of Insects,
exhibited specimens of Insects that had been bred in the Caird
Insect House and read the following notes, which had been
extracted, with the assistance of Mr. C. J. C. Pool, from the
records made :—
The Caird Insect House was opened in October, 1913, for the
exhibition of living insects and other invertebrates. Owing to
the difficulties of keeping living insects under artificial conditions,
and to the death of the head keeper, Quantrill, we have not
attempted to do more than maintain a large variety of species in
good condition. The following few notes of interesting species
that have been exhibited will illustrate some of the difficulties we
have had to deal with, and some of our successes.
20%
288 PROF. H. MAXWELL LEFROY:
PHASMID &.
Stick Insects.
Carausias morosus has been in the house continuously, and
now occupies a whole bay. All are females, and no male has
been seen. Part of the stock was reared in the open in July—
August, and they do well under such conditions. ;
In the cages the green and brown insects place themselves
irrespective of the colour of their background; in the open on
large bushes the green insects invariably sit among the foliage
or on the green shoots, the browns choosing the stem, low down
near the ground. There are, as a rule, many more greens than
browns, just as there is on a plant a much larger proportion of
green area than brown.
Carausias will eat a variety of plants—roses, beans, privet,
euonymus, lilac, ivy, hawthorn, rubber fig, Coleus, Spica,
and Aralia being some of those on which they have thriven.
Owing to the shortage of mealworms, these stick insects have
been used for feeding some birds and small mammals: the
Curator of Birds is anxious to breed them on a large scale for
his birds, the Curator of Reptiles wants them for his lizards,
and the Superintendent covets them for some of the more
delicate mammals. They are very prolific, laying some hundreds
of eggs; but the life-history is long and they remain several
months in the egg stage. Whether it will be feasible to breed
them on a large scale remains to be seen; there is no difficulty,
but they require fresh food and a certain amount of attention. _
We may contrast the prospects of breeding mealworms and
stick insects as follows :—
Mealworm :—Egg 16-21 days.
Larva 5-6 months.
Pupa 14 days.
Beetle lives 2-3 months, begins to lay in 10 days,
and lays 50-100 eggs—say 60.
In 5 years a stock of 100 might have increased by 6 broods to
600 million individuals, assuming half of each lot were used as
food when larve (7. ¢. 27 million) and half were females.
Every mealworm used as food has not bred, so there is a loss,
and it requires two beetles, a male and a female, to produce 100
eges; these two can only be used for feeding as beetles.
The mealworms require little attention—a very little meal as
food, a few dead mice, sparrows, and other small game as luxuries,
and quite simple boxes as cages.
Stick Insect :—Egg takes 2-3 months.
Nymph takes 5 months.
Adult takes 9 months, begins to lay in a few
weeks, and lays 300-500 eggs.
In 5 years from 100 one might have 5 broods, the last amounting
to about 10 billion, all of which could be used for food and none
NOTES FROM THE CAIRD INSECT HOUSE. 289
of which would have been kept as adults after they had laid
100 eggs; for 100 eggs only one female is required, as there are
no males.
They require fresh food, more attention, more space ; they are
much larger, and are greedily eaten by many of the animals and
birds. On the whole, it looks as if at our Gardens, with lots of
privet, it might be profitable to breed Carausias.
EAF INSECTS,
Mr. E. G. B. Meade-Waldo has given us stocks of Pulehri-
phyllium crurifolium, and they appeal very much to the public.
We have not been very successful with them, and large numbers
of our brood vanished. We lost many young probably from a
spider, Psalmopeus cambridgii, which “ disappeared,” hiding itself
behind the cork fittings in the case and apparently coming out at
night to feed on the young ones; the spider was found well and
flourishing when the cork was taken down. Cockroaches (Peri-
planeta american) also eat the living insects.
We obtained seed of guava from Bombay and plants were
grown, but the insects do better on the oak their parents in
England have fed on.
Many full-grown females have died as a result of injuries
sustained by being nibbled by their fellows; nota single specimen
has completely escaped this unfortunate mishap.
We are in possession of a number of ova, from which we
expect a good stock for the coming season.
MANTID.
Sphodromantis guttata.
Of wide African distribution, and also found in Persia.
An egg-mass from Hast Africa, hatched on July 6th, 1914; the
young were fed on Aphides, small caterpillars, the larve of Cis,
and other small insects. One was loose in the bay containing
caterpillars of Attacus cynthia, and throve amazingly. It was
eventually placed im solitary confinement. ‘lwo have survived
up to the present, and one completed its development on
March 20th ; for the last three months they have been fed on
stick insects and moths. It is an unusual thing to bring a
Mantis through all its moults in captivity ; the second appears
likely to complete its development very soon.
These insects are bark-coloured, and rest motionless by day,
feeding at night; probably in the wild state they do the same,
differing from the commoner green variety, which sit among
~green foliage awaiting their prey during the daytime. These
insects were green until half-grown, so doubtless in a wild state
some change of appearance becomes necessary through a change
of season and the colour of the foliage. Unfortunately, both our
specimens are females. Before the penultimate moult one had
290 PROF. H. MAXWELL LEFROY:
lost part of its antenna, after the moult this was found to be
complete ; a tarsus lost before the final moult was not regenerated,
and the perfect insect is without it.
CoLEOPTERA.
Dermestes frischi.
This very rare beetle was exhibited in all stages of development.
The specimens came from Millwall Docks, where the larve were
feeding in hard fungi on decaying aspen logs. The Port of
London Authority very kindly granted permission for the logs
to be removed to the Insect House, where they are now under
observation. The fungus was inhabited by two other beetles,
both of which are common British species—C%s bolett Scop. and
Cis villosulus Marsh.; we have bred these for feeding the Man-
tides referred to above. Several pupe of D. frischi were found
no less than four inches from the surface of the logs. The larval
borings resembled those of the oak timber pest Xestobium
tessellatum F. It is interesting to note this remarkable
departure from the ordinary habits of Dermestes. These beetles
are usually found in dead animals and birds or in raw hides
and natural history specimens.
Nestobium tessellatum.
We have been fortunate in getting material in an oak-tree of
this beetle, which is doing so much damage in the roof of West-
minster Hall. The live larve and beetles obtained from this tree
have been of great use in testing methods of dealing with the
beetle in Westminster Hall, as very little other live material
has been available.
Dorcatoma punctulata.
_ The only known British specimens of this pretty little beetle
were discovered at Enfield, Middlesex (Entom. Monthly Mag.,
July 1914, p. 167).
Two other British species, D. chrysomelina and D. flavicornis,
are found in oak timber in the New Forest and other localities.
D. punctulata closely resembles Chrysomelina, but its habits
appear to be different. The insects have been exhibited in all
stages, inhabiting a hard dry fungus from the trunk of an old
ash-tree at Forty Hill, Enfield. The beetle emerges in June and
July: there are a number of larve in the fungus which should
produce beetles shortly.
Hry« fairmairei..
The only known British locality for this beetle is Sherwood
Forest, Notts. The larva, which closely resembles a mealworm,
is very destructive to the bark of old growing oak-trees. A
number of the larvae were collected in July 1913, and beetles
bred from them have been shown. The beetle, which resembles
NOTES FROM THE CAIRD INSECT HOUSE. 291
the other British species Hryw ater F. (and with which it was
confused in some of the old collections), appears to have received
little or no study as to its habits. It is therefore as well to draw
attention to the different conditions under which the larve of the
two species were found.
Eryx ater is common in the New Forest and other well-wooded
districts, but has not been taken at Sherwood. It was formerly
very rare in collections, as owing to its nocturnal habits it usually
escaped the notice of collectors; but it was taken at sugar by
lepidopterists. The larva, hich appears to be indistinguishable
from that of #. fairmairei, is common in hollow trees, w ‘here it is
usually found associated with a Lamellicorn beetle, Dorcus paral-
lelopipedus L., in ash or beech, or with Sinodendron cylindricum
in apple. The burrows of these two beetles appear to form ideal
conditions for the Hryv to establish itself. It never attacks the
Lamellicorn larve, and is entirely a wood-feeder. It has been
found in more than twenty trees in the Enfield district, but
always in the hollows and never in the bark.
At Sherwood Forest, with H. fairmairei, the conditions are
always completely reversed. A hollow oak-tree there contaimed
some larvee which appeared to be Hry«w, but which afterwards
produced specimens of an allied species, Cistela ceramboides L.
The bark of this tree was infested with groups of Hry« larve,
the eggs having been deposited in crevices in various parts of
the trunk.
The larva feeds upon the growing bark, and the work of des-
truction is more complete than that produced by the elm-bark
pest Scolytus destructor. There are many fine old trees at Sherwood
upon which the bark was held together merely by the strength
of its outer layers, the whole of the inner layer having been
devoured by the Zryxv larve. Only a little effort was needed to
bring the whole mass to the ground, when amidst a cloud of dust. .
and spiders one might hope to find a few of the beetles, but more
often the larvee of several generations together.
Auloniun trisulewm.
The following extract from Fowler and Donisthorpe’s ‘ British
Coleoptera’ is of interest in connection with the specimens
now exhibited :—‘ Enfield. Under elm-bark in the burrows of
Scolytus multistriatus. Subsequently, Mr. Pool took it both at
Edmonton and Winchmore Hill. This very interesting addition
to our list (Ent. Record, xvi. 1904, p. 310) was made by Mr. C.
J.C. Pool in July 1904. The insect is found rarely under elm-
bark in Central and Southern Europe in the burrows of S.
destructor and S. multistriatus. ‘The larva of this species is briefly
described by Westwood. It is long, subdepressed, and slightly
eurved, with three pairs of thoracic legs and a pair of short,
recur ved, horny points upon the terminal segment of the body.
The pupa is very much elongated, with two short obtuse points
at the extremity.”
292 4 NOTES FROM THE CAIRD INSECT HOUSE.
The elm post from which the original British specimens were
taken at Enfield was made from a portion of a very large prostrate
bough close at hand. The bark was infested with the Scolytids
and a colony of about thirty of the Aawloniwm in various stages.
Many elm-trees are standing in the Zoological Gardens from
which boughs have been removed, for use as perches in various
out-door cages for birds and mammals.
This habit of using fresh material has the effect of producing
exactly the right conditions for the Scolytid pests to flourish.
- We have collected some infested branches, and in the burrows
of the Scolytus the Auloniwm (larve and remains of beetles) has
been rediscovered.
This interesting discovery will add something to our knowledge
of the habits and distribution of this rare beetle.
Material is now exhibited in the Insect House, from which the
beetles will be emerging from May to July.
Anthia sexguttata. (Six-spotted Ground-Beetle.)
We received five specimens from India in July 1914, one of
which is still alive (March 17th, 1915). It burrowed down into
the sand on August 10th, and reappeared on October Ist. They
have this burrowing habit in India, but this specimen alone of
the five exhibited it. All the others died before the middle
of October. <Anthia is fed on sugar and live insects.
Geotrupes sylvaticus. (Forest-Geotrupid.)
In September, 1914, we obtained this species from the New
Forest. Unlike their brethren, which feed on cattle-dung, these
beetles eat fungus and decayed vegetable matter. This colony
is laying eggs in a mixture of decaying leaves and banana-
skins, and promises to become a permanent addition.
Enceladus gigas. (Giant Ground-Beetle.)
A specimen arrived alive and in robust health from Trinidad :
it had devoured all the many insects with which it had been sent,
and alone survived. It has flourished with us; it escaped once,
and was recaptured in the Small Mammal House.
Hemonia appendiculata.
“This rare beetle has been represented by four specimens living
ina small tank since October 13th, 1914, when they were received
from Oxford. It is probable that they will breed here.
Sphodrus leucophthalmus.
This rare Carabid beetle has been collected at Woolwich, and is
now exhibited with two allied species, Lemostenus complanatus
and Pristonychus terricola. All ave doing well upon a diet of
sugar and water.
ON A SPECIMEN OF MILIOLINA CIRCULARIS. 295
April 13, 1915.
E. T. Newton, Esq., F.R.S.,
in the Chair.
The Secrerary read the following report on the Additions made
to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of March 1915 :—
The number of registered additions to the Society's Menagerie
during the month of March was 49. Of these 26 were acquired
by presentation, 15 were received on deposit, 3 in exchange, and
5 were born in the Gardens.
The number of departures during the same period, by death
and removals, was 127.
Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :—
1 Philippi’s Tucutucu (Ctenomys mendocinus), new to the
Collection, from Cordova, Argentina, presented by Wilfred A.
Smithers, C.M.Z.S., on March 2nd.
4 Black-backed Jackals (Canis mesomelas), born in the
Menagerie on March 26th.
Dr. A. SmrrH Woopwarp, F.R.S., F.Z.S., exhibited an anterior
horn of a Woolly Rhinoceros (Rhinoceros antiquitatis), obtained
for the British Museum, from frozen earth in Northern Siberia,
by Mr. Bassett Digby. The horn must have measured originally
nearly a metre along the curve of the anterior border. It has
been cut and trimmed in places by the finders, but is sufficiently
well preserved to show its laterally compressed shape and sharp
posterior border.
Mr. D. Seru-Smrru, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds, exhibited a series
of Jantern-slides, from photographs taken in the Gardens, showing
the nuptial display of the male Great Bustard (Otis tarda).
Mr. E. Heron-Auten, F.L.S., F.Z.S., exhibited, and invited
suggestions relative to, a lantern-slide representing a specimen
of Miliolina circularis (VOrb.), the final chamber of which, being
dissected off, revealed a fully-grown second individual inside. It
was suggested that it represented a case of arrested twinning.
The exhibitor was convinced that it had nothing to do with the
phenomenon of viviparous reproduction recently exhibited by
him.
294 ON THE HEREDITY OF ‘“‘ HEN-FEATHERING ” IN COCKS.
April 27, 1915.
Prof. E. A. Mincuin, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President
in the Chair.
The Sucrerary exhibited lantern-slides of young Grey Seals
(Halichwrus grypus) prepared from photographs taken by
Mr. H. M. Banbury, F.Z.S., off the West Coast of Scotland.
The seals were about five feet in length on the 24th of October,
1914.
Mr. H. J. Ewes, F.R.S., F.Z.S., read the following extract
from a letter that he had received from Mr. J. R. P. Gent, Forest
Officer of the Darjeeling Division, on the possible existence of «
large Ape, unknown to science, in Sikkim :—
‘“‘T have discovered the existence of another animal but cannot
make out what it is, a big monkey or ape perhaps—if there were
any apes in India. It is a beast of very high elevations and only
gets down to Phalut in the cold weather. It is covered with
longish hair, face also hairy, the ordinary yellowish-brown colour
of the Bengal monkey. Stands about 4 feet high and goes about
on the ground chiefly, though I think it can also climb.
“The peculiar feature is that its tracks are about eighteen
inches or two feet long and the toes point in the opposite
direction to that in which the animal is moving. The breadth
of the track is about 6 inches. I take it he walks on his knees
and shins instead of on the sole of his foot. He is known as the
jungh admi or sogpa. One was worrying a lot of coolies
working in the forest below Phalut in December, they were
very frightened and would not go into work. I set off as soon
as [ could to try and bag the beast, but before I arrived the
Forester had been letting off a gun and frightened it away,
so I saw nothing. An old choukidar of Phalut told me he
had frequently seen them in the snow there, and confirmed the
description of the tracks.
“It isa thing that practically no Englishman has ever heard of,
but all the natives in the higher villages know about it. All I
can say is it is not the Nepal Langur, but I’ve impressed on people
up there that I want information next time one is about.”
Prof. Wrii1AM Bareson, F.R.S., F.Z.S., exhibited a number of
drawings illustrating the heredity of “ hen-feathering” in Cocks.
ON THE FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 295
Loraminifera of the Kerimba Archipelago.
Messrs. E. Heron-Axten, F.L.S., F.Z.8., and ArtHUR HARLAND,
F.R.M.S., read the second portion of their memoir on the
“ Foraminifera of the Kerimba Archipelago, Portuguese Hast
Africa,”
As noted on a previous occasion, the similarity existing
between the general facies of the gatherings and those which
form the subject of the late Mr. F. W. Millett’s Monograph on
the Foraminifera of the Malay Archipelago* and the reason for
that similarity still defy explanation. he zoological interest
of the district lies in the fact that since d’Orbigny published the
result of his examination of sands from Madagascar in 1826 7,
the district never received attention from protozoologists until
Brady reported the result of his examination of some shore
sands from Tamatave, Madagascar, sent to him by Mr. Kitching,
in which he rediscovered the comparatively rare and beautiful
form Pavonina flabelliformis~. D’Orbigny gave an unsatis-
factory description and figure of this species in 1826 §, and an
equally unsatisfactory “‘ Modéle”’ which was discussed by Messrs.
Parker and Jones in their ‘‘ Nomenclature of the Foraminifera ” ||,
who thought it ‘possibly a symmetrical Peneroplis but more
probably a semidiscoidal modification of Orbitolites.”. We have
searched the d’Orbigny collections both in Paris and La Rochelle
in vain for any type-specimens. It was reserved for Brady to
rediscover the species in many tropical localities and it is one
of the most frequent of the striking Kerimba types.
The romance attaching to it is, however, insignificant compared
with that which surrounds an organism to which d’Orbigny gave
the nomen nudum, Rotalia dubia 4. Unlike the case of Pavonina
flabelliformis, of which there is a finished Planche inédite in
Paris but no type-specimens, of Rotalia dubia there is a water-
worn type-specimen in Paris but no finished Planche inédite.
DOrbigny’s original sketch of the organism, however, is there,
and Fornasini of Bologna has published a tracing of it,** sent to
him by Berthelin tf with a statement that he doubted whether
it was a foraminifer at all, and not an ostracod, and this appear-
ance is certainly borne out on a superficial view of the type-
* TH, W. Millett, 1898, etc., J. R. Micr. Soc. 1898-1904.
+ A. @Orbigny, Tableau Méthodique des Céphalopodes, Ann. Sci. Nat. 1826,
vol. vil.
+ This is his account in the “Challenger Report,” 1884 (p. 375). In his Pre-
liminary Report, however, on the Reticularian Rhizopods of the Challenger
Expedition (Q. Journ. Mier. Sci. n.s. vol. xix. p. 282), he states that he found it in
shallow-water sand dredged by Dr. E. Perceval Wright in the Seychelle Islands and
refers to Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1877, ser. 4, vol. xix. p. 105 (error for p. 41).
§ Loe. cit. p. 260, pl. x. figs. 10, 11, Modele no. 56.
|| Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1863, ser. 3, vol. xii. p. 440.
€ dOrbigny, Tableau Méthodique des Céphalopodes, 1826, p. 274, no. 34.
** See Fornasini, ‘Specie Orbignyane,’ Mem. Acc. Sci. Ist. Bologna, 1908, ser. 6,
vol. v. p. 46, pl. 1. fig. 14.
+* See Fornasini, Rend. Sess. Acc. Sci. Ist. Bologna, 1897-8, vol. 1. p. 11.
296 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND ARTHUR EARLAND ON
specimen and the sketch. It has been reserved for us after the
lapse of 90 years to rediscover this organism in the Kerimba
sands, and though there can be no doubt about its rhizopodal
meteace! its aie nies and structure are so obscure that in the
absence of further specimens we are unable at the present time
to do more than record it under d’Orbigny’s original name. It
will almost certainly require the establishment of a new genus.
The leading zoological feature of the gatherings is perhaps the
great abundance and variety of the Miliolide, of which we publish
notes upon 122 species, no less than 77 belonging to the genus
Miliolina, of which six are new to science. Interesting specimens
of Millett’s species Miliclina durrandit have been found containing
ingested smaller Miliolids and other organisms, comparable with
the occurrence of a specimen of a rare variety Cassidulina bradyi
var. elongata Sidebottom, which we found by accidentally crushing
a shell of Cymbalopora bulloides WOrbigny. The immense
abundance of the genus Peneroplis and the generosity of the
Council of the Society with regard to space have enabled us to
publish with all necessary text-figures a revision of the lituiform
species of this genus. The conclusion we have arrived at, after
considering every record from Linneus’s Vautilus litwus and his
very confusing earlier authorities, is that the short stout spirilline
forms must be included under P. arietinus Batsch, the long narrow
forms must be 2. eylindraceus Lamarck, and the specific name
litwus must lapse altogether, its place being taken by Chapman’s
genus and species Monalysidwum polita*.
In connection with the new genus /ridia, discussed at length
in Part I. of this Paper, 4 new point has arisen since the publi-
cation of that part. As regards the abnormal specimens ascribed
to the genus and figured in pl. xxxvi. (fig. 10), in which the
arenaceous investment is limited to an encircling wall, the two
faces of the shell being formed by transparent chitinous pellicles,
a figure given in 1905 by Dr. Rhumbler of 2 mew gies and
species named by him Vanhoeffenella gausstit appears to be
identical with them. Rhumbler’s specimens were from a depth of
400 metres in the Antaxctic, and he states that the pellicle is so
transparent as to be visible only with special illimination. He
suggests that the object of the pellicles is to serve as windows by
which the animal may obtain some benefit from the last rays of
sunlight penetrating to this depth £.
In the Kerimba specimens the pellicle is a stout chitinous
membrane distinctly visible with ordinary illumination, both dry
and in balsam, and in no way differing from the chitinous lining
which is present in all stages in Jridia. It does not appear from
Rhumbler’s paper that he was.acquainted with any other form
* FH. Chapman, 1899, Funafuti Foraminifera, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxviii.
p. 4, pl. 1. fig. 5.
+ Verh. d. Deutsch. Zool. Ges. 1905, p. 105.
~ Cf. his description and text-figure 57 on page 216, in his “ Foraminiferen der
Plankton-Expedition,”’ pt. 1. 1909.
THE FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 297
of the organism, whether free or attached, and in the absence of
information on this point and the impossibility at the present
time of communicating with Dr. Rhumbler or of examining his
specimens, the question of the identity of the two forms must
remain temporarily unsolved. If it turns out that Vanhoeffenella
gaussiz is identical with the abnormal form of Jridia represented
by our figure 10, it will become a question for experts in the
rules of nomenclature whether or not his name should have pre-
cedence, but we do not feel inclined to accept his views on the
window theory to account for the existence of the membrane.
The glare of tropical sunlight in the shallow waters of the
Kerimba reefs would certainly not be an advantage to the
organism, and we prefer the theory we have expressed, that these
are abnormal forms which have grown between two large sand-
grains and have subsequently become detached. Of course any
astrorhizid growing under such conditions would have a tendency
to form a structure similar to Vanhoeffenella, and unless
Dr. Rhumbler found other specimens attached or free similar
to the adult Ividize which we have figured, the identity of the
two organisms remains unproved and our genus Jridia holds
good.
The Kerimba material has supplied us with a very fine series
of those double shells of Discorbina which one of the authors
has recently exhibited in support of his conviction that the so-
called phenomenon of plastogamy is in truth a process of budding.
We have prepared a series of such pairs from the earliest
primordial emerged chamber to the young but adult and almost
independent shell.
The other important observations arising out of the material
are afforded by the study we have been able to make of the vast
quantities present of the various species of the genus Cymbalo-
pora. We have been able to make a series of sections and
dissections showing most clearly and in all its stages of develop-
ment the peculiar dual nature of the large terminal balloon-
chamber of Cymbalopora bulloides VOrbigny. It was Harland
who first (in 1902), called attention to this feature*, which had
curiously enough escaped in turn the observation of d’Orbigny,
Brady, Mobius, and Sir John Murray, all of whom paid special
attention to the species. The detailed results of our observations
are in course of being published 7 and are too elaborate and far
reaching to go into at length on this occasion. We have found
many specimens the float-chamber of which has been found on
dissection to be filled with desiccated remains of Xanthellee such
as were noted by Sir John Murray in his ‘ Challenger’ Note
Books. And we have separated as a new species, a smaller and
more compact form of Cymbalopora, in which the inner float and
outer balloon chambers are so closely connected as to be practically
* A. EKarland on “Cymbalopora bulloides d’Orbigny and its Internal Structure,”’
Journ. Quek. Micr. Club, ser. 2. vol. viii. 1902, p. 809.
+ Heron-Allen, in Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 1915. (In the press.)
298 ON THE FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO.
homogeneous, the surface of whose balloon is characterized by
a wrinkled dendritic pattern, and the rotalian portion of which
is uniformly acervuline instead of rotaline as in the type-form
C. bulloides.
The most remarkable phenomenon, however, which has pre-
sented itself in the gatherings is that exhibited by certain
specimens of Cymbalopora tabelleformis Brady, which have been
found in a condition which, so far as our researches go, has
never been observed before in connection with any other rhizopod.
Certain comparatively large fragments of molluscan shells coated
or not, as the case may be, with nullipore corals, we found to be
dotted with little pits, some filled and others empty and showing
canals radiating from them in all directions. The occupied pits
were discovered on examination to be filled each with one
specimen of Cymbalopora tabelleformis which had encrypted
itself at an early age and had by some obscure means not only
. enlarged its crypt to accommodate the growth of its shell, but
had excavated tunnels, often exceeding in length many times its
diameter, in all directions in the solid substance of the host-shell
for the accommodation of its pseudopodia. It can only be
assumed that the solvent and assimilative powers of the proto-
plasm which enable the animal to secrete the carbonate of lime
of which its shell 1s composed, enable it to dissolve the solid
calcareous substance of the host-shell in the manner which is
seen in the specimens. The suggestion that the boring of the
tunnels and enlargement of the crypt may be effected by the
carbonic acid generated by the action of the chlorophyll of the
minute symbiotic algee which are almost invariably found in the
protoplasm of this foraminifer, is an interesting and a suggestive
one, but it is doubtful whether we have need of this hypothesis
to explain the phenomena.
In conclusion we may say that the outcome of our labours
upon this material amounts to over 470 species and varieties, of
which 32 are new to science.
This memoir will be published in the “ Transactions” in due
course.
No. 142.
ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*
March 23rd, 1915.
R. H. Burne, Esq., M.A., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.
Sir Epmunp G. Lover, Bt., F.Z.S., exhibited a tanned Pig-skin
and, for comparison, the skin of a Capybara.
Mr. W. R. Ocitvie-Grant, F.Z.S., exhibited a series of
specimens of Partridges, and drew attention to two extremely
remarkable colour-variations of the Red-legged Partridge (Caccabis
rufa). As most people are aware this species is not indigenous
to this country, having been introduced about 1770, and since
spread over a large part of England, being especially numerous
from Lincoln to Essex and in the Home Counties. This
remarkable variation has the head, eyebrow-stripes, cheeks, and
throat black, and the rest of the plumage dull vinaceous-red with
a patch of white feathers in the middle of the belly, forming an
irregular horseshoe mark. The bird was killed at Braintree,
Essex, on October 20th, 1908, by Mr. A. W. Ruggles-Brise, and
presented by him to the Natural History Museum. On October
20th, 1914, an almost precisely similar specimen was killed at
Higham, Kent, by Mr. H. M. Cobb, sent by him to the ‘ Field’
office, and subsequently presented by Dr. H. Hammond Smith to
the Museum. Higham is about 30 miles, as the crow flies, from
Braintree, and it seems a remarkable coincidence that a second
specimen of this quite unique variation of the Red-leg should
have been killed exactly six years after the first, and in nearly
the same locality.
ee
* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,
Regent's Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which
it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,
to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications ; but it may be obtained on the
day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for
the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance.
18
Other variations of this species were also shown, but it was
pointed out that colour-variations were very rare, although
partial albinism sometimes occurred. The remarkable variation
above mentioned had been described and figured in ‘ British
Game-Birds and Wildfowl’ (pl. xxi. fig. 2, 1912).
Mr. Ogilvie-Grant also exhibited a series of colour-variations
of the Common Partridge (Perdia perdix), amongst which was
the well-known chestnut form, P. montana Brisson. This form
appeared to be comparable to the rufous variety of the Red-leg,
but in this instance the variation was comparatively common,
having been first described in 1760 from the mountains of
Lorraine, and subsequently obtained in almost every county in
England and some parts of Scotland.
Lastly, specimens of the Bearded Par tridge (P. daurica), from
Manchuria, were exhibited. This species is now being sold in
large soem ans in the London markets, and the esion had
recently purchased a beautiful pale grey variety, which, however,
had the black horseshoe patch normal.
Prof. H. Maxwett Lerroy, M.A., F.Z.8., Curator of Insects,
exhibited a specimen of Sphodromantis guttata, which had been
bred from the egg in the Caird Insect House and had attained
maturity during March. He discussed the advantage of breeding
stick insects to supply a substitute for meal-worms, and read notes
on insects that had been bred in the insect house.
Mr. R. Lyprexxer, F.R.S., F.Z.S., presented a paper entitled
“The True Coracoid,” in which he stated that the element in
birds and post-Triassic reptiles universally known as the coracoid
is the homologue of the human coracoid process, and its equivalent
the true coracoid of the monotremes and mammal-like reptiles.
Dr. F. E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Prosecter to the
Society, read a paper dealing with certain points in the anatomy
of the Cestode genera Amabilia and Dasyurotenia.
Mr. Bruce F. Cummines read a paper ‘On new Species of
Polyplax (Anoplura) from Egypt.” This paper contained a
systematic description of two new species of louse based on a
large supply of material in spirit collected on Acomys cahirinus
Des., and forwarded by the Department of Public Health in
Egypt to the Lister Institute, by whom they were subsequently
presented to the British Museum.
Both the new species were fortunately collected in large numbers
in all stages of development, and an account of the larvz conse-
quently has been prepared. Unfortunately the specimens were
in a poor state of preservation, so that a study of the soft parts
was not possible.
19
Mr. J. T. Cunninenam, M.A., F.Z.8., read a paper on the
resemblance in form and markings of the plates of paraftin-wax
originally obtained by Prof. Kappers, of Amsterdam, to the shells
of Molluscs. Examples of these structures had been exhibited
at a previous meeting by Mr. R. H. Burne, V.P.Z.S. Mr.
Cunningham found that the forms were produced by pouring
molten paraffin-wax on to the surface of cold water, and he had
no doubt that Prof. Kappers’s specimens were produced in the
same way by the molten wax running over on to a vessel filled
with water. The surface-layer of the wax was cooled by contact
with the water, then the flowing wax was piled up on the cooled
film till the surface-tension gave way and the wax flowed over,
and being cooled in its turn formed an additional zone of wax
beyond the original edge, and so on in succession. Thus the
parallel lines of increment seen on the underside of the wax
plate were produced, just as the parallel lines on Molluse shells
are produced by periodical increments of growth. The author
concluded that the form and markings were not in, either case
in any way due to effects of crystallization as Prof. Kappers
supposed. By causing the water to rotate spiral forms were
produced, and either right- or left-handed spirals could be pro-
duced at will according as the water was stirred to the right or
left. The author concluded with a demonstration, pouring
molten wax on to a dish of water and showing the shell-like
appearance of the cooled plate of wax.
The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be
held on Tuesday, April 13th, 1915, at half-past Five o’clock p.m.,
when the following communications will be made :—
G. A. Bounencer, F.R.S., F.Z.S.
A List of the Snakes of the Belgian and Portuguese Congo,
Northern Rhodesia, and Angola.
R. Broom, M.D., D.Sc., C.M.Z.S.
1. On some new Carnivorous Therapsids in the Collection of
the British Museum.
2. On the Organ of Jacobson and its Relations in the
“ Insectivora.”
20
G. E. Nicuoxts, D.Se., F.LS.
A Note on the Urostyle (Os Coccygeum) of the Anurous
Amphibia.
Ernest Greson, F.Z.8.
Some Notes on the Nato Breed of Cattle (Bos taurus).
The following papers have been received :—
E. Heron- Autry, F.L.S., F.R.M.S., F.Z.8., and Arruur
Earnanp, F.R.M.S.
The Foraminifera of the Kerimba Archipelago (Portuguese
East Africa).—Part IT.
Mrs. Rost Hate Tuomas, F.Z.S.
White Collar Mendelising in Hybrid Pheasants.
Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should
be addressed to
P., CHALMERS MITCHELL,
Secretary.
ZOOLOGICAL Society oF Lonpon,
Recent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W.
March 30th, 1915.
No. 148.
ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON."
April 13th, 1915.
K. T. Newton, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.
The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed,
The Secrerary read a Report on the Additions made to the
Society's Menagerie during the month of March 1915.
Sir Epmunp G. Loner, Bt., F.Z.S., exhibited lantern-slides of
tanned skins of a Pig and a Capybara.
Dr. A. Surra Woopwarp, F.R.S., F.Z.S., exhibited an anterior
horn of a Woolly Rhinoceros (Rhinoceros antiquitatis), obtained
for the British Museum, from frozen earth in Northern Siberia,
by Mr. Bassett Digby. The horn must have measured originally
nearly a metre along the curve of the anterior border. It has
been cut and trimmed in places by the finders, but is sutliciently
well preserved to show its laterally compressed shape and sharp
posterior border.
Mr. D. Seru-Smrru, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds, exhibited a series
of lantern-slides, from photographs taken in the Gardens, showing
the nuptial display of the male Great Bustard (Otis tarda).
Mr. E. Heron-Auten, F.LS., F.Z.S., exhibited examples of
the Foraminiferan Jlliolina in viviparous reproduction.
* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,
Regent's Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which
it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,
to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications; but it may be obtained on the
day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent pust-free for
the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance.
22
Mr. Ernest Gipson, F.Z.S., read a paper on the Nato Cattle of
the Argentine, and exhibited the skull and a photograph of some
specimens formerly in his possession which he believed to be the
last of the breed.
Dr. G. KE. Nicnours, F.L.8., contributed a paper on the
Urostyle (Os Coceygewm) of the nurous Amphibia.
Mr. G. A. Boutenerr, F.R.S., F.Z.S., gave an account of his
paper ‘On the Snakes of the Belgian and Portuguese Congo,
Northern Rhodesia, and Angola.” It contained a list of all the
species known to inhabit this region, with keys to the identi-
fication of the genera and species, and the descriptions of two
new forms from Angola and Katanga.
Dr. Rosert Broom, D.Sc., C.M.Z.S., read a paper on some new.
Carnivorous Therapsids in the Collection of the British Museum.
Most of the specimens described have been for many years in the
Collection, but owing to their small size and imperfect condition
they have not hitherto been recognised as new. Five species,
belonging to four new genera, are Therocephalians. ‘Two species,
one of which belongs to a new genus, are Gorgonopsians, and one
of a new species of a previously known Cynodont genus.
Dr. Broom also read a paper dealing with the organ of
Jacobson and its relations in the “ Insectivora” Tupaia and
Gymnura. Gymnura is shown to have the same type asis found
in Hrinaceus, Sorex, and Z'alpa, and most higher Eutherians such
as Felis, Lemur, iniopteris, Ovis, Bos, Equus, Procavia. Tupaia is,
on the other hand, has, like the allied M/acroscelides, the primitive
Marsupial type. Peters and Haeckel in 1864 and 1866 had
suggested separating Zupaia and Macroscelides as a suborder
of the Insectivora, but the condition of the nasal cartilages shows
that the Menotyphla should form a distinct Order, not even
closely allied to the typical Insectivora,.
The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be
held on Tuesday, April 27th, 1915, at half-past Five o’clock P.M.,
when the following communications will be made :—
EXHIBITIONS AND NoTICES.
er re er er eee
Mrs. Rosrt Haic Tuomas, F.ZS.
White Collar Mendelising in Hybrid Pheasants.
EK. G. Boutrenegr, F.Z.8.
On Two new Tree-Frogs from Sierra Leone, recently living
in the Society’s Gardens.
E. Heron-Auuen, F.L.S., F.R.M.S., F.Z.S., and ARTHUR
EARLAND, F.R.M.S.
The Foraminifera of the Kerimba Archipelago (Portuguese
Kast Africa).— Part II.
The following paper has been received :—
Mrs. Heten L. M. Prxeti-Goopricn, B.Se.
Minchinia: A Haplosporidian.
Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should
be addressed to
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,
Secretary.
ZooLocGicaL Sociery or Lonpon,
Recent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W.
April 20th, 1915.
No. 144.
ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
April 27th, 1915.
Prof. E. A. Mincutn, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.
The Srcretary exhibited lantern-slides of young Grey Seals
(Halicherus grypus) prepared from photographs taken by
Mr. H. M. Banbury, F.Z.S., off the West Coast of Scotland.
The Seals were about five feet in length on the 24th of October,
1914.
Mr. H. J. Ewes, F.R.S., F.Z.S., read a letter from Mr. J.
Gent, Forest Officer of the Darjeeling Division, on the possible
existence of a large Ape, unknown to science, in Sikkim.
Prof. W1LuIAM BarEson, E.RBS., F.Z.8., exhibited a number
of drawings illustrating the heredity of ‘“hen-feathering” in
Cocks.
Mrs. R. Haic Tuomas, F.LS., F.Z.8., read a paper on
‘“¢ White-collar Mendelising in Hybrid Pheasants,” based on an
examination of the relative numbers of dark-necked and ringed
male Pheasants shot during two seasons. ‘The data collected were
interpreted as providing evidence of the continual Mendelising
which occurred in the collar of hybrid birds.
* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,
Regent’s Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which
it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,
to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications; but it may be obtained on the
day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for
the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance,
26
Mr. E. G. Bouteycer, F.Z.8., Curator of Reptiles, read a
paper containing the description of two new species of Tree-
Frogs from Sierra Leone which had been presented to the Society
by Mr. Guy Aylmer, F.Z.5.
Messrs. E. Hrron- Aten, F.L.S., F.Z.8., and ArtHur HARLAND,
F.R.M.S., rend the second portion of their memoir on the
«Foraminifera of the Kerimba Archipelago, Portuguese Hast
Africa.” The contents of this part were chiefly systematic,
over 470 species and varieties being dealt with, of which 32 are
new to science. ;
This memoir will be published in the ‘Transactions’ in due
course.
The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be
held on Tuesday, May 11th, 1915, at half-past Five o’clock P.M.
when the following communications will be made :—
EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.
Prof. H. Maxwetu Lerroy, M.A., F.Z.S.
The House-Fly Campaign.
PAPERS.
Mrs. Heuen L. M. Prxevi-Goonpricnu. B.Sc.
Minchinia: a Haplosporidian.
Miss Exizapetu A. Fraser, B.Sc., F.Z.S.
The Head-cavities and Development of the Hye-muscles in
Trichosurus vulpecula, with Notes on some other Marsupials.
Dr. R. Broom, M.D., C.M.Z.S.
(1) On the Organ of Jacobson and its Relations in the
‘‘ Tnsectivora.”—Part II. ZValpa, Centetes, and Chrysochloris.
(2) On the Anomodont Genera, Pristerodon and Tropidostoma.
2a
The following paper has been received :—
Sranuey Hirst, F.Z.S8.
On a Blood-sucking Gamasid Mite parasitic on Couper's
Snake,
Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should
be addressed to
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,
Secretary.
ZOOLOGICAL Society OF LONDON,
Recent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W.
May Ath, 1915,
No. 145.
ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*
May 11th, 1915.
Dr. A. SuirH Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice President,
in the Chair.
The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.
The Secretary read a Report on the Additions made to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of April 1915.
The House-Fly Campaign.
Prof. H. Maxwett Lerroy, M.A., F.Z.S., Curator of Insects,
gave an account of the House-Fly Exhibition to be held in the
Society's Gardens, and exhibited specimens of various kinds of fly-
traps which would be on view to the public. The habits of the
common house-flies and blow-flies would also be shown, as well as
samples of the chemicals and appliances useful in dealing with
fly-outbreaks.
For the benefit of health officers, the publications dealing with
flies had been collected, and would be available for consultation
by those interested.
Attention was drawn to the fact that not much practical
information was available, and the need of immediate research
was emphasised. Definite problems were indicated, whose selection
would greatly help any campaign against house-flies or blow- flies.
A special illustrated pamphlet dealing with the life-history of
* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,
Regent’s Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which
it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,
to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications ; but it may be obtained on the
day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for
the sum of Stx Shillings per annum, payable in advance,
30
flies, diseases carried by them, methods of destruction, etc., was
in course of preparation, and would be placed on sale at the price
of twopence per copy at an early date.
Miss E. A. Fraser, B.Sc., F.Z.S., presented a paper on the
head-cavities and development of the eye-muscles in 7'richosurus
vulpecula, with notes on some other Marsupials. The usual eye-
muscles, including a well-developed m. retractor bulbi, are
present in the Marsupialia. A large premandibular head-cavity,
representing the first somite of the head, is found in all the
Diprotodontia, and appears to be either absent or of very small
size in the Polyprotodontia. The wails of the cavity proliferate
and give rise to the mm. recti superior, inferior, and internus and
the m. obliquus inferior. The second and third somites of the
head are solid. In the earliest stages they are united together
and are rather difficult to distinguish from the surrounding
mesenchyme, the second being at the same time connected
ventrally with the maxillo-mandibular mesenchyme. The m.
obliquus superior develops as an upgrowth from the second
somite. The anterior portion of the third somite becomes the
m. rectus externus, whilst the posterior portion gives rise to the
m. retractor buibi.
Dr. R. Broom, M.D., C.M.Z.S., gave an account of the
following two papers :—
(1) On the Organ of Jacobson and its Relations in the “ Insec-
tivora.”—Part. II. Talpa, Centetes, and Chrysochloris.
In Part I. it was shown that Zupaia and Macroscelides and
their allies must be separated from the typical Insectivores, such
as Hrinaceus and Gymnura, to form a very distinct and not
nearly related order—the Menotyphla. In Part IT. it is shown
-that Chrysochloris has no near relationship with either the
Insectivora or the Menotyphla, and must be made the type of a
distinct order, the Chrysochloridea. Centetes, which has hitherto
been regarded as allied to Chrysochloris, is more nearly related to
Erinaceus, though it differs from it in many points and may later
have to be separated from it. Z'alpa shows many affinities with
Erinaceus and a number of differences, the value of which is at
present not apparent.
(2) On the Anomodont Genera, Pristerodon and Tropidostoma.
Pristerodon, described by Huxley in 1868, is a very near ally
of Dicynodon, differing mainly in having a series of molars which
are smooth in front and have a series of denticulations behind.
The males are tusked, the females without tusks. Oudenodon
raniceps of Owen is a species of Pristerodon ; while Opisthocteno-
don agilis Broom and probably also Opisthoctenodon brachyops
Broom are other species of Pristerodon.
In 1889 Seeley described two occiputs under the names Dicyno-
31
don microtrema and Dicynodon (Tropidostoma) dunn. As pointed
out by Lydekker, these belong to the one species, D. microtrema,
and other specimens in the British Museum show that it differs
from Dicynodon in the structure of the parietal region and in
having molars very similar to those of Pristerodon, but fewer in
number. ‘This species is therefore placed in a distinct genus, for
which the name 7'ropidostoma must be accepted.
Mrs. H. L. M. Prxextu-Goopricu, B.Sc., contributed a paper
entitled “ Minchinia: a Haplosporidian,” dealing with the life-
history of Minchinia chitonis (Lankester), a protozoan parasite of
the Molluse Chiton. Hitherto this parasite has been considered
to belong to the Coccidia, but convincing evidence is here brought
forward to show that it is a Haplosporidian. An account is
given of the multiplication in the host by plasmotomy and sporo-
gony, and a detailed description of the development of the very
characteristic spores.
The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be
held on Tuesday, May 25th, 1915, at half-past Five o’clock P.M.,
when the following communications will be made :—
EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.
like Je oer, TNS TIS. IW Arse
(a) Exhibition of pieces of Wild Boar skin.
(6) Exhibition showing evolution of Porcupines’ quills.
PAPERS.
STaNLEY Hirst, F.Z.S.
On a Blood-sucking Gamasid Mite parasitic on Couper’s
Snake.
G. A. Boutencsr, F.R.S., F.Z.S.
A List of the Snakes of Madagascar, Comoro, Mascarenes,
and Seychelles.
P. Cuaumers Mircuett, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
Anatomical Notes on the Gruiform Birds dramus giganteus
Bonap. and Rhinochetus hagu.
32.
The following paper has been received :—
R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.L.8., F.Z.8.
On the Feet and Glands and other External Characters of
the Paradoxurine Genera Paradoxurus, Arctictis, Arctogalidia, —
and Vandinia.
Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should
be addressed to
P, CHALMERS MITCHELL,
Secretary.
ZOOLOGICAL Society OF LonpoN,
ReEGENt’s Park, Lonpon, N.W.
May 18th, 1915.
No. 146.
ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,*
May 25th, 1915.
Prof. E. W. MacBripg, D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.
Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals, ex-
hibited two pieces of skin cut from the shoulder of a wild boar
and a wild sow (Sus scrofa) to show the difference in thickness
between the two, the skin of that area in the boar being about
four times as thick as in the sow.
Mr. Pocock also exhibited some skins of Asiatic and African
Porcupines, and pointed out the gradation that could be traced
from the Bornean Trichus through Atherura to Hystrix in the
shortening of the tail, the evolution of the rattle, the growth of
the crest on the head, and the elaboration of the spine-armature.
He also showed a piece of the skin of a Javan Porcupine with
some of the quills cut short to illustrate their definite arrange-
ment in short, regular transverse rows.
Mr. Sranzey Hirst, F.Z.8., presented a note on a minute
blood-sucking mite belonging to the family Gamaside, found on
Couper’s Snake in the Society’s Gardens, which he described as a
new species of the genus Jchoronyssus. The adult female
presents a remarkably close resemblance to the protonymph stage
of other species of that genus, and therefore this species must be
regarded as a primitive form.
* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,
Regent’s Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which
it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,
to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications ; but it may be obtained en the
day of publication at the price of stxpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for
the sum of Six Shellings per annum, payable in advance,
34
Mr. H. R. Hoag, M.A., F.Z.S., gave an account of his paper on
the Spiders of the family Salticide, collected in Dutch New
Gainea by the British Ornithologists’ Union and Wollaston
xpeditions. One new genus and eleven new species were
described.
Mr. G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S., F.Z.S., read a paper on the
Snakes of Madagascar, Comoro, Mascarenes, and Seychelles. The
fauna of these islands is remarkable for the absence of snakes
dangerously poisonous to man, with the exception of two Sea-
snakes known from the western part of the Indian Ocean. The
paper contained a complete list of the species known to inhabit
these islands, with keys to the identification of the genera and
species.
Dr. F. E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Prosector to the
Society, read a paper dealing with Avian Cestodes, entitled “ On
Tenia tauricollis of Chapman and on the genus Chapmannia.”
Dr. P. Coatmers Mircnet, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Secretary to the
Society, read a communication on the Anatomy of the Gruiform
birds, Aramus giganteus Bonap., and Rhinochetus kagu, in which
he showed that 4. giganteus resembled A. scolopaceus very closely
in the details of its muscular and bony anatomy, and that the
genus Aramus, in these respects, was very close to the true
Cranes.
The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business (closing
the Session 1914-15) will be held on Tuesday, June 8th, 1915,
at half-past Five o’clock P.m., when the following communications
will be made :—
EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.
GEORGE JENNISON.
——————
Notes on a nest-making Chimpanzee.
35
PAPERS.
Ree Pocock Heh Senta lasenheAnS:
On the Feet and Glands and other External Characters of
the Paradoxurine Genera Paradoxurus, Arctictis, Arctogalidia,
and Vandinia.
Dr. A. SmitH Woopwarp, F.R.S., F.Z.S.
On the Skull of an Extinct Carnivore related to Zluropus,
from a cavern in the Ruby Mines, Mogok, Burma.
Miss K. M. Parker, B.Sc.
The Early Development of the Heart and Anterior Vessels
in Marsupials, with special reference to Perameles.
Dr. R. Broom, D.Sc., C.M.Z.S.
On the Triassic Stegocephalians, Lrachyops, Bothriceps, and
Lydekkerina, gen. nov.
Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should
be addressed to
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,
Secretary,
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LonDoN,
ReEGEN?T’s Park, Lonpon, N.W.
June 1st, 1915,
13.
16.
i.
18.
lg)
20.
21.
23.
PAPERS.
On the Organ of Jacobson and its Relations in tix . 7a,
and Gymnura. By R. Broom, D.Se., M.D., C.M.Z.S8. (+ 1.
. On some new Carnivorous Therapsids in the Collection of the Britisu \ 0.
R. Broom, D:Se., M.D. C.M.Z.S. (Wext-figures 1-8.) 222... 2.22... ee lee
. Contributions to the Anatomy and Systematic Arrangement of the Cestoidea.—XVI.
On Certain Points in the Anatomy of the Genus Amadilia’ and of Dasyurotenia. By
Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S8., F.Z.S., Prosector to the Society. (Text-
figures 1-8.) . His eR En Aleuheta Meira vege
A List of the Snakes of the Belgian and Portuguese Congo, Northern Rhodesia, and
Angola, By G. A. Bourencur, F.R.S., F.Z.8. (Text-figures 1&2.) ..
The Artificial Formation from Paraffin Wax of Structures resembling Hts Shells.
By J. fT. Cunntneuam, M.A., F. ZS. (Text-figures 1-5.)
The True Coracoid. By the late R. Lyprrxer, F.RS., F.Z.8. (Text-figures1 &2.)..
A Note on the Urostyle (Os Coccygewm) of the Anurous Amphibia. By Gro. E.
Nicuouts, D.Sc., F.L.S., late Professor of Biology, Agra College, Agra, India. (Text-
HURT m ly Revaete alevarellesekaten stele /er ace stspanee pap vonatora ofl axatnds is Mts Ghelelelelcuriac tiene FOOMNS ODO COM rice
On Two New Tree-Frogs from Sierra Leone, recently living in the Society’s Gardens,
By Enwarp G. Boutencer, F.Z.8., Curator of Reptiles.........-....
On Two New Species of Polyplax (Anoplura) from Egyyt. By Bruce F. Cuniuunes,
British Museum (Natural History). (Text-figures 1-16.)...........+.......----
. Some Notes on the Niata Breed of Cattle (Bos taurus). a Eryzst Gizson, F.Z.S.
(eters) N74) Bab eho aa oa ond ogo bo ewOC Ondo cob oAcdocpeder Bebat oper cle: sirtal sheers
White-collar Mendelising in Hybrid Pheasants. By Ross Hare Tuomas, F.L.S8., F.Z.8,
(IMS tif Ios oo oo bono deans Uobonone 6.0 hoe hoe su pogo Ba nD sucoue Ss CeO pt
PUL] O Nee lol c\ 0) asa vnje/ ates ay's| v)oiatebw\ielaialayn "= ear aticis wesoheie efeyaierwslael jo elsye Sy eyete\ sueho\ie' asta woah -
Ibis orl Cornelteynte Olin So ah Acolad sain eOMtoL acta Th pecitatel Cee ate x. cots a ey Lapa rR
Page
239
i)
ie
(Sh)
lit
Ix
RV
|
LIST! OP Pires:
1915, Parr IT. (pp. 157-298).
Page
Brooecgelsa le wacooson's Onaar-an epic aiaceenle ace c aemern tt circ | 157
Pl. II. Jacobson’s Organ in Gymnurd....seeeee cece ee eens
NOTICE.
The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in fowr parts, paged consecutively,
so that the complete referenceis now P. Z. 8.1915, p. . The Distribution
is as follows:—
Part I. issued in March.
HAT eee June.
PA EE rs sie September.
IV. December.
‘ Proceedings,’ 1915, Part I. (pp. 1-156), were published on
March 26th, 1915,
The Abstracts of the ‘Proceedings,’ Nos. 142-146, are
contained in this Part.
Aisin Aa Adans- put y ule hy ~ (it
7 | wie iN i. thy tat wi Bee
cs re me tt oer Aas
shins
a yy
waar ae =
hg fee AR. | mee ma | Aa Aa:
‘e's HH heen ny Maa Be ,
ati mae sari te ‘ T aati
: e . ie aah A : ey | : weialal yy Eth P
| ee A, pal |
we me ia
- ~ Tee
aw 4 }
‘| Asean Pee
i
1]
y =
ae
ay i Bint a * aa iy
AK an
A i i Wy \
" nan mM Pola TTR |e) Ma
: rte aay = Hy mist MAMA
ari Ht ey y Daakea ma, A if
i POON Angie, ki Riccar awall. AR
et - ; :
eo ae
ete
a | ii % rw,
yy
ee
\
ie eee ee
ras > BERET EES TIT ES
a aaa ales Bo aan Py a é: a me | ~~ =
) anne goat AR meee er AR
WA g |g n.. —AnsABPA |
BAe Meee eT TA. ac Oris iaitpactyi ae eet Sects
4
|
|
|
; \ ; nN ; av OS Pigtaa aS
|
N LIBRARIES
Ds
2.
-
) ge
>
~ i>
y, “=
> a
>
_*
|
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIO!
. Ney yt aa
Nap aa bie nah
Uy Rie)
atta || Deas. a Neonat
es Sr iors Pe et ee a Ae é ANA Mania! Ve
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11